The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk ACCESS • HANDLING • STORAGE • SHELVING & RACKING • WORKSHOP • OFFICE & PREMISES
www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk The Workplace Catalogue 2017
Telephone: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue is a business to business supplier of storage systems, materials handling equipment and associated products.
The Workplace Catalogue has grown over a period of 28 years, establishing a sound understanding of our clients needs and requirements. We are an ‘independent distributor’ which means we can direct our customers to the best possible solutions. Within this catalogue, you’ll find over 3,000 items of the highest quality access, storage and manual handling equipment. From trucks and trolleys to sack
trucks and stair climbers, from lifters and stackers to workbenches and cabinets, we offer one of the most comprehensive collections of workplace products, all available in one place. Easy ordering and fast despatch are all part of our one-stop solution, and if you’d like to know more, visit our website at www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ADDITIONAL INFO Even though every effort is made to prevent printing errors and whilst
Most of the products within this catalogue include standard carriage
all product specifications in this catalogue are stated as accurately as
charges to UK mainland addresses. Some deliveries to Scotland, Rep.
possible, they are for guidance only. We reserve the right to alter prices
Ireland and N. Ireland may be subject to additional charges (other items
and specifications without prior notice - we will do our best to give notice
within this catalogue may also have additional carriage charges, please
when and how possible. We advise contacting us for further information,
ask for details). All prices shown are exclusive of VAT.
especially if specification is critical. All orders are subject to our ‘Terms and Conditions’ of sale. Lead times are given as a guide ONLY for single/small quantities. For
Please see our website or contact us for details.
larger quantities or specific requirements, please contact The Workplace Catalogue. Lead times may vary during busy periods - we still endeavour to despatch as soon as possible. Lead times are also subject to availability.
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CONTENTS ACCESS
STORAGE
4-44
175-225
STATIC STEPS MOBILE STEPS LADDERS PLATFORMS
5-6 7-29 30-43 38-41, 44
LOCKERS 176-179 CABINETS 180-193,196-199 HAZARDOUS BINS 195 PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS 200-210 PLASTIC CONTAINERS 211-223 SKIP BINS 224-225
HANDLING 45-146 TROLLEYS TRUCKS DRUM HANDLING DRUM STORAGE CYLINDER STORAGE CYLINDER HANDLING TRAILERS SACK TRUCKS LIFTERS PALLET TRUCKS & STACKERS SCISSOR LIFTS CORNERS & SKATES BEAM & CARPET TROLLEY SHEET & BAR HANDLING PLATE TRUCKS FURNITURE MOVERS CASTORS
WORKSHOP 46-54, 59-60 55-57, 61-69 70-80 81-83 84-86, 92-93 87-92 94-101 102-118 119-123 124-132 133-135 136 137 138-141 140 142 143-146
226-265 WORKBENCHES TIMBER WORKBENCHES WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES WORK DESKS SAFETY MATTING PALLET STRAPPING SYSTEMS
228-251 252-253 254-257 258-259 260-261 262-265
OFFICE & PREMISES 266-308
SHELVING & RACKING 147-174 SHELVING 148-150, 153-157 RACKING 151-152, 158-161 RACKING PROTECTION 161 BARRIERS & POSTS 162-163 MEZZANNINE FLOORING 164-165 SIGNS, LABELS & MARKERS 166-168 WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS 169 PLATES & RAMPS 170-171 WHEEL CHOCKS 172 DOCK LIGHTS 172 DOCK BUMPERS 173 TRAFFIC LIGHTS 173 CONVEYORS 174
Tel: 01446 772614
WORKSTATIONS OFFICE SCREENS MAGAZINE RACKS WALL PLANNERS OFFICE BOARDS SCALES MATTING OFFICE FURNITURE CHAIR SHIFTERS / TROLLEYS BASKET TROLLEYS MAILROOM TROLLEYS BASKET TRUCKS STAIR SAFETY BIKE RACKS & SHELTERS BOLLARDS POSTS GRIT BINS SNOW PLOUGHS GRIT SREADERS
268-269 270 271 272 273-276 277-279 280-284 285-289 290-293 294-295 296 297 298-299 300 301 302 303 304-305 306-308
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ACCESS 4 - 44 A comprehensive range of access equipment, including mobile steps, ladders and access platforms, manufactured to the highest UK specifications by a team of highly skilled fabricators, welders and metal workers. Whether you require wheeled steps, double sided steps, portable or mobile steps, narrow aisle steps, heavy duty or tilt and go steps; telescopic, widestep or trade ladders; or easy access platforms with a hinged entry gate, our extensive range provides the highest standards of reliability, quality and safety.
STATIC STEPS MOBILE STEPS LADDERS PLATFORMS
Tel: 01446 772614
5-6 7-29 30-43 38-41, 44
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEP LADDERS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
>> Foldable for easier storage >> Working load 150kg >> Distance between treads 230mm >> Fitted with a rubber comfort handle >> Non slip treads
5 PORTABLE STEPS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
>> Powder coated finish in silver / grey
Description
Open size H x W x D mm
Folding size H x W x D mm
Tread W x D mm
Platform height mm
Ref
Price
Two Tread
775 x 485 x 510
890 x 135 x 485
380 x 260
490
BSL/2
£43.00
Three Tread
1065 x 490 x 665
1220 x 140 x 490
380 x 260
710
BSL/3
£52.00
Four Tread
1290 x 490 x 830
1475 x 145 x 490
380 x 260
930
BSL/4
£66.00
ROUND STEP
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Simple round step for convenient access and hands-free movement. Moulded from high density polypropylene for good durability with an ‘Arched’ design for extra strength. The heavy duty rubber bumper around base provides ultimate grip when weight is applied and the anti-slip moulded plastic to both treads. Easily manoeuvred, mounted on 3 springloaded castors which retract when weight is applied.
Height mm
410
Diameter mm
440
Order Ref
RSK-1
Price
£42.80
Colour Options
R
STEEL KIKSTEPS
B
BK
GY
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
Premium GS approved quality mobile step finished in a choice of colours. Provides easy step up access preventing excess stretching, supplied in two sections that permanently lock together via a built in bolt-free mechanism. Mounted on retractable spring mounted castors, can be easily moved into position without bending or lifting and when stepped on locks into position allowing safe access. Sturdy steel contruction with anti slip rubber treads provide a solid platform from which to work.
Overall Height mm
400
Diameter (top) mm
260
Diameter (base) mm
430
Order Ref
RSK-2
Price
£47.50
Colour Options
R
B
BK
PORTABLE STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
5
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PORTABLE STEPS
6
PLASTIC SAFETY STEPS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
3-5 day delivery 1, 2 & 3 step only. 4 Step 10-15 day delivery.
> Health & safety product – ideal for all industrial and commercial applications. > Moulded in tough, medium density polyethylene. > Resistant to most chemicals, suited to wash down applications and wet corrosive environments. > Fitted with anti-slip abrasive strips to aid safety, and handles for ease of mobility. > Accredited to BS EN 14183 European Safety Standard – each step will take up to 260kg
*Height includes handrail. 4 step: supplied complete with powder coated tubular steel support rail (yellow only). Colours: Standard colours are yellow, blue and red. Other colours are available on special request. LH = left hand rail, RH = right hand rail, – please state which required when ordering.
External dimensions (W x D x H)
Frame
No. of Wt. treads
Load bearing
Ref
Price
485 x 310 x 300mm
Without
1
5kg
260kg
WGRW0101
£50.00
475 x 540 x 420mm
Without
2
10kg
260kg
WGRW0102
£74.30
440 x 795 x 620mm
Without
3
15kg
260kg
WGRW0103
£101.45
490 x 1080 x 820mm
Without
4
20kg
260kg
WGRW0105
£157.15
490 x 1080 x 1620mm*
With
4
23kg
260kg
WGRW0104
£271.45
PLASTIC SAFETY STEPS
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
The new Supertuff Safety Step combines durability with style, to offer a robust and hard wearing unit that would look good in any workplace. > Anti-slip tape, provides grip on the top surface and each of the in-steps > The large square base ensures a very stable platform > In-steps allow four way access > Incredibly strong and durable > One piece moulding, no loose or breakable parts > Stylish design available in wide choice of colours > Large recessed label area can be used to brand the step > Units inter-stack to save space in storage or during transportation > Plastic construction will not corrode and requires no maintenance
Description
Colours
External dimensions (W x D x H)
Ref
Price
Plastic safety step single unit
red, yellow, blue, green, orange
460 x 460 x 365mm
WGSTSS01
£45.50
ROBUST COLOURED PORTABLE STEPS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Framework manufactured from ERW mild steel tube with formed sheet steel treads, fitted with ribbed rubber to surface. GNM rubber feet for extra grip and floor protection, epoxy coated finish in a choice of 4 colours.
6
Description
Overall H x W x D mm
Tread Size mm
Tread Height mm
Weight kg
Order Ref
Price
Single step no handrail
250 x 415 x 280
355 x 215
250
4
WGS750
£53.50
Single step with post rail
1160 x 415 x 280
355 x 215
250
5
WGS751
£73.50
Two step no handrail
500 x 415 x 590
355 x 215
500
5
WGS752
£78.95
Two step with post rail
1160 x 415 x 590
355 x 215
500
6
WGS753
£98.95
Two step with handrail
1160 x 415 x 590
355 x 215
500
7
WGS754
£103.50
PORTABLE STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Steptek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WHEELALONG TWO STEP WITH GRAB HANDLE
MAX LOAD 120 KG
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Stable to use and easy to move. Ideal moveable access steps for industry, offices, libraries and hospitals etc. Finished in a choice of four powder coated colours. Manufactured from ERW tube, with formed steel steps fitted with ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads. Fitted with 2 x 50mm wheels with rubber non-marking tyres.
Push-it along ...
Pull-it along ...
7 WHEELALONG STEPS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
or carry-it along
Choice of colours at no extra cost
Description WGTC904/M
Two Step
Tread
Overall H x W x D mm
Top Tread mm
Weight Kgs
Ref
Price
R/Rubber
1030 x 500 x 355
385
8
WGS230
£114.70
Anti-slip
1030 x 500 x 355
385
8
WGS240
£114.70
Colour Options
WHEELALONG TWO, THREE AND FOUR STEPS
R
B
Y
GY
MAX LOAD 120 KG
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Static steps which are fitted with 2 x 75mm diameter wheels to the rear frame. When steps are tilted, wheels allow easy movement to next location. Powder coated finish. Fitted with 75mm wheels with grey non marking rubber tyres.
WGS243/B
Description Tread
WGS029/R
Two Step WGS028/Y
Three Step Four Step
Top Tread mm
Weight Kgs
Ref Grey
Price
R/Rubber 1025 x 455 x 605
510
7
WGS028
£118.55
Anti-slip
1025 x 455 x 605
510
7
WGS241
£118.55
R/Rubber 1310 x 455 x 785
762
10
WGS029
£144.65
Anti-slip
1310 x 455 x 785
762
10
WGS242
£144.65
R/Rubber 1700 x 590 x 1030
1020
14
WGS243
£210.95
Anti-slip
1020
14
WGS244
£210.95
Colour Options
R
Overall H x W x D mm
1700 x 590 x 1030 B
Y
GY
Tilt and Move ...
Pull-it along ...
Steptek Tel: 01446 772614
WHEELALONG STEPS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
7
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAINLESS STEEL STEPS
8
STAINLESS THREE, FOUR AND FIVE STEP
MAX LOAD 125 KG
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
High quality range of mobile step units, manufactured from formed tube and sheet stainless steel of quality particularly suitable for food drink and chemical industries. Fully welded throughout for maximum rigidity. All step units fitted with 4 x 80mm diameter spring loaded castors with grey non marking rubber tyres fitted in heavy zinc plated housing which retract when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor. Anti-slip tread surfaces. Each unit is fitted with four grey non marking rubber feet.Stainless steel treads covered with anti-slip surface which is both hard wearing and resistant to water,
WGS217
WGS216
8
STAINLESS STEEL STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614
oil and most chemicals.
Treads (inc platform)
3
4
5
Average working height
2.26m
2.52m
2.77m
Platform height mm
765
1016
1270
Platform width mm
380
380
380
Platform depth mm
280
280
280
Overall H (inc rails) mm
1425
1683
1940
Overall width mm
790
790
790
Overall depth mm
710
885
1140
Weight kgs
14
17
20
Ref
WGS215
WGS216
WGS217
Price
£643.45
£752.10
£876.20
WGS215
Other stainless steel steps can be made to order, all enquiries are welcome.
Steptek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAINLESS WHEELALONG 2 AND 3 STEPS
MAX LOAD 120 KG
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Static steps which are fitted with 75mm diameter wheels to the rear frame. When steps are tilted, wheels allow easy movement to next location. Manufactured from formed tube, and stainless steel sheet steps with anti-slip surface. 75mm wheels fitted with grey non marking rubber tyres. A selected standard range, easy to clean, for use where hygiene is essential. Particularly suitable for food, drink and chemical industries. Stainless treads have anti-slip surfaces, resistant to water, oil and most chemicals. Other models can be manufactured on request.
WGS214
Description
Overall H x W x D mm
Top Tread mm
Weight Kgs
Ref
Price
Two step
1025 x 450 x 605
510
7
WGS213
£358.75
Three step
1310 x 450 x 785
762
10
WGS214
£460.05
WGS213
SINGLE SIDED MOBILE 2 STEP
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
Single sided units without handrail, single
MAX LOAD 125 KG
9 SPRING LOADED AND STAINLESS STEEL STEPS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MADE IN BRITAIN
WGS248/Y
grab handle, or twin side handrails and cross bar. Crossbar accepts optional
WGS001/GY
accessories - hook-on basket or tray.
WGS003/GN
Model
1 Sided without grab rail 1 Sided 1 grab rail
1 Sided 2 handles
Average working height
2.00m
2.00m
2.00m
Platform height mm
508
508
508
Platform width mm
380
380
380
Platform depth mm
180
180
180
Overall height (inc rails) mm 610
1185
1185
Overall width mm
530
530
530
Overall depth mm
540
540
540
Weight kgs
8
10
12
Treads
R/Rubber
Anti-slip
R/Rubber
Anti-slip
R/Rubber
Anti-slip
Ref
WGS001
WGS002
WGS003
WGS004
WGS248
WGS251
Price
£157.05
£157.05
£171.40
£171.40
£187.20
£187.20
B
GY
Colour Options
Steptek Tel: 01446 772614
GN
R
ACCESSORIES
(Only suitable for S248/S251) HOOK-ON WIRE BASKET (load capacity 3 kg) L x W x D: 350 x 220 x 220mm White powder coated finish Ref: S015 £51.60 HOOK-ON TRAY UNIT
Y
(load capacity 3 kg) L x W x D: 415 x 260 x 40mm White powder coated finish Ref: S250 £33.90 The steps should not be moved with loaded basket in place.
S
SPRING LOADED AND STAINLESS STEEL STEPS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
9
10 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
British Standard Safety Step Range
BS EN 131-7:2013 Mobile Ladders with Platform - The standard explained The following is the key criteria (plus more) to certifying a set of mobile steps to BS EN 131-7:2013. They detail what to look out for when comparing British Standard Safety Steps to others claiming to be ‘certified’.
Scope This European Standard defines the general design characteristics of mobile ladders with platform. It applies to mobile ladders with a working platform, maximum of 1m2, and a maximum platform height of 5000mm, to be used only by one person at a time. The maximum load is 150kg which includes a maximum combined load of the user and any tools, equipment and materials. EN 131-7:2013 is the only standard that applies to mobile ladders with platform. Parts 1-6 of the EN131 standard, specifically state that they do not apply to mobile ladders.
10
BRITISH STANDARD SAFETY STEP RANGE
Tel: 01446 772614
Steptek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 11 Ascending Treads
Minimum 400mm
Minimum 400mm
Maximum 1000mm
Maximum 1000mm
The minimum tread depth is 80mm. The maximum gap between the treads is 50mm. The minimum 1st tread height is 150mm from the ground,
from surface to surface) and must be constant, the maximum is 250mm. Ascending treads must also pass torsion and bending tests according to the standard.
Stability
Minimum 950mm - Maximum 1100mm
the maximum is the tread spacing plus 40mm. The minimum tread spacing is 200mm (after the 1st tread,
The mobile step must pass a stability test. This test is a side
Minimum 50mm Min 200mm Max 250mm
pull where 750N test load is applied to the most unfavourable position on the platform. For indoor use a horizontal pulling force of 300N is applied gradually to the side of the platform in the most unfavourable position and direction. The test is passed if the mobile ladder does not overturn.
Handrails/Guardrails/Middle Rails The ascending handrail should be positioned so the lowest
Spring Loaded Steps
grab point is a maximum of 1000mm from the ground. Handrails/Guardrails must also pass multiple strength and
For steps with spring loaded castors a test load of 200N is
deflection tests according to the standard.
applied in turn to each ascending tread and platform. The test requirement is that both feet of the side of the step where the load is applied shall be in contact with the floor during the test.
Marking, User and Safety Instructions
Working Area Dimensions (enclosed handrail area) The minimum working area dimensions are 400mm wide x 400mm deep x 950mm high.
Marking shall be displayed as specified in the standard. These must also pass a durability test and be specific to the individual mobile ladder showing important visual safety pictograms and
The maximum working area dimensions are 1000mm wide x 1000mm deep x 1100mm high.
also manufacturing information.
Platform and Toe Board Dimensions
User instructions shall be provided as specified in the standard. These
The minimum platform dimensions are 400mm wide
are supplied with the steps and also
x 400mm deep with a 50mm toe board to 3 sides. The
available on the following QR code.
maximum platform dimensions are 1000mm wide x 1000mm deep. The platform must also pass multiple strength and deflection tests according to the standard.
Prevention of Falls (Guardrails and Middle Rails)
Kitemark
The minimum handrail height is 950mm.
These are the only steps of their type (at time of print) to
The maximum handrail height is 1100mm.
be awarded with the British Standard Kitemark from the
The guardrails and middle rails shall avoid a sphere of
BSI. The award of the BSI Kitemark for this range of mobile
470mm diameter to pass.
safety steps demonstrates a new benchmark for quality and reliability in this sector.
British Standard Safety Steps
KM 608967 BS EN 131-7
BRITISH STANDARD SAFETY STEP RANGE
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
11
CLASSIC COLOUR BS RANGE
12 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CLASSIC COLOUR BS RANGE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7
The Classic Colour BS Step Range is ideal for warehouse or office use. They are available with 2, 3, 4 or 5 steps including platform, providing a maximum working height of up to 2.77mm. The steps are available in a range of eight colours.
British Standard Safety Steps WGS364/GY
WGS366/R
WGS362/GN
WGS360/B
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 10 - 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Available in a choice of colours at no extra cost. CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM
Treads (inc platform)
2
3
4
5
Average working height
2.00m
2.26m
2.52m
2.77m
Fitted with dome covered spring
Platform height mm
508
762
1016
1270
loaded swivel castors which retract
Platform width mm
406
406
406
406
Platform depth mm
406
406
406
406
Overall H (inc rails) mm
1460
1715
1965
2220
Overall width mm
606
800
1000
1200
Overall depth mm
660
915
1075
1240
Weight kgs
14
16
19
22
Ref
WGS360
WGS362
WGS364
WGS366
Price
£236.30
£277.75
£328.60
£405.40
Ref
WGS361
WGS363
WGS365
WGS367
Price
£236.30
£277.75
£328.60
£405.40
when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover strip and grey non marking tyres. TREAD CLAMPS
Ribbed Rubber Treads
Anti Slip Treads
Colour Options
12
Ribbed rubber treads models are supplied complete with tread clamps ensuring high visibility and preventing edges
GN
R
B
Y
GY
CLASSIC COLOUR BS RANGE
Tel: 01446 772614
S
O
from peeling.
W
Steptek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CLASSIC COLOUR RANGE
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 13 CLASSIC COLOUR RANGE WGS013/GN
WGS011/Y
WGS009/B
WGS005/R
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 125 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
ACCESSORIES
(Only suitable for S248/S251) Close fitting continuous single rail guard around top platform, extending down
HOOK-ON WIRE BASKET
each side of stairway as a short handrail. All Classic models are fully welded
(load capacity 3 kg) L x W x D: 350 x 220 x 220mm White powder coated finish Ref: S015 £51.60
throughout and available with ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads. All colour finishes are hard-wearing powder coated. Treads (inc platform)
2
3
4
5
HOOK-ON TRAY UNIT
Average working height
2.00m
2.26m
2.52m
2.77m
Platform height mm
508
762
1016
1270
Platform width mm
380
380
380
380
(load capacity 3 kg) L x W x D: 415 x 260 x 40mm White powder coated finish Ref: S250 £33.90
Platform depth mm
280
280
280
280
The steps should not be moved with loaded basket in place.
Overall H (inc rails) mm
1185
1425
1683
1940
Overall width mm
580
580
580
580
Overall depth mm
540
795
955
1120
Weight kgs
12
14
17
20
Ref
WGS005
WGS009
WGS011
WGS013
loaded swivel castors which retract
Price
£198.80
£246.65
£273.30
£315.30
when weight is applied to the steps,
Ref
WGS006
WGS010
WGS012
WGS014
covers have a double rolled bottom
Price
£198.80
£246.65
£273.30
£315.30
edge together with a protective cover
CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM
Ribbed Rubber Treads
Fitted with dome covered spring
Anti Slip Treads
giving firm contact with the floor. Dome
strip and grey non marking tyres. Colour Options
GN
R
Steptek Tel: 01446 772614
B
Y
GY
S
O
W
CLASSIC COLOUR RANGE
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
13
CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR BS RANGE
14 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR BS RANGE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7
British Standard Safety Steps
WGS392/R
WGS393/Y
WGS391/GY
WGS390/B
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 10 - 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
The Classic Plus Colour BS Step Range is ideal for warehouse or office use. They are available with 2, 3, 4 or 5 steps including platform, providing a maximum working height of up to 2.77mm. The steps are available in a range of eight colours.
14
CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM
Treads (inc platform)
2
3
4
5
Handrails
Full
Full
Full
Full
Fitted with dome covered spring
Platform height mm
508
762
1016
1270
loaded swivel castors which retract
Overall H (inc rails) mm
1460
1715
1965
2220
when weight is applied to the steps,
Platform width mm
406
406
406
406
Platform depth mm
406
406
406
406
Overall width mm
556
800
1000
1200
Overall depth mm
676
816
1030
1250
Weight kgs
13
16
19
22
Ribbed Rubber Treads Ref
WGS390
WGS391
WGS392
WGS393
Price
£255.80
£312.95
£395.05
£497.30
Anti Slip Treads Ref
WGS381
WGS383
WGS385
WGS387
Price
£255.80
£312.95
£395.05
£497.30
Colour Options
GN
B
GY
O
R
Y
S
CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR BS RANGE
Tel: 01446 772614
giving firm contact with the floor. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover strip and grey non marking tyres.
W
TREAD CLAMPS Ribbed rubber treads models are supplied complete with tread clamps ensuring high visibility and preventing edges from peeling.
Steptek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR RANGE
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 15 CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR RANGE
WGS229/R
WGS228/Y WGS227/B
WGS226/GY WGS225/R
WGS219/GN
MAX LOAD 125 KG
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
All models have larger top platform W x D:400 x 380mm. The double rail platform guarding 4 and 5 steps have long handrails on both sides of stairway.
Treads (inc platform)
2
2
2
3
4
5
Handrails
none
single
full
full
full
full
Platform height mm
508
508
508
762
1016
1270
Overall H (inc rails) mm 570
1175
1175
1430
1680
1935
Platform width mm
406
406
406
406
406
406
Platform depth mm
380
380
380
380
380
380
Overall width mm
556
556
556
556
556
556
Overall depth mm
650
650
650
790
1005
1225
Weight kgs
7
9
11
14
17
20
Ref
WGS218
WGS220
WGS221
WGS222
WGS223
WGS224
Price
£167.30
£185.85
£188.15
£242.30
£291.50
£349.20
CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM Fitted with dome covered spring loaded swivel castors which retract when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover
Ribbed Rubber Treads
strip and grey non marking tyres.
Ribbed Rubber Treads With Clamps
TREAD CLAMPS Ribbed rubber tread clamp models are supplied
Ref
WGS349
WGS350
WGS351
WGS352
WGS353
WGS354
complete with tread clamps ensuring high
Price
£167.30
£185.85
£188.15
£242.30
£291.50
£349.20
visibility and preventing edges from peeling.
Ref
WGS219
WGS225
WGS226
WGS227
WGS228
WGS229
Price
£167.30
£185.85
£188.15
£242.30
£291.50
£349.20
Anti Slip Treads
Colour Options
GN
Steptek Tel: 01446 772614
R
B
Y
GY
S
O
W
CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR RANGE
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
15
GRP CLASSIC PLUS BS STEP RANGE
16 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
GRP CLASSIC PLUS BS STEP RANGE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7
British Standard Safety Steps
WGS373/R
WGS372/GY
WGS371/Y
WGS370/GN
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 10 - 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
The GRP Classic Plus BS range feature the same tough steel framework construction with added GRP (Glass Reinforced Plastic) moulded grating treads. This form of plastic material provides more grip to the tread where operatives may be working in conditions that are slippery.
2
3
4
5
Handrails
Full
Full
Full
Full
Fitted with dome covered spring
Platform height mm
508
762
1016
1270
loaded swivel castors which retract
Overall H (inc rails) mm
1460
1715
1965
2220
when weight is applied to the steps,
Platform width mm
406
406
406
406
Platform depth mm
406
406
406
406
Overall width mm
556
800
1000
1200
Overall depth mm
676
816
1030
1250
Weight kgs
16
19
24
28
Ref
WGS370
WGS371
WGS372
WGS373
Price
£267.85
£325.00
£420.55
£541.35
B
GY
O
Colour Options
16
CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM
Treads (inc platform)
GN
R
Y
S
GRP CLASSIC PLUS BS STEP RANGE
Tel: 01446 772614
giving firm contact with the floor. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover strip and grey non marking tyres. GRP TREADS Extreme grip to tread surface.
W
Steptek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
GRP CLASSIC PLUS STEP RANGE View product on YouTube
WGS345\GN
GRP CLASSIC PLUS STEP RANGE
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 17
WGS344/B
WGS343/Y
WGS342/GY
WGS341/R
MAX LOAD 125 KG
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Steel framework construction with GRP moulded grating treads for extreme grip and added safety in all conditions. Large platform size, 406mm wide x 387mm deep. Double rail platform guarding 4 and 5 step have long handrails on both sides of stairway.
CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM
Treads (inc platform)
2
2
3
4
5
Handrails
Single
Full
Full
Full
Full
Fitted with dome covered spring
Platform height mm
508
508
762
1016
1270
loaded swivel castors which retract
Overall all H (inc rails) mm
1175
1175
1430
1680
1935
when weight is applied to the steps,
Plaform width mm
406
406
406
406
406
Plaform depth mm
387
387
387
387
387
Overall width mm
556
556
556
556
556
Overall depth mm
657
657
767
1012
1232
Weight kgs
12
14
17
22
26
Ref
WGS341
WGS342
WGS343
WGS344
WGS345
Price
£221.70
£228.90
£290.50
£360.10
£443.45
GY
O
Colour Options
GN
R
Steptek Tel: 01446 772614
B
Y
S
giving firm contact with the floor. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover strip and grey non marking tyres. EXTREME GRIP TO TREAD SURFACE
W
GRP CLASSIC PLUS STEP RANGE
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
17
NARROW AISLE BS SPRING LOADED STEPS
18 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
NARROW AISLE BS SPRING LOADED STEPS KM 608967 BS EN 131-7
British Standard Safety Steps
WGS406/Y
WGS404/GN
WGS402/B WGS400/R
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 10 - 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Robust, hardworking narrow aisle units with spring loaded castors. All welded construction. Spring loaded castors allows the feet to lower to the ground under operator’s weight. Treads are formed sheet steel with choice of ribbed rubber or anti-slip surface. All colour finishes are hard wearing powder coated. TREAD CLAMPS
Treads (inc platform)
2
3
4
5
Platform height
500
750
1000
1250
Ribbed rubber treads models
Overall height mm
1455
1705
1950
2200
are supplied complete with
Platform width mm
406
406
406
406
tread clamps ensuring high
Platform depth mm
406
406
406
406
Overall width mm
500
500*
500*
500*
Overall depth mm
640
820
1090
1240
Weight kgs
15
20
24
28
Ref
WGS400
WGS402
WGS404
WGS406
Price
£286.35
£357.40
£411.95
£464.75
Ref
WGS401
WGS403
WGS405
WGS407
Price
£286.35
£357.40
£411.95
£464.75
Stabilisers
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Width with Stabilisers
N/A
1085
1085
1085
visibility and preventing edges from peeling.
COMPLETE WITH HINGED STABILISERS
Ribbed Rubber treads
Anti-slip treads
Colour Options
18
GN
R
B
Y
GY
S
O
W
NARROW AISLE BS SPRING LOADED STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614
View product on YouTube
Steptek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
NARROW AISLE SPRING LOADED STEPS WGS307/B
WGS305/Y
WGS303/R
WGS301/GY
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
MAX LOAD 125 KG
NARROW AISLE SPRING LOADED STEPS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 19
MADE IN BRITAIN
Robust, hardworking narrow aisle units with spring loaded castors. All welded construction. Spring loaded castors allows the feet to lower to the ground under operator’s weight. Treads are formed sheet steel with choice of ribbed rubber or anti-slip surface. All colour finishes are hard wearing powder coated.
Treads (inc platform)
1
2
3
4
Platform height
500
750
1000
1250
Overall height mm
1300
1550
1800
2050
Platform width mm
395
395
395
395
Platform depth mm
395
395
395
395
Overall width mm
500
500
500
500
Overall depth mm
600
780
1050
1200
Weight kgs
13
18
22
26
WGS301
WGS303
WGS305
WGS307
£241.45
£313.00
£367.05
£419.35
WGS302
WGS304
WGS306
WGS308
£241.45
£313.00
£367.05
£419.35
Ribbed Rubber treads
Ref
Price Anti-slip treads
Ref
Price Colour Options
Steptek Tel: 01446 772614
GN
R
B
Y
GY
S
O
W
NARROW AISLE SPRING LOADED STEPS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
19
PREMIER COMMERCIAL BS STEPS
20 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PREMIER COMMERCIAL BS STEPS KM 608967 BS EN 131-7
British Standard Safety Steps TREAD OPTIONS WGS425 WGS419 WGS414 WGS412
Ribbed Rubber
Punched steel
Anti-slip
Aluminium
DELIVERED IN 10 - 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
As its name suggests, the Premier Commercial BS Steps are built with the most demanding environments in mind. Their robust all welded steel construction and choice of factory fitted tread surfaces offer a highly durable solution. This range also comes complete with hinged stabilisers for extra stability when working at height. TREAD CLAMPS Treads (inc platform)
3
Price
4
Price
5
Price
6
Price
Average working height
2.21m
2.44m
2.65m
2.90m
Platform height mm
685
915
1145
1400
Platform width mm
560
560
560
560
Platform depth mm
400
400
400
400
Overall H (inc rails) mm 1640
1870
2100
2355
Overall width mm
640
640*
640*
640*
Overall depth mm
785
940
1090
1260
Weight kgs
27
31
35
39
R/Rubber treads
WGS410
£342.40 WGS414
£388.60
WGS418
£433.45
WGS422 £496.85
Anti-slip treads
WGS411
£342.40 WGS415
£388.60
WGS419
£433.45
WGS423 £496.85
Punched treads
WGS412
£342.40 WGS416
£388.60
WGS420 £433.45
WGS424 £496.85
Aluminium treads
WGS413
£375.20 WGS417
£431.50
WGS421 £486.25
WGS425 £524.85
Stabilisers
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Width with stabilisers
N/A
1250
1250
1250
Ribbed rubber treads models are supplied complete with tread clamps ensuring high visibility and preventing edges from peeling.
COMPLETE WITH HINGED STABILISERS
*with stabilisers retracted.
20
PREMIER COMMERCIAL BS STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Steptek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PREMIER COMMERCIAL STEPS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 21 PREMIER COMMERCIAL STEPS
WGS048
WGS044
WGS040
MAX LOAD 125 KG
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Robust, hardworking narrow aisle units with spring loaded castors. All welded construction. Spring loaded castors allows the feet to lower to the ground under operator’s weight. Treads are formed sheet steel with choice of ribbed rubber or anti-slip surface. All colour finishes are hard wearing powder coated.
Treads (inc platform)
3
Price
Average working height
2.21m
2.44m
2.65m
2.90m
Platform height mm
685
915
1145
1400
Platform width mm
560
560
560
560
Platform depth mm
340
340
340
340
Overall H (inc rails) mm
1530
1760
1985
2230
Overall width mm
640
640
640
640
Overall depth mm
695
850
1000
1170
Weight kgs
24
28
32
R/Rubber treads
WGS040
£293.70
WGS044
£339.90
WGS048
£383.75
WGS260
£450.65
Anti-slip treads
WGS041
£293.70
WGS045
£339.90
WGS049
£383.75
WGS261
£450.65
Punched treads
WGS042
£293.70
WGS046
£339.90
WGS050
£383.75
WGS262
£450.65
Aluminium treads
WGS043
£326.50
WGS047
£382.80
WGS051
£436.55
WGS263
£475.65
Steptek Tel: 01446 772614
4
Price
5
Price
6
Price
TREAD OPTIONS
Ribbed Rubber
Anti-slip
Punched steel
Aluminium
36
PREMIER COMMERCIAL STEPS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
21
STEPTEK ECONOMY STEP RANGE
22 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEPTEK ECONOMY STEP RANGE
WGS807
Anti-ascent pull through bar
Retractable swivel castors
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 150 KG
Welded tubular construction, fitted with anti-ascent pull through bar which locks in mobile position onto tread via hook mechanism. Moves fully through tread when in static postion allowing castors to retract. Grey non-marking feet to front legs. Mounted on 2 x 200mm fixed solid rubber tyred wheels and 2 x 75mm grey non-marking swivel castors (castors retreat with lever) choice of anti-slip or punched treads. Finish: light grey epoxy/yellow anti-ascent bar.
Platform size: 560 x 400mm Tread width: 560mm
22
Treads (inc platform)
4
5
6
7
8
9
Average working height
2500
2750
3000
3250
3500
3750
Platform height mm
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
Overall dimensions (H x W x D) mm
1960 x 850 x 1000
2210 x 850 x 1180
2460 x 850 x 1360 2610 x 850 x 1540
2960 x 850 x 1720 3210 x 850 x 1900
Weight Kg
41
46
51
56
61
66
Anti slip treads Ref
WGS804
WGS805
WGS806
WGS807
WGS808
WGS809
Price
£351.10
£397.95
£445.65
£513.65
£553.15
£604.00
Punched treads Ref
WGS814
WGS815
WGS816
WGS817
WGS818
WGS819
Price
£351.10
£397.95
£445.65
£513.65
£553.15
£604.00
STEPTEK ECONOMY STEP RANGE
Tel: 01446 772614
Steptek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEPTEK QUALITY RED RANGE
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 23 STEPTEK QUALITY RED RANGE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7
WGS162
British Standard Safety Steps
Handbuilt with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation. Welded steel tube and bar construction with a 560mm tread width. Fitted with handlock anchorage; when locked the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective plastic floor pads. The outboard axle mounted rear wheels gives extra stability. Finish: All steelwork red epoxy finish Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubbertyred wheels with roller bearings. Rear 2 axle mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Caution Notice: A caution notice is fitted to each set to remind user of operation procedure. A health and safety at work information sheet is supplied.
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
MADE IN BRITAIN
TREAD OPTIONS
When locked the feet rest firmly on the floor.
Number of Average Treads inc Working Platform Height
Platform Overall Height Dimension (H x W x D) mm
Ribbed Rubber Treads
Kg
Price
Punched Kg Treads
Price
Anti Slip Treads
Kg
Price
Aluminium Kg Treads
Price
3
2250mm
750mm
1710 x 780 x 860
WGS310
48
£393.40
WGS314 46
£393.40
WGS318
48
£393.40
WGS322
49
£418.20
4
2500mm
1000mm 1960 x 780 x 1040
WGS311
50
£444.55
WGS315 48
£444.55
WGS319
50
£444.55
WGS323
51
£472.60
5
2750mm
1250mm
2210 x 850 x 1220
WGS130
53
£510.95
WGS140 51
£510.95
WGS150
53
£510.95
WGS160
54
£538.90
6
3000mm
1500mm 2460 x 850 x 1400
WGS131
58
£570.30
WGS141
56
£570.30
WGS151
58
£570.30
WGS161
60
£604.80
7
3250mm
1750mm
2710 x 850 x 1580
WGS132
63
£642.35
WGS142 61
£642.35
WGS152
63
£642.35
WGS162
65
£683.35
8
3500mm
2000mm 2960 x 850 x 1760
WGS133
70
£710.20
WGS143 68
£710.20
WGS153
70
£710.20
WGS163
73
£757.65
9
3750mm
2250mm 3210 x 850 x 1940
WGS134
76
£785.85
WGS144 73
£785.85
WGS154
76
£785.85
WGS164
78
£834.95
10
4000mm
2500mm 3460 x 1000 x 2200 WGS135
89
£920.50
WGS145 85
£920.50
WGS155
89
£920.50
WGS165
92
£979.15
11
4250mm
2750mm 3710 x 1000 x 2380 WGS136
98
£1008.20 WGS146 94
£1008.20 WGS156
98
£1008.20 WGS166
101
£1092.65
12
4500mm
3000mm 3960 x 1000 x 2560 WGS137
110
£1124.20 WGS147
13
4750mm
3250mm 4210 x 1250 x 2740
WGS138
117
£1246.85 WGS148 112
14
5000mm
3500mm 4460 x 1250 x 2920 WGS139
124
£1354.85 WGS149 120 £1354.85 WGS159
15
5250mm
3750mm 4710 x 1350 x 3200
WGS312
16
5500mm
4000mm 4960 x 1450 x 3280 WGS313
106 £1124.20
WGS157
110 £1124.20
WGS167
113
£1212.00
£1246.85 WGS158
117 £1246.85
WGS168
121
£1346.65
124 £1354.85 WGS169
127
£1447.90
160
£1635.35 WGS316 158 £1635.35 WGS320 160 £1635.35 WGS324
161
£1894.95
169
£1801.00 WGS317 167 £1801.00 WGS321 169 £1801.00
170
£1928.05
WGS325
*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras
Steptek Tel: 01446 772614
STEPTEK QUALITY RED RANGE
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
23
HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
24 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MOBILE STEPS WITH HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 150 KG
WGS075
Choice of 610mm or 760mm tread width. Hand
Designed to conform to BS EN 131-7
built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years
SEE PAGE 29 FOR OPTIONAL EXTRAS.
of arduous operation. All steelwork blue epoxy finish. Wheels: Front swivel and rear fixed castors with 100mm diameter white nylon wheels and roller bearings. All models fitted with hand lock anchorage. When locked the front feet rest firmly on the floor; fitted with protective plastic floor pads. TREAD OPTIONS
RETRACTING CASTORS FITTED AS STANDARD.
Ribbed Rubber
Expamet
Anti-slip
Punched Steel
Tread width 610mm / Platform W x D 610 x 457mm Number Average of Treads Working inc Height Platform
Platform Overall Height Dimension (H x W x D) mm
Ribbed Rubber Treads
4
2400mm
915
1875 x 760 x 1085
5
2700mm
1145
2105 x 760 x 1260
6
2900mm
1370
7
3100mm
8
3400mm
Price
Expamet Kg Treads
Price
Anti Slip Treads
WGS052 45
£423.40
WGS061
45
£441.10
WGS053 50
£484.75
WGS062
50
£507.85
2330 x 760 x 1435
WGS054 56
£548.60
WGS063
56
1600
2560 x 760 x 1690
WGS055 65
£627.30
WGS064
1830
2790 x 760 x 1865
WGS056 70
£694.15
9
3600mm 2060
3020 x 760 x 2045
WGS057 76
10
3800mm
2285
3245 x 760 x 2225
11
4000mm 2515
12
4300mm
2745
Kg
Kg
Price
Punched Kg Price Treads
WGS070 45
£423.40
WGS079
43 £423.30
WGS071 50
£484.75
WGS080
48 £484.75
£579.50
WGS072 56
£548.60
WGS081
53 £548.60
65
£665.35
WGS073 65
£627.30
WGS082
62 £627.30
WGS065
70
£739.90
WGS074
70
£694.15
WGS083
67 £694.15
£764.45
WGS066
76
£816.05
WGS075 76
£764.45
WGS084
73 £764.45
WGS058 88
£933.30
WGS067
88
£998.20
WGS076 88
£933.30
WGS085
84 £933.30
3475 x 760 x 2400
WGS059 96
£1020.45 WGS068
96
£1090.50 WGS077 96
£1020.45 WGS086
91 £1020.45
3705 x 760 x 2580
WGS060 104 £1123.95 WGS069
104 £1212.80 WGS078 104 £1123.95 WGS087
99 £1123.95
Tread width 760mm / Platform W x D 760 x 457mm Number Average of Treads Working inc Height Platform
Platform Overall Height Dimension (H x W x D) mm
Ribbed Rubber Treads
Kg
Price
Expamet Treads
Kg
Price
Anti Slip Treads
Kg
Price
Punched Kg Treads
Price
5
2700mm 1145
2105 x 915 x 1260
WGS090
60
£530.65
WGS100
56
£563.75
WGS110 60
£530.65
WGS120 58
£530.65
6
2900mm 1370
2330 x 915 x 1435
WGS091
66
£598.40
WGS101
62
£641.40
WGS111 66
£598.40
WGS121 64
£598.40
7
3100mm 1600
2560 x 915 x 1690 WGS092
76
£680.00
WGS102
72
£728.70
WGS112 76
£680.00
WGS122 74
£680.00
8
3400mm 1830
2790 x 915 x 1865
WGS093
84
£772.10
WGS103
79
£831.00
WGS113 84
£772.10
WGS123 82
£772.10
9
3600mm 2060
3020 x 915 x 2045 WGS094
91
£840.85
WGS104
86
£908.35
WGS114 91
£840.85
WGS124 88
£840.85
10
3800mm 2285
3245 x 915 x 2225
WGS095
105
£976.40
WGS105
99
£1050.60 WGS115 105
£976.40
WGS125 102
£976.40
11
4000mm 2515
3475 x 915 x 2400
WGS096
114
£1101.15
WGS106
107
£1185.25 WGS116 114
£1101.15
WGS126 110
£1101.15
12
4300mm 2745
3705 x 915 x 2580
WGS097
123
£1216.50 WGS107
115
£1310.10
WGS117 123
£1216.50 WGS127 118
£1216.50
13
4500mm 2975
3935 x 915 x 2755
WGS098
130
£1305.60 WGS108
122
£1411.10
WGS118 130
£1305.60 WGS128 127
£1305.60
14
4700mm 3200
4160 x 915 x 2935
WGS099 138
£1397.40 WGS109
130
£1512.20 WGS119 138
£1397.40
£1397.40
WGS129 134
*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras
24
HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY NARROW BASE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7
British Standard Safety Steps MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
SEE PAGE 29 FOR OPTIONAL EXTRAS.
Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation. Over load tested to 200kg.
STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 25
Construction: Welded heavy gauge steel box section and bar. Fitted with hand lock lever anchorage; when locked, the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective grey non-marking rubber feet. Safety warning bar fitted to protrude in front of steps, linked to hand lock lever mechanism, to deter users
TREAD OPTIONS
from climbing steps when still in ‘mobile’ mode. Narrow base model: Outboard wheels mounted on straight base frame for optimum space saving requirements. Finish: Main structure blue epoxy
Ribbed Rubber
finish; safety bar and hand lever mechanism in safety yellow. Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels, with roller bearings. 2 rear axle
Expamet
mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. A caution notice is fitted to remind user of operation procedure. A health and Safety at Work information sheet is supplied.
Number of Treads Including Platform
Average Working Height
Platform Height
Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm
Ribbed Rubber Treads
Kg
Price
Expamet Treads
Kg
Price
3
2190mm
690
1690 x 700 x 930
WGS960
51
£489.55
WGS980
43
£479.70
4
2420mm
920
1920 x 700 x 1140
WGS961
59
£565.00
WGS981
51
£554.30
5
2650mm
1150
2150 x 700 x 1240
WGS962
69
£671.35
WGS982
57
£659.15
6
2880mm
1380
2380 x 700 x 1410
WGS963
88
£845.45
WGS983
76
£827.00
7
3110mm
1610
2610 x 700 x 1570
WGS964
97
£952.45
WGS984
84
£937.45
8
3340mm
1840
2840 x 700 x 1740
WGS965
107
£1056.65
WGS985
94
£1040.90
9
3570mm
2070
3070 x 700 x 1900
WGS966
117
£1181.75
WGS986
104
£1167.55
10
3800mm
2300
3300 x 900 x 2060
WGS967
131
£1383.60
WGS987
119
£1368.20
11
4030mm
2530
3530 x 900 x 2230
WGS968
140
£1498.10
WGS988
127
£1483.50
12
4260mm
2760
3760 x 900 x 2400
WGS969
151
£1606.20
WGS989
138
£1589.85
13
4490mm
2990
3990 x 1230 x 2560
WGS970
163
£1719.70
WGS990
148
£1700.60
14
4720mm
3220
4220 x 1230 x 2730
WGS971
175
£1868.85
WGS991
160
£1849.20
15
4950mm
3450
4450 x 1230 x 2890
WGS972
187
£2,057.95
WGS992
172
£2,039.90
*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras
Steptek Tel: 01446 772614
STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
25
STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
26 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY STABILITY BASE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7
British Standard Safety Steps DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
SEE PAGE 29 FOR OPTIONAL EXTRAS.
Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation. Over load tested to 200kg. Construction: Welded heavy gauge steel box section and bar. Fitted with hand lock lever anchorage; when locked, the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective grey non-marking rubber feet. Safety warning bar fitted to protrude in front of steps, linked to hand lock lever mechanism, to deter users
TREAD OPTIONS
from climbing steps when still in ‘mobile’ mode. Stability base model: Outboard wheels mounted on splayed base frame gives superior stability. Finish: Main structure red epoxy finish; safety bar
Ribbed Rubber
and hand lever mechanism in safety yellow. Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels, with roller bearings. 2 rear axle mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres
Expamet
and roller bearings. A caution notice is fitted to remind user of operation procedure. A health and Safety at Work information sheet is supplied.
Number of Treads Including Platform
Average Working Height
Platform Height
Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm
Ribbed Rubber Treads
Kg
Price
Expamet Treads
Kg
Price
3
2190mm
690
1690 x 780 x 955
WGS920
56
£508.00
WGS940
48
£497.76
4
2420mm
920
1920 x 850 x 1120
WGS921
64
£586.60
WGS941
56
£575.60
5
2650mm
1150
2150 x 910 x 1290
WGS922
74
£696.70
WGS942
62
£684.20
6
2880mm
1380
2380 x 960 x 1425
WGS923
93
£877.85
WGS943
81
£858.55
7
3110mm
1610
2610 x 1010 x 1610
WGS924
102
£958.85
WGS944
89
£973.20
8
3340mm
1840
2840 x 1060 x 1790
WGS925
112
£1,097.10
WGS945
99
£1080.65
9
3570mm
2070
3070 x 1140 x 1955
WGS926
122
£1,227.10
WGS946
109
£1,212.20
10
3800mm
2300
3300 x 1220 x 2130
WGS927
136
£1437.10
WGS947
124
£1421.10
11
4030mm
2530
3530 x 1270 x 2290
WGS928
145
£1556.10
WGS948
132
£1540.93
12
4260mm
2760
3760 x 1270 x 2290
WGS929
157
£1668.55
WGS949
143
£1651.45
13
4490mm
2990
3990 x 1370 x 2455
WGS930
168
£1786.35
WGS950
153
£1766.40
14
4720mm
3220
4220 x 1540 x 2790
WGS931
180
£1941.30
WGS951
165
£1920.80
15
4950mm
3450
4450 x 1565 x 2975
WGS932
192
£2137.65
WGS952
177
£2118.80
*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras
26
STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
Tel: 01446 772614
Steptek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EASY RISE RANGE WITH HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 27 MOBILE STEPS WITH HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7
British Standard Safety Steps DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 150 KG
Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation. Welded steel tube and bar construction, fitted with hand lock anchorage. When locked the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective plastic floor pads. 48 degree slope for extra safety and comfort. Designed to allow user to descend the steps facing forward. 760mm tread width. Finish: All steelwork red epoxy finish. Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Rear 2 axle mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings.
SEE PAGE 29 FOR OPTIONAL EXTRAS.
TREAD OPTIONS
Tread width 760 mm Platform W x D: 760 x 400 mm (5-12 tread) Number of Treads inc Platform
Average Working Height
Platform Overall Dimension Height (H x W x D) mm
Ribbed Rubber Treads
5
2650mm
1150
2110 x 980 x 1400
6
2880mm
1380
2340 x 980 x 1600
7
3110mm
1610
8
3340mm
9 10
Kg
Price
Anti-Slip Treads
Kg
Price
Expamet Kg Treads
Price
Punched Treads
WGS611 80
£693.60
WGS621 80
£726.80
WGS612 88
£795.30
WGS622 88
£835.10
WGS613 96
£897.85
WGS623 96
£944.65
WGS601 80
£693.60
WGS602 88
£795.30
2570 x 980 x 1800
WGS603 96
£897.85
1840
2800 x 980 x 2000
WGS604 104 £994.35
3570mm
2070
3030 x 980 x 2200
WGS605 112 £1096.45 WGS615 112 £1096.45 WGS625 112 £1156.45 WGS635 110 £1096.45 WGS645
3800mm
2300
3260 x 1150 x 2400 WGS606 132 £1226.80 WGS616 132 £1226.80 WGS626 132 £1292.50 WGS636 130 £1226.80 WGS646
138 £1340.90
11
4030mm
2530
3490 x 1150 x 2600 WGS607 142
£1327.30 WGS617 142 £1327.30 WGS627 142 £1399.10 WGS637 140 £1327.30
WGS647
149 £1453.25
12
4260mm
2760
3720 x 1150 x 2800 WGS608 152 £1427.30 WGS618 152 £1427.30 WGS628 152 £1505.25 WGS638 150 £1427.30
WGS648
160 £1564.95
WGS614 104 £994.35
Kg
Price
Aluminium Kg Treads
Price
WGS631 78
£693.60
WGS641
82
£749.25
WGS632 86
£795.30
WGS642
91
£862.95
WGS633 94
£897.85
WGS643
99
£978.05
WGS624 104 £1047.65 WGS634 102 £994.35
WGS644
108 £1086.40 117
£1200.35
*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras
Steptek
EASY RISE RANGE WITH HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
27
EASY-RISE AND TILT AND GO STEPS
28 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EASY-RISE STEPS WITH TRUCK/ DOCK PLATFORM
DELIVERED IN 18 - 25 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 150 KG
48 degree slope for extra safety and comfort, designed to allow user to descend the steps facing forward. Large platform with removable chain on end and both sides for 3-sided access. Welded steel tube and bar construction. Fitted with handlock anchorage. Front feet fitted with protective plastic floor pads. Expamet treads and large working top platform makes them ideal for loading and unloading items outside. Wheels: 2 front swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings, 2 rear axle-mounted 200mm wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: All steelwork red epoxy or galvanised finish.
Tread width 750mm / Platform W x D:750 x 1200mm
No. of Average Treads (inc working platform) height mm
Platform height mm
Overall (H x W x D) mm
Red Expamet Ref
Wt. Kg
Price
Ref
Wt. Kg
Price
3
2190
690
1680 x 960 x 1680
WGS680
80
£720.00
WGS690
80
£967.80
4
2420
920
1910 x 960 x 1870
WGS681
89
£800.95
WGS691
89
£1079.18
5
2650
1150
2140 x 960 x 2060
WGS682
98
£876.90
WGS692
98
£1171.95
6
2880
1380
2370 x 960 x 2250
WGS683
107
£950.60
WGS693
107
£1267.25
7*
3110
1610
2600 x 960 x 2440
WGS684
116
£1049.50 N/A
N/A
N/A
8*
3340
1840
2830 x 960 x 2630
WGS685
125
£1127.75
N/A
N/A
TILT AND GO STEPS
Galvanised Expamet
DELIVERED IN 18 - 25 DAYS
N/A
BS EN 131-7 version available please ask for details. *7 & 8 tread versions have bolt on handles for transport purposes.
MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 150 KG
Welded steel tube and bar construction. Expamet treads and large working top platform makes them ideal for loading and unloading items outside. The steps have 2 handles at the front fitted with knuckle guard hand grips for safe lifting and moving. Wheels: 2 rear 200mm steel centred wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. KM 608967 BS EN 131-7
No. of Treads (inc platform)
Average working height mm
Platform Overall height (H x W x D) mm mm
Red Expamet
Galvanised Expamet
Ref
Ref
Wt. Price Kg
Wt. Price Kg
3
2250
750
1760 x 650 x 1345 WGS701 36
£479.95
WGS711 36
£669.15
4
2500
1000
2010 x 650 x 1535 WGS702 41
£543.30
WGS712 41
£766.75
5
2750
1250
2260 x 650 x 1725 WGS703 46
£615.90
WGS713 46
£876.70
6
3000
1500
2510 x 650 x 1915 WGS704 51
£690.55
WGS714 51
£984.15
OPTION
Inward opening gate on platform end. Ref: WGS700 (Extra) £71.95 Tread width 500mm / Platform W x D: 500 x 600mm
28
EASY-RISE AND TILT AND GO STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Steptek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
OPTIONAL EXTRAS FOR WAREHOUSE STEPS PLATFORM GATE TO END
PLATFORM CHAIN TO FRONT
Inward opening spring loaded
Double chain fitted to front of
gate secured with spring loaded
platform, secured by locking
plunge bolt. Fitted to the end
spring clip. Secures user
of the platform. Platform depth
onto platform. Platform depth
increases to 760mm.
increases to 760mm.
Ref: WGS175E
Ref: WGS179
£110.80
£49.90 PLATFORM CHAIN TO SIDE
PLATFORM GATE TO SIDE
Double chain fitted to the side of the
Inward opening spring loaded gate
platform, secured by locking spring
secured with spring loaded plunge
clip. Increases platform depth to
bolt. Fitted to the side of the
760mm.
platform. Platform depth increases to 760mm.
Chain to left hand side of platform.
Gate to left hand side of platform.
Ref: WGS178L
Ref: WGS175L
£110.80
£110.80
OPTIONAL EXTRAS FOR WAREHOUSE STEPS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 29
Chain to right hand side of platform.
Gate to right hand side of platform.
Ref: WGS178R
Ref: WGS175R
£110.80
£110.80
PLATFORM CHAIN TO END
Double chain fitted to end of
DOUBLE HINGED BAR TO END
platform, secured by locking Double hinged bar fitted to
spring clip.
end of platform.
Ref: WGS178E
Ref: WGS176E
£49.90
£78.75 SECURITY GATE
Hinged security gate fitted to
DOUBLED HINGED BAR TO SIDE
bottom of steps with padlock Double hinged bar fitted to the
facility. Stops unauthorised users
side of the platform. Platform
using the steps. Folds through
depth increases to 760mm.
270 degrees.
Gate to left hand side of platform.
Ref: WGS170
Ref: WGS176L
£72.00
£110.80
HOOK ON TOOL TRAY
Gate to right hand side of platform.
Dimensions: (L x W x D)
Ref: WGS176R
600mm x 250mm x 220mm
£110.80
Load capacity: 5kg Ref: WGS089
DOUBLE HINGED BAR TO FRONT
£74.90 Double hinged bar fitted to front of platform. Secures user within platform area. Platform depth increases to 760mm. Ref: WGS177 £110.80
HOOK ON WIRE BASKET
Dimensions: (L x W x D) 600mm x 220mm x 220mm Load capacity: 5kg Ref: WGS088 £76.05
Steptek Tel: 01446 772614
OPTIONAL EXTRAS FOR WAREHOUSE STEPS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
29
LADDERS
30 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PINNACLE™ INDUSTRIAL EXTENSION LADDER
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 175 KG
Pinnacle Industrial Ladders are constructed from tough heavy wall aluminium and feature rigid box section stiles fitted with large twist proof rungs. The high traction and comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs help reduce fatigue and increase working speed.
Rungs
Closed Length
Ext. Length
Overall Width
Depth
Weight
Ref
Price
1x9
2.50m
N/A
0.38m
63.5mm
5.0kg
WG1100-000
£67.30
1 x 11
3.00m
N/A
0.38m
63.5mm
6.0kg
WG1100-001
£77.15
1 x 13
3.50m
N/A
0.38m
63.5mm
7.0kg
WG1100-002
£95.20
1 x 15
4.00m
N/A
0.38m
63.5mm
8.0kg
WG1100-003
£106.20
2x9
2.50m
4.25m
0.41m
125mm
11.0kg
WG1100-010
£133.95
2 x 11
3.00m
5.25m
0.41m
125mm
13.0kg
WG1100-011
£154.05
2 x 13
3.50m
6.25m
0.41m
140mm
17.0kg
WG1100-012
£185.70
2 x 15
4.00m
7.25m
0.41m
140mm
20.0kg
WG1100-013
£219.95
2 x 17
4.50m
8.25m
0.41m
155mm
26.0kg
WG1100-014
£264.15
2 x 19
5.00m
9.25m
0.41m
155mm
29.0kg
WG1100-015
£319.15
2 x 21
5.50m
10.0m
0.41m
155mm
31.0kg
WG1100-016
£324.85
3x9
2.50m
6.00m
0.46m
200mm
20.0kg
WG1100-020
£211.55
3 x 11
3.00m
7.50m
0.48m
225mm
28.0kg
WG1100-021
£284.00
3 x 13
3.50m
9.00m
0.48m
225mm
32.0kg
WG1100-022
£300.39
3 x 15
4.00m
10.0m
0.48m
225mm
39.0kg
WG1100-023
£396.20
Singles
Doubles
>> Extra heavy duty thick wall box section stiles
Triples
>> Wrist proof rung joints >> Reduce fatigue with deep, comfortable ‘D’ rungs >> Rung locks fitted ensure sections do not separate >> Anti-slip rubber feet >> Max load 175kg
SUMMIT™ PROFESSIONAL EXTENSION LADDER
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
Commercial duty double and triple extension ladders that can be split for use as single sections. The comfortable ‘D’ shaped twist-proof rungs are secured into rigid box section stiles for comfortable safe use. >> Commercial strength box section construction
>> Anti-slip rubber feet
>> Reduce fatigue with deep, comfortable ‘D’ rungs
>> Twist proof rung joint
>> Slip resistant high traction rungs >> Sections separate for use as single ladders Rungs
Closed Length
Ext. Length
Overall Width
Depth
Weight Ref
Price
2x9
2.50m
4.0m
0.42m
125mm
9.0kg
WG1102-000
£73.20
2 x 11
3.00m
5.0m
0.42m
125mm
11.0kg
WG1102-001
£86.50
2 x 13
3.50m
6.0m
0.42m
125mm
13.0kg
WG1102-002
£103.15
2 x 15
4.00m
7.0m
0.42m
135mm
17.0kg
WG1102-003
£118.70
2 x 17
4.50m
8.0m
0.42m
155mm
22.0kg
WG1102-004
£146.40
2 x 19
5.00m
9.0m
0.42m
155mm
24.0kg
WG1102-005
£160.85
2 x 21
5.50m
10.0m
0.42m
155mm
29.0kg
WG1102-006
£184.10
3x9
2.50m
5.5m
0.49m
210mm
17.0kg
WG1102-007
£124.15
3 x 11
3.00m
7.0m
0.49m
210mm
20.0kg
WG1102-008
£143.10
3 x 13
3.50m
8.5m
0.49m
330mm
26.0kg
WG1102-009
£179.70
3 x 15
4.00m
10.0m
0.49m
330mm
33.0kg
WG1102-010
£205.20
Doubles
Triples
30
LADDERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SUMMIT™ ROOF LADDER
MAX LOAD 175 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Rugged box-section stiles offer the combination of lightweight usability and
LADDERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 31
strength needed for roof work. The ladder is fitted with a roof hook to secure on the central ridge with wheels to run the ladder up the roof. Protected bearers fitted at intervals help spread the load across the roof tiles. >> Special box-section construction
>> Fitted with ridge hook
designed for roof applications
>> Support bearers and wheels >> Deep serrated anti slip rungs
>> Suitable for all roof pitches
>> Max load 175kg
Rungs
Closed Length Ext. Length Overall Width
Bearers
Weight
Ref
Price
1 x 17
4.35m
N/A
0.38m
4
9.75kg
WG1305-000
£179.05
1 x 19
4.95m
N/A
0.38m
4
10.65kg
WG1305-001
£196.85
1 x 21
5.55m
N/A
0.38m
5
11.75kg
WG1305-002
£214.10
11 + 9
3.00m
N/A
0.40m
5
12.0kg
WG1305-011
£226.90
13 + 11
3.60m
N/A
0.40m
5
13.75kg
WG1305-012
£236.95
15 + 13
4.00m
N/A
0.40m
5
14.65kg
WG1305-013
£246.10
17 + 15
4.60m
N/A
0.40m
6
16.50kg WG1305-014
£264.50
Singles
Doubles
SUMMIT™ SURVEYORS LADDER
MAX LOAD 175 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Traditional sectional surveyor ladder with spigot fixings and deep serrated round rungs. The sections simply fit together to form a straight ladder.
>> Strong oval box section stiles >> Fits in most car boots >> Deep serrated round rungs >> Anti-slip feet top and bottom >> Max load 175kg >> Compact for easy transport and storage
Rungs Ext. Length
Weight Ref
Price
3x3
2.75m
6.0kg
WG1306-003
£112.20
4x3
3.65m
8.0kg
WG1306-004
£144.60
5x3
4.55m
10.0kg
WG1306-005
£175.75
6x3
5.46m
11.8kg
WG1306-006
£206.45
XTEND+CLIMB PRO SERIES
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Xtend+Climb® Pro has been enhanced specifically for the professional contractor or surveyor. The ergonomic design means you can quickly and easily adjust the Xtend+Climb® rung by rung, to exactly the height you need. >> Extends and locks rung by rung u p to 3.80m >> Compacts down to a
The tubular section is manufactured from aerospace aluminium with heavyduty couplings and secure lock tabs that fit your thumbs better for smooth and responsive adjustment.
remarkable 0.81m >> Store in your car boot or
Rungs Closed Length
Ext. Width Length
>> Padded carry handle
13
3.8m
>> Clean-touch anodised finish
Small Carry Bag (Suit 9 & 11 rung)
>> Optional extra carry bag
11
0.77m
3.20m
>> Max load 150kg
9
0.74m
2.60m
in a cupboard
0.82m
Weight
Ref
Price
WG1303-010
£158.21
WG1303-011
£23.05
0.48m 10.6kg
WG1303-050
£132.50
0.47m 8.4kg
WG1303-015
£117.15
0.49m 13.0kg
LADDERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
31
LADDERS
32 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PROFESSIONAL ADJUSTABLE LADDER
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
Compact four-section hinged ladder with multiple configurations. Use it as an A-frame step, straight ladder, work bench, ladder with stand-off or stairwell ladder. This ladder is fitted with stabiliser bars at both ends to help reduce sideways movement and keep you safe while you work. Model 1303-020 comes complete with a scaffold board that locks in place and creates a simple low level platform to work from. Model 1303-021 is not to be used as a scaffold in the trestle position >> Strong square rungs >> Spreader bars for additional stability >> Maximum Static Vertical Load 150kg >> Conforms to EN 131
Treads
Step Height
Ext. Length
Work Bench Height
Stored Height
Overall Width
Weight
Ref
Price
4x3
1.60m
3.40m
0.93m
0.95m
0.77m
14.1kg
WG1303-020
£115.84
4x4
2.20m
4.50m
1.20m
1.23m
0.77m
16.1kg
WG1303-021
£133.05
LITTLE GIANT® REVOLUTION XE
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
The Little Giant Revolution XE is constructed of a special alloy that makes it 20% lighter than any comparable industrial-rated ladder. The Revolution XE also includes several innovative new features such as the Quad-Lock™ hinge and the easy-to-use Rock-Locks™ for quick adjustment. The Revolution XE’s wide-flared legs and aerospace-grade aluminium construction provide an unmatched feeling of safety and stability. >> 20% lighter than any comparable industrial-rated ladder >> Easy-to-use Rock-Locks™ for quick adjustment >> Unmatched stability thanks to the Quad-Lock™ hinge and wide-flared legs >> Highest quality construction from aerospace grade aluminium >> Tip & Glide wheels for manoeuvrability >> Max load 150kg
Treads
Step Height
4
1.24m - 2.49m - 0.91m 2.08m 4.17m
1.30m
0.58m
15.1kg
WG1303-344
£275.98
5
1.52m - 3.05m - 0.91m 2.64m 5.28m
1.57m
0.67m
18.4kg
WG1303-345
£328.06
1.80m - 3.61m - 0.91m 3.20m 6.40m
1.85m
0.79m
22.8kg WG1303-346 £407.43
6
32
Ext. Length
Trestle Stored Overall Weight Ref Height Height Width
Price
COMBINATION
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HORIZON COMBINATION LADDER
COMBINATION
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 33 MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Versatile multi-function ladder that can be used as a straight extension ladder, basic A-frame step, extended A-frame step. Strong box section stiles that is easy to use and light enough to carry comfortably between jobs. >> Use as a Stairway ladder >> Extension ladder and free standing extending step >> Large anti-slip feet >> Can be used on stairs >> Max load 150kg
SUMMIT™ COMBINATION LADDER
Closed Length
Extended Length
Step Ladder Height (A-Frame)
Overall Width
Rungs
Weight
Ref
Price
2.02m
4.26m
4.04m
0.76m
3x7
12.0kg
WG1300-310
£106.00
2.58m
5.94m
4.86m
0.86m
3x9
16.0kg
WG1300-312
£128.18
3.14m
7.06m
5.68m
0.96m
3 x 11
20.0kg
WG1300-314
£165.94
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
The Summit Combination Ladder is a versatile multi-function ladder that can be used as a straight extension ladder, basic A-frame step and extended A-frame step. Using the ladder and changing between configurations is easy thanks to the tough cast aluminium guides. >> Large box section stiles for strength and rigidity >> Strong anti-splay nylon restraint straps >> Heavy duty stile guides for smooth handling >> Replaceable end caps ensure firm positioning >> Stabiliser bar with oversized rubber feet to reduce slip >> Max load 150kg
Description Rungs Closed Ext. Max Tread Overall Weight Ref Length Length Height Width (Ladder) (A-Frame)
Price
2.50m Summit Combi
3x7
2.49m
5.10m
2.25m
0.75m
16.0kg
WG1300-211 £165.94
3.0m Summit Combi
3x9
2.99m
7.20m
2.85m
0.93m
21.0kg
WG1300-213 £204.78
3.60m Summit Combi
3 x 11
3.56m
8.34m
3.45m
1.14m
30.0kg WG1300-215 £265.87
COMBINATION
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
33
FIBREGLASS
34 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SUMMIT™ FIBREGLASS EXTENSION LADDER
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Tough and durable double extension ladders with rope-operation for ease of adjustment. The reinforced D–shaped rungs make for comfortable climbing and standing. The latest technology in rope-operated locking catches makes this ladder simple and reliable to adjust. Dual action articulated feet provide sound footing on hard surfaces or flip them over into “spike” mode for soft ground. >> Electrically insulated fibreglass construction >> Comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs >> Super strong reinforced stiles >> Rope-operation >> Dual-action articulated feet >> Max load 150kg
SUMMIT™ FIBREGLASS SWING BACK & PLATFORM STEP
Rungs
Closed Length
Ext. Length
Overall Width
Weight
Ref
Price
8
2.60m
3.80m
0.45m
16.0kg
WG1119-003
£246.65
10
3.20m
5.00m
0.45m
19.0kg
WG1119-004
£278.15
12
3.80m
6.20m
0.45m
22.0kg
WG1119-005
£312.25
14
4.40m
7.40m
0.45m
25.0kg
WG1119-006
£351.60
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
The Platform Steps have a reinforced aluminium checker plate platform and aluminium anti slip treads. Both versions are tough no nonsense steps with superstrong C-section insulated stiles. The top caps have an integrated tool holder for added convenience and the aluminium hinged locking stays provide extra rigidity. >> Electrically insulated fibreglass construction >> Deep serrated aluminium treads >> Hinged metal locking stays >> Reinforced checker, plate platform (Platform Step only) >> Large anti-slip rubber feet >> Max load 150kg
34
Description
Open Closed Open Height Height Footprint
Weight Ref
4 Tread Swing Back
1.00m
1.05m
0.46m x 0.90m 6.0kg
WG1235-004
£53.65
5 Tread Swing Back
1.25m
1.30m
0.49m x 0.98m 7.0kg
WG1235-005
£64.15
6 Tread Swing Back
1.50m
1.55m
0.52m x 1.05m 8.5kg
WG1235-006
£74.65
8 Tread Swing Back
2.00m 2.05m
0.59m x 1.42m 10.0kg
WG1235-008
£97.50
10 Tread Swing Back 2.50m 2.55m
0.65m x 1.94m 12.0kg
WG 1235-010 £122.45
Weight Ref
Description
Platform Height
Closed Open Height Footprint
4 Tread Platform
1.00m
1.67m
0.53m x 0.99m 8.0kg
WG1236-004
£87.25
5 Tread Platform
1.25m
1.91m
0.56m x 1.16m
9.0kg
WG1236-005
£97.95
6 Tread Platform
1.50m
2.14m
0.59m x 1.34m 10.0kg
WG1236-006
£109.15
8 Tread Platform
2.00m
2.65m
0.66m x 1.68m 13.0kg
WG1236-008
£133.90
10 Tread Platform
2.50m
3.15m
0.72m x 2.02m 17.0kg
WG1236-010
£160.45
FIBREGLASS
Tel: 01446 772614
Price
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Price
PINNACLE™ INDUSTRIAL SWING BACK STEP
STEPS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 35 MAX LOAD 175 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
A heavy duty step suitable for industrial and trade requirements fitted with hinged metal locking stays to prevent twisting. >> Hinged metal locking stays >> Box section back legs with heavy duty bracing >> Deep serrated anti-slip treads >> Anti-slip rubber feet >> Max load 175kg
PINNACLE™ INDUSTRIAL PLATFORM STEP
Description
Open Closed Open Footprint Weight Ref Height Height
Price
3 Tread Swing Back
0.58m
0.69m
0.35m x 0.45m
2.7kg
WG1200-003 £53.60
4 Tread Swing Back
0.81m
0.93m
0.37m x 0.61m
3.6kg
WG1200-004
5 Tread Swing Back
1.03m
1.18m
0.40m x 0.76m
4.5kg
WG1200-005 £61.25
6 Tread Swing Back
1.26m
1.42m
0.42m x 0.92m
5.3kg
WG1200-006 £71.50
8 Tread Swing Back
1.71m
1.92m
0.47m x 1.22m
7.1kg
WG1200-008 £91.90
10 Tread Swing Back 2.16m
2.41m
0.52m x 1.53m
8.8kg
WG1200-010
£112.30
12 Tread Swing Back 2.62m
2.91m
0.57m x 1.84m
12.3kg
WG1200-012
£135.30
£56.15
MAX LOAD 175 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
The platform step has the same construction and features of the swing back step with the addition of a rugged checker-plate platform. >> Reinforced checker-plate platform >> Hinged metal locking stays >> Box section back legs with heavy duty bracing >> Deep serrated anti-slip treads >> Anti-slip rubber feet >> Max load 175kg
Description
Platform Height
Closed Height
Open Footprint
Weight
Ref
Price
3 Tread Platform Step
0.59m
1.18m
0.40m x 0.76m
3.6kg
WG1202-003
£83.55
4 Tread Platform Step
0.82m
1.42m
0.42m x 0.92m
5kg
WG1202-004
£91.75
5 Tread Platform Step
1.05m
1.47m
0.45m x 1.07m
9kg
WG1202-005
£100.90
6 Tread Platform Step
1.27m
1.92m
0.47m x 1.22m
10kg
WG1202-006
£108.20
8 Tread Platform Step
1.72m
2.41m
0.52m x 1.53m
12kg
WG1202-008
£126.90
10 Tread Platform Step
2.18m
2.90m
0.57m x 1.84m
14kg
WG1202-010
£150.95
12 Tread Platform Step
2.63m
3.39m
0.61m x 2.15m
19kg
WG1202-012
£175.95
STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
35
STEPS
36 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HORIZON PLATFORM STEP
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideal for light trade use, with a slim design and continuous handrail positioned extra high for ease and comfort in use. >> Lightweight yet robust construction >> High continuous handrail for ease of use >> Deep comfortable treads >> Strong sturdy platform >> Max load 150kg
SUMMIT™ PROFESSIONAL PLATFORM STEP
Treads Platform Height
Closed Height
Open Footprint
Weight
Ref
Price
3
0.61m
1.33m
0.68m x 1.21m
4.5kg
WG1212-003
£28.40
4
0.825m
1.577m
0.85m x1.43m
5.2kg
WG1212-004
£33.10
5
1.045m
1.8m
0.988m x 1.65m
6kg
WG1212-005
£39.45
6
1.265m
2.03m
1.130m x1.87m
7.6kg
WG1212-006
£46.45
7
1.48m
2.26m
1.295m x 2.08m
9kg
WG1212-007
£63.65
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
This lightweight and durable professional stepladder has an extra large platform for comfortable working space. The twin handrails are fitted with comfortable hand grips for an easy climb, with a high support rail for added security whilst working from the platform. A deep working tray is provided for small tools and materials. >> Twin safety handrails fitted with hand grips >> Extra large standing platform >> Strong, deep treads for comfort and security >> High support rail and handy work tray >> Max load 150kg >> Conforms to EN131
36
Treads
Platform Height
Closed Height
Open Footprint
Weight
Ref
Price
3
0.58m
1.42m
0.45m x 0.90m
5.0kg
WG1203-003
£69.15
4
0.80m
1.66m
0.47m x 0.94m
6.0kg
WG1203-004
£75.90
5
1.02m
1.90m
0.49m x 0.98m
6.5kg
WG1203-005
£84.15
6
1.25m
2.14m
0.52m x 1.04m
7.5kg
WG1203-006
£93.15
7
1.48m
2.38m
0.54m x 1.08m
9.0kg
WG1203-007
£103.05
STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PINNACLE™ WAREHOUSE STEPS
MAX LOAD 175 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Superb quality traditional fixed aluminium warehouse step – transports >> Large checker-plate platform
in knockdown format. Constructed from heavy-duty channel-section
>> Double handrail
aluminium with double riveting throughout for extra rigidity. Large platform
>> Tip & Glide wheels
(450mm x 360mm) for comfortable stock picking and double handrail for
>> Knockdown format for transport
assured access and egress. The lower handles work in conjunction with the
>> Max load 175kg
rear wheel to facilitate easy tip & glide movement around your warehouse.
Treads
Platform Height
Overall Height
Overall Footprint
Weight
Ref
Price
5
1.22m
1.80m
0.53m x 1.39m
11.3kg
WG1275-005
£192.85
6
1.46m
2.04m
0.55m x 1.55m
12.7kg
WG1275-006
£202.75
7
1.71m
2.29m
0.58m x 1.68m
14.5kg
WG1275-007
£207.80
8
1.95m
2.53m
0.60m x 1.84m
15.9kg
WG1275-008
£227.45
10
2.44m
3.02m
0.66m x 2.13m
20.0kg
WG1275-010
£276.90
12
2.93m
3.51m
0.70m x 2.42m
23.6kg
WG1275-012
£306.55
STORE PICKER STEP LADDERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
WAREHOUSE
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 37
MAX LOAD 150 KG
5 YEAR WARRANTY
The Pinnacle Double-Sided Store Picker has wheels fitted to both sides for ease of manoeuvrability and top and side safety handrails for comfortable climbing. >> Folding double or single step for easy storage >> Wheels fitted both sides for ease of manoeuvrability >> Top and side safety handrails
Treads
Platform Overall Height Height
Overall Footprint
4 Tread Store Picker
0.95m
1.45m
0.42m x 0.95m 12.0kg
WG1202-044 £187.40
5 Tread Store Picker
1.19m
1.69m
0.45m x 1.15m
13.0kg
6 Tread Store Picker
1.43m
2.03m
0.45m x 1.35m 14.0kg
WG1202-046 £208.05 WG1202-036
£339.90
7 Tread Store Picker
1.67m
2.17m
0.50m x 1.55m 15.0kg
WG1202-047 £219.85 WG1202-037
£357.70
8 Tread Store Picker
1.91m
2.41m
0.53m x 1.75m
WG1202-048 £231.65 WG1202-038
£385.50
PINNACLE™ SUPER-PRO PLATFORM STEP
Weight Single Ref
17.0kg
Price
Double Ref
Price
WG1202-034
£244.05
WG1202-045 £193.30 WG1202-035
£273.55
MAX LOAD 300 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
The SuperPro 360 industrial folding platform step is stress tested to 300kg and made to exacting BS 2037 Class 1 standards designed for intensive use. Safety
>> Robust aluminium
features include 100% larger working platform, double handrails, high 360 degree work zone, easy close spreader to reduce twist and integrated tool tray.
construction >> Double handrails >> Extra large platform & high support rail >> Hinged metal locking stays >> Integrated tool tray >> Clean touch powder coated finish >> Tip & Glide wheels for effortless manoeuvrability >> Stress tested to 300kg
Treads
Platform Height
Closed Height
Open Footprint (W X D)
Weight
Ref
Price
4
0.98m
2.17m
0.61m x 1.20m
12.5kg
WG1205-034
£214.55
5
1.22m
2.43m
0.63m x 1.35m
13kg
WG1205-035
£244.90
6
1.46m
2.70m
0.66m x 1.50m
14kg
WG1205-036
£286.85
8
1.95m
3.23m
0.71m x 1.80m
16kg
WG1205-038
£335.85
10
2.44m
3.76m
0.76m x 2.10m
18kg
WG1205-040
£373.70
12
2.92m
4.29m
0.81m x 2.40m
20kg
WG1205-042
£411.95
WAREHOUSE
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
37
PODIUMS
38 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PINNACLE™ TELESCOPIC PODIUM STEPS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Designed to conform to the Working at Height Regulations, the Telescopic Podium is a fully enclosed work platform. Using the specially designed telescopic guardrail frame, you are able to use the podium at two platform heights. The optional stabilisers deliver additional stability. The unit is fitted with four locking castors as standard making it easily portable. Optional anti-surf base plate pack illustrated, helps to prevent ‘surfing’ when in use. >> Telescopic guardrail >> Safety stabilisers available as an option >> Fully enclosed work zone >> Folds for transport >> Four lockable castors fitted as standard >> Tough scaffold tube construction >> Platform size 600mm x 670mm >> Max load 150kg
Treads Description Platform Overall Overall Depth Height Width
Weight
Ref
Price
3&4
Telescopic Podium
1.00m
1.05m
0.46m x 0.90m 6.0kg
WG1274-085 £635.59
4&5
Telescopic Podium
1.25m
1.30m
0.49m x 0.98m
WG1274-087 £794.49
7.0kg
PAS250 Stabiliser Pack
PINNACLE™ MIDI WORK PLATFORM
WG1274-086
£101.22
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Providing the user with a high handrail incorporating a clip on chain “gate” which completes the full surrounding guardrail system. Folds for easy transport and distribution and fabricated from industrial strength channel section material. >> Extra wide working platform >> Large, deep serrated treads >> High handrails to both sides & back >> Clip on/off Chain for entry/exit >> Tip & Glide wheels for effortless manoeuvrability >> Folds for storage & transportation >> Max load 150kg
38
Treads
Platform Height
Closed Height
Width
Weight
Ref
Price
3
0.68m
1.49m
0.75m
15.0kg
WG1274-203
£258.65
4
0.89m
1.74m
0.78m
16.0kg
WG1274-204
£291.95
5
1.12m
1.98m
0.85m
18.0kg
WG 1274-205
£324.40
6
1.35m
2.23m
0.90m
19.0kg
WG 1274-206
£351.90
PODIUMS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LITTLE GIANT® SAFETY STEP
HOPUPS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 39 MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
The Little Giant Safety Step is a unique combination of strength and simplicity featuring slip-resistant steps that give you unmatched comfort and stability. The Safety Step is constructed with super-strong, lightweight aerospace grade aluminium and operates so easily that you can open and close it with one hand.
>> Large 360mm deep
Its slim storage depth (12cm) will let you store it just about anywhere.
‘platform’ style treads
Engineered for professional and industrial use the Safety Step is tested to hold
>> Open and close it with
up to 130kg on each step. This tough, compact stepladder can handle just
one hand
about any task, from the lightest office chore to the heaviest industrial job.
>> Max load 150kg >> Tough compact construction for industrial use >> Large checker-plate platform >> Folding safety bar with integrated tool tray (on 3 & 4 tread only) >> Tip & Glide wheels for easy movement around site
Treads
Top Tread Height
Closed Height
Open Footprint
Weight Ref
Price
2
0.46m
0.80m
0.52m x 0.58m
6.8kg
WG1216-002 £128.84
3
0.69m
1.12m
0.54m x 0.86m
9.1kg
WG1216-003
£158.14
4
0.91m
1.42m
0.58m x 1.16m
11.3kg
WG1216-004
£194.07
>> Save space and store in only 127mm of space
HORIZON SAFETY STEP
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideal for accessing low shelves and wall cupboards. Features include deep comfortable platform treads with anti-slip rubber surface. Wide base for extra stability, slip resistant feet and a high knee rail for added safety. >> Robust aluminium construction >> Large, anti-slip rubber treads for extra safety >> Folds away easily for storage >> Smooth handrail surface that is comfortable to hold >> Deep 260mm x 380mm platform treads >> Anti-slip rubber feet >> Max load 150kg
Treads
Top Tread Closed Height Height
Open Footprint
Weight
Ref
Price
2
0.48m
1.10m
0.47m x 0.47m
5.5kg
WG1216-050
£29.71
3
0.73m
1.30m
0.49m x 0.64m
7.2kg
WG1216-051
£40.31
HORIZON HOPUP
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideal for quick and easy access to shelves, high cabinets or even ceilings. When you need to get up high quickly, these folding steps with the large standing area will always come in handy. >> Tough, light and handy >> Very compact, can be stowed away in the smallest of spaces >> Deep ribbed aluminium treads with large sitting area >> Ribbed feet >> Max load 150kg
Treads
Top Tread Closed Height Height
Open Footprint Weight
Ref
Price
2
0.40m
0.46m
0.43m x 0.45m
2.0kg
WG1217-002
£33.54
3
0.62m
0.69m
0.46m x 0.63m
3.0kg
WG1217-003
£39.90
HOPUPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
39
FIXED STEPS
40 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SUMMIT™ MACHINE STEP
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Fixed aluminium platform step available as single or double-sided option, complete with handrail (supplied loose). Constructed from heavy duty channel section aluminium with deep serrated anti-slip treads – these steps are typically used for performing routine maintenance on machinery in factory environments. >> Large checker-plate platform for comfortable standing 420mm x 380mm >> Handrail supplied for additional security >> Ideal for access to machines or vehicles >> Deep serrated anti-slip treads >> Max load 150kg
Treads Platform Overall Height Height
Overall Depth
Weight
Ref
Price
Ref
Price
Single
Double
Single
Double Single
3
0.74m
1.54m
0.72m
1.00m
4kg
5kg
WG1271-003
£135.88 WG1272-003
£140.37
4
0.98m
1.78m
0.76m
1.21m
5kg
6kg
WG1271-004
£148.14
WG1272-004
£156.33
5
1.22m
2.02m
0.90m
1.42m
6kg
7kg
WG1271-005
£159.39 WG1272-005
£173.35
6
1.46m
2.26m
1.12m
1.63m
7kg
9kg
WG1271-006
£170.81
WG1272-006
£191.53
7
1.70m
2.51m
1.18m
1.84m
8kg
10.5kg
WG1271-007
£184.68 WG1272-007
£210.97
PINNACLE™ STABLE STEPS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Double
MAX LOAD 150 KG
Stable Steps provide safe and comfortable access to a range of apparatus in industrial environments. The high-strength, welded tubular construction ensures stability and long service life with maximum stability thanks to the wide standing surface. The deep platform like treads are made of anti-slip aluminium checker plate to provide a comfortable standing platform. The robust construction means they are a solid stationary solution that remains both lightweight and portable as required. >> Deep serrated anti-slip treads >> High strength industrial aluminium construction >> Large 500mm x 250mm platform >> Deep anti-slip treads >> Solid stationary solution >> Comfortable wide standing surface >> Max load 150kg
40
Treads
Platform Height
Footprint
Weight
Ref
Price
1
0.20m
0.36m x 0.27m
1.9kg
WG1271-101
£74.84
2
0.50m
0.50m x 0.50m
5.0kg
WG1271-102
£197.00
3
0.75m
0.78m x 0.77m
8.5kg
WG1271-103
£223.83
4
1.00m
0.78m x 0.97m
12kg
WG1271-104
£349.42
FIXED STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PINNACLE™ CONTRACTOR TOWER
TOWERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 41 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Built for the professional tradesman and focused on their needs: quick assembly time, safety, durability and ergonomics. Manufactured from 50mm thick ribbed aluminium tube to reduce slip and fitted with heavy duty splined spigots for maximum strength and ease of tower assembly. Advanced Guard Rail (AGR) option – This design lends itself to quick easy assembly and provides collective fall prevention before the operator accesses the platform and cannot be removed before the operator descends from the platform. 3T option - The unique rung spacing enables climbable access internally on either side of the tower reducing build time whilst still ensuring internal access Through The Trapdoor (3T) method. >> Fully compliant 3T or AGR options >> Heavy duty spigot for maximum strength >> Quality components for durability and ease of assembly >> Welded abuse resistant joints >> Robust brace hooks with dependable stainless steel springs >> Large trapdoor opening for ease of access >> Multi-start adjustable legs and castors
Platform Height
Overall Footprint Height
Weight Ref (3T)
Price
Ref (AGR)
Price
2.3m
3.5m
0.70m x 2.0m
153kg
WG3012-002
£1,701.68
WG3012-052
£1,742.96
3.2m
4.4m
0.70m x 2.0m
168kg
WG3012-004
£2,127.73
WG3012-054
£2,304.66
4.2m
5.4m
0.70m x 2.0m
175kg
WG3012-006
£2,340.97 WG3012-056
£2,466.48
5.2m
6.4m
0.70m x 2.0m
189kg
WG3012-008
£2,558.68 WG3012-058
£3,116.55
6.0m
7.2m
0.70m x 2.0m
201kg
WG3012-010
£2,686.24 WG3012-060
£3,278.37
8.0m
9.2m
0.70m x 2.0m
234kg
WG3012-014
£3,325.54 WG3012-064
£4,001.91
10.0m
11.2m
1.35m x 2.0m
276kg
WG3015-019
£4,508.46 WG3015-069
£5,934.23
12.0m
13.2m
1.35m x 2.0m
349kg
WG3015-023
£5,464.95 WG3015-073
£6,997.46
SUMMIT™ CENTERFOLD TOWER
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
The Summit™ Centrefold is a one-man modular platform and tower system that fits through standard doorways. Easy to assemble in minutes and being able to adjust platform heights, it is ideal for both indoor and outdoor jobs including painting windows frames, hanging wallpaper, working on gutters, or even hedge trimming. >> Easy to construct and dismantle >> 3T (Through The Trapdoor) compliant >> Ribbed 40mm tube for improved grip >> Anti-slip trapdoor decking >> Locking castors >> Climbable frames for ease of assembly
Description
Platform Height
Overall Height
Width
Length
Weight
Ref
Price
Base Unit
0.20m – 1.70m
1.80m
0.70m
1.50m
29.0kg
WG3010-003
£512.97
Guardrail Pack*1.70m*
1.70m*
2.80m
0.70m
1.50m
12.1kg
WG3010-003A
£349.53
3.0m Extension Pack**
** Extension Packs cannot be mixed & must used in conjunction with Base & Guardrail packs
WG3010-062B
£911.25
WG3010-003C
£994.16
WG3010-003D
£1,535.76
WG3010-003E
£66.45
3.6m Extension Pack** 5.5m Extension Pack** Adjustable Leg Pack (4)***
***Required for use in uneven ground
TOWERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
41
LADDER ACCESSORIES
42 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DOWNPIPE STAND-OFF
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Provides clearance away from the wall, affording better access to windows, sills, soffits and guttering, as well as additional ladder stability. >> Provides safe clearance from area of work >> Fits most popular brands of ladder >> Easy to fit, no tools needed >> Max load 150kg
Span
Depth
Weight
Ref
Price
0.64m
0.33m
0.75kg
WG1400-001A
£30.15
LADDER CLAMPS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Secure your ladders and steps safely to a roof or van rack. >> Transport your ladders safely >> Fits most popular brands of roof rack >> Comes complete with padlock
Weight
Ref
Price
0.30kg
WG1400-005
£13.50
LADDER BASE
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
The Ladder Base is constructed from moulded reinforced vulcanised rubber and provides superior grip on a range of surfaces by increasing the amount of surface area. Helps compliance with safety legislation. >> TUV tested to NEN 2484 for Professional Use
Width
Depth
Weight
Ref
Price
1.0m
250mm
5.5kg
WG1400-058
£30.00
LADDERM8RIX PRO
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
This anti-slip device can be used on most hazardous exterior surfaces such as grass, oily concrete, tarmac, decking, paving slabs, gravel, snow and even ice. >> Helps compliance with latest safety legislation >> Works on wide variety of surfaces – grass, oily concrete, tarmac etc >> Non-marking pins
42
Width
Depth
Weight
Ref
Price
507mm
370mm
0.80kg
WG1400-033
£81.80
LADDER ACCESSORIES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WALL BRACKETS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideal for convenient storage and to guard against theft. >> Stores up to 3m triple section trade ladders >> Quick and easy to use >> Comes complete with padlock
Span
Depth
Weight
Ref
Price
0.64m
0.33m
0.75kg
WG1400-001A
£11.20
LADDER GUARD
LADDER ACCESSORIES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 43
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Restricts unauthorised ladder access on site. >> Helps compliance with latest safety legislation >> Padlock included >> Restricts unauthorised access >> Quick and easy to use
Span
Depth
Weight
Ref
Price
0.64m
0.33m
0.75kg
WG1400-052
£80.55
ROOF HOOK KIT
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Converts your existing extension ladder into a roof ladder. >> Quick and easy assembly
Weight
Ref
Price
2kg
WG1400-000
£30.15
LADDER ACCESSORIES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
43
ACCESS PLATFORM
44 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ACCESS PLATFORM
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD 350 KG
For use with forklift trucks.
Manufactured according to Health and Safety executive guidance note PM28 (3rd edition) December 2005. Approved to be used by 2 persons of average weight - max total load capacity 350kg The Access Platform has been designed to provide easier access for your maintenance, repair and installation requirements. Fully welded with a raised expanded metal floor, located and welded into a formed kickboard surround. Tubular handrail. Rear RSA frame with wire mesh panels. Hinged entry gate with spring return to closed position a spring loaded retention bolt holds the gate in the closed position. Platform locks onto the lift truck forks with threaded screw jacks. Finish: Yellow epoxy.
Fork heel lock and screw jack
Capacity:
350 kg
Platform Width x Length:
1000 x 1000mm
Handrail height:
1010mm
Total height :
1925mm
Overall width: (not including screw jacks)
1020mm
Overall depth:
1020mm
Gate width :
510mm
Weight (approx.) :
78kg
Ref:
WGASP1
Price
£633.05
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES CASTORS 2 swivel, 2 fixed castors, 100 mm dia. nylon wheels.Provides for ease of movement and storage independent of forklift truck. Increases height by 125mm Ref: WGASP4 £44.45
IMPORTANT ORDERING REQUIREMENTS:
In the interests of safety, we do not specify standard fork location details. Platform must be manufactured to your forklift truck specification. On all orders please specify: 1. Length of fork 2. Width and depth (cross section) of fork
Raised gate lock and slam bolt
TOOL TRAY Welded tool tray hooks onto front guard rail. Complete with locking screws. L x W x D: 1000 x 200 x 200mm. Weight: 10 Kg Ref: WGASP2 £50.85
3. Maximum standard distance between forks
44
ACCESS PLATFORM
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HANDLING 45 - 146 Whatever type of handling gear you require, whether you are looking to shift, stack or store, load or lift, we provide an extensive range of equipment to suit your every need. Produced to the highest quality standards, each item of equipment offers maximum reliability and safety, enabling you to transport drums, cylinders, gas bottles, pallets, parcels or other goods with the greatest of ease, with budget or heavy duty options available, and variants for every requirement from stairclimbers to winch lifters, from hydraulic stackers to lift tables.
TROLLEYS TRUCKS DRUM HANDLING DRUM STORAGE CYLINDER STORAGE CYLINDER HANDLING TRAILERS SACK TRUCKS LIFTERS PALLET TRUCKS & STACKERS SCISSOR LIFTS CORNERS & SKATES BEAM & CARPET TROLLEY SHEET & BAR HANDLING PLATE TRUCKS FURNITURE MOVERS CASTORS
Tel: 01446 772614
46-54, 59-60 55-57, 61-69 70-80 81-83 84-86, 92-93 87-92 94-101 102-118 119-123 124-132 133-135 136 137 138-141 140 142 143-146
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY TROLLEYS - 5 STEP
46 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY TROLLEYS - 5 STEP
3 tray tiers - 5 steps. Top tread height 1145mm. Fitted with 2 retractable castors in front and 2 fixed castors to rear, each with 125mm rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Operation: Front castors retract with hand operated lever to immobilise trolley.
WGS196 WGS193
WGS199
MAX LOAD 125 KG
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
STEPS
Fixed steps, handrail fitted to each side and across top. Construction: Fully welded from RSA angle and ERW tube. Finish: Blue epoxy TRAY OPTIONS
Fixed sheet steel trays - with 20mm lip all round, blue epoxy finish. Fixed plywood shelves - recessed with 10 mm lip all round. Removable steel trays - reversible to give either a flush finish, or 25mm lip all round, white powder coated finish. Removable wire baskets - 160mm high sides, white powder coated finish.
Tray type
Tray heights mm
Usable W x L mm
Overall H x W x L mm
Wt. kg
Order Ref
Price
Top
Middle
Bottom
Fixed blue trays
1115
650
185
525 x 935
2075 x 620 x 1730
67
WGS190
£577.15
Fixed ply shelves
1115
650
185
525 x 935
2075 x 620 x 1730
61
WGS193
£567.85
Reversible white trays
1115
650
185
510 x 920
2075 x 620 x 1730
71
WGS196
£666.90
Removable baskets
1245*
785*
320*
500 x 905
2075 x 620 x 1730
61
WGS199
£699.55
REVERSIBLE STEEL TRAYS
REMOVABLE WIRE BASKETS
*Dimension to top of basket. Maximum recommended step load is 125kg (operator and goods carried) Trolley capacities as stated.
46
HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY TROLLEYS - 5 STEP
Tel: 01446 772614
Steptek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY TROLLEYS - 3 STEP
MAX LOAD 125 KG
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
WGS185
WGS199
WGS186
WGS192
MADE IN BRITAIN
STEP TRAY TROLLEYS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 47
View product on YouTube Heavy Duty Castors:
Medium Duty Castors:
2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 125mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings.
4 stem fitting swivel castors with 125mm diameter wheels with grey non marking tyres and thread guards.
Ideal for stock picking and putting away in stores, warehouse,
Tray options (For medium or heavy duty trolleys):
office, library etc.
Fixed sheet steel trays - with 20mm lip all round, blue epoxy finish.
Spring loaded step unit, with ribbed rubber treads, locates firmly on floor when foot placed on first step, immobilising trolley. Top tread height 686mm. Fully welded construction, from RSA angle and ERW tube. Rubber feet fitted to step unit. Blue epoxy finish. Tray Type
Duty
Cap. kg
No. of Tiers
Tray Heights mm Top
Middle
Bottom
Fixed blue trays
Medium
125
2
920
-
125
3
920
615
175
2
955
175
3
125 125
Heavy Fixed plywood shelf
Medium Heavy
Reversible white trays
Medium Heavy
Removable baskets
Medium Heavy
Fixed plywood shelves - recessed with 10mm lip all round. Removable steel trays - reversible to give either a flush finish, or 25mm lip all round, white powder coated finish. Removable wire baskets - 160mm high sides, white powder coated finish.
Usable W x L mm
Overall H x W x L mm
Wt. kg
Order Ref
Price
310
465 x 780
1150 x 495 x 1325
33
WGS180
£315.00
310
465 x 780
1150 x 495 x 1325
40
WGS181
£357.00
-
180
465 x 780
1070 x 475 x 1325
36
WGS188
£334.20
955
570
180
465 x 780
1070 x 475 x 1325
43
WGS189
£385.00
2
920
-
310
465 x 780
1150 x 495 x 1325
30
WGS182
£310.55
3
920
615
310
465 x 780
1150 x 495 x 1325
35
WGS183
£342.00
175
2
955
-
180
465 x 780
1070 x 475 x 1325
33
WGS191
£324.65
175
3
955
570
180
465 x 780
1070 x 475 x 1325
38
WGS192
£372.65
125
2
920
-
310
455 x 770
1150 x 495 x 1325
34
WGS184
£349.85
125
3
920
615
310
455 x 770
1150 x 495 x 1325
42
WGS185
£407.10
175
2
955
-
180
455 x 770
1070 x 475 x 1325
38
WGS194
£365.55
175
3
955
570
180
455 x 770
1070 x 475 x 1325
46
WGS195
£430.55
125
2
1060
-
450
450 x 755
1150 x 495 x 1325
31
WGS186
£395.90
125
3
1060
755
450
450 x 755
1150 x 495 x 1325
37
WGS187
£473.60
175
2
1095*
-
320*
450 x 755
1095 x 475 x 1325
33
WGS197
£407.90
175
3
1095*
710*
320*
450 x 755
1095 x 475 x 1325
39
WGS198
£493.30
REVERSIBLE STEEL TRAYS
REMOVABLE WIRE BASKETS
* Dimension to top of basket. Recommended working height with Steptek models is 1.5m from top tread.
Steptek Tel: 01446 772614
STEP TRAY TROLLEYS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
47
BOOK TROLLEYS
48 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BOOK TROLLEYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Popular design for libraries, offices, classrooms, laboratories etc. WGTT24R
WGTT21B
Single sided with flat shelves and double sided with angled shelves Strong all steel construction finished in cream epoxy. Overall L x W: 840 x 470mm. Fitted with 4 swivel castors 100mm, grey non-marking tyres and thread guards. 4 handle frame colours, ideal for job or location coding
WGTT25B
WGTT22G
2 tier
single sided
double sided
Overall height
940mm
955mm
Shelf heights
185/580mm
185/655mm
Overall L x W
840 x 390mm
840 x 470mm
Weight
27kg
35kg
Ref
WGTT24
WGTT21
Price
£207.55
£253.70
3 tier
single sided
double sided
Overall height
1265mm
1325mm
Shelf heights
185/540/895mm
185/600/1020mm
Overall L x W
840 x 390mm
840 x 470mm
Weight
38kg
46kg
Ref
WGTT25
WGTT22
Price
£251.00
£297.90
Colour Options
BOOK TROLLEY
R
B
Y
GN
MAX LOAD 250 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Popular design for libraries, offices, classrooms and laboratories. Double sided with angled shelves. Tubular steel frame with sheet steel shelves. Fitted with 4 swivel castors 125mm, grey non-marking tyres and thread guards.
Overall L x W x H
880 x 550 x 1115mm
Weight
37kg
Clearance between shelves
345mm
Ref
WGTT26
Price
£361.25
Colour Options
R
B
Y
GN
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES (Always recommended) Ref WGB052 (pair) £11.50
48
REVOLVING BUFFER CORNERS Ref WGB172(set) £20.45
BOOK TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TRAY TROLLEYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
WGTT63
WGTT65
MADE IN BRITAIN
Choice of elegant and smart removable and reversible white or blue trays in blue frame, or fixed ply shelves. Tough durable epoxy finish throughout. Choice of 2 or 3 removable steel trays or fixed ply shelves. Removable and
TRAY TROLLEYS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 49
reversible steel trays for flush or recessed fitting. Welded tube and angle construction. Wheels: 125mm diameter stem fitting castors. Grey non marking tyres with thread guards.
WGTT72
WGTT66
Overall Height mm
1065
No. of trays
2 - Tray
Tray size L x W mm
760 x 457
Tray heights mm
245 : 945
Weight kgs
25
38
34
52
TTW Series Ref
WGTT62
WGTT66
WGTT63
WGTT67
Price
£221.90
£246.10
£277.10
£312.70
TTB Series Ref
WGTT72
WGTT76
WGTT73
WGTT77
Price
£209.75
£231.20
£259.75
£290.20
TT60 Series Ref
WGTT60
WGTT64
WGTT61
WGTT65
Fixed ply trays Wt. kgs
20
31
27
41
Price
£169.40
£198.25
£200.30
£239.90
3 - Tray 1065 x 610
760 x 457
1065 x 610
245 : 595 : 945
White epoxy trays
Blue epoxy trays
WGTT77
WGTT61
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES (Always recommended) Ref WGB047 (pair) £11.50
REVOLVING BUFFER CORNERS Revolving Protector Buffers to protect walls and trolley. Factory fitted Ref WGB171(set) £20.45
PHEUMATIC TYRES Ref: WGB009 (pair) £126.00
LOW COST TRAY TROLLEYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
2 or 3 fixed steel trays. Fully welded construction. Fixed steel trays with smooth folded lips. Trays are welded in position at specified heights. Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 125mm diameter. grey non-marking tyres with thread guards. Powder coated finish.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref. WGB047 (pair) £11.50
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Overall L x W mm
890 x 465
Overall H mm
840
Tray Size mm
662 x 457
Trays
2 Tier
3 Tier
Weight kg
19
23
Tray Heights mm
265 : 840
265 : 555 : 840
Blue Ref
WGTT70
WGTT71
Price
£132.65
£143.05
White Ref
WGTT70W
WGTT71W
Price
£164.05
£180.35
TRAY TROLLEYS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
49
UTILITY TRAY TROLLEYS
50 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
UTILITY TRAY TROLLEYS
DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
A unique range of robust tray trolleys designed for most environments, including warehouses, garages, catering, serving and general everyday use. The specially formed aluminium uprights and ribbed plastic shelves provide
WGTT41
WGTT40
strength, durability and stability. Fitted with 100mm diameter thermoplastic swivel rubber castors (2 braked).
2 Shelf Trolleys Description
Standard - 2 Shelves
Large - 2 Shelves
Overall H x W x D mm
940 x 460 x 750
970 x 513 x 990
Shelves L x W mm
630 x 424
866 x 500
Capacity kg
100
120
Order Ref
WGTT40
WGTT41
Price
£134.00
£215.25
Description
Standard - 3 Shelves
Large - 3 Shelves
Overall H x W x D mm
980 x 460 x 750
1010 x 513 x 990
Shelves L x W mm
630 x 424
866 x 500
Capacity kg
150
200
Order Ref
WGTT42
WGTT43
Price
£159.85
£266.95
WGTT43
WGTT42
3 Shelf Trolleys
FOLDING FLATBED TROLLEYS
DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
MAX LOAD 300 KG
A sturdy range of highly manoeuvrable steel trolleys suitable for transporting various goods. Ideal for indoor and outdoor use. >> Folds flat for compact storage >> Non-slip rubber platforms and scuff resistant corners WGTT44
>> Non-marking wheels (2 fixed and 2 swivel) >> Powder coated steel handles
WGTT45
50
UTILITY TRAY TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Description
Standard Folding Flatbed
Large Folding Flatbed
Overall H x W x D mm
810 x 470 x 730
870 x 608 x 907
Folded Height mm
230
285
Wheels Ømm
100
125
Capacity kg
150
300
Order Ref
WGTT44
WGTT45
Price
£63.40
£120.40
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TT350 SERIES
MAX LOAD 350 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Special heavyweight tray trolleys custom built to your specification if required. Strong construction from square
WGTT35
and round section steel tubes and steel shelves with lip.
WGTT34
Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter red centred wheels fitted
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Finish: Blue epoxy
Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25
Height mm
1200
Overall H x L x W mm
1090 x 500 x 1200
External Tray Size L x W mm
900 x 500
Bottom Shelf H mm
280
Middle Shelf H mm
740
Top Shelf H mm
1200
Weight kg
58
Ref:
WGTT35
Price
£218.95
Height mm
900
Overall H x L x W mm
1090 x 500 x 900
External Tray Size L x W mm
900 x 500
Bottom Shelf H mm
280
Middle Shelf H mm
590
Top Shelf H mm
900
Weight kg
56
Ref:
WGTT34
Price
£212.80
INDUSTRIAL TRAY TROLLEYS
MAX LOAD 300 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
WGTT37
HEAVY DUTY TRAY TROLLEYS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 51
MADE IN BRITAIN
2 or 3 tray in Varnished ply timber panel or sheet steel trays. Tough, high capacity industrial design with heavy duty, fully welded angle and tube construction. Highly suited to industrial use in stores, workshops and factories. Wheels: Plate fixing castors with 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels.Roller bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed. Finish: Blue or red epoxy.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref WGB024 (pair) £12.15
WGTT36
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
WGTT39R
WGTT39
Capacity
300kg
300kg
Overall L x W x H mm
1070 x 615 x 1045
1070 x 615 x 1045
Top Shelf H mm
950
950
Middle Shelf H mm
605
605
Bottom Shelf H mm
260
260
Type
Timber panel trays 10mm raised edge
Steel panel trays 20mm raised edge
No. of trays
2 Tray
3 Tray
2 Tray
3 Tray
O/all Weight kgs 40
45
50
57
Ref
WGTT36
WGTT37
WGTT38
WGTT39
Price
£249.45
£301.65
£277.15
£325.70
Colour Options
R
HEAVY DUTY TRAY TROLLEYS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
51
HEAVY DUTY TABLE TRUCKS
52 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY TABLE TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Ideal truck series for tough work in stores, warehouses, factories and workshops. Welded steel construction throughout with a choice of timber or steel decks. Overall length = Deck length + 135mm Overall width = Deck width + 20mm Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Recessed Deck Option Recessed top and bottom decks optional at no extra cost. Add suffix RD to chosen Ref.
Heavy duty top deck Height - 895mm Ref: TT230T / TT240T / TT205T
Heavy duty steel top deck
2 heavy duty steel decks
2 heavy duty timber decks
Overall size L x W x H mm:
Shelf Height mm: 895
Shelf Heights mm: 275 : 895
Shelf Heights mm: 275 : 895
1135 x 620 x 895mm
Ref: TT230S / TT240S / TT205S
Ref: TT210S / TT220S / TT200S
Ref: TT210T / TT220T / TT200T
Weight: 50kgs Deck size: 1000 x 600 Ref: WGSP6060S Price: £811.35
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)
Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25
Deck size 1000 x 600 - Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref. WGB229
Deck size 1000 x 700 - Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
(pair) £30.60
Deck size 1200 x 800 - Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
52
1000 x 700mm
For WGSP606S only
Deck size
1000 x 600mm
Type
Top deck only
Top and bottom deck
Top deck only
Top and bottom deck
Top deck only
Top and bottom deck
Weight kgs
42
52
46
56
53
66
Timber Deck Ref
WGTT205T
WGTT200T
WGTT230T
WGTT210T
WGTT240T
WGTT220T
Price
£236.95
£267.70
£245.60
£285.75
£245.60
£315.40
Weight kgs
40
48
44
52
50
64
Steel Deck Ref
WGTT205S
WGTT200S
WGTT230S
WGTT210S
WGTT240S
WGTT220S
Price
£229.95
£273.55
£242.45
£286.80
£242.45
£323.25
HEAVY DUTY TABLE TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
1200 x 800mm
Loadtek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TT160 TROLLEY SERIES
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
WGTT160
MAX LOAD 150 KG
WGTT161
Shelf heights mm
Shelf heights mm
285 and 805
285, 545 and 805
MADE IN BRITAIN
WGTT162
WGTT164
WGTT165
WGTT167
WGTT163
WGTT166
WGTT168
WORKSHOP TROLLEYS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 53
Welded tubular and flat steel chassis frame. All plywood shelves are fixed, polyurethane coated with hardwood edge and have 20mm upstand. Steel shelves have 25mm upstand. All steelwork is finished in blue epoxy. Cupboards and drawers supplied with lock and 2 keys. Wheels: Standard design 2 swivel and 2 fixed 125mm diameter rubber tyres. Overall H x W x L mm: 1045 x 620 x 1160. Trolley Specification
Weight
Ref
2 plywood shelves
30kgs
WGTT160 £230.60
3 plywood shelves
37kgs
WGTT161 £285.45
ALL SWIVEL CASTORS
Plywood top shelf and 2 plywood half shelves 1 steel cupboard H x W x D 485 x 500 x 600mm
52kgs
WGTT162 £371.10
125 diameter. RT castors Ref: WGB031 £8.30
Plywood top shelf with 2 steel cupboards. Each cupboard H x W x D 485 x 500 x 600mm
58kgs
WGTT163 £438.50
Removable steel top tray with deep 200 mm sides. Bottom steel shelf
54kgs
WGTT164 £268.95
Top and bottom steel shelves 2 drawers each H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460mm
51kgs
WGTT165 £412.00
Top and bottom steel shelves, drawer and cupboard drawer H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460mm
51kgs
WGTT166 £463.10
Top and bottom steel shelves 3 drawers each H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460mm
51kgs
WGTT167 £456.20
2 steel shelves
37gs
WGTT168 £208.85
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Price
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref: WGB032 (pair) £10.95 PHEUMATIC TYRES 200 x 50mm Ref: WGB008 (pair) £105.00
WORKSHOP TROLLEYS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
53
LOUVRE PANEL TROLLEYS / STATIC TOOL PANEL
54 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LOUVRE PANEL TROLLEYS
MAX LOAD 250 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
‘A’ frame double sided louvre panel trolleys with integral sheet steel deck WGLPT-13
storage area. Fully welded steel frame construction with bolt-on louvre
Double sided louvre panel trolley 3 panel high £450.70
Overall heights mm: 1220 and 1600.
panels. Tubular push/pull handle. Available in 2 heights (2 or 3 panels). Base L x W mm: 1000 x 600. Deck height mm: 205 Wheels: 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed castors fitted with 125mm blue resilex wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Grey epoxy frame (BS00A05) with blue panels (BS18E53).
FOR ADDITIONAL CONTAINERS, SEE PAGE 211.
WGLPT-12
WGLPT-12C
WGLPT-13C
Double sided louvre panel trolley - 2 panel high £367.20
Double sided louvre panel trolley 2 panel high complete with 72 x XL2 & 36 x XL3 bins £511.10 (bin colours as shown)
Double sided louvre panel trolley 3 panel high complete with 108 x XL3 bins £648.50 (bin colours as shown)
STATIC TOOL PANEL
DELIVERED 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
‘A’ frame double sided tool panel trolleys with integral sheet steel deck storage area. Fully welded steel frame construction with bolt-on tool panels. Tubular push/pull handle. Wheels: 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed castors fitted with 125mm blue resilex
WGLPT-03
wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Grey epoxy trolley (BS00A05) with Blue
Double sided tool panel trolley - 3 panel high £434.70
panels (BS18E53).
FOR TOOL HOOKS - SEE PAGE 255. WGLPT-02
Panels
2
3
Overall H mm
1220
1600
Base L x W mm
900 x 500
Deck H mm
280
Order Ref
WGLPT-02
WGLPT-03
Price
£354.35
£434.70
Double sided tool panel trolley - 2 panel high £354.35
54
LOUVRE PANEL TROLLEYS / STATIC TOOL PANEL
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SHELF TRUCK
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Welded angle chassis with tubular end frames. Fixed ply platform plus 3 drop-in ply shelves. 2 standard models. Both available as drawbar version.
SHELF TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 55
Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGTS31T
WGTS30
Model shown with drawbar handle.
Standard model.
Spring loaded catch holds drawbar in vertical position.
Model
Overall Height mm
Overall Deck size Length mm L x W mm
Deck height mm
Shelf levels mm
Weight kgs
Ref
Price
Standard
1780
1200
1000 x 700
275
635 : 1005 : 1375
65
WGTS30
£442.10
1780
1400
1200 x 800
275
635 : 1005 : 1375
80
WGTS31
£456.55
1780
1200
1000 x 700
275
635 : 1005 : 1375
69
WGTS30T £468.80
1780
1400
1200 x 800
275
635 : 1005 : 1375
84
WGTS31T
With drawbar handle
OPTIONAL EXTRA: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref: WGB013 (pair) £15.25
£483.25
Capacity UDL kg: Truck max 500; per shelf max 50; base 350 when shelves fully loaded.
SHELF TRUCK WITH ROD SUPERSTRUCTURE
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Welded angle chassis and tubular superstructure with vertical retaining rods. Fixed ply platform and 4 removable ply shelves. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGTS32
Model
Standard
Overall Height mm
1780
With drawbar handle
Overall Length mm
1200
1400
1200
1400
Deck size L x W mm
1000 x 700
1200 x 800
1000 x 700
1200 x 800
Shelf Heights at 300mm Centres
570 : 870 : 1170 : 1470
570 : 870 : 1170 : 1470
Clearance mm
280
280
Deck Height mm
275
275
1780
Open Fronted Weight kg
88
106
90
108
Ref
WGTS32
WGTS34
WGTS32T
WGTS34T
Price
£508.75
£535.00
£535.40
£561.70
Weight kg
98
117
100
119
Ref
WGTS33
WGTS35
WGTS33T
WGTS35T
Price
£603.80
£630.10
£630.50
£656.75
With Hook on Front
OPTIONAL HOOK ON FRONT OPTIONAL DRAWBAR
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref. WGB013 (pair) £15.25
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
SHELF TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
55
SHELF TRUCKS / DIY TROLLEY
56 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SHELF TRUCK WITH MESH SUPERSTRUCTURE
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
With mesh superstructure - 3 sides and top. Welded mesh infill 50 x 50mm panels 5 drop-in shelves. Welded angle chassis and superstructure. Fixed ply platform and 5 removable ply shelves. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGTS36
Model
Standard
With drawbar handle
Overall Height mm
1780
Overall Length mm
1200
1400
1200
1400
Deck size L x W mm
1000 x 700
1200 x 800
1000 x 700
1200 x 800
Shelf Heights at 250mm Centres
275 : 525 : 775 : 1025 : 1275 : 1525
275 : 525 : 775 : 1025 : 1275 : 1525
Clearance mm
230
230
Deck Height mm
275
275
1780
Open Fronted
Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25
110
120
112
122
Order Ref
WGTS36
WGTS38
WGTS36T
WGTS38T
Price
£651.70
£678.20
£678.35
£704.85
Weight kg
127
138
129
140
Order Ref
WGTS37
WGTS39
WGS37T
WGTS39T
Price
£779.65
£811.40
£806.30
£838.05
With Hinged Doors
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Weight kg
OPTIONAL HINGED DOORS
Capacity UDL kg: Truck max 500; per shelf max 50; base 250 when shelves fully loaded
DIY TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD 450 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Sectioned trolley designed for the transportation of mixed products such as flat boards, boxes and tubes etc. Welded tube framework with flush fitting ply wood deck. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed 160mm steel centred wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy.
Overall H x L x W mm
1200 x 600 x 1000
Deck Height mm
220
Rail Heights from Deck mm
650 : 980
Weight kg
36
Order Ref
WGTP37
Price
£270.45
WGTP37
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref WGB083 (pair) £17.05
56
SHELF TRUCKS / DIY TROLLEY
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STANDARD CONTAINER TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
CONTAINER TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 57 MADE IN BRITAIN
Popular container truck for all industries. Strong chassis with inset timber base. Rugged superstructure with standard half-drop side. Available with choice of mesh or plywood infill panels. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed 200mm diameter castors with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy Polyurethane coated ply. Overall Dimensions mm
1150 x 730
Side Type
Mesh
Ply
Mesh
Ply
Weight kg
62
82
71
93
Order Ref
WGMT19
WGPLT19
WGMT20
WGPLT20
Price
£462.30
£501.60
£492.25
£513.10
Bumper Strip Ref
WGBS2
WGBS2
WGBS3
WGBS3
PROTECTIVE BUMPER STRIPS
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
WGMT19
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Popular container truck for all industries
Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25
We can manufacture Standard or Security Container Trucks to your special sizes.
SECURITY CONTAINER TRUCKS
1360 x 830
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Security Container Trucks. Factory fitted with lockable lids. Steel framework in filled with mesh or plywood, and hinged centrally along its own length and to main body of truck. Fitted with 2 chain stays and padlock hasp (padlock not included) When lid is closed, standard half drop side is prevented from opening.
WGPLT22
Truck offering full security with contents privacy.
Overall Dimensions mm
1150 x 730
Side Type
Mesh
1360 x 830
Weight kg
73
98
Ref
WGMT21
WGPLT21 WGMT22
WGPLT22
Price
£547.05
£597.15
£594.05
£615.55
Bumper Strip Ref
WGBS2
WGBS2
WGBS3
WGBS3
Ply
Mesh
Ply
85
112
WGMT19
Truck offering full security with visibility. OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
PROTECTIVE BUMPER STRIPS Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
CONTAINER TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
57
WAREHOUSE TRUCKS
58 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PARCEL TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
With 3 fixed tubular sides. Push handle one end. Polyurethane coated plywood platform flush fitted into angle frame chassis. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Deck size L x W mm
Overall L x W x H mm
Effective Deck height height mm mm
Weight kgs
Ref
Price
1000 x 700
1190 x 730 x 1575
1300
275
60
WGWT20
£406.35
1200 x 800
1390 x 830 x 1575 1300
275
70
WGWT21
£416.50
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25
STANCHION TRUCKS
PROTECTIVE BUMPER STRIPS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
Ideal for long bulky loads. 625mm removable corner stanchions for easier loading and unloading. 2 deck sizes and 2 models: 500kg and 1000kg heavy duty fully welded construction. Steel angle with tubular post pockets. Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with 200 or 250mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Bright zinc plated steel centres and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGWT23
58
WAREHOUSE TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Deck size L x W mmw
Capacity kgs
Wheel dia. mm
Deck Weight height mm kgs
Ref
Price
1300 x 700
500
200
275
40
WGWT23
£321.40
Overall: 1310 x 770
1000
250
355
50
WGWT24
£435.20
1600 x 800
500
200
275
50
WGWT25
£336.65
Overall: 1610 x 870
1000
250
355
57
WGWT26
£446.10
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FOLDING ALUMINIUM PLATFORM TROLLEYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Lightweight Aluminium
>> Slide-in platform to reduce trolley length
>> Folds and extends easily
>> Two fixed wheels and two swivel castors
>> Telescopic handles
>> Choice of low resistance nylon wheels or
>> Great for storage and transport
quiet running rubber wheels
Capacity
Platform Size L x W
Platform Folded L x W mm
Wheels Diameter
Wheels
Weight
Ref
Price
150kg
710 x 420mm
500 x 420
100
Nylon
7.5
WG509/KI/PL
£59.00
150kg
710 x 420mm
500 x 420
100
Solid Rubber
7.9
WG509/KI/PL/15/2 £64.00
PLATFORM TROLLEYS / LARGE PLATFORM TROLLEYS
MAX LOAD 150-300 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Platform Trolleys
Large Platform Trolleys
>> Handle folds down flat over
>> Fixed handles for
platform
added strength
>> Easy storage
>> Optional additional handle
>> Non-slip steel base
>> Non-slip steel base
>> Two fixed wheels and
>> Two fixed wheels and
two swivel castors
two swivel castors
>> Non-marking rubber wheels
>> Non-marking rubber wheels
Capacity
Dimensions
Platform Size (L x W)
Handles
Wheels Diameter
Weight
Ref
Price
150kg
740 x 480 x 865mm
640 x 480mm
1
100mm
12.5kg
WG501/KI/150
£74.00
250kg
930 x 620 x 865mm
930 x 620mm
1
125mm
18.5kg
WG502/KI/250
£99.00
300kg
1160 x 760 x 875mm
1060 x 760mm
1
160mm
41.5kg
WG505/KI/LUX/1
£169.00
300kg
1160 x 760 x 875mm
960 x 760mm
2
160mm
41.5kg
WG505/KI/LUX/2
£179.00
PLATFORM TROLLEYS / LARGE PLATFORM TROLLEYS
BUDGET PLATFORM TROLLEYS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 59
MAX LOAD 150-250 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Lightweight aluminium design >> Handle folds down flat over platform >> Quiet running rubber wheels >> Fitted with corner bumpers
Capacity
Dimensions
Platform Size (L x W)
Handles
Wheels Diameter
Weight
Ref
Price
150kg
740 x 480 x 865mm
650 x 470mm
1
100mm
9kg
WG501/NPL/150
£109.00
250kg
930 x 620 x 865mm
800 x 610mm
1
127mm
14.2kg
WG502/NPL/250
£119.00
BUDGET PLATFORM TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
59
TROLLEYS & TRAILERS
60 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ALUMINIUM PLATFORM TROLLEYS
MAX LOAD 350 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Lightweight aluminium design >> Handle folds down flat over platform >> Fitted with corner bumpers >> Quiet running rubber wheels
Folding Handles
Capacity
Dimensions
Platform Size (L x W)
Handles
Wheels Diameter
Weight
Ref
Price
350kg
1520 x 750 x 950mm
1320 x 750mm
2
127mm
25kg
WG503/NPL/350
£189.00
TWO AND THREE TIER TROLLEYS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 120 KG
>> Lightweight Service Trolley >> Fitted with two or three decks >> Ideal for catering environments >> Shelves have non-slip surface >> Shelves have all-round protection buffer >> Fitted with two handles >> Two fixed wheels and two swivel castors >> Non-marking rubber wheels
Capacity
Dimensions
Platform Size (L x W)
Number of Tiers
Wheels Diameter
Weight
Ref
Price
120kg
745 x 485 x 865mm
700 x 450mm
2
125mm
20kg
WG506/KI/SERV/2
£135.00
120kg
745 x 485 x 865mm
700 x 450mm
3
125mm
25kg
WG507/KI/SERV/3
£165.00
SINGLE ACKERMAN TRAILER WITH FOLDING SIDES
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 400 KG
>> Heavy duty design >> Single Ackerman steering
OPTIONAL EXTRA:
>> Sides and tailgate all fold down
CANVAS LINING
>> Sides are easily removable
Ref WG535/BI/TT/ LINING £18.00
>> Ideal for both garden and industrial use >> Fitted with large 330mm wheels >> Optional removable canvas lining
60
Capacity
Dimensions (L x W)
Height Of Walls
Number of Sides
Wheels Diameter
Weight
Ref
Price
400kg
1380 x 615mm
280mm
4 Mesh
330mm
30kg
WG535/BI/TT/300
£149.00
TROLLEYS & TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
JUNIOR LOW LOAD TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Useful Standard Junior Platform Size. Fixed or folding frame. Strong welded tubular construction. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 125mm diameter red centred wheels, roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGLL31
Type
Tubular
Tubular Folding
Ply
Ply Folding
Overall L x W x H mm
1070 x 450 x 1015
Deck L x W mm
850 x 450
Wheel Dia. mm
125
Capacity kg
150
Deck H mm
185
Weight kg
14
Order Ref
WGLL01
WGLL31
WGLL01P
WGLL31P
Price
£136.80
£156.95
£155.90
£183.00
PLATFORM TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 61
197 17
WGLL31P
WGLL01P
WGLL01
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref WGB032 (pair) £10.95
SIDE FRAME TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed for all-round load retention with simple robust construction and removable ply side frames. Wheels: 2 fixed 2 swivel castors. 160mm diameter. red centre wheels with roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy. WGTC074P
Overall Height mm
985
Deck Height mm
235
Overall L x W mm
1085 x 725
1285 x 825
Platform L x W mm
1000 x 700
1200 x 800
Side Height mm
250
250
Weight
36
40
Order Ref
WGTCO74P
WGTCO84P
Price
£269.65
£282.15
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref WGB024 (pair) £12.15
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
PROTECTIVE BUMPER STRIPS Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
61
PLATFORM TRUCKS
62 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
500 SERIES
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Large Standard Euro Platform. Substantial timber deck. All steel welded frame. General specification as the 250 Series above, but with the following wheel specification: Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 160mm red centre wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearing wheels.
WGTC702TB
WGTC701TB
MADE IN BRITAIN
Type
Overall Length
Platform only
Deck length + 25mm
Overall Width
Single end
Deck length + 85mm
Double end
Deck length + 1455mm
Deck size L x W mm
1000 x 600mm
1000 x 700mm
1200 x 800mm
Platform only Ref
WGTC600
WGTC700
WGTC800
Price
£134.75
£140.65
£154.40
Weight kg
25
26
33
Single end Ref
WGTC601TB
WGTC701TB
WGTC801TB
Price
£176.40
£185.60
£197.90
Weight kg
29
30
38
Double end Ref
WGTC602TB
WGTC702TB
WGTC802TB
Price
£219.90
£234.05
£243.15
Weight kg
33
34
42
Deck width + 25mm
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
PROTECTIVE BUMPER STRIPS
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Deck size 1000 x 600 Ref. WGBS1 £40.70 Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
Ref WGB024 (pair) £12.15 WGTC700
LONG GOODS PLATFORM TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Substantial timber deck. All steel welded frame. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGTC705TB
Overall Height mm
1035
Deck Height mm
235
Overall L x W mm
1025 x 625
1025 x 725
1225 x 825
Platform L x W mm
1000 x 600
1000 x 700
1200 x 800
2 straight sides - Tubular Retaining Sides mm
800
Weight
40
41
47
Order Ref
WGTC605TB
WGTC705TB
WGTC805TB
Price
£284.25
£288.50
£304.15
2 straight sides - Timber
WGTC705P
Retaining Sides mm
520
Weight
41
43
49
Order Ref
WGTC605P
WGTC705P
WGTC805P
Price
£242.80
£249.70
£262.30
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref. WGB024 (pair) £12.15
62
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
250 SERIES
MAX LOAD 250 KG
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
3 deck sizes with timber or mesh removable panels. Timber or mesh ends and sides. 160mm diameter wheels. Highly manoeuvrable Turns almost within own length
WGTC107M
Overall Height mm
985
Deck Height mm
230
Load Restraint H mm
520
Overall Length
Single end: Deck length + 85mm
Overall Width
Deck width + 25mm
Deck size L x W mm
1000 x 600mm
1000 x 700mm
1200 x 800mm
Deck only Ref
WGTC006
WGTC007
WGTC008
Weight kg
27
29
36
Price
£149.55
£155.80
£170.60
Tubular end Ref
WGTC106TB
WGTC107TB
WGTC108TB
Weight kg
31
33
41
Price
£192.90
£200.95
£213.65
Single timber end Ref
WGTC106P
WGTC107P
WGTC108P
Weight kg
34
37
43
Price
£201.00
£209.40
£221.20
Double timber end Ref
WGTC206P
WGTC207P
WGTC208P
Weight kg
40
42
50
Price
£247.45
£257.70
£273.45
3-sided timber Ref
WGTC306P
WGTC307P
WGTC308P
Weight kg
45
48
56
Price
£268.95
£279.20
£295.65
4-sided timber Ref
WGTC406P
WGTC407P
WGTC408P
Weight kg
50
53
62
Price
£293.70
£303.40
£321.60
PLATFORM TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 63
Double end: Deck length + 145mm
Timber Ends & Sides
WGTC307P
Removable Mesh Panels
WGTC407M
Single mesh end Ref
WGTC106M
WGTC107M
WGTC108M
Weight kg
33
36
42
Price
£215.40
£218.55
£235.85
Double mesh end Ref
WGTC206M
WGTC207M
WGTC208M
Weight kg
39
41
49
Price
£272.45
£283.00
£297.30
3-sided mesh Ref
WGTC306M
WGTC307M
WGTC308M
Weight kg
42
45
53
Price
£306.25
£316.70
£334.25
4-sided mesh Ref
WGTC406M
WGTC407M
WGTC408M
Weight kgs
45
48
57
Price
£336.70
£347.25
£377.05
Diamond Balance Wheels This layout assists manoeuvrability. Trucks turn virtually in own length. 10mm (approx) rocking balance. No brakes available.
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
63
PLATFORM TRUCKS
64 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TC900 SERIES
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Small deck size of 850 x 500mm. Choice of mesh
Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 160mm diameter rubber tyred
or plywood panels. Substantial timber deck. Blue epoxy finished
roller bearing wheels.
frame with zinc plated mesh infill end and side panels or clear varnished plywood end and side panels. All steel welded frames. All side and end panels removable. WGTC901P
WGTC902P
WGTC903P
WGTC904P
WGTC901M
WGTC902M
WGTC903M
WGTC904M
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref: WGB024 (pair) £12.15
Deck L x W mm
850 x 500
Overall Length
Single end: Deck length + 85mm
Overall Width mm
525
NON MARKING TYRE 160MM
Overall Height mm
985
Ref. WGB040 (pair) £11.55
Deck Height mm
235
PNEUMATIC TYRES 200MM
Load Restraint H mm
520
Panel type
Mesh
Single end ref:
WGTC901M
Weight kgs:
28
Double end ref:
WGTC902M
Weight kgs:
34
3 Sided ref:
WGTC903M
Deck size 1000 x 600
Weight kgs:
37
Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
4 Sided ref:
WGTC904M
Weight kgs:
40
Double end: Deck length + 145mm
Ref. WGB008 £105.00 PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM
Ref. WGB010 £126.00 N.B: B008 reduces the capacity to 250kgs, B010 increase the deck height by 100mm.
BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)
64
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Price
Plywood
Price
WGTC901P £189.90
29
£175.50
WGTC902P £244.90
35
£219.75
WGTC903P £277.85
38
£239.35
WGTC904P £308.00
41
£262.70
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
500 SERIES WITH MESH PANELS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
WGTC601M
WGTC603M
WGTC602M
WGTC604M
MADE IN BRITAIN
PLATFORM TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 65
Mesh panelled platform trucks. Choice of 3 deck sizes, Substantial timber deck. Blue OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
epoxy finished frame with zinc plated infill end and side panels. All steel welded frames.
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
All side and end panels removable. Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors, with 160mm diameter
Ref: WGB024 (pair) £12.15
rubber tyred roller bearing wheels.
NON MARKING TYRE 160MM
Ref. WGB040 (pair) £11.55
Deck Height mm
235
PNEUMATIC TYRES 200MM
Load Restraint Height mm
520
Ref. WGB008 £105.00
Overall Height mm
985
PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM
Overall Length
Single end: Deck length + 85mm
Overall Width mm
Deck width + 25mm
Ref. WGB010 £126.00 N.B: 8008 reduces the capacity to 250kgs, B010 increase the deck height by 100mm.
Deck size
1000 x 600mm
Price
Double end: Deck length + 145mm
1000 x 700mm
BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)
Overall Width mm
625
725
Deck size 1000 x 600
Single end Ref:
WGTC601M
WGTC701M
Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
Weight kgs:
30
Deck size 1000 x 700
Double end Ref:
WGTC602M
Weight kgs:
36
3 Sided Ref:
WGTC603M
Weight kgs:
39
4 Sided Ref:
WGTC604M
Weight kgs:
42
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
£200.35
32 WGTC702M
£257.30
38 WGTC703M
£290.95
41 WGTC704M
£321.30
44
Price
1200 x 800mm
Price
825 WGTC801M £203.45 37
£218.60
WGTC802M £267.45 44
£281.10
WGTC803M £301.05 48
£317.90
WGTC804M £331.40 52
£360.45
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
65
PLATFORM TRUCKS
66 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
500 SERIES WITH TIMBER PANELS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
WGTC602P
WGTC601P
WGTC603P
WGTC604P
Timber panelled platform trucks. Choice of 3 deck sizes. Substantial timber deck. Blue OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
finished frame with varnished plywood infill end and side panels. All steel welded frames.
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
All side and end panels removable.
Ref: WGB024 (pair) £12.15
Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors, with 160mm diameter rubber tyred roller bearing wheels.
NON MARKING TYRE 160MM
Ref. WGB040 (pair) £11.55
Deck Height mm
235
PNEUMATIC TYRES 200MM
Load Restraint Height mm
520
Ref. WGB008 £105.00
Overall Height mm
985
PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM
Overall Length
Single end: Deck length + 85mm
Overall Width mm
Deck width + 25mm
Ref. WGB010 £126.00 N.B: 8008 reduces the capacity to 250kgs, B010 increase the deck height by 100mm.
With ply deck and zinc plated panels (Blue finish)
BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)
Deck size
1000 x 600mm
Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
Overall Width mm
625
725
825
Deck size 1000 x 700
Single end Ref:
WGTC601P
WGTC701P
WGTC801P
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Weight kgs:
31
Double end Ref:
WGTC602P
Weight kgs:
37
3 Sided Ref:
WGTC603P
Weight kgs:
42
4 Sided Ref:
WGTC604P
Weight kgs:
47
Deck size 1000 x 600
Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
66
Double end: Deck length + 145mm
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Price
£185.90
1000 x 700mm
33
Price
£194.00
WGTC702P £232.05
38
44
£241.90
49
£205.35
45
£256.95
WGTC803P £263.20
WGTC704P £277.50
38
Price
WGTC802P
WGTC703P £253.30
1200 x 800mm
51
£279.00
WGTC804P £287.30
57
£304.65
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAINLESS STEEL RANGE
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
304 Grade Stainless Steel platform trucks. High specification range of platform trucks suitable for the food WGSP701M
and drink industry. Completely formed from 304 grade stainless
PLATFORM TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 67
steel sheet, tube and wire mesh. Fixed mesh ends and removable mesh sides. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed stainless steel castors fitted with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with red centres and stainless steel roller bearings.
WGSP702M
WGSP703M
WGSP704M
985
Deck size L x W mm
Deck Height mm
295
Mobile bas e only
Mesh Panel Height mm
480
Ref:
WGSP600
Weight kgs:
33
Overall Height mm
1000 x 600
Price
1000 x 700
Price
WGSP700 £385.65
35
1200 x 800
Price
WGSP800 £421.70
40
£463.05
Single end OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
Ref:
WGSP601M
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Weight kgs:
37
Ref WGB229 (pair) £30.60
Clear load area:
930 x 600mm
WGSP701M £599.15
39
WGSP801M £631.15
45
£682.55
930 x 700mm
1130 x 800mm
WGSP702M
WGSP802M
Double end BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)
Deck size 1000 x 600 Ref: WGBS1 £40.70 Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Ref:
WGSP602M
Weight kgs:
41
Clear load area:
860 x 600mm
£805.30
44
£854.10
50
£924.15
860 x 700mm
1060 x 800mm
WGSP703M
WGSP803M
3 Sided
Deck size 1200 x 800
Ref:
WGSP603M
Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
Weight kgs:
44
Clear load area:
860 x 555mm
£928.15
47
£976.85
54
£1064.65
860 x 655mm
1060 x 755mm
WGSP704M
WGSP804M
4 Sided
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Ref:
WGSP604M
Weight kgs:
47
Clear load area:
860 x 510mm
£1050.95
50
£1099.70
860 x 610mm
58
£1,205.20
1060 x 710mm
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
67
PLATFORM TRUCKS
68 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
COLOUR RANGE
MAX LOAD 700 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Coloured platform trucks. High quality powder coated decks in a range of attractive colours, with bright zinc plated fixed mesh ends and removable sides. End panels fixed, side panels removable. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 200mm diameter. rubber tyred wheels with bright zinc plated centres and roller bearings.
Overall Height mm
985
Deck Height mm
295
Mesh Panel Height mm
480
Deck size L x W mm
1000 x 600
1000 x 700
1200 x 800
Weight:
37 kgs
39 kgs
45 kgs
Clear load area:
930 x 600mm
930 x 700mm
1130 x 800mm
Blue ref:
WGEP601MB
WGEP701MB
WGEP801MB
Green ref:
WGEP601MG
WGEP701MG
WGEP801MG
Yellow ref:
WGEP601MY
WGEP701MY
WGEP801MY
Red ref:
WGEP601MR
WGEP701MR
WGEP801MR
Price
£228.15
£237.50
£257.25
Weight:
41 kgs
44 kgs
50 kgs
Clear load area:
860 x 600mm
860 x 700mm
1060 x 800mm
Blue ref:
WGEP602MB
WGEP702MB
WGEP802MB
Green ref:
WGEP602MG
WGEP702MG
WGEP802MG
Yellow ref:
WGEP602MY
WGEP702MY
WGEP802MY
Red ref:
WGEP602MR
WGEP702MR
WGEP802MR
Price
£282.45
£294.95
£320.40
Weight:
44 kgs
47 kgs
54 kgs
Clear load area:
860 x 555mm
860 x 655mm
1060 x 755mm
Blue ref:
WGEP603MB
WGEP703MB
WGEP803MB
Green ref:
WGEP603MG
WGEP703MG
WGEP803MG
Yellow ref:
WGEP603MY
WGEP703MY
WGEP803MY
Red ref:
WGEP603MR
WGEP703MR
WGEP803MR
Price
£318.95
£331.70
£362.50
Weight:
47 kgs
50 kgs
58 kgs
Clear load area:
860 x 510mm
860 x 610mm
1060 x 710mm
Blue ref:
WGEP604MB
WGEP704MB
WGEP804MB
Green ref:
WGEP604MG
WGEP704MG
WGEP804MG
Yellow ref:
WGEP604MY
WGEP704MY
WGEP804MY
Red ref:
WGEP604MR
WGEP704MR
WGEP804MR
Price
£365.20
£374.40
£409.85
Single End
EP701MB
Double End
3 Sided EP702MY
4 sided
EP703MG
Deck colours: Blue as standard, green, yellow or red at no extra cost.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref: WGB073 (pair) £19.20 NON MARKING TYRE 160MM
Ref: WGB041(pair) £11.55 PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM
Ref. WGB010 £126.00
BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)
Deck size 1000 x 600 Ref: WGBS1 £40.70 Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
N.B: WGB010 increases the deck height by 100mm. EP704MR
68
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SERIES 700 BRIGHT ZINC PLATED
MAX LOAD 700 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Comprehensive range of bright zinc plated platform trucks from basic
Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 200mm diameter
platform to 4 mesh sides. Choice of 3 deck sizes. Steel chassis with steel
rubber tyred roller bearing wheels with bright steel centres.
deck. Fixed ends and removable long sides, bright zinc plated mesh infill. Smart durable bright zinc plated finish.
PLATFORM TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 69
WGZP700
WGZP701T
WGZP703M
WGZP704M
WGZP701M
Overall Height mm
985
Deck Height mm
295
Mesh Panel Height mm
480
Deck size L x W mm
1000 x 600
1000 x 700
1200 x 800
Ref:
WGZP600
WGZP700
WGZP800
Weight:
35kg
38kg
45kg
Price
£187.45
£205.30
£228.90
Ref:
WGZP601T
WGZP701T
WGZP801T
Weight:
38kg
41kg
49kg
Clear load area:
930 x 600mm
930 x 700mm
1130 x 800mm
Price
£239.75
£255.85
£282.70
Ref:
WGZP601M
WGZP701M
WGZP801M
Weight:
39kg
42kg
49kg
Clear load area:
930 x 600mm
930 x 700mm
1130 x 800mm
Price
£242.80
£261.70
£285.35
Ref:
WGZP602M
WGZP702M
WGZP802M
Weight:
43kg
46kg
54kg
Clear load area:
860 x 600mm
860 x 700mm
1060 x 800mm
Price
£294.60
£312.80
£342.15
Platform Only
Single Fixed Tube End
WGZP702M
WGZP705M
Single fixed mesh End
Double fixed mesh End
3 Sided (1 removable) OPTIONAL EXTRAS
Ref:
WGZP603M
WGZP703M
WGZP803M
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
NON MARKING TYRE 200MM
PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM
Weight:
46kg
49kg
58kg
Ref WGB073 (pair) £19.20
Ref. WGB041 (pair) £11.55
Ref. WGB010 £126.00
Clear load area:
860 x 555mm
860 x 655mm
1060 x 755mm
Price
£335.20
£354.65
£386.20
Ref:
WGZP604M
WGZP704M
WGZP804M
Weight:
49kg
52kg
62kg
Clear load area:
860 x 510mm
860 x 610mm
1060 x 710mm
Price
£373.50
£395.20
£426.60
Ref:
WGZP605M
WGZP705M
WGZP805M
Weight:
45kg
48kg
56kg
Clear load area:
1000 x 510mm
1000 x 610mm
1200 x 710mm
Price
£300.10
£320.75
£349.20
N.B:B010 increases the deck height by 100mm. BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)
Deck size 1000 x 600 Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
4 Sided (2 removable)
2 Fixed Mesh Sides
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
69
DRUM TRUCKS
70 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
NARROW AISLE DRUM TRUCK
MAX LOAD 300 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Overall width of truck is less than a standard 210 litre drum. Use as truck for transporting and stand for dispensing without moving drum. Locking rod secures drum to truck in upright position and doubles as support stabiliser when in pouring position. Wheels: 4 x 200mm diameter polyurethane wheels with roller bearings. Finish: blue epoxy.
WGDT62
Overall L x W x H mm
1420 x 490 x 1090
Dipensing Height mm
390
Weight kg
30
Ref
WGDT62
Price
£302.65
DRUM TRANSPORTER AND POURING STAND
MAX LOAD 350 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums. Constructed from welded steel. Removable 2-position handle. Wheels: 2 x 400mm diameter. 2 x 160mm diameter castors, with solid rubber tyres. 4 nylon drum rollers and strap supplied. Finish: Red epoxy.
WGDT32
70
DRUM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
L x W mm
1250 x 780
Height of Bung mm
440
Weight kg
48
Ref
WGDT32
Price
£457.10
OPTIONAL EXTRAS HOOK-ON DRIP TRAY
REPLACEMENT STRAP
Ref. WGDS33 £56.30
Ref. WGSTP2 £11.50
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM HANDLING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 71 DRUM LIFTERS
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
MAX LOAD 250 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
These lifters are designed for loading, unloading and transporting 210 litre tight
Power Unit
Gearbox
Maximum load capacities
250kg
Wheels: 2 x 150mm diameter. nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball
Maximum lift height mm to u/s of 210 litre drum
530
head drums. Not for high level stacking. They are designed for medium use over reasonable distances, on firm and level floors only.
bearing journals. Castors fitted with toe guards and total stop brakes as
Load centres mm
standard. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with polyurethane rollers.
Overall dimensions
Finish: Main frame and masts in orange powder coating. Traverse and drum
Machine height mm
1540
cradle in grey powder coating; drum grip matt black.
Width - 605 straddles mm
745
Height of straddle legs mm
65
Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm
27
Type
Weight
Ref
Price
Gearbox
66kg
WGELID 605 G
£1087.95
305
Caution: Machines are guarded for operator safety. Care must be taken to operate the machine and transport drums whilst standing at the rear of the machine only. Documentation:
Drum clamp: Spring loaded hardened steel jaws grip the chime or ring of the drum.
All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on Healh & Safety and a signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformit
Ezilift Tel: 01446 772614
DRUM HANDLING
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
71
DRUM HANDLING
72 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM TROLLEY AND POURING STAND
MAX LOAD 250 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums. Choose from pneumatic or solid tyred wheels: 2 x 400mm diameter 4 Nylon drum rollers and strap supplied. Finish: Blue epoxy. As manufacturers we are pleased to quote for drum movers for any specific diameter of kegs, drums, containers or rolls.
Tyres
Weight
Ref
Price
Pneumatic
22kg
WGDT30P
£269.60
Solid
35kg
WGDT30
£282.05
WGDT30P
DRUM TILT LEVER
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums for tilting and upending only. Wide twin tubular handle. Cross member with rim hook. Finish: Blue epoxy. WGDT50
Overall L x W mm
1300 x 400
Weight kg
6
Order Ref
WGDT50
Price
£66.10
UP-DOWN ENDER
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums. For up-ending and down-ending steel drums. Finish: blue epoxy.
WGDT51
72
DRUM HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614
Overall L x W mm
1725 x 250
Overall Handle Width mm
600
Weight kg
8
Order Ref
WGDT51
Price
£79.05
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 73 DRUM LIFTERS
MAX LOAD 300 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
DRUM HANDLING
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums.
Rear Bar WGDT20
4-wheel WGDT27
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
4-wheel WGDT26
4-wheel WGDT24
4-wheel WGDT25
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Rear bar WGDT23
Rear bar WGDT22
Wheel Configuration
Standard 2-wheel (rear bar support)
4-wheel (rear castor support)
Tyre Type
Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic
Wheel Diameter mm
Rear Castors No. x Diameter mm
Weight kgs
Ref
Price
250
-
20
WGDT20
£227.95
400
-
34
WGDT21
£256.50
260
-
18
WGDT22
£228.30
400
-
21
WGDT23
£252.60
250
2 x 125
21
WGDT24
£260.90
400
2 x 125
36
WGDT25
£310.30
260
2 x 125
19
WGDT26
£278.55
400
2 x 125
23
WGDT27
£308.20
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Rear bar WGDT21
Standard 2-wheel design with rear bar support. 4-wheel design with rear swivel castors, which helps operator move and manoeuvre loaded truck. Tubular and hollow section construction with centre beam adjustable drum retaining hook. Choice of solid or pneumatic tyres. Finished in blue epoxy with red plastic standard hand grips.
OPTIONAL EXTRA: PROTECTIVE HAND GRIPS
Ref: WGEC010 (pair) £10.25
DRUM HANDLING
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
73
DRUM HANDLING
74 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PALLET LOADING DRUM TRUCK
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 300 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed to assist loading and unloading 210 litre drums onto pallets or platforms etc. with sliding drum retention clamp. 190mm maximum pallet height for safe use. Wheels: 2 x 250mm diameter. and 2 x 200mm diameter with roller bearings and solid rubber tyres.
WGDT60
Overall H x L x W mm
1100 x 1660 x 610
Weight kg WGDT60 + WGDT61
WGDT60/ZP
29
Model Description
Finish
Order Ref
Price
Twin Loop Handles
Blue epoxy
WGDT60
£300.60
Twin Loop Handles
Zinc plated
WGDT60/ZP
£336.95
Hand Grips & Bar Handle
Red epoxy
WGDT40
£305.15
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: CLAMP FOR PLASTIC DRUMS
(can be retro fitted) Weight: 6kg Ref: WGDT61 £66.65 ZINC PLATED CLAMP
for Plastic Drums (can be retro fitted) Weight: 6kg Ref: WGDT61/ZP £78.75 WGDT40
View product on YouTube
LOW LOADING DRUM CARRIER
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD 250 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
For the transportation of 210 litre drums in the vertical position. Fully welded construction. Wheels: 2 x 200mm diameter. wheels with bright zinc plated steel centres, roller bearings and solid rubber tyres. Swivel rear castor with 125mm diameter. bright zinc plated steel centred wheel, roller bearing and total stop brake fitted as standard. WGDT42
74
DRUM HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614
Finish: Red epoxy. Overall H x L x W mm
890 x 800 x 810
Underside of Drum mm
25
Ground Clearance mm
15
Weight kg
24
Order Ref
WGDT42
Price
£221.55
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
UNIVERSAL DRUM TRUCK
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
DRUM HANDLING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 75 MAX LOAD 250 KG
Suitable for steel, plastic or fibre drums. Welded construction flat and tube steel. Wheels with roller bearings. Fitted with adjustable quick release strap Finish: Blue epoxy. Overall H x W mm
1330 x 660
Weight kg
15
Nylon 200mm Wheels
Order Ref
DT250
4 WHEEL DRUM DOLLY
£140.20
CIRCULAR DRUM DOLLY
3 WHEELED DOLLY
Max drum diameter 610mm. Immensely
Flat steel braces with 4 nylon wheels. 80mm
Suitable for 130 or 210 litre drums. Overall
strong fabricated construction 4 nylon wheels
diameter in swivel castor housings. Flat
Height x Diameter: 120 x 800mm. Load height
in ball bearing swivel castors. 80mm wheel
steel circular retention ring 610mm internal
55mm, 3 x 80mm diameter nylon swivel
diameter with thread guards. Finish: Red
diameter. Finish: Red epoxy. Weight 9kg
castors. Finish: Red epoxy.
epoxy. Weight 11kg.
Weight 8kg.
Ref: WGDT11 £111.00 MAX LOAD 500 KG
Ref: WGDT10 £91.80 DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
MAX LOAD 300 KG
STAINLESS STEEL DRUM DOLLY
Ref: WGDT12 £109.75 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 270 KG
ECONOMY CIRCULAR DRUM DOLLY
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
ECONOMY DRUM DOLLY
Fully welded flat stainless steel bracers.
Manufactured from 3mm mild steel.
Manufactured from 4mm mild steel.
Flat stainless steel circular rentention ring,
590mm internal diameter, minimum drum
600mm internal diameter, minimum drum
610mm internal diameter. Retention ring
diameter: 520mm. Overall height: 135mm.
diameter: 450mm. Overall height: 135mm.
height: 40mm. Overall height: 153mm.
Retention lip height: 24mm. Wheels: 4
Retention lip height: 20mm. Wheels: 4
Wheels: 4 x swivel stainless steel castors
x swivel castors fitted with 80mm nylon
x swivel castors fitted with 80mm nylon
fitted with 80mm nylon wheels and roller
wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Light
wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Light
bearings. Finish: Stainless steel grade 304.
grey epoxy.
grey epoxy.
Weight: 10kg.
Weight: 7kg.
Weight: 6kg.
Ref: DT10SS £248.30
Ref: DT15 £71.50
Ref: DT16 £73.10
MAX LOAD 300 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
MAX LOAD 250 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 250 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
DRUM HANDLING
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
75
DRUM STANDS
76 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM STANDS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 250 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Static and mobile. Proven stand design with 3 wheel options. Steel welded chassis finished in red epoxy. Available with or without drum rotation rollers.
Mobile stand WGDS16
Static stand WGDS17
Mobile stand WGDS15
2 axles. fixed nylon
2 swivel, 2 fixed castors,
wheels 100 x 40mm
80mm nylon wheels
Without Drum Rotation
With Drum Rotation
Ref
Weight kgs
Price
Ref
Weight kgs
Price
L x W x H mm
WGDS17
9
£76.15
WGDS27
11
£98.70
880 x 585 x 490
WGDS16
11
£110.20
WGDS26
13
£131.00
880 x 585 x 530
WGDS15
16
£120.35
WGDS25
18
£141.20
880 x 585 x 560
OPTIONAL EXTRAS ALL MODELS: HOOK ON DRIP TRAY
TILT LEVER (FACTORY FITTED)
L x W x H 387 x 280 x 50mm
All drum stands on this page available
Length 1070mm
Available for all drum stands.
with or without
with hand grip
Ref: WGDS30
nylon drum
Ref: WGDS29
Price: £55.60
rotation rollers.
Price: £42.70
COMPLETE MOBILE DRUM STAND
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 250 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums. Welded steel construction. Wheels: 2 fixed outrigger wheels 150 x 40mm, WGDS19
2 swivel castor nylon wheels 80 x 35mm. Tilt lever and drum rotation rollers. Finish: Red epoxy. Overall H x L x W mm
580 x 725 x 880
Weight kg
17
Order Ref
WGDS19
Price
£206.00
View product on YouTube
OPTIONAL EXTRA: HOOK-ON SHEET STEEL DRIP TRAY
Ref: WGDS30 £55.60
76
DRUM STANDS
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM PINCER
MANUAL DRUM TONGS
HORIZONTAL DRUM TONGS
For lifting 210 litre open top and tight head
Suitable for lifting 210 litre open top and
Suitable for lifting 210 litre tight head steel
steel drums. Fitted with 20mm steel pin
tight head steel drums with L or XL rings.
drums, using overhead lifting gear or fork
for attaching to overhead lifting gear or
Welded gripping hooks. Fitted with 20mm
lift adaptor beam. Finish: Orange epoxy.
fork lift adaptor beam. The jaw grips on
diameter steel pin for attaching to overhead
Weight: 3kg.
to the chime of the drum and the vertical
lifting gear or fork lift adaptor beam.
Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 3kg.
bar keeps the drum steady. All steel
Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 4kg.
Test certificate supplied.
construction.
Test certificate supplied.
DRUM HANDLING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 77
Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 12kg. Test certificate supplied. Ref: WGMDC6 £217.00
Ref: WGMDC5 £129.65 DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
HORIZONTAL DRUM TONGS
Ref: WGMDC10 £83.05
MAX LOAD 360 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
Suitable for lifting 210 litre tight head steel drums, using overhead lifting gear or fork lift adaptor beam. To operate, set locking lever in locked open position. Hooks automatically engage as drum is lifted, and automatically released when drum is set down. Suitable for 210 Litre steel drums 760 - 910mm long. When central over the horizontal drum, release locking lever to allow hooks to fall and locate under both rims. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Weight: 9kg. Test certificate supplied.Plastic hand grip. Orange Ref: WGMDC4 £122.75 Yellow Ref: WGMDC4Y £122.75
ADAPTOR BEAM WITH SWIVEL HOOK
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
Use your fork lift truck as a mobile crane. Adaptor beam fitted with forged steel shackle with a swivel hook. Suitable for use with drum handling attachments and other secure lifting duties. Adaptor beam must be fitted at the load centre as specified by the fork lift truck manufacturer. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.
W x D x H mm
Fork pockets mm
Fork pocket centres
Cap. kgs
Wt kgs
Orange Ref
550 x 200 x 200 125 x 40
450
500
15
WGMDC305 WGMDC305Y
£187.85
595 x 200 x 210
135 x 50
500
1000
16
WGMDC310
WGMDC310Y
£208.10
625 x 200 x 235
150 x 75
450
2000
17
WGMDC320
WGMDC320Y
£218.95
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Yellow Ref
Price
DRUM HANDLING
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
77
DRUM HANDLING
78 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM ROTATOR
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
Fully rotate drums through 360º. Drum held securely in 200mm wide steel girdle harness with 2 ratchet clamps. Rotator secured to forks by ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or red epoxy. Test certificate supplied.
Specifcations
DRUM CLAW
Price
Overall W x D x H mm
1200 x 800 x 390
Fork Pockets W x H mm
165 x 50
Fork Centres mm
800
Weight kg
50
Max Load Steel Drum kg
360
Max Load Plastic Drum kg
250
Orange Order Ref
WGMDC12
£1122.90
Yellow Order Ref
WGMDC12Y
£1122.90
MAX LOAD 250 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
Designed for transporting of 210 litre tight head drums. Spring loaded hardened steel jaws grip the chime or rim of the drum. Secured to forks by ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.
Specifcations
DRUM TINES
Price
Overall W x L x H mm
550 x 660 x 600
Fork Pocket W x H mm
160 x 40
Fork Centres mm
380
Weight kg
35
Max Load kg
250
Orange Ref
WGMDC11
£419.00
Yellow Ref
WGMDC11Y
£419.00
MAX LOAD 360 KG
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
View product on YouTube
MADE IN BRITAIN
Fork truck attachment for transporting 210 litre open top and tight head drums in the horizontal position. Drum tines fit over forks and are secured in position with “T” bar clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy.Test certificate supplied.
Specifcations
78
DRUM HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614
Price
Overall W x L x H mm
605 x 1240 x 140
Fork Pocket W x H mm
170 x 50
Fork Centres mm
380
Weight kg
36
Max Load kg
360
Orange Ref
WGMDC9
£428.65
Yellow Ref
WGMDC9Y
£428.65
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
210 LITRE DRUM CLAMP
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Lifts 210 Litre steel drums with rolling hoops with the drum clamp attachment. Clamp fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws.
DRUM CLAMPS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 79
The two drum fingers have adjusting bolts complete with lock nuts fitted to the underside to enable the fingers to be adjusted parallel. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. To operate: locate the clamp on to steel drum with jaws under the top rolling hoop. The jaws will automatically close and open as the drum is raised and lowered to the floor. Test certificate supplied.
Specifcations
210 LITRE DOUBLE DRUM CLAMP
Price
For drum size Litres
210
Overall W x L x H mm
580 x 840 x 110
Fork pocket W x H mm
170 x 50
Fork centres mm
380
Weight kg
27
Maximum load kg
500
Orange Ref
WGMDC1
£341.85
Yellow Ref
WGMDC1Y
£341.85
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Similar to single drum clamp, but can lift a single or two 210 Litre steel drums with rolling hoops. Clamp fits over forks of fork truck and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.
Specifcations
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Price
Overall W x L x H mm
1220 x 1070 x 140
Fork pocket W x H mm
170 x 50
Fork centres mm
380
Weight kg
48
Maximum load kg
1000
Orange Ref
WGMDC2
£466.70
Yellow Ref
WGMDC2Y
£466.70
DRUM CLAMPS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
79
FORK LIFT ATTACHMENTS
80 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SHORT ARM PLASTIC DRUM CLAMP
MAX LOAD 450 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed for lifting 210 litre “L”, “XL” and Mauser style plastic drums - providing that the drum has a minimum of a solid 5mm lip. Bolt adjustment allows for 2 diameters of drum to be lifted. Either 572mm or 523mm drum lip diameter. Clamp fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Orange or Yellow epoxy. Test certificate supplied. Operation: Adjust the width of the jaws to suit the diameter drum you are lifting. Locate the jaws centrally underneath the top lip of the drum and lift slowly. The jaws will automatically grip and release as the fork attachment is raised and lowered to the floor.
Specifications
PLASTIC DRUM CLAMP
For Drum Size Litres
“L”, “XL” and Mauser plastic drums with minimum of 5mm lip
Overall W x L x H mm
580 x 840 x 110
Fork Pocket W x H mm
170 x 50
Fork Centres mm
380
Weight kg
24
Maximum Load kg
450
Orange Ref
WGMDC13
Yellow Ref
WGMDC13Y
Price
£350.60
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed for lifting 210 litre “L”, “XL” and Mauser style plastic drums - providing that the drum has a minimum of a solid 5mm lip. Clamp fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws. The two drum fingers have adjusting bolts complete with lock nuts to the underside to enable the fingers to be adjusted parallel. Finish: Orange or Yellow epoxy. Test certificate supplied. Operation: Locate the clamp on to plastic drum with jaws under the top lip. The jaws will automatically close and open as the drum is raised and lowered to the floor.
Specifications
80
FORK LIFT ATTACHMENTS
Tel: 01446 772614
Price
For Drum Size Litres
“L”, “XL” and Mauser plastic drums with minimum of 5mm lip
Overall W x L x H mm
580 x 840 x 110
Fork Pocket W x H mm
170 x 50
Fork Centres mm
380
Weight kg
27
Maximum load kg
500
For 572mm drum dia. Orange Ref
WGMDC14
£341.85
Yellow Ref
WGMDC14Y
£341.85
For 523mm drum dia. Orange Ref
WGMDC15
£360.00
Yellow Ref
WGMDC15Y
£360.00
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STACKING DRUM PALLET RACKING SYSTEM
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Flexible, expandable storage system for 200/220 litre steel drums. Pallet Unit: Holds 2 drums. Strong welded steel construction stackable pallet. Pallet feet 127mm square. Maximum stacking 3 units high. Also with Drum Rotation option. Finish: Red epoxy. Specifications Overall H x W x D mm
890 x 1460 x 615
Fork Pocket W x H mm
240 x 70
Max Width Over Forks mm
920
Distance Between Pockets
430
Component
Weight
Ref
Price
Pallet Unit
50kg
WGDS100
£277.20
Sump Unit
70kg
WGDS2
£253.15
Drum rotation set (per drum)
4kg
WGDS101
£61.15
Drum retaining bars (each)
6kg
WGDS102
£46.95
Dispenser stand
6kg
WGDS103
£62.55
DRUM HANDLING AND STORAGE
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 81
Optional extras
OPTIONAL EXTRAS - RETRO FITTED DRUM ROTATING SETS
Drum rotating sets: fitted with 4 x 65mm diameter nylon rollers. Drops onto pallet unit 1 set per drum position. Finish: Zinc plated. DISPENSER STAND
Hooks onto pallet. Overall H x W x D: 330 x 340 x 290mm. Finish: Grey epoxy. DRUM RETAINING BARS
250 litre Secondary Containment
For added stability when moving pallets. Overall H x W x D: 1420 x 170 x 40mm. Finish: Red epoxy.
Sump Unit: Capacity 250 litres. Formed from 3mm sheet steel, fully welded seams. Overall H x W x D: 300 x 1250 x 1000mm. Ground clearance 100mm. Finish: Grey epoxy.
KEG TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed to easily move 11 gallon casks or kegs. Manufactured with centre spine with formed hook from flat to locate into hand hold of keg. Formed tubular handle welded central. Mounted on 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Overall dimensions: Width 400mm Height 1190mm. Weight: 7kgs. Finish: Black epoxy. Ref: WGSC04 £90.80
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
DRUM HANDLING AND STORAGE
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
81
DRUM SUMP STORAGE
82 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM SUMP STORAGE SYSTEM
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
Designed to store drums either vertically or horizontally for ease of use and access. In case of leakage, sumps are designed to hold more than the contents of the drum. Products designed to assist conformance with Environmental Duties of Care and Oil Storage Regulations (England) 2001. Sump capacity >125% of drum contents. Fully welded sump covered with removable galvanised steel grid and retaining chain (vertical stores only). Stores without roofs fitted with 125mm pallet feet for ease of stacking. Maximum stack 3 high. All sumps fully welded liquid tight, fitted with drain plug and fork locators.
WGDS401
£542.85 Drum sump for 2 vertical drums - capacity 250 ltrs removable galvanised steel support grid. Overall L x W x H: 1365 x 735 x 345mm.
WGDS412
WGDS402
WGDS402 + WGDS411
£89.60
£867.75
Drum rotation frame for 1 horizontal drum,
Drum sump for 4 vertical drums - capacity 470
fits over DS411, DS406, DS407 or DS408
litres removable galvanised steel support grid.
Nylon wheels allow full rotation of drum.
Overall L x W x H: 1365 x 1365 x 345mm.
Overall L x W x H: 480 x 745 x 495mm.
WGDS412
in use
WGDS411
WGDS402
£248.50 Drum stand to take 2 horizontal drums fits over DS402. Overall L x W x H: 1375 x 540 x 940mm.
WGMS117
OPTIONAL EXTRA DRAIN TAP £11.85
WGDS408
82
WGDS406
WGDS404
WGDS408 £1461.20
£1239.40
£1180.05
Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 4
Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 2
Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 4
horizontal drums. Stackable 2 high.
horizontal drums - 470 ltr capacity sump.
vertical drums - 470 ltr capacity sump.
Overall L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 2130mm.
Stackable 3 high. Overall L x W x H: 1440 x
Stackable 3 high. Overall L x W x H: 1440 x
1440 x 1500mm.
1440 x 1500mm
DRUM SUMP STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ENCLOSED DRUM SUMP STORAGE SYSTEM
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Fully enclosed drum storage with integral sump. Fixed sump, back and 2 sides, hinged roof and twin hinged doors with lock. WGDS405: 4 vertical drums storage £1760.75 WGDS407: 2 horizontal drum storage £1795.75 WGDS409: 4 horizontal drum storage (H: 2130mm) £2016.80 (drum rotation frame DS412 fits DS407 - see previous page)
DRUM SUMP STORAGE
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 83
Sump capacity 470 litres WGDS405
Fork locators Overall L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 1500mm All drum sump storage systems comply with the Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) England regulations 2001.
WGDS405
WGDS407
MOBILE DRUM SUMP TROLLEY/ DISPENSER
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
WGDS405
MADE IN BRITAIN
Drum trolley with integral sump. Sump trolley for 2 vertical or 1 horizontal drum when used with drum rotation frame. Sump capacity 250 ltrs. Removable galvanised steel support grid and drain plug. 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 125mm nylon wheels and roller bearings. Braked castors available as an option. Fitted with tubular push handle and fork locators. WGDS405
Overall L x W x H mm: 1405 x 735 x 970. Ref: WGDS403 £642.20
Drum rotation frame to fit drum sump trolley. Ideal for transport and dispensing purposes. 4 nylon wheels allow full rotation of drum in horizontal position. Overall L x W x D mm: 480 x 505 x 155.
WGDS410
Ref: WGDS410 £118.10 Wheels on Ref: WGDS403 125mm diameter nylon wheels on 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors WGDS410
with roller bearings.
WGB175
Braked option Ref: WGB175 £10.35
DRUM SUMP STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
83
CYLINDER STORAGE
84 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ECONOMY CYLINDER WALL RACKS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Wall storage for 1, 2 or 3 cylinders. To suit cylinders size ranges of either 100 180mm diameter or 140 - 270mm diameter. Manufactured from 3mm sheet steel and supplied complete with zinc plated steel link retention chains. Pre-drilled wall fixings holes (fixings not supplied). Wall racks must be fixed to the wall at height of at least two-thirds of cylinder height. Finish: Light Grey epoxy to BS00A05 or Stainless Steel 304 grade. WGSC204
WGSC205
WGSC206
Cylinder diameter mm
100 - 180
No. Cylinders
1
2
3
1
2
3
Width mm
245
460
675
340
660
980
Depth mm
140
140
140
210
210
210
Weight kg
1
2
3
2
3
4
Light Grey epoxy ref
WGSC204
WGSC205
WGSC206
WGSC207
WGSC208
WGSC209
Price
£28.00
£35.70
£43.55
£29.70
£39.50
£47.55
Stainless Steel ref
WGSC204SS WGSC205SS
WGSC206SS
WGSC207SS
WGSC208SS WGSC209SS
Price
£38.35
£77.50
£43.25
£64.55
ECONOMY STATIC CYLINDER FLOOR STANDS
140 - 270
£55.45
DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
£83.90
MADE IN BRITAIN
Static floor storage stands for 1,2 or 3 cylinders. To suit cylinders size ranges of either 100-180mm diameter or 140-270mm diameter. Manufactured from 3mm sheet steel and supplied complete with zinc plated steel link retention chains. Pre-drilled fixings holes for wall or floor (fixings not supplied). Units must either be bolted to the floor or a wall. Units can be bolted back to back to create
WGSC212
double sided storage areas. Finish: Light Grey epoxy to BS00A0S or Stainless Steel 304 grade.
WGSC212SS
WGSC210SS WGSC210
WGSC211
Cylinder diameter mm
100 - 180
No. Cylinders
1
2
1
2
Width mm
255
500
340
660
Depth mm
255
255
345
345
Height
1005
1005
1005
1005
Weight kg
7
10
9
14
Light Grey epoxy ref
SC210
SC211
SC212
SC213
Price
£73.20
£93.15
£76.85
£101.80
Stainless Steel ref
SC210SS SC211SS
SC212SS
SC213SS
Price
£110.55
£147.65
£192.30
WGSC211SS
140 - 270
£165.15
WGSC213SS
WGSC213
84
CYLINDER STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY CYLINDER WALL RACKS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Wall storage units 2 or 3 cylinders. These racks must be fixed to the wall at a height of at least two-thirds of cylinder height. Supplied with pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied). All racks fitted with steel link retention chains. Finish: Blue epoxy or Galvanised. Cylinder diameter mm
100 - 180
No. Cylinders
2
3
2
3
Width mm
538
765
765
1045
Depth mm
155
155
195
195
Weight kg
2
3
3
4
Blue Ref
WGSC200
WGSC201
WGSC202
WGSC203
Price
£55.35
£68.60
£59.40
£73.45
Galvanised Ref
WGSC200G
WGSC201G
WGSC202G
WGSC203G
Price
£68.40
£71.35
£71.95
£75.65
HEAVY DUTY FLOOR FIXING CYLINDER RACKS
CYLINDER STORAGE
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 85
140 - 270
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
Single and double sided cylinder racks. Single sided units have rear frames pre-drilled. We strongly recommend that single sided units are fixed to the wall. Fully welded construction throughout. Steel link retention chains fitted. Finish: Blue epoxy. Overall height: 1000mm. Single sided
Double sided
Bases supplied pre-drilled for floor fixing (fixings not supplied)
Type
Single Sided
Cylinder dia. mm
100 - 180mm
140 - 270mm
No. Cylinders
2
3
2
3
4
6
4
6
Width mm
540
770
725
1040
540
770
725
1040
Depth mm
370
370
400
400
685
685
685
685
Weight kg
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
Ref
WGSC300
WGSC301
WGSC302
WGSC303
WGSC304
WGSC305
WGSC306
WGSC307
Price
£106.60
£124.65
£115.40
£134.25
£141.90
£172.55
£156.95
£190.90
HEAVY DUTY STATIC CYLINDER STANDS
Double Sided 100 - 180mm
140 - 270mm
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
Build your own modular cylinder store. Welded steel construction with cylinder support and sheet steel base, cylinder retention chains are fitted as standard. Finish: Blue epoxy. Each unit holds two cylinders, multiple units can be joined to each other, either side by side or back to back, or both, to build up banks of stands for high capacity storage.
single unit
back to back Cylinder diameter
180mm
230mm
270mm
No. cylinders
2
2
2
Height mm
1000
1000
1000
Width mm
450
550
700
Depth mm
270
315
406
Weight kg
12
15
19
side by side and back to back
Ref
WGSC100
WGSC101
WGSC102
Supplied with pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied).
Price
£155.30
£162.30
£171.10
side by side
CYLINDER STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
85
CYLINDER STORAGE AND HANDLING
86 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HINGED LATCH STANDS / CYLINDRICAL STANDS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Hinged Latch Cylinder Stand: 3 sizes. 2 hinged access latches secured by wing nuts. RSA and mild steel flat section, fully welded throughout. Heavy duty base plate and support. Base plate pre-drilled for floor fixing (fixings not supplied).
WGSC12
WGSC18
Finish: Blue epoxy. Cylindrical Stand: 3 sizes. Rolled and formed mild steel flat section, fully welded throughout. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Type
Cylindrical Stands
Cylinder dia. mm
100
140
180
180
230
285
O/a height mm
330
380
610
605
605
605
O/a dia./base mm
310
345
420
420 x 420 420 x 420 420 x 420
Weight kg
9
10
11
14
15
Ref
WGSC11
WGSC12
WGSC13
WGSC17
WGSC18 WGSC19
Price
£88.75
£90.00
£93.50
£139.05
£143.50
CYLINDER TROLLEYS
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
Hinged latch Stands
MAX LOAD 250 KG
16 £146.65
MADE IN BRITAIN
Tandem Cylinder Trolley. Steel link retaining chain fitted. Wheels: 2 x 250mm diameter solid rubber tyres, 2 x 100mm diameter rubber swivel castors. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Model
Cylinder sizes mm
Overall H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
Tandem
230 & 265
1070 x 475 x 1005
34
WGSC115
£263.70
WGSC115
GAS BOTTLE TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 75 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Single handle bottle trolley designed to carry small cylinders up to 240mm diameter and 600mm tall. Secured in position by bottom steel lip and adjustable top hook. Distance from hook to edge of cylinder: 75 mm. WGSC148
Wheels: 2 x 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels fitted with roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.
86
Cylinder sizes mm
Overall H x W x D mm
Capacity kg
Weight kg
Ref
Price
Up to 240
1015 x 460 x 200
75
6
WGSC148
£98.55
CYLINDER STORAGE AND HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
OXYGEN CYLINDER TROLLEYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
Ideal for all medical services, hospitals, medical centres, pharmaceutical companies and laboratories (also industrial and factory medical services). Easy to use, quiet and tough. Protective rotating buffers fitted to front corners. One piece safety loop handle. Secure butterfly screw crossbar fitting for both cradles. Top and bottom cradles both rubber lined for grip and noise reduction.
CYLINDER HANDLING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 87
Wheels: Anti static 160/200mm diameter. Finish: Grey or red epoxy. 3-5 day despatch on marked products only. Designed in accordance with BS 2718 1979.
Cylinder Sizes
Overall W x D x H mm
Wheel Dia. mm
Weight kg
Red Ref
Grey Ref
Price
1360
430 x 585 x 1100
160
11
WGSC08R*
WGSC08G
£205.50
3400
465 x 605 x 1100
200
12
WGSC09R
WGSC09G
£227.50
6800
520 x 610 x 1100
200
13
WGSC10R
WGSC10G
£230.95
Dia. mm
Litre
140 175 230
* DELIVERED
WGSC08G
IN 3-5 DAYS
Fitted with revolving protective buffers as standard.
SMALL CYLINDER TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 120 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Cylinder trolley designed to carry either 12 x Size D or E oxygen cylinders. Located in 108mm hole supports complete with rubber cushioning to deck Wheels: 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 braked) fitted with grey non-marking tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Light grey epoxy coated.
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Overall H x W x D mm
Capacity kg
Weight kg
Ref
Price
930 x 490 x 720
120
15
WGSC117
£208.20
CYLINDER HANDLING
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
87
CYLINDER HANDLING
88 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SINGLE CYLINDER TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 200 KG
Cylinder sizes: 230 & 275mm diameter. Wheels: 200mm diameter solid rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGSC143
Loop handle models Loop handle and
Type
Cylinder Overall Dia. mm H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
Bar handle
230
1170 x 430 x 450
9
WGSC140
£138.20
275
1170 x 475 x 450
10
WGSC141
£141.90
Loop Handle
230
1320 x 444 x 440
15
WGSC142
£170.60
275
1320 x 485 x 460
16
WGSC143
£174.50
steel retaining bar.
WGSC140
Bar handle models Single bar handle and steel link retaining chain.
TALL CYLINDER SUPPORT TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 200 KG
Designed to carry cylinder loads on 3-wheel base, thus minimising operator fatigue and risk. Easy to load with bottom support bar (FP) or flat foot plate (AR). Series FP
Wheels: All models with 200mm diameter. wheels with roller
Adjustable rake back
bearings. FP models have stem fixing rear swivel castor 100mm
Max o/a front-rear 135mm
diameter. grey. AR models have plate fixing rear swivel castor 125mm diameter. rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Series
FP
AR
Cylinder Dia. mm
Overall W x H mm
230 275
Weight kg
Ref
Price
430 x 1060 23
WGSC144
£166.70
475 x 1100
23
WGSC145
£175.85
230
430 x 1140
25
WGSC146*
£222.85
275
475 x 1140
25
WGSC147*
£226.70
* DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Series AR
Fixed single position Max o/a front-rear 1200mm
88
CYILINDER HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WELDERS TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 250 KG
Trolleys to transport 1 Oxygen cylinder and 1 Acetylene cylinder with rods and cable holders. Steel link retaining chains fitted. Wheels: 400mm diameter pneumatic or solid rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings - rear support models have 125mm swivel castors with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.
CYLINDER HANDLING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 89
Finish: Blue epoxy. WGSC114
Model
Cylinder sizes mm
Overall HxWxD Upright mm
Overall H x W x D mm Support Position
2 Wheels
230 & 265
1085 x 915 x 540
N/A
Choice of 3 models: - Standard - With 1 rear support castor
WGSC118
WGSC119
- With 2 rear support castors 3 Wheels 4 Wheels
PROPANE AND CALOR CYLINDER TRUCKS
230 & 265 230 & 265
1085 x 915 x 820 1085 x 915 x 820
940 x 915 x 1050 940 x 915 x 1050
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
Tyres Weight kg
Order Ref
Price
solid
32
WGSC114
£233.40
pneu
25
WGSC114P
£222.20
solid
35
WGSC118
£262.40
pneu
21
WGSC118P
£251.15
solid
37
WGSC119
£288.60
pneu
23
WGSC119P
£277.35
MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 250 KG
Designed for cylinders diameter x height: 380 x 1250mm. Twin rear handles fitted with protective hand grips. Solid foot plate and vertical side tubes with cylinder retention chain. Wheels: 260mm diameter pneumatic or 200mm diameter solid rubber tryed wheels with roller bearings - rear support models have 125mm swivel castors with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy WGSC16
WGSC217 WGSC216
WGSC216
Model
Overall H x W x D mm Upright
Overall H x W x D mm Support Position
2 Wheels
1400 x 700 x 540
N/A
Choice of 3 models: - Standard - With 1 rear support castor - With 2 rear support castors
3 Wheels
* DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
4 Wheels
1400 x 700 x 800 1010 x 700 x 1320 1400 x 700 x 800 1010 x 700 x 1320
Tyres
Weight kg
Order Ref
Price
solid
16
WGSC16*
£171.20
pneu
16
WGSC16P*
£182.35
solid
18
WGSC216
£199.70
pneu
18
WGSC216P
£214.25
solid
20
WGSC217
£223.75
pneu
20
WGSC217P
£235.75
CYLINDER HANDLING
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
89
PROPANE AND CYLINDER HANDLING
90 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PROPANE CYLINDER TRUCK Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 380 x 1250mm.
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
Single rear handle. Steel cylinder hook plate and retention chain.
MAX LOAD 200 KG
Wheels: 200mm diameter solid or 260mm diameter
MADE IN BRITAIN
pneumatic tyre. Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 10kg. Solid tyre: Order Ref: WGSC02 £126.70 Pneumatic tyre: Order Ref: WGSC02P £138.00
SINGLE HANDED CALOR TRUCK DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS MAX LOAD 100 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 325 x 535mm. Single rear handle. Steel cylinder hook plate with cylinder retention chain. Wheels: 160mm diameter solid rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 8kg. Ref: WGSC03 £105.20
‘T’ BAR CALOR TRUCK DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 325 x 535mm T-bar handle. Steel cross member cylinder support and vertical
MAX LOAD 100 KG
sides with cylinder retention chain. Wheels: 200 mm diameter solid rubber tyres.
MADE IN BRITAIN
Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 10kg. Ref: WGSC15 £139.05
STAIRCLIMBER
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS MAX LOAD 100 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 325 x 535mm. Tubular construction with star wheel stair climb facility. Continuous loop handle. Tubular vertical side protection cylinder retention with retention chain. Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 15kg. Ref: SC21 £169.75
90
PROPANE AND CYLINDER HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
OXYGEN CYLINDER CRADLES
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
Cylinder cradle for use with overhead lifting gear with top and bottom cylinder retention chains. 4-cylinder Cradle Sheet steel base and 50mm diameter lifting eye. WGSC6230
6-cylinder Cradle
CYLINDER HANDLING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 91
Open frame base and twin lifting eyes suitable for fork lift. Fork pocket to suit 150 x 50mm. Fork pocket centres 600mm. Finish: Red epoxy. All cradles tested to 100% overload - test certificate supplied.
Cylinder Cylinder Load Overall Capacity Dia. mm Capacity W x L x H mm 4
6
Weight Ref kg
Price £314.05
180-230 500kg
460 x 460 x 1850
22
WGSC4230
230-305 500kg
610 x 610 x 1850
22
WGSC4305 £328.75
180-230 750kg
815 x 680 x 1830
86
WGSC6230
230-305 750kg
1040 x 680 x 1830 90
£623.30
WGSC6305 £634.25
WGSC6230
CYLINDER LIFTING TROLLEYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
Combined cylinder trolley / lifting cradle. One product allowing cylinders to be moved with either overhead lifting gear, or wheeled into position.
WGSC25
Single cylinder lifting trolley 2 x 200mm diameter solid rubber wheels and 50mm diameter lifting eye. Top and bottom cylinder retention chains. Finish: Red epoxy. Two cylinder lifting trolley 2 x 400mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and a single 160mm diameter swivel castor on rear support frame for added safety and manoeuvrability. Top and bottom cylinder retention chains. Finish: Red epoxy. All cradles tested to 100% overload - test certificate supplied.
Cylinder Capacity 1 WGSC27
2
2 cylinder model with rear castor for added safety and manoeuvrability
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Cylinder Dia. mm
Load Capacity
Overall W x L x H mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
180-230
150
410 x 740 x 1870
23
WGSC25
£289.85
230-305
150
490 x 780 x 1870
24
WGSC26
£302.30
180-230
250
790 x 685 x 1870
56
WGSC27
£541.20
230-305
250
940 x 760 x 1870
60
WGSC28
£554.95
CYLINDER HANDLING
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
91
CYLINDER STORAGE
92 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CYLINDER STORAGE / TRANSPORT PALLET
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Heavy duty design to carry combinations of cylinder sizes. Manufactured from strong box section supports, thick sheet steel fork pockets and checker plate base. Cylinders secured with rachet straps mounted to internal framework. Finish: Blue epoxy. Fork pocket dimensions H x W: 70 x 195mm. Deck sizes internal (W x D): Front 940 x 670mm. Rear 940 x 270mm. Test certificate supplied.
WGSC6100
CYLINDER TRANSPORT PALLET
Min Cylinder Height mm
Overall H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
1000
1000 x 1020 x 100
98
WGSC6100
£536.95
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed to carry up to 4 cylinders with diameter between 230mm and 290mm with a minimum cylinder height of 1000mm. Manufactured from strong box section supports, thick sheet steel fork pockets and checker plate base. Cylinders secured with steel link retention chains. Finish: Blue epoxy. Fork pocket dimensions H x W: 45 x 150mm. Test certificate supplied.
WGSC4100
92
Min Cylinder Height mm
Overall H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
1000
990 x 930 x 630
40
WGSC4100
£349.90
CYLINDER STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CYLINDER STORAGE CAGES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 93 CYLINDER STORAGE CAGES
WGSC502
WGSC500
WGSC503
WGSC501
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
WGSC501
WGSC503
MADE IN BRITAIN
Strong and sturdy design cylinder storage security cage with hinged doors fitted with padlock facility (padlock not supplied). Doors open through 180 degrees. Manufactured from heavy duty box and angle section. Supplied complete with gas storage warning identification label. Mobile model mounted on 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors fitted with 200mm blue resilex wheels and roller bearings complete with push handle at one end. Static model mounted on 4 pallet feet. Available with or without centrally fixed shelf: Fixed shelf model to carry a maximum of 16 x calor gas type cylinders (max 380mm diameter x 650mm tall). Open shelf model to carry a maximum of 8 x propane type cylinders (max 380mm diameter x mm x 1690mm tall). Finish: Blue epoxy. Internal clearance: Open shelf model (H x W x D): 1690 x 1695 x 980mm. Fixed shelf model (H x W x D); Base shelf: 850 x 1695 x 980mm, Shelf: 785 x 1695 x 980mm.
Model
Mobile Static
Cylinder and type
Shelves No.
Shelf Height mm
Overall H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
8 x Propane
0
280
2030 x 1960 x 1040mm
204
WGSC500
£1050.20
16 x Calor
1
1185
2030 x 1960 x 1040mm
230
WGSC501
£1154.60
8 x Propane
0
280
2030 x 1830 x 1040mm
194
WGSC502
£984.05
16 x Calor
1
1185
2030 x 1830 x 1040mm
220
WGSC503
£1088.55
OPTIONAL EXTRA: TOTAL STOP BRAKED CASTORS (PAIR)
Ref: WGB200 £15.25
CYLINDER STORAGE CAGES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
93
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
94 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TRADER TRUCK HAND TURNTABLE TRAILERS
MAX LOAD 350-1000 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Fully welded construction from rectangular and round section steel tube. Metalwork finished in red epoxy. Optional sides finished in light grey epoxy. >> 3 deck sizes >> MDF or steel deck
WGTR230
>> Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres >> Removable steel ends and sides option >> Loop handle Handle dimensions: Overall height above deck: 560mm Overall length: Deck length + 240mm
WGTR126
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TEE BAR HANDLE
Factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference. PARKING BRAKE
WGTR230P
Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref: WGPB1 (extra) £66.55
For side / end panel kits for these trailers, see next page.
WGTR120
WGTR121S
WGTR226
WGTR121P DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Deck Size mm
Deck Height
1200 x 600
1500 x 750
2000 x 1000
94
Capacity Wheel Tyre Type Diameter.
MDF Deck Wt kg Ref
Price
Steel Deck Wt kg
Price
Ref
End / Side Panel Kit Wt kg
Ref
Price
425mm 350kgs
200mm
Solid
37
WGTR120
£285.70 42
WGTR220
£300.70
14
WGTR126SS
£112.50
450mm 500kgs
260mm
Pneumatic
39
WGTR121P
£322.60 44
WGTR221P
£324.30
14
WGTR126SS
£112.50
450mm 500kgs
250mm
Solid
41
WGTR121S
£303.90 46
WGTR221S
£308.90 14
WGTR126SS
£112.50
500mm 750kgs
400mm
Solid
78
WGTR126
£460.35 94
WGTR226
£483.85
17
WGTR157SS
£128.80
500mm 750kgs
400mm
Pneumatic
55
WGTR126P
£460.35 71
WGTR226P
£483.85
17
WGTR157SS
£128.80
500mm 1000kgs
400mm
Solid
88
WGTR127
£505.20 104
WGTR227
£528.00
17
WGTR157SS
£128.80
500mm 1000kgs
400mm
Pneumatic
65
WGTR127P
£505.20 81
WGTR227P
£528.00
17
WGTR157SS
£128.80
500mm 1000kgs
400mm
Solid
120
WGTR130
£585.25 149
WGTR230
£625.30 22
WGTR201SS
£145.10
500mm 1000kgs
400mm
Pneumatic
98
WGTR130P
£585.25 127
WGTR230P
£625.30 22
WGTR201SS
£145.10
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
REMOVABLE END / SIDE PANEL KIT
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
End / side panel kit. 200mm high panels. Corner posts fit into steel tubes and lock with simple bolt tightening. Formed steel side and end panels slot onto
WGTR126 + WGTR157SS
steel channels, reduces usable length and width by 50mm. Post socket - remove cap and insert post, then lock by tightening bolt. Sides then simply slot in. Ref: WGTR126 £460.35 with
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 95
Ref: WGTR157SS £128.80 Ref: WGTR230P £625.30 with Ref: WGTR201SS £145.10 WGTR230 + WGTR201SS
PHENOLIC TURNTABLE TRAILERS
MAX LOAD 500-1000 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
General purpose hand pulling turntable trailers with black, textured, anti-slip phenolic deck surface. Choice of load capacities: 500, 750 and 1000kg. 3 Types: >> Flatbed platform >> Removable phenolic end and side panels >> Wire mesh fixed ends and removable sides Solid rubber or pneumatic tyred wheels, all roller bearing. Constructed from rectangular and round section steel tube. Finish: Red epoxy. Trailer with flatbed platform
WGTR352P
Cap. kg
Deck L x W mm
Deck Height mm
Wheel Dia. mm
500
1200 x 600
450
250
750
1500 x 750
500
400
1000
1800 x 900
500
400
Wheel Type Solid Pneu
Weight kg 44 41
Ref
Price
WGTR321 WGTR321P
£306.30 £321.75
Solid Pneu
89 63
WGTR326 WGTR326P
£467.30 £467.30
Solid
120
WGTR329
£562.05
Pneu
94
WGTR329P
£562.05
Ref
Price
WGTR341 WGTR341P WGTR342 WGTR342P WGTR343 WGTR343P
£370.70 £386.20 £527.10 £527.10 £651.85 £651.85
Trailer with 200mm high removable Phenolic ends and sides
WGTR342P
Cap. kg
Deck L x W mm
Deck Height mm
Wheel Dia. mm
500
1200 x 600
450
250
750
1500 x 750
500
400
1000
1800 x 900
500
400
Wheel Type Solid Pneu Solid Pneu Solid Pneu
Weight kg 53 50 137 111 133 107
Trailer with 400mm high wire mesh fixed ends and removable sides
WGTR321
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Cap. kg
Deck L x W mm
Deck Height mm
Wheel Dia. mm
500
1200 x 600
450
250
750
1500 x 750
500
400
1000
1800 x 900
500
400
Wheel Type Solid Pneu Solid Pneu Solid Pneu
Weight kg 66 63 113 87 152 126
Ref
Price
WGTR351 WGTR351P WGTR352 WGTR352P WGTR353 WGTR353P
£508.60 £524.10 £679.80 £679.80 £774.50 £774.50
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
95
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
96 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TURNTABLE TRAILER WITH DROP DOWN SIDE PANELS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
General purpose hand pulling trailers with steel load retaining panels. Ends are removable and slide out - sides are either fully removable or simply fold down. Ends & Sides height: 200mm. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis, yellow epoxy sides. >> 3 deck sizes
Handle dimensions:
>> MDF or steel deck
Overall height above deck: 560mm
>> Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres
Overall length: Deck length + 240mm
>> Loop handle >> Parking brake option OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TEE BAR HANDLE factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference. PARKING BRAKE Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref: WGPB1 (extra) £66.55
WGTR126DDS
Deck Size mm
1200 x 600
1500 x 750
2000x1000
Deck Height mm
Capacity kg
Wheel Diameter mm
Tyre Type MDF Deck
425
350
200
450
500
260
450
500
500
Price
Wt kg
Ref
Solid
51
WGTR120DDS
Pneu
53
WGTR121PDDS
250
Solid
55
750
400
Solid
500
750
400
500
1000
500
Steel Deck
Price
Wt kg
Ref
£428.35
56
WGTR220DDS
£443.40
£465.25
58
WGTR221PDDS
£466.95
WGTR121SDDS
£446.55
60
WGTR221SDDS
£451.55
95
WGTR126DDS
£598.55
111
WGTR226DDS
£621.95
Pneu
72
WGTR126PDDS
£598.55
88
WGTR226PDDS
£621.95
400
Solid
105
WGTR127DDS
£643.35
121
WGTR227DDS
£666.15
1000
400
Pneu
82
WGTR127PDDS
£643.35
98
WGTR227PDDS
£666.15
500
1000
400
Solid
142
WGTR130DDS
£748.80
171
WGTR230DDS
£788.85
500
1000
400
Pneu
120
WGTR130PDDS
£748.80
149
WGTR230PDDS
£788.85
TURNTABLE TRAILER WITH TUBULAR SUPPORTS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
General purpose hand pulling trailers with tubular load retaining panels. Ends are fixed - sides lift off and are fully WGTR126TU
removable. Ends & Sides height: 610mm. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and ends, Yellow epoxy sides. >> 3 deck sizes >> MDF or steel deck >> Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres >> Loop handle >> Parking brake option Handle dimensions: Overall height above deck: 560mm Overall length: Deck length + 240mm
Deck Size mm
1200 x 600
1500 x 750
2000x1000
96
Deck Height mm
Capacity kg
Wheel Diameter mm
Tyre Type
MDF Deck Wt kg
Ref
Price
425
350
200
Solid
56
WGTR120TU
450
500
260
Pneu
58
WGTR121PTU
450
500
250
Solid
60
500
750
400
Solid
500
750
400
500
1000
500
Steel Deck
Price
Wt kg
Ref
£535.50
61
WGTR220TU
£550.55
£572.40
63
WGTR221PTU
£574.10
WGTR121STU
£553.75
65
WGTR221STU
£558.75
100
WGTR126TU
£728.55
116
WGTR226TU
£751.95
Pneu
77
WGTR126PTU
£728.55
93
WGTR226PTU
£751.95
400
Solid
110
WGTR127TU
£773.35
126
WGTR227TU
£796.15
1000
400
Pneu
87
WGTR127PTU
£773.35
103
WGTR227PTU
£796.15
500
1000
400
Solid
147
WGTR130TU
£882.20
176
WGTR230TU
£922.25
500
1000
400
Pneu
125
WGTR130PTU
£882.20
154
WGTR230PTU
£922.25
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 97 TURNTABLE TRAILERS WITH MESH CAGE SUPPORTS
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
WGTR126MS
Detachable mesh sides. General purpose hand pulling trailers with steel 50 x 50mm mesh load retaining panels. Ends are fixed - sides are
Mesh size 50 x 50mm
lift off and fully removable. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and ends, yellow epoxy sides.
Panel heights above deck 760mm
>> Fixed mesh ends - detachable mesh sides
Handle dimensions:
>> Sides 760mm high
Overall height above deck: 560mm
>> 3 deck sizes
Overall length: Deck length + 240mm
>> MDF or steel decks >> Front turntable steering with loop handle >> Solid or pneumatic tyres >> Flush MDF deck polyurethane coated >> Parking brake option
Deck Size mm
1200 x 600
1500 x 750
2000 x 1000
Deck Height mm
Capacity kg
Wheel Dia. mm
Tyre Type
MDF Deck Weight kg
Ref
Weight kg
Ref
425
350
200
Solid
59
WGTR120MS
£533.70
64
WGTR220MS
£548.70
450
500
260
Pneu
61
WGTR121PMS
£570.60
46
WGTR221PMS
£572.25
450
500
250
Solid
63
WGTR121SMS
£551.90
48
WGTR221SMS
£556.90
500
750
400
Solid
104
WGTR126MS
£708.65
120
WGTR226MS
£732.10
500
750
400
Pneu
81
WGTR126PMS
£708.65
97
WGTR226PMS
£732.10
500
1000
400
Solid
114
WGTR127MS
£753.50
130
WGTR227MS
£776.25
500
1000
400
Pneu
91
WGTR127PMS
£753.50
107
WGTR227PMS
£776.25
500
1000
400
Solid
152
WGTR130MS
£846.00
181
WGTR230MS
£886.00
500
1000
400
Pneu
130
WGTR130PMS
£846.00
159
WGTR230PMS
£886.00
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TEE BAR HANDLE factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference.
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Price
Steel Deck
Price
PARKING BRAKE Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref: WGPB1 (extra) £66.55
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
97
CENTRE AXLE TRUCKS
98 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DOUBLE ENDED CENTRE AXLE TRUCKS
Fixed tubular ends Deck height at centre line 460mm
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
Fixed panel ends and drop down steel sides Panel height above deck 230mm
MAX LOAD 350 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Tubular or steel panel end frames with optional drop down sides which
Deck height: 460mm at centre line.
are hinged on strong steel pins and securely latched. Sides available
End and side panel height: 230mm above deck.
with panel ends only.
Wheels: High quality red centres with roller bearings.
Angle deck frame with inset polyurethane coated plywood platform. Fully welded chassis constructed from rectangular hollow section and tubular steel. Sturdy tubular ground supports with welded steel
400mm diameter. Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and end panels. Yellow epoxy drop down sides.
protector pads.
Construction
Tyre Type Solid
Fixed tubular ends
Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid
Fixed steel panel ends
Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid
Fixed panel ends and drop down steel sides
Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic
98
Effective Deck W x L mm
Max Overall W x L mm
800 x 1500
800 x 1780
1000 x 2000 800 x 1500
1000 x 2280 800 x 1780
Weight kg
Ref
Price
63
WGWT07
£372.80
48
WGWT07P
£370.65
105
WGWT071
£520.00
91
WGWT071P
£520.00
67
WGWT08
£402.00
54
WGWT08P
£403.05
109
WGWT081
£547.40
97
WGWT081P
£547.40
1000 x 2000
1000 x 2280
750 x 1500
860 x 1780 (sides dropped)
78
WGWT09
£484.70
65
WGWT09P
£630.05
950 x 2000
1060 x 2280 (sides dropped)
120
WGWT091
£630.05
108
WGWT091P
£484.25
CENTRE AXLE TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TRAILERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 99 TRAILERS
WGTR110P
WGTR112P
WGTR160
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
Single Ackerman Steering
Turntable Steering
Front steering with rigid back
Front axle mounted ball race
axle. Limited turning circle with
turntable. Highly manoeuvrable
100% stability
with tight turning circle.
MADE IN BRITAIN
Standard deck height 510mm. Braced and reinforced all steel welded chassis with high quality polyurethane coated ply decks inset and finished flush. Protected all round by steel side frame. Fixed optional headboard complete with drop down sides and tailgate. All with polyurethane coated ply panels. Wheels: Large 400mm diameter roller bearing wheels
UDL Capacity
1000kg
Deck Size mm
1500 x 800
Wheel Diameter x Tread
400 x 100
400 x 110
400 x 100
400 x 110
Tyre Type
solid
pneumatic
solid
pneumatic
Wt.
112kg
85kg
137kg
110kg
Ref:
WGTR100
WGTR100P
WGTR110
WGTR110P
TURNTABLE flat bed
with either solid or pneumatic tyres.
Price
Finish: Blue epoxy.
TURNTABLE with headboard sides & tailgate
Handles Loop handles are supplied as standard. T bar handles can be supplied at no extra cost. Please specify T bar handle when ordering.
ACKERMAN with headboard sides & tailgate Price
>> Flat Bed
£612.60
£693.65
£693.65
142kg
115kg
175kg
148kg
Ref:
WGTR102
WGTR102P
WGTR112
WGTR112P
£803.30
£803.30
£899.20
£899.20
Wt.
107kg
80kg
129kg
102kg
Ref:
WGTR150
WGTR150P
WGTR160
WGTR160P
£623.00
£623.00
£691.20
£691.20
Wt.
137kg
110kg
167kg
140kg
Ref:
WGTR152
WGTR152P
WGTR162
WGTR162P
£806.70
£806.70
£873.95
£873.95
Price
1 Tonne hand pull turntable or ackerman steering 2 Options
£612.60 Wt.
Price ACKERMAN flat bed
2000 x 1000
>> Headboard Sides and Tailgate
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
TRAILERS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
99
TOWING TRAILERS
100 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
1000KG LONG LOAD TOWING TRAILER
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
For in-plant operation. Welded steel construction with sturdy metal platforms and side frame superstructures. Ball bearing turntable plates 405mm diameter, 35mm towing eye, 400mm diameter wheels with solid rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy. Deck Length: 3000mm Drawbar : 1500mm Platforms: 800 x 300mm Load length: 5 - 6m Weight: 145kgs Order Ref: TR502 £1484.10
2000KG POLE OR TIMBER TOWING TRAILER
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
MAX LOAD 2000 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
For in-plant operation. Heavy steel tube centre pole welded to front cross bolster and turntable top frame. Ball bearing turntable plates 610mm diameter. Rear carriage adjustable at intervals of 305mm to give length between bolsters of 2m minimum up to 3.9m max. Detachable chock posts 610mm high. Distance between posts 1115mm. Heavy duty triangular drawbar with 35mm diameter towing eye, locks in vertical position when not in use. ‘Stop’ prevents drawbar from dropping below 230mm from the ground. Finish: Blue epoxy. Loading height: 660mm Overall width: 1220mm Capacity: 2000kg
100
TOWING TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Wheels
Dia. x Tread mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
Solid rubber
405 x 100
300
WGTR501
£1888.75
Pneumatic 6 ply
460 x 125
285
WGTR501P £2065.25
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TURNTABLE STEERING HEAVY DUTY TOWING TRAILERS
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Turntable Steering Capacities from 1 tonne to 3 tonne.
Good solo manoeuvring in confined spaces. For in-plant operation - maximum towing speed 8 kph (5 mph). Fully welded steel chassis. Anti-drop tow bar.
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 101
35mm tow eye - rear hitch and pin. Finish: Blue epoxy. Flush ply decks - sanded and coated. Turntable Steering Good solo manoeuvring in confined spaces.
Maximum UDL kg
1000
Deck height mm
500
500
515
550
575
720
Wheels
Solid
Pneumatic
Solid
Pneumatic
Solid
Pneumatic
Dia x tread mm
400 x 100
400 x 110
400 x 100
500 x 120
455 x 120
610 x 150
Deck 2 x 1m
Wt: 200kg
Wt: 185kg
Wt:220kg
Wt:205kg
Wt: 250kg
Wt: 235kg
Ref
WGTR601
WGTR601P
WGTR602
WGTR602P
WGTR603
WGTR603P
Price
£1088.00
£1088.00
£1261.85
£1450.35
£1572.90
£1641.20
Deck 2.5 x 1.25m
Wt: 230kg
Wt: 215kg
Wt: 250kg
Wt: 235kg
Wt: 285kg
Wt: 270kg
Ref
WGTR611
WGTR611P
WGTR612
WGTR612P
WGTR613
WGTR613P
Price
£1217.65
£1217.65
£1382.85
£1573.25
£1676.30
£1745.70
2000
3000
DOUBLE ACKERMAN STEERING HEAVY DUTY TOWING TRAILERS
Rear hitch and pin.
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Double Ackerman Steering Front and rear steering for accurate tracking in train For in-plant operation - maximum towing speed 8 kph (5 mph). Fully welded steel chassis. 35mm tow eye - rear hitch and pin. Finish Blue epoxy. Flush ply decks - sanded and coated. Double Ackerman steering for towing in lines. Special Service As manufacturers we are able to offer custom built Maximum UDL
1000kg
2000kg
3000kg
Deck height mm
500
500
515
550
575
720
types of superstructure to
Wheels
Solid
Pneumatic
Solid
Pneumatic
Solid
Pneumatic
suit individual requirements.
Dia x tread mm
400 x 100
400 x 110
400 x 100
500 x 120
455 x 120
610 x 150
Deck 2 x 1m Weight:
200kg
185kg
220kg
205kg
250kg
235kg
Ref
WGTR700
WGTR700P
WGTR710
WGTR710P
WGTR720
WGTR720P
Price
£1216.85
trailers with many styles and
£1216.85
£1449.45
£1608.20
£1742.20
£1802.10
Deck 2.5 x 1.25m Weight: 230kg
215kg
250kg
235kg
285kg
270kg
Ref
WGTR730
WGTR730P
WGTR740
WGTR740P
WGTR750
WGTR750P
Price
£1467.25
£1467.25
£1649.20
£1830.05
£1918.50
£1979.35
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Alternative deck sizes and capacities also available.
TURNTABLE AND ACKERMAN TRAILERS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
101
HAND GRIPS & LOAD STRAPS / SACK TRUCKS
102 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PROTECTIVE HAND GRIPS / LOAD STRAPS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Protective Hand Grips Fitted as standard to all sack trucks without loop handles. High impact, semiflexible plastic. Comfortably contoured, protector runs full length of grip. Also available for fixing to existing trucks.(hole for riveting to any 25mm outside diameter tube). Colour: Red. Red Ref: WGEC010 £10.25
Load Straps Designed to enable trucks to be fully utilized with larger loads, particularly when transporting a variety of products. Easy to use and a great help in cutting down the number of necessary journeys. Snap on to 25mm outside diameter tube (covers most of our truck range). Integral friction locking buckle. The strap is simply pulled through into position. Use for load retention only, not suitable for lifting. Load Strap: Ref. WGSTP1 £10.25 N.B. Colour depends on current stock
SACK TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
The Trader Range of Stainless Steel Sack Trucks. High quality range of three sack trucks manufactured from sheet and tube stainless steel. Suitable for use in the food and drink industry. Red centred wheels, two models with solid rubber tyres, one model with pneumatic tyres. Safety hand protectors fitted as standard.
WGST20SS
Model
WGST20SS
WGST21SS WGST206PSS
Capacity kg
150
200
200
Overall Height x Width mm
1075 x 485
1175 x 535
1300 x 535
Toe L x W mm
150 x 375
200 x 420
200 x 286
Back Frame H x W mm
805 x 370
965 x 420
1300 x 280
Wheel Diameter. mm
160
200
260
Tyre
Solid
Solid
Pneumatic
Weight kg
9
12
12
Ref
WGST20SS
WGST21SS WGST06PSS
Price
£318.50
£364.20
WGST06PSS
102
HAND GRIPS & LOAD STRAPS / SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
£364.05
WGST21SS
Loadtek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Designed to fold into compact size for easy storage
Ruxxac Business
>> Ideal for both business and domestic use
Hand Truck
>> Unfolds in seconds
Ref: WG471/RX/BUS/125
>> Toe plate and wheels open simultaneously >> Aluminium toe plate >> Designed with synthetic handles for comfortable steering >> Puncture proof wheels
RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 103
Ruxxac BusinessXL Hand Truck Ref: WG472/RX/BXL/125
Ruxxac Exclusive Hand Truck Ref: WG475/RX/EX/125
Capacity (kg)
Open Height (mm)
Folded Height (mm)
Width (mm)
Thickness Folded (mm)
Toe Plate Depth (mm)
Toe Plate Width (mm)
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
125
1030
685
490
55
250
490
5.7
WG471/RX/BUS/125
£109.00
125
1130
735
490
55
410
490
6
WG472/RX/BXL/125
£129.00
125
1130
735
490
55
410
490
6
WG475/RX/EX/125
£199.00
RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
103
RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS
104 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
RUXXAC CROSS HAND TRUCK
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Designed to fold into compact size >> Space saving storage >> Ideal for both business and domestic use >> Extra wide wheels with ball bearings >> Moves easily on uneven or soft grounds >> Aluminium toe plate >> Steel parts chromed >> Puncture proof wheels
Capacity (kg)
Open Height (mm)
Folded Height (mm)
Width (mm)
Thickness Folded (mm)
Toe Plate Toe Plate Depth (mm) Width (mm)
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
75
1110
720
615
120
410
6.3
WG475/RX/TR/75
£149.00
RUXXAC PARCEL HAND TRUCK
480
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Designed to fold into compact size >> Space saving storage >> Ideal for both business and domestic use >> Stable grid of 50 x 100 mm between the bars >> Aluminium toe plate >> Steel parts chromed >> Puncture proof wheels
Capacity (kg)
Open Height (mm)
Folded Height (mm)
Width (mm)
Thickness Folded (mm)
Toe Plate Depth (mm)
Toe Plate Width (mm)
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
125
1120
-
490
80
410
490
6
WG473/RX/PAR/125
£129.00
RUXXAC JUMBO HAND TRUCK
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Designed to fold into compact size >> Space saving storage >> Ideal for both business and domestic use >> Suitable for moving bulky and awkwardly shaped loads >> Plastic hand protection grip handles >> Aluminium toe plate >> Pneumatic wheels
104
Capacity (kg)
Open Height (mm)
Folded Height (mm)
Width (mm)
Thickness Folded (mm)
Toe Plate Depth (mm)
Toe Plate Width (mm)
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
250
1250
870
655
120
460
595
12.8
WG474/RX/JU/250
£299.00
RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SACK TRUCK
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 105 PAINLESS SELF-SUPPORTING SACK TRUCK
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
This patented product is brand new to the UK market place. This innovative new product is the worlds first and only self-supporting sack truck. Allowing you to work safer and smarter, the high kick bar on the subframe enables the sack truck complete with its load to tilt to 45° angle. The sack truck supports the entire load weight reducing strain on the user and allowing hands to be free to open doors and move around with ease.The sack truck
View product on YouTube
loads in the upright position like standard sack trucks. >> Overall dimensions H x W mm: 355 x 1380 >> Foot-iron W x D mm: 355 x 175 >> Wheels: 2 x 300mm diameter pneumatic rubber tyred. 2 x 100mm polyurethane tyred swivel castors >> Weight: 18kg Ref: HHS120 £179.00
SACK TRUCK
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
105
BUDGET SACK TRUCKS
106 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BUDGET UNIVERSAL SACK TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Universal Sack Truck
Universal Sack Truck
>> Durable red stove
>> An all-round sack truck for
enamelled paint finish
everyday general use
>> Solid rubber wheels
>> Pneumatic wheels
>> 150kg capacity
>> Curved back design >> 200kg capacity
Ref: WG403/KI/150 Ref: WG415/KI/2093/200
Universal Sack Truck
P Shape Handle Truck
>> Durable red stove
>> The P-Shaped handle enables
enamelled paint finish
106
one-handed steering
>> Solid rubber wheels
>> Pneumatic wheels
>> 200kg capacity
>> 200kg capacity
REF: WG403/KI/200
Ref: WG422/KI/P/200
Delivery Driver’s Truck
Heavy Duty Appliance Truck
>> Ideal for deliveries and everyday use
>> Fitted with anti-scratch strip
>> Solid rubber wheels
>> Pneumatic wheels
>> 200kg capacity
>> 200kg capacity
Ref: WG404/KI/99/200
Ref: WG422/KIAPL/200
Capacity
Dimensions (H x W)
Footplate (L x W)
Wheels Diameter
Weight
Ref
Price
150kg
1070 x 480mm
200 x 360mm
200mm
9kg
WG403/KI/150
£54.00
200kg
1070 x 480mm
200 x 360mm
200mm
9kg
WG403/KI/200
£59.00
200kg
1210 x 470mm
170 x 340mm
200mm
9kg
WG404/KI/99/200
£69.00
200kg
1200 x 580mm
240 x 355mm
260mm
10.5kg
WG415/KI/2093/200
£69.00
200kg
1300 x 590mm
205 x 355mm
260mm
12.5kg
WG422/KI/P/200
£69.00
200kg
1330 x 550mm
225 x 500mm
260mm
16kg
WG422/KIAPL/200
£79.00
BUDGET SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SACK TRUCKS Meticulous build quality in a red epoxy finish
SACK TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 107 MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
3 PLATE TOE MODELS
with a choice of solid or softride pneumatic tyres. WGST22P
Exceptional value.
WGST22
WGST21
WGST20
Large plate toe model available with choice of 200mm dia solid tyres: Ref ST22 (illustrated) or 260mm diameter pneumatic tyred wheels: Ref ST22P
WGST22
Capacity kg
150
200
250
250
Overall Height x Width mm
1070 x 495
1185 x 540
1300 x 610
1300 x 680
Toe L x W mm
150 x 375
200 x 430
250 x 500
250 x 500
Frame H x W mm
850 x 370
960 x 415
1070 x 500
1070 x 500
Wheel dia. mm
160
200
200
260 (pneu)
Weight kg
10
14
17
17
Ref
WGST20
WGST21
WGST22
WGST22P
Price
£85.10
£95.65
£121.90
£133.10
3 FOLDING TOE MODELS WGST22FP
WGST22F
WGST21F
WGST20F
Large folding toe model available with choice of 200mm dia solid tyres: Ref ST22F (illustrated) or 260mm diameter pneumatic tyred wheels: Ref ST22FP
WGST22F
Capacity kg
250
200
150
250
O/a Height x Width mm
1300 x 610
1185 x 540
1070 x 495
1300 x 680
Toe L x W mm
420 x 420
330 x 300
320 x 300
420 x 420
Frame H x W mm
1070 x 500
960 x 415
850 x 370
1070 x 500
Wheel dia. mm
200
200
160
260 (pneu)
OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP
Weight kg
16
12
9
16
Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25
Ref
WGST22F
WGST21F
WGST20F
WGST22FP
Price
£138.70
£109.90
£105.30
£149.90
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
SACK TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
107
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
108 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINIUM FOLDING SACK TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 90 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Lightweight and compact sack truck >> Designed for light commercial use >> Folding toeplate >> Telescopic handle >> Easy storage >> Easy transportation
Capacity
Dimension (H x W)
Footplate (L x W)
Wheels Diameter
Weight Ref
Price
90kg
1120 x 400mm
240 x 350mm
160mm
6.5kg
£49.00
ALUMINIUM DUAL PURPOSE SACK TRUCK
WG430/KI/F/90
MAX LOAD 200 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Aluminium all-in-one versatile sack truck and trolley >> Serves as both sack truck and platform trolley >> Folds and unfolds at click of a catch >> Two sizes available >> 200kg capacity
Capacity Dimensions (H x W) Footplate (L x W) Platform Size (L x W)
Weight
Ref
Price
200kg
1310 x 510mm
190 x 460mm
1050 x 310mm
19kg
WG435/KI/S
£199.00
200kg
1560 x 510mm
190 x 460mm
1300 x 310mm
20kg
WG436/KI/L
£299.00
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
THREE WAY ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCK
>> Aluminium all-in-one versatile trolley >> Serves as both sack truck and platform trolley >> Folds and unfolds at click of a catch >> Middle position allows support of load at an angle
108
Capacity
Overall (H x W)
Footplate (L x W)
Platform Size (L x W)
Weight
Ref
Price
200kg
1310 x 510mm
185 x 460mm
1050 x 310mm
19kg
WG443/KI/3WAY
£179.00
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 180-250 KG
Aluminium Sack Truck with Skids
Heavy Duty Aluminium Sack Truck
>> Fitted with low friction skids to
>> Lightweight yet strong alloy
help go up and down
truck with slightly curved back
steps/kerbs
>> 180kg capacity
>> 180kg capacity
>> Puncture Proof wheels
>> Pneumatic wheels
>> Fitted with low friction skids to
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 109
help go up and down Ref: WG444/KI/AL/180
steps/kerbs Ref: WG444/KIH/180
Premium Magliner
Aluminium Sack Truck
Aluminium Truck >> Light weight yet very >> Durable popular Magliner
heavy duty sack truck
hand truck
>> 200kg capacity >> Weight 12kg
>> Solid rubber wheels
>> Solid rubber wheels
>> 225kg capacity
Ref: WG445/KI/GL/300
Ref: WG111-E1-825
Aluminium Sack Truck
Premium Tall Magliner
with Folding Toe
Aluminium Truck
>> Versatile aluminium
>> Wide footplate ensures loads are well-balanced and stable
hand truck with foldable footplate
>> Pneumatic wheels
>> Pneumatic wheels
>> 225kg capacity
>> 200kg capacity Ref: WG230-G1-1060 Ref: WG434/BI/AL/200
Capacity
Dimensions (H x W)
Footplate (L x W)
Wheels Diameter
Weight
Ref
Price
180kg
1080 x 500mm
205 x 300mm
260mm
8kg
WG444/KI/AL/180
£89.00
180kg
1305 x 520mm
275 x 320mm
260mm
8.5kg
WG444/KIH/180
£99.00
250kg
1260 x 510mm
190 x 355mm
260mm
12kg
WG445/KI/GL/300
£99.00
225kg
1245 x 460mm
220 x 355mm
200mm
9kg
WG111-E1-825
£126.76
200kg
1310 x 500mm
240 x 240-280mm
260mm
10.5kg
WG434/BI/AL/200
£129.00
225kg
1320 x 520mm
228 x 457mm
260mm
11kg
WG230-G1-1060
£178.08
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
109
SACK TRUCKS
110 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
VERSATILE TRADER TRUCK
WGST12/ZP
WGST12P WGST12
WGST12P/ZP
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
This modern sack truck is available in bright zinc plated or blue epoxy finish. Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. All welded steel construction, fitted with protective hand grips as standard.
Capacity kg
200
200
200
200
Back
curved
curved
curved
curved
Height mm
1100
1100
1100
1100
Width o/a mm
580
580
580
580
Frame width mm
400
400
400
400
Front/rear mm
440
500
440
500
Toe width mm
410
410
410
410
Toe depth mm
230
230
230
230
Toe type
solid
solid
solid
solid
Tyre dia mm
200
260
200
260
Tyre type
solid
pneumatic
solid
pneumatic
Blue
Blue
Zinc
Zinc
Epoxy
Epoxy
Plated
Plated
Weight kg
12
13
12
13
Ref
WGST12
WGST12P
WGST12/ZP
WGST12P/ZP
Price
£113.05
£124.25
£137.20
£148.35
Finish
110
SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
OPTIONAL EXTRA LOAD STRAP:
Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TRADITIONAL SACK TRUCKS
200kg capacity Curved back WGST61
WGST63
WGST62
WGST35
TRADITIONAL SACK TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 111
200kg capacity Flat back WGST02
WGST52
125kg capacity Curved back
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
MAX LOAD 125-200 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Traditional, strong, parallel back sack trucks with a multitude of uses. High load capacity trucks. Fully welded construction from tube, bar and sheet steel. Choice of straight or curved backs. Open or solid toes and backs, with 160 or 200mm diameter solid rubber tyred wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Capacity kg
200
Back
curved / open curved / open curved / open curved / open flat / open flat / solid
200
Height mm
1065
1065
965
965
1090
1090
Width o/a mm
515
515
515
515
406
406
Frame width mm 370
370
370
370
395
395
Front/rear mm
420
420
380
380
450
450
Toe width mm
380
380
380
380
406
406
Toe depth mm
180
180
200
200
200
200
Toe type
solid
open
open
solid
solid
solid
Wheel dia mm
200
200
160
160
200
200
LOAD STRAP:
Weight kg
14
14
10
10
11
15
Ref. WGSTP1
Ref
WGST63
WGST35
WGST61
WGST62
WGST02
WGST52
Price: £10.25
Price
£128.40
£122.70
£101.15
£106.85
£110.10
£133.30
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
125
125
200
200
OPTIONAL EXTRA
TRADITIONAL SACK TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
111
ROUGH TERRAIN / SPLAY-BACK TRUCKS
112 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ROUGH TERRAIN TRUCK 6 MODEL RANGE
MAX LOAD 350 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Made for rough ground and tough work. Choose from Solid or pneumatic tyres and 3 toe iron sizes. The large diameter wheels cope with rough and uneven ground with ease.
Toe depth 450mm
Solid tyred wheels should be chosen if the truck is likely to frequently come in contact with sharp objects. The trucks are heavily built and very strong, coping easily with the maximum load rating of 350kg. Protective handgrips are fitted as standard and this also helps handling over rough terrain. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Capacity kg
350
Back
Flat
Height mm
1140
Width Overall mm
605
Frame Width mm
430
Toe Width mm
395
Tyre Diameter mm
355
Toe depth 305mm Front/rear
610mm
610mm
685mm
685mm
830mm
830mm
Toe depth
230mm
230mm
305mm
305mm
450mm
450mm
Tyre type
solid
pneumatic
solid
pneumatic
solid
pneumatic
Weight kg
29
23
30
24
32
26
Ref
WGST10S
WGST10P
WGST101S WGST101P WGST102S
WGST102P
Price
£185.25
£179.65
£187.30
£184.85
£181.65
£190.45
Toe depth 230mm
TRADITIONAL SPLAY-BACK TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
An original design still meeting today’s demands. Originally designed for use in markets, but suitable for many other applications. All models are manufactured from tough welded angle and tube with a one piece toe iron and centre strap for increased load support. 200mm diameter solid rubber or 260mm pneumatic tyred wheels with roller bearing centres. Protective hand grips as standard. Finish: Blue epoxy.
112
Capacity kg
200
Back
Curved
Height mm
1170
Width Overall mm
635
Frame Width mm
510
Toe Width mm
355
Front/rear mm
445
520
588
672
740
Toe depth mm
230
305
305
450
450
Tyre dia mm
200
200
260
200
260
Tyre type
Solid
Solid
Pneumatic
Solid
Pneumatic
Weight kg
17
18
18
20
20
Ref
WGST25
WGST26
WGST26P
WGST27
WGST27P
Price
£148.05
£150.75
£161.95
£153.05
£163.50
ROUGH TERRAIN / SPLAY-BACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO LOOP HANDLE TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Continuous loop handles give convenient handling at all angles. Wide backs WGST19
WGST15
and choice of large fold-up toe or fixed toe plate, make these trucks very versatile. Mounted on 200mm diameter solid rubber tyred wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Capacity kg
200
Back
Flat
Height mm
1150
Width Overall mm
595
Frame Width mm
400
Front/rear mm
225 (Toe Folded)
480
600 (Toe Down)
Toe width mm
330
410
Toe depth mm
395
255
Toe type
open folding
solid
Weight kg
14kg
16kg
Ref
WGST19
WGST15
Price
£153.15
£137.90
HIGH BACKED SACK TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
EURO TRUCKS / HIGH BACKED TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 113
MADE IN BRITAIN
Ideally suited for the movement of cases, cartons and crates. High back allows for stacking of load. Steel welded construction. Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGST06
WGST06P
Capacity kg
200
Back
Flat
Height mm
1300
Frame Width mm
275
Toe Width mm
290
Toe Depth mm
230
Toe Type
Solid
Width overall mm
450
490
Front/rear mm
500
560
Toe width mm
290
290
Tyre dia mm
200
260
Tyre type
solid
pneumatic
Weight kg
12
13
Ref
WGST06
WGST06P
Price
£113.20
£125.15
OPTIONAL EXTRA LOAD STRAP:
Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
EURO TRUCKS / HIGH BACKED TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
113
BUDGET HEAVY DUTY SACK TRUCKS
114 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BUDGET HEAVY DUTY SACK TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
High Back Sack Truck with Mesh Back
Heavy Duty Sack Truck with Folding Toe
>> With mesh back to stop
>> Fixed toeplate & larger folding
smaller items falling through
tubular toe for bulky items
>> Pneumatic/Solid rubber wheels
>> Pneumatic/Solid rubber wheels
Ref: WG420/ME/6253/HBM
Ref: WG446/CO/90/DFL
Heavy Duty 3-way Sack Truck
Heavy Duty Sack Truck
>> Functions both as a
>> Fitted with large hard-wearing
sack truck and platform trolley.
wheels for rough terrain
>> Pneumatic/solid rubber wheels
>> Pneumatic wheels
Ref: WG447/CO/91/3WAY
Ref: WG416/CO/01B/400 Ref: WG416/CO/94/450
White Goods Appliance Hand Truck Universal Tall Sack Truck with Skids
>> Ideal for moving white
>> Fitted with skids to help
goods and home appliances
overcome curbs and stairs
>> Pneumatic wheels
>> Pneumatic/solid rubber wheels
>> Replaceable rubber
>> Two height options
114
protector-strips
>> 250kg capacity
>> 250kg capacity
Ref: WG424/CO/58/SK/250
Ref: WG449/CO/03/WG
Ref: WG424/CO/58/SK/B/250
Ref: WG448/CO/73/WG
Capacity
Dimensions (H x W)
Footplate (L x W)
Wheels Diameter
Weight
Ref
Price
300kg
1350 x 500mm
300 x 475mm
260mm
19.5kg
WG420/ME/6253/HBM
£209.00
300kg
1260 x 620mm
290(600) x 420(340)mm
260mm
19kg
WG446/CO/90/DFL
£129.00
300kg
1310 x 750mm
305(610) x 410(345)mm
100/260mm
20kg
WG447/CO/91/3WAY
£189.00
400kg
1160 x 710mm
290 x 500mm
300mm
15.5kg
WG416/CO/01B/400
£139.00
450kg
1170 x 620mm
230 x 500mm
300mm
18.5kg
WG416/CO/94/450
£159.00
250kg
1320 x 550mm
270 x 300mm
260mm
14.5kg
WG424/CO/58/SK/250
£119.00
250kg
1600 x 550mm
300 x 300mm
260mm
18.5kg
WG424/CO/58/SK/B/250
£139.00
250kg
1075 x 560mm
155 x 340mm
260mm
15.5kg
WG449/CO/03/WG
£119.00
250kg
1320 x 630mm
250 x 350mm
260mm
15.5kg
WG448/CO/73/WG
£139.00
BUDGET HEAVY DUTY SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MODEL ST55 3-POSITION TRUCK
MAX LOAD 250 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Strong and very versatile, these trucks have a multitude of uses. Tubular welded construction. Solid toe plate L x W mm: 200 x 420. Wheels: 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Rear Castors: 100mm diameter swivel castors with rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 17kg. Ref: WGST55 £197.90
THREE POSITION TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 115
View product on YouTube
Positive retention in each truck position.
Sack truck
Platform truck
4 wheel transporter
Overall L x H x W:
Overall L x H x W: 950 x 750 x 550mm
Overall L x H x W:
460 x 1185 x 550mm
Effective platform L x H x W: 905 x 260 x 420mm
1110 x 880 x 550mm
MODEL ST56 3-POSITION TRUCK
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 400 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Super heavy duty. Rectangular section and round tube welded construction. Wheels: 200mm diameter solid, or 260mm diameter pneumatic, rubber tyred wheels. Rear Castors: 125mm diameter swivel castors with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy
Capacity kg
400
Toe Plate L x W mm
200 x 475
Weight kg
23
Solid Tyre Order Ref
WGST56
Pneumatic Tyre Order Ref
WGST56P £228.85
£213.85
Positive retention in each truck position.
Sack Truck Overall L x H x W mm: ST56 / ST56P: 585 x 1250 x 480 Trader models WGST55 and WGST56 are easy to change from mode to mode. Select mode before loading.
Platform Truck
4 Wheel Transporter
Overall L x H x W mm
Overall L x H x W mm:
ST56 / ST56P: 1250 x 830 x 480
ST56 / ST56P:
Effective platform L x H x W mm:
1170 x 930 x 480
ST56: 1085 x 250 x 475 ST56P: 1085 x 320 x 475
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
THREE POSITION TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
115
STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS
116 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk MAX LOAD 200 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
STAIRCLIMBER
MADE IN BRITAIN
These trucks are ideal for transporting bulky loads up and down steps or stairs, or over rough ground. Stairclimbing star wheel configuration. Constructed from all welded tubular frame with integral loop handles. Fixed solid toe model
Choice of folding open toe or fixed solid toe. Wheels: 160mm diameter steel centred wheels with roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Red epoxy.
Folding open toe model Fixed solid toe model Capacity kg
Folding open toe model
200
200
O/a Height x Width mm 1150 x 580
1150 x 580
Toe L x W mm
400 x 330
200 x 420
Back frame H x W mm
1080 x 415
1080 x 415
Wheel dia. mm
160
160
Weight kg
20
21
Ref
WGSM20
WGSM21
Price
£200.05
£187.50
OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP
Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25
STAIRCLIMBING TRUCKS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Fitted with star wheel system to provide the greatest ease in Folds for handy storage and transportation.
transporting loads up and down steps and stairways. Large toe folds and locks to frame for compact storage. The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher terrain making these trucks ideal for locations with variable terrain. Wheels: 160mm diameter steel centred wheels with roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Capacity kg
110
80
Back
flat
flat / folding
Height mm
1090
1090 / 600
Width o/a mm
470
470
Frame width mm
305
305
Front/rear mm
370 / 720
370 / 720
Toe width mm
245
245
Toe depth mm
350
350
Toe type
open
open
Tyre dia mm
160
160
Tyre type
solid
solid
Finish
Blue epoxy
Blue epoxy
Weight kg
14
14
Ref
WGSM12
WGSM22
Price
£152.10
£175.80
OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP
Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25
116
STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAIRCLIMBING TRUCKS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
Fitted with star wheel system to provide the greatest ease in transporting loads up and down steps and stairways. The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher terrain making these trucks ideal for locations with variable terrain. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Capacity kg
240
250
125
200
125
Back
flat
flat
flat
flat
flat
Height mm
1300
1150
1150
1150
1150
Width o/a mm
460
595
595
595
595
Frame width mm
280
400
400
400
400
Front/rear mm
635
665
705
405/810
445/850
Capacity: 240kg
Toe width mm
290
420
420
330
330
Tall back with loop
Toe depth mm
230
300
300
405
405
handles and solid
Toe type
solid
solid
solid
open
open
steel toe
Tyre dia mm
160
160
200
160
200
Tyre type
solid
solid
Pneumatic
solid
Pneumatic
Weight kg
18
21
21
19
19
Ref
WGSM13
WGSM23
WGSM23P
WGSM16
WGSM16P
Price
£135.35
£200.30
£312.40
£205.20
£325.05
WGSM23
WGSM23P
WGSM13
WGSM16
Capacity: 250kg
Capacity: 200kg
Euro loop handles
Euro loop handles
and solid steel toe
and folding open toe
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 117
STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
117
STAIRCLIMBERS
118 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAIRCLIMBER / SACK TRUCK
MAX LOAD 200 KG
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
This sack truck is fitted with the star-wheel stairclimbing configuration, but it has a simple locking device which enables the star-wheel system to be locked, thus turning the stairclimber into a standard sack truck. Loop handles provide convenience in use in both modes - either pushing or pulling. Tubular steel construction with sheet steel toe. Finish: Red epoxy. The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher ground. This feature, together with the star wheel lock, provides the ideal solution to WGSM28
encountering varying terrain.
Star-wheel locking device By simply turning the locking handle, the star-wheel configuration is locked, turning the stairclimber into a standard sack truck. Turning the handle back, reverts the truck to full stairclimbing use. Locking star-wheel model Capacity kg
200
Overall Height x Width mm
1190 x 590
Toe L x W mm
420 x 215
Back frame H x W mm
1025 x 410
Wheel diameter mm
160
Weight kg
23
Ref
WGSM28
Price
£285.60
OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP
Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25
STAIRCLIMBING CHAIR SHIFTER
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs. The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher ground. Base pan W x D: 585 x 155mm. Overall frame height 1295mm. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Wheels
Wt. kg Overall H x W x D mm Ref
Price
Solid tyres
18
£202.05
1300 x 590 x 500
WGSM31
WGSM31
Other chairshifters available - see page 290.
118
STAIRCLIMBERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PORTABLE LOADERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 119 PORTABLE LOADERS The Ezi-Lift portable range is ideal where space is at a premium or access is difficult, all are highly manoeuvrable.
All Ezi-Lift products
WGELP 200 122
are guarded for operator protection
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES PLATFORM
Wheels: 2 x 200mm diameter bright zinc plated steel centred wheels with
W x Projection 485 x 470mm
roller bearings and solid rubber tyres. The front of the straddle legs are fitted
Ref: WGRPP 6 £78.90
with cast iron rollers. Finish: Fully powder coated throughout. Colours: orange and grey. All models are supplied complete with a load retention frame which includes anchor points for load retention straps. Protective hand grips are fitted as standard.
RETENTION STRAPS
per strap Ref: WGSTP2 £11.50 BRAKING SYSTEM
Factory fitted at time of order Ref: WGELBS1 £92.20
2 Capacities; 4 Lift heights Maximum load capacities kg
200
Maximum lift height mm
1220
Load centres mm
Gearbox Manual Ezi-Lift gearbox has a self sustaining mechanism
305
Overall dimensions
which holds the load at any point immediately the handle is
Lowered height mm
1500
released. Enclosed sprocket and chain drive, guarded for
Fully raised height mm
1660
operator protection.
Width mm
680
Front to rear mm
IMPORTANT Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before
735
Fork dimensions
moving the lifter. All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator
Width mm
315
Projection mm
450
Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No:3073 and
Lowered height mm
65
subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063.
Height. of straddle legs mm
65
Approx. vertical lift per one handle revolution mm
27
protection. All lifting equipment supplied complies to the
All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on
Capacity kg
Lift height mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and
200
1220mm
42kg
WGELP 200 122
£852.20
declaration of conformity.
Ezilift Tel: 01446 772614
PORTABLE LOADERS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
119
GENERAL PURPOSE LIFTERS
120 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
GENERAL PURPOSE LIFTERS
WGELI 250 122
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD 250 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
IMPORTANT: Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the lifter. All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection. All lifting equipment supplied complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No:3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063.
With swivelling hook. Lowered height to centre of hook: 265mm Jib adds 200mm to lift height,
All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformity.
Ref: WGELIJ £36.40 BOOM
Length x Dia. 500 x 50mm Ref: WGELIB £30.35 PLATFORM
2 Capacities; 3 Lift Heights
W x Projection 485 x 470mm
Maximum load capacities kg
250
Maximum lift height mm
1220
Ref: WGRPP6 £78.90 RETENTION STRAPS
Load centres mm
305
Overall dimensions
per strap Ref: WGSTP2 £11.50
Lowered height mm
1450
Fully raised height mm
1660
Width mm
550
Front to rear mm
870
Platform
120
JIB
Width mm
315
Projection mm
450
Lowered height mm
65
Height. of straddle legs mm
65 Approx
Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm
27/30
Capacity kg
Lift height mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
200
1220
40
WGELI 250 122
£920.10
GENERAL PURPOSE LIFTERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Ezilift
MIDI WINCH LIFTERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 121 MIDI WINCH LIFTERS
WGELIM 200 150
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD 250 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
The Midi range of general purpose lifters is ideal for many locations and uses, particularly where the 1500mm lift height is required. Fitted with rear castors and total stop brakes for full stability. Wheels: 2 x 125mm diameter nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearings. Castors fitted with total stop brakes as standard. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with cast iron rollers. Winch: Enclosed sprocket and chain drive, guarded for operator protection. Manual winch unit with self sustaining feature to hold the load at any level when the lever is released. Load retention frame: All midi models are supplied with load retention frame fitted as standard. Frame incorporates anchor points for load retention straps. Finish: Main frame and masts in orange powder coating. Forks, carriage and
All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection.
retention frame finished in grey powder coating. Documentation: All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformity.
Model
Lift height
Weight
Ref
Price
Winch
1500 mm
60 kg
WGELIM 250 150
£1126.50
All lifting equipment supplied complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No: 3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
Factory fitted in place of
IMPORTANT: Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the lifter.
standard forks at time of order JIB
With swivelling hook.
250 kg Capacity; Maximum lift 1500 mm Maximum load capacities kg
250
Maximum lift height mm
1500
Load centres mm Overall dimensions
305
Lowered height mm
1845
Fully raised height mm
1985
Width mm
640
Front to rear mm Fork dimensions
890
Jib adds 200mm to lift height. Lowered height to centre of hook 265mm. Ref: WGELIJM £38.85 BOOM
Length x Diameter. 600 x 50mm Ref: WGELIB £32.80 PLATFORM
Platform: Width x Projection
Width mm
410
485 x 470mm
Projection mm
500
Ref: WGRPP10 £91.10
Lowered height mm
65
Ht. of straddle legs mm
65
Approx vertical lift per one handle revolution mm
27
Ezilift Tel: 01446 772614
RETENTION STRAPS
per strap Ref: WGSTP2 £11.50
MIDI WINCH LIFTERS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
121
BUDGET LIFTERS
122 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BUDGET WINCH LIFTERS
MAX LOAD 250 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Lightweight and compact lifters Winch Lifter - WGWSB150 >> Doubles as sack truck >> Removable extension mast >> Legs have 2 ball bearings each for short horizontal movement >> Removable platform >> Special attachments are available - please contact us Winch Lifter - WGM200 >> Versatile and easy to operate WGWSB150
>> Comes with platform and forks >> Other attachments are available - please see below >> All swivel wheels - great, manoeuvrability
WGM200
Capacity
Lift height
Lift
Ref
Price
150 kg
1070/1700mm
Manual
WGWSB150
£675.00
200 kg
1500mm
Manual
WGM200
£685.00
OPTIONAL EXTRAS PLATFORM Ref: WSB150-PL £75.00 V-PLATFORM Ref: WSB150-VPL £86.00 CRADLE Ref: WSB150-CR £99.00
BUDGET ELECTRIC MINI LIFTERS
WGE100 WGE250
122
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 100-250 KG
>> Electric motor
>> Portable hand control unit
>> Electric overload protection
>> Hand control cable
>> Service free battery
>> Comes with platform and forks
>> Automatic battery charger
>> Other attachments are available
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES & ATTACHMENTS
SINGLE BOOM
DOUBLE SPINDLE
Ref: WG1/KI/MSS
Ref: WG1/KI/MSD
Price: £60.00
Price: £75.00
Capacity
Lift height
Lift
Ref
Price
V BLOCK
ROTATOR
100 kg
1700mm
Electric
WGE100
£1375.00
Ref: WG1/KI/MSV
Ref: WG1/KI/MSR
150 kg
1500mm
Electric
WGE150
£1485.00
Price: £45.00
Price: £POA
250kg
1900mm
Electric
WGE250
£1725.00
BUDGET LIFTERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
500 UNIVERSAL
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
So versatile it‘s 7 machines in one! For winch specification - see page 121.
Hand Winch Maximum load capacity kg
500
Maximum lift height mm
1725
Load centres mm
MIDI WINCH LIFTERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 123
300
Overall dimensions Lowered height mm
2130
Fully raised height mm
2130
Width mm
815
Front to rear mm
1210
Adjustable forged forks
All Ezi-Lift products
Max width mm
655
Projection mm
600
Actual fork width mm
65
Lowered height mm
85
Height of straddle legs mm
85
Ground clearance mm
35
When fitted with a winch, vertical lift per handle revolution:
30/33mm
are guarded for operator protection.
Stacker
Capacity
Weight
Ref
Price
Winch
500kg
138kg
WGMSU 500 W
£1734.25
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Simply change the accessory to increase its uses. 500 Universals are supplied fitted with forged forks as standard. These forks are easily removed for the fitting of accessories, which simply slide onto the rear carrier, and are retained with a single 10mm set pin.
DRUM CLAW
JIB
PLATFORM
Max load: 250kg. For transporting of 210 litre
Max load: 500kg
Max load: 500kg
tight head drums at low level only.
Ref: WGMSU513 £140.10
Ref: WGMSU512 £96.05
BOOM
DRUM TINES
DRUM CLAMP
Max load: 500kg
Max load: 300kg
Max load: 300kg
Ref: WGMSU510 £144.35
Ref: WGMSU511 £304.35
Ref: WGMSU514 £171.25
Ref: WGMSU515 £306.60
Ezilift Tel: 01446 772614
MIDI WINCH LIFTERS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
123
PALLET STACKERS
124 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MANUAL LIFT PALLET STACKERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Standard Stackers >> Robust construction >> 500, 1000 or 1500kg capacity >> 1200mm to 3000mm lift height >> Fixed or adjustable forks >> Swivel castor steer wheels >> Safety valve prevents overloading Special versions available, including attachments, special sizes, lift heights or capacities, galvanised and stainless steel finish and more. Straddle Stackers >> Robust construction >> 1000kg capacity WGKI 500/1600A
>> 1600mm or 2500mm lift height
WGKI 1000/1200
>> Adjustable forks fitted as standard >> Can handle closed-bottom pallets up to 1200 x 1200mm
Capacity Lift height Lift
WGKI 1000/2500A
WGKI 1000/1600SA
Forks
Legs
Ref
Price
500kg
1600mm
Manual Adjustable Standard WGKI 500/1600 A
£965.00
1000kg
1200mm
Manual Fixed
Standard WGKI 1000/1200
£1085.00
1000kg
1600mm
Manual Fixed
Standard WGKI 1000/1600
£1145.00
1000kg
2500mm
Manual Fixed
Standard WGKI 1000/2500
£1435.00
1000kg
3000mm
Manual Fixed
Standard WGKI 1000/3000
£1490.00
1500kg
1600mm
Manual Fixed
Standard WGKI 1500/1600
£1665.00
1000kg
1600mm
Manual Adjustable Standard WGKI 1000/1600 A
£1195.00
1000kg
2500mm
Manual Adjustable Standard WGKI 1000/2500 A
£1490.00
1000kg
1600mm
Manual Adjustable Straddle
WGKI 1000/1600 SA £1375.00
1000kg
2500mm
Manual Adjustable Straddle
WGKI 1000/2500 SA £1720.00
ELECTRIC LIFT PALLET STACKERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Battery powered lift, manual traction >> Ideal for small to medium sized warehouses >> 1000kg or 1500kg capacity Lift height from 1.6m to 3.7m >> Fork widths 545mm >> Fork length 1150mm >> Minimum recommended aisle width: 2200mm WGVKIE 1000/3000
124
>> Straddle legs and other special versions available on request
Capacity
Lift height
Lift
Ref
Price
1000kg
1600mm
Electric
WGVKIE 1000/1600
£2295.00
1000kg
2500mm
Electric
WGVKIE 1000/2500
£2525.00
1000kg
3000mm
Electric
WGVKIE 1000/3000
£2640.00
1000kg
3500mm
Electric
WGVVE1000/3500
£4145.00
PALLET STACKERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MINI HAND PALLET TRUCKS
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 125 MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
For use in vans and/or with small pallets. >> Capacity: 500kg >> 3 position control lever >> Low profile forks >> Polyurethane steering wheels and single nylon load rollers >> Lift height: 60 – 170mm >> Lightweight - weighs only 35kg >> Ideal for use in vehicles or for handling small pallets >> NB: This pallet truck is not suitable for standard Euro or GKN pallets
Fork Length mm
Width Over Forks mm
Capacity kg
Ref
Price
800
380
500
WGLLT500
£285.00
STANDARD PALLET TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 2200 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Capacity: 2200kg >> Fork size ideal for Euro-pallets >> 3 position control lever >> Tapered forks >> Nylon steer wheels and single nylon load rollers >> Lift height: 85 – 200mm
Fork Length mm
Width Over Forks mm
Capacity kg
Ref
Price
1150
550
2200
WGDF25-550x1150
£299.00
HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 2500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Designed for heavy duty industrial use Special Fork Sizes
>> Choice of fork sizes
& Capacities
>> 3 position control lever >> Comfortable grip, rubberised plastic handle >> Tapered forks >> Nylon steer wheels and single nylon load rollers as standard >> Choice of different wheel materials and special sizes >> Optional parking and travel brakes >> Lift height: 85 – 200mm >> 3000, 4000, 5000kg capacity also available >> Galvanised and stainless steel versions also available
Fork Length mm
Width Over Forks mm
Ref
Price
800
540
WGMA25-540x800
£329.00
1000
540
WGMA25-540x1000
£329.00
1150
540
WGMA25-540x1150
£329.00
1220
540
WGMA25-540x1220
£339.00
1000
680
WGMA25-680x1000
£355.00
1150
680
WGMA25-680x1150
£355.00
1220
680
WGMA25-680x1220
£365.00
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
125
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
126 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
VERY HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 3000-3500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Designed for very heavy duty use >> Lift height: 85-205mm >> Fork widths: 540 or 680mm >> Fork lengths: 1150 or 1220mm >> Nylon steer and load wheels as standard >> Polyurethane, rubber and steel wheels available on request
Capacity
Fork Length
Width Over Forks
Ref
Price
3000kg
1150mm
540mm
WGMA30-540x1150
£459.00
3000kg
1220mm
540mm
WGMA30-540x1220
£459.00
3000kg
1150mm
680mm
WGMA30-680x1150
£459.00
3000kg
1220mm
680mm
WGMA30-680x1220
£459.00
3500kg
1150mm
540mm
WGMA35-540x1150
£585.00
3500kg
1220mm
680mm
WGMA35-680x1220
£585.00
EXTRA LONG HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 2000 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Nylon Steering wheels and single or tandem nylon load rollers as standard >> Choice of different wheel materials >> Optional parking and travel brakes >> Special fork lengths from 500 to 4000mm and widths from 300 to 2900mm can be made to order >> 3000, 4000 and 5000kg capacity also available >> Lift height: 85 - 200mm Capacity kg
Fork length mm
Width over forks mm
Order Ref
Price
2000
1500
540
WGMA20-540x1500
£515.00
2000
1800
540
WGMA20-540x1800
£595.00
2000
2000
540
WGMA20-540x2000
£645.00
Top quality, full specification, extra long hand pallet
2000
1500
680
WGMA20-680x1500
£555.00
trucks. Made from high grade steel to the latest design.
2000
1800
680
WGMA20-680x1800
£645.00
Note: See separate section for wheel & brake options.
2000
2000
680
WGMA20-680x2000
£760.00
PRINTER’S HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 2500 KG
Ideal for narrower and/or shorter pallets used in the printing industry. >> Capacity: 2500kg >> 3 position control lever >> Comfortable rubberised plastic handle >> Nylon steering wheels and single nylon load rollers as standard >> Choice of different wheel materials >> Optional parking and travel brakes >> Lift height: 75 – 190mm
126
Capacity kg
Fork Length Width Over mm Forks mm
Order Ref
Price
2500kg
800mm
460mm
WGPT25-460x800
£345.00
2500kg
900mm
450mm
WGMA25-450x900
£385.00
2500kg
1000mm
450mm
WGMA25-450x1000
£385.00
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LOW PROFILE PALLET TRUCKS
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 127 MAX LOAD 1500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Designed for handling very low pallets or stillages where a standard truck will not fit >> Lift height: 51-170mm >> Fork widths: 540 or 680mm >> Fork lengths: 1000, 1150, 1220mm >> Nylon steer and tandem nylon load wheels as standard
Special Fork Sizes
>> Polyurethane and rubber wheels available on request
& Capacities
Capacity
Fork Length
Width Over Forks
Ref
Price
1500kg
1000mm
540mm
WGMA15-51-540x1000
£495.00
1500kg
1150mm
540mm
WGMA15-51-540x1150
£495.00
1500kg
1220mm
540mm
WGMA15-51-540x1220
£495.00
1500kg
1000mm
680mm
WGMA15-51-680x1000
£495.00
1500kg
1150mm
680mm
WGMA15-51-680x1150
£495.00
1500kg
1220mm
680mm
WGMA15-51-680x1220
£495.00
EXTRA LOW PROFILE PALLET TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Designed for handling very low pallets or stillages where a standard or even low profile truck will not fit >> Lift height: 35-96mm >> Fork widths: 530 or 680mm >> Fork length: 1120mm >> Nylon steer wheels and steel load wheels as standard
Capacity
Fork Length
Width Over Forks
Ref
Price
1000kg
1120mm
530mm
WGMA10/35-530x1120
£645.00
1000kg
1120mm
680mm
WGMA10/35-680x1120
£645.00
ADJUSTABLE PALLET TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 2200 KG
A hand pallet truck with adjustable width over forks to allow the handling of different sized pallets with one machine. Available in three fork lengths and two width ranges. Width over forks is adjustable either from 400 to 520mm (ideal for the printing industry) or from 530 to 680mm (for general warehouse and transportation use). >> Revolutionary design >> Adjustable width over forks >> Economical and practical solution >> High quality robust build >> Lift height: 76 - 196mm
Fork Length mm
Width Over Forks mm
Capacity kg
Order Ref
910
400-520
2200
WGPTA22MS £395.00
Price
1060
400-520
2200
WGPTA22M
£395.00
1160
400-520
2200
WGPTA22ML
£395.00
910
530-680
2200
WGPTA22LS
£395.00
1060
530-680
2200
WGPTA22LM
£395.00
1160
530-680
2200
WGPTA22L
£395.00
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
127
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
128 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
GALVANISED PALLET TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 2500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Hot dip galvanised or zinc plated pallet trucks >> Ideal for meat, seafood, dairy and pharmaceutical industries. >> Lift height: 85-205mm >> Fork widths: 540 or 680mm >> Fork lengths: 1000 or 1150mm >> Nylon steer and tandem nylon load wheels as standard >> Other wheels available on request Special Fork Sizes & Capacities Capacity
Fork Length Width Over Forks
Ref
Price
2500kg
1000mm
540mm
WGMA25G-540x1000
£595.00
2500kg
1150mm
540mm
WGMA25G-540x1150
£595.00
2500kg
1000mm
680mm
WGMA25G-680x1000
£595.00
2500kg
1150mm
680mm
WGMA25G-680x1150
£595.00
STAINLESS STEEL PALLET TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 2000 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Ideal for environments where hygiene is paramount >> Designed for environments where the pallet truck will come into contact with corrosive substances such as salt water, acids and various chemicals >> Lift height: 90-205mm >> Fork widths: 540 or 680mm >> Fork lengths: 1000 or 1150mm >> Nylon steer and tandem nylon load wheels as standard >> Other wheels available on request
Capacity
Fork Length Width Over Forks
Ref
Price
2000kg
1000mm
540mm
WGMA20S-540x1000
£2395.00
2000kg
1150mm
540mm
WGMA20S-540x1150
£2395.00
2000kg
1000mm
680mm
WGMA20S-680x1000
£2495.00
2000kg
1150mm
680mm
WGMA20S-680x1150
£2495.00
WEIGHING PALLET TRUCKS
MAX LOAD 2200 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Ideal for instant checking of incoming or outgoing goods >> 0.5kg increments >> 0.1% accuracy >> 2200kg capacity >> Lift height: 85 - 200mm or 75 - 190mm >> Fork widths: 560 or 690mm
128
Special Fork Sizes
>> Fork length: 1150mm
& Capacities
>> Rubber steer wheels and tandem polyurethane load rollers
Capacity kg
Fork Length mm
Width Over Forks mm
Ref
Price
2200
1150
560
WGLMWS-560x1150
£995.00
2200
1150
690
WGLMWS-690x1150
£1095.00
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SEMI-ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCKS
POWERED PALLET TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 129 MAX LOAD 1500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Designed for light duty applications >> 1 - 2 hours battery life >> Manual lift / Electric drive >> Precision steering >> High capacity electric motor >> Built in charger >> Highly manoeuvrable with 180° steering
Capacity
Fork Length Width Over Forks
Ref
Price
1500kg
1000mm
540mm
WGLEMP15/540x1000
£1995.00
1500kg
1150mm
540mm
WGLEMP15/540x1150
£1995.00
1500kg
1000mm
680mm
WGLEMP15/680x1000
£1995.00
1500kg
1220mm
680mm
WGLEMP15/680x1220
£1995.00
ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK
MAX LOAD 1500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Compact design >> Designed for light to medium duty applications >> 3 - 4 hours battery life >> Integral charger >> Maintenance free batteries >> Rechargeable from any standard wall socket
Capacity Fork Length
Width Over Battery Forks
Ref
Price
1500kg
1000mm 520mm
2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/520x1000 £2750.00
1500kg
1150mm
2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/520x1150
1500kg
1000mm 680mm
2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/680x1000 £2750.00
1500kg
1150mm
2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/680x1150
ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK
520mm 680mm
£2750.00 £2750.00
MAX LOAD 2000 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Compact design >> Designed for light to medium duty applications >> 6 - 8 hours battery life >> Rechargeable from any standard wall socket >> 3000, 5000 and 8000kg options >> Galvanised or stainless steel finish also available
Capacity Fork Length
Width Over Battery Forks
Ref
2000kg
540mm
WGLEPT20/540x1150 £4650.00
1150mm
24V/240Ah
Price
POWERED PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
129
PALLET TRUCKS / PALLET TILTERS
130 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ROUGH TERRAIN PALLET TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 500-1200 KG
>> Transports loads on uneven ground >> Little maintenance required >> Great manoeuvrability >> Adjustable width over fork
WGTNV500
>> Wheels fitted onto sealed bearings >> Pneumatic tyres >> Ideal for building sites, garden centres, farms etc. Special Versions Available
WGTNV1200
Capacity
Fork Length
Width Over Forks
Max Pallet Size
Ref
Price
500kg
620mm
170 - 570mm
600 x 800mm
TNV500
£795.00
1200kg
800mm
340 - 650mm 1000 x 1200mm TNV1200
£1095.00
1500kg
820mm
320 - 660mm 1200 x 1200mm
TNV1500
£1165.00
1200kg
880mm
170 - 570mm
TNE1200
£7495.00
1200 x 1200mm
WGTNV1500
MANUAL & ELECTRIC PALLET TILTERS
WGTNE1200
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Forks can be tilted up to 90O >> Handle can be turned and locked in position away from the work area >> Both models supplied with parking brake and foot protectors as standard
WGLT10M
>> Manual type: lift and tilt are performed by hand hydraulic action >> Electric type: lifting and lowering functions are built into handle, tilting action is operated by remote control
Capacity Angle of Tilt
Lift / Tilt
Fork Width Fork Length
Ref
Price
1000kg
90o
Manual
560mm
800mm
WGLT10M
£945.00
1000kg
90o
Electric
560mm
800mm
WGLT10E
£1949.00
WGLT10E
130
PALLET TRUCKS / PALLET TILTERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCKS
HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 131 MAX LOAD 1000-1500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> The high lifters easily lift up to 1000 or 1500kg >> Automatically braked when raised above 400mm >> Helps minimise back strain >> Three position control lever >> Automatic descending speed control
WGMHL540E
>> Quick lift as standard on manual model >> Manual lift in case of flat battery
WGMHL540M
Fork Dimensions (L x W)
Lift Type
Capacity
Ref
Price
1170 x 540mm
Manual
1000kg
WGMHL540M
£539.00
1170 x 680mm
Manual
1000kg
WGMHL680M
£549.00
1170 x 560mm
Manual
1500kg
WGHBL15-560M
£599.00
1170 x 680mm
Manual
1500kg
WGHBL15-680M
£629.00
1170 x 540mm
Electric
1000kg
WGMHL540E
£1545.00
1170 x 680mm
Electric
1000kg
WGMHL680E
£1595.00
1170 x 560mm
Electric
1500kg
WGHBL15-560E
£1645.00
1170 x 680mm
Electric
1500kg
WGHBL15-680E
£1695.00
SKID LIFTERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 500-1000 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
>> Raise pallets or other items to correct working height >> Helps minimise back strain WGPL50
>> Combination of high lift pallet truck and lift table >> Fully welded heavy duty steel frame >> Total stop brake on castor wheel >> Foot operated pedal for easier and faster lifting >> Steering tiller handle on 1000kg models for easier and comfortable turning
Capacity
Fork Width
Fork Length
Platform Size (L x W)
Ref
Price
500kg
526mm
1115mm
1115 x 538mm
WGPL50S
£629.00
500kg
690mm
1115mm
1115 x 703mm
WGPL50L
£629.00
1000kg
526mm
1115mm
1115 x 538mm
WGPL100S £699.00
1000kg
690mm
1115mm
1115 x 703mm
WGPL100L
£699.00
WGPL100
HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
131
POWERED PALLET STACKERS
132 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
UNIVERSAL FULLY POWERED STACKERS
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Designed specifically for small warehouses and factories. LES models have fixed width wrapover forks and are designed for handling
WGLES10.16
Euro pallets and other open bottom pallets and cages. >> Battery powered lift and drive >> Light and versatile; compact and reliable >> Suitable for small factories and warehouses >> Wrapover forks >> On board charger >> Chargeable from standard 230V/13A 3-pin socket >> CE certified >> Full 12 months warranty
WGLES10.30
Max Lift Height mm
Capacity Forks kg L x W mm
Overall Lowered Height mm
Mast
Battery
Ref
Price
1600
1000
1150 x 560
1990
Single
12V / 120Ah
WGLES10.16
£3600.00
3000
1000
1150 x 560
1990
Double 12V / 120Ah
STANDARD POWERED PALLET STACKER
WGLES10.30 £3995.00
MAX LOAD 1200 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Compact design >> Up to 5 hours continuous use per day. >> Battery: 2 x 12V / 130Ah
WGF12 APE 3.5
>> Mast type: Duplex >> Optional straddle legs >> Optional adjustable forks
WGF12 APE 1.6
>> Optional attachments: booms, crane jibs, drum clamps etc
Capacity
Max Lift Height
Forks (L x W)
Ref
Price
1200kg
1600mm
1150 x 540mm
WGF12 APE 1.6
£7895.00
1200kg
2500mm
1150 x 540mm
WGF12 APE 2.5
£7995.00
1200kg
3000mm
1150 x 540mm
WGF12 APE 3.0
£8295.00
1200kg
3500mm
1150 x 540mm
WGF12 APE 3.5
£8595.00
Optional straddle legs
WGAPE-STR
£980.00
Optional adjustable forks
WGAPE-ADJ
£860.00
Options
HEAVY DUTY COUNTERBALANCED PALLET STACKER
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Pallet stackers suitable for use with any pallet type. >> Built-in battery charger >> Tilting mast >> Suitable for Euro and UK type pallets >> Multi-function tiller head >> Fully powered >> Adjustable forks: 200 to 580mm
132
Capacity
Max Lift Height
Forks Length
Mast
Battery
Ref
Price
1000kg
2500mm
1070mm
Duplex
24V/240Ah
WGLCS10.25
£8,495.00
1000kg
3300mm
1070mm
Duplex
24V/240Ah
WGLCS10.33
£8,995.00
1200kg
2500mm
1070mm
Duplex
24V/280Ah
WGLCS12.25
£8,995.00
1200kg
3300mm
1070mm
Duplex
24V/280Ah
WGLCS12.35
£9,995.00
POWERED PALLET STACKERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BUDGET SCISSOR TABLES
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Our range of scissor lift tables consist of medium to
WGBSL25
heavy duty single and diouble, manual and electric lift tables which are easy to operate. >> Capacity range from 150kg to 1500kg >> Heavy duty design >> Great stability and manoeuvrability >> Foot pump to lift platform >> Hand lever to release / lower platform >> Can be used safely at any height
MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 133
>> Special bespoke designs available >> Both swivel wheels are fitted with total stop brakes as standard
WGTXL500L
WGTXL1000
Capacity
Platform (L x W)
Closed Height
Raised Height
Handle Height
Wheels Diameter Weight
Ref
Price
150kg
700 x 450mm
225mm
740mm
935mm
100mm
43kg
WGTXL150
£295.00
200kg
1000 x 500mm
340mm
1000mm
1055mm
200mm
70kg
WGTXL200
£345.00
250kg
830 x 500mm
330mm
910mm
1085mm
150mm
78kg
WGBSL25
£365.00
300kg
855 x 500mm
340mm
915mm
970mm
125mm
75kg
WGTXL300
£385.00
500kg
855 x 500mm
280mm
910mm
970mm
125mm
79kg
WGTXL500
£425.00
500kg
1600 x 800mm
310mm
910mm
970mm
125mm
134kg
WGTXL500L
£645.00
700kg
1220 x 610mm
230mm
1075mm
935mm
100/125mm
158kg
WGBZ70B
£875.00
750kg
1010 x 520mm
442mm
1000mm
1100mm
150mm
120kg
WGBSL75
£525.00
800kg
1000 x 510mm
420mm
1000mm
970mm
150mm
115kg
WGTXL800
£545.00
1000kg
1015 x 515mm
380mm
1010mm
970mm
150mm
121kg
WGTXL1000
£635.00
1500kg
1220 x 610mm
420mm
1010mm
970mm
150mm
142kg
WGTXL1500
£725.00
MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
133
MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
134 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BUDGET DOUBLE MANUAL SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
MAX LOAD 150-800 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Capacity range from 150kg to 800kg >> Heavy duty design >> Great stability and manoeuvrability >> Foot pump to lift platform >> Hand lever to release/lower platform
WGTXL680D
>> Special bespoke designs available
Capacity
Platform (L xW) Closed Height
Raised Height
Handle Height
Wheels Diameter
Weight
Ref
Price
150kg
830 x 500mm
435mm
1450mm
1050mm
150mm
91kg
WGBSL15D
£395.00
300kg
1010 x 520mm
435mm
1620mm
1130mm
150mm
134kg
WGBSL30D
£525.00
450kg
1030 x 610mm
295mm
1555mm
950mm
130/160mm
143kg
WGSCL450DM £795.00
500kg
1010 x 520mm
450mm
1500mm
1185mm
150mm
144kg
WGBSL50D
£575.00
680kg
1210 x 610mm
475mm
1510mm
1020mm
150mm
176kg
WGTXL680D
£625.00
800kg
1220 x 610mm
485mm
1500mm
970mm
150mm
181kg
WGTXL800D
£685.00
BUDGET ELECTRIC DOUBLE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
MAX LOAD 300-800 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Robust construction >> Simple handle mounted control pad >> Easily accessible battery unit >> 12V maintenance free battery >> 700W dc power pack
WGESL50D
Capacity
Platform (L xW)
Closed Height
Raised Height
Handle Height
Wheels Dia.
Weight
Ref
Price
300kg
1010 x 520mm
495mm
1600mm 1180mm
150mm
183kg
WGESL30D/ES30D
£1645.00
500kg
1010 x 520mm
435mm
1618mm
1180mm
150mm
198kg
WGESL50D/ES50D
£1795.00
800kg
1010 x 520mm
510mm
1440mm
1180mm
150mm
208kg
WGESL80D/ES80D
£1895.00
BUDGET LOW PROFILE SCISSOR LIFTS
>> Low profile pallet positioner
WGHY1001
WGHU1000
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Safe 415V 3-phase operation >> Safety anti-trap bar under table edge >> WGHY1001 model is suitable for all pallets up to 1100 x 1200mm >> WGHU1000 model is suitable for open-bottom pallets e.g. Euro Pallets
134
Type
Capacity
Platform (L x W)
Closed Height
Raised Height
Weight
Ref
Price
Table with ramp
1000kg
1420 x 1140mm
85mm
860mm
91kg
WGHY1001
£2245.00
U-shape
1000kg
1420 x 1140mm
85mm
860mm
134kg
WGHU1000
£2245.00
MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MOBILE LIFT TABLES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 135 STAINLESS STEEL MOBILE LIFT TABLES
WGSSL200
WGSSL500
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Suitable for a variety of lifting and loading operations.
Manufacture: British design and manufacture to comply with BS EN
Also ideal as a variable height work table for use in food
1570 - 1: 2011 + AI:2014. Fully welded steel construction. All Ezi-Lift
preparation and other clean areas.
products are guarded for operator protection.
Stainless Steel mobile lift table. 200kg & 500kg Capacity;
Wheels: Front, 200kg: 125mm diameter; 500kg: 160mm diameter
Max lift 800 & 1000 mm. Each machine is supplied with
nylon wheels fitted with polyurethane tyres, ball bearing journals.
a test certificate, operating instructions and a product
Rear, swivel castors, fitted with total stop brakes and 125mm
Health and Safety Data sheet.
diameter polyurethane tyred nylon wheels, ball bearing journals.
All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection
Finish: The lift table is manufactured from 304 Stainless Steel. (note: hydraulic pump, foot pedal and ram not stainless). Operation: Foot operated hydraulics to lift and lower the table.
Maximum load capacity kg
200
500
Table W x L mm
500 x 900
600 x 1100
Raised height mm
800
1000
280
360
length mm
1125
1310
width mm
500
600
height mm
935
980
Weight kg
54
114
Ref
WGSSL200
WGSSL500
Price
£2205.45
£2935.55
Lowered height mm Overall dimensions
Ezilift Tel: 01446 772614
Maintenance: Hydraulic pump and ram unit is easily removed for maintenance and is fitted with a hose burst valve. Table top is hinged when in the fully lowered position, for easy access to working parts.
MOBILE LIFT TABLES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
135
ROLLING CORNERS, PLATFORMS AND SKATES
136 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ROLLING CORNERS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Sold in sets of 4, rolling corners allow large items to be moved with little effort. Manufactured from formed and welded sheet steel, platforms fitted with 3mm thick black ribbed rubber matting. Metalwork finished in high quality powder coating. Wheels: 3 castors, all swivel with 50mm wheels with grey non marking rubber tyres. IMPORTANT: Weight must be evenly distributed on the four corners.
Platform Height mm
20
Overall H x L x W mm
75 x 300 x 300
Capacity kg (over 4 corners)
400
600
Weight kg (set of 4)
8
10
Finish
Grey Epoxy
Orange Epoxy
Order Ref:
WGRMD1
WGRMD2
Price
£173.45
£208.70
WGRMD2
WGRMD1
ROLLER PLATFORMS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Unique, tough and versatile. A heavy load shifter fitted with 3 heavy duty WGRMD3
swivel castors housing white nylon wheels 50mm diameter. Steel deck with ribbed rubber pad.
STACKING BAR CRADLES
Deck Height mm
90
Side Lengths mm
300 x 300 x 300
Capacity kg (over 4 corners)
500
Weight kg (set of 4)
10
Finish
Yellow Epoxy
Order Ref:
WGRMD3
Price
£156.95
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Flexible stacking cradles for storage of varying lengths of bar, tube, flats, and angles. Stacked at a maximum of 5 high with a load capacity of 1000kg per cradle. Fitted with 127mm square pallet feet and finished in blue epoxy.
Overall H x D x L mm
Effective W x H mm
Wt. kg
Ref
Price
470 x 790 x 385
610 x 305
21
WGSBC1
£99.05
625 x 790 x 385
610 x 460
24
WGSBC2
£104.35
470 x 1095 x 385
915 x 305
25
WGSBC3
£106.15
625 x 1095 x 385
915 x 460
28
WGSBC4
£112.04
Units MUST be sited on solid level ground.
136
ROLLING CORNERS, PLATFORMS AND SKATES
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BEAM TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 350 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Easy transportation of long loads in factories, showrooms and warehouses, for carpets, floor coverings, poles and timber products. Tubular construction throughout with centre axle mounted with large 400mm diameter pneumatic tyred wheels for maximum mobility and soft ride, or 400mm diameter solid rubber tyred wheels.
BEAM / CARPET TROLLEY
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 137
Finish: Blue epoxy. We can manufacture to your special sizes on request.
Overall H x W x L mm
420 x 660 x 1010
Capacity kg
350
Tyres
400mm Solid
400mm Pneumatic
Weight kg
26
13
Order Ref
TP46
TP46P
Price
£204.35
£192.45
Softride Pneumatic Tyres
CARPET TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Maximum 5 high. Flexible stacking cradles for storage of varying lengths of: bar, tube, flats, angles etc. Load capacity per cradle 1000kg. Fitted with 127mm square pallet feet. Finish: Red epoxy.
Overall H x W x L mm
505 x 550 x 1540
Central Frame Height mm
420
Capacity kg
500
Tyres
400mm Solid
400mm Pneumatic
Weight kg
27
14
Order Ref
TP42
TP42P
Price
£177.75
£169.05
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
BEAM / CARPET TROLLEY
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
137
BAR AND SHEET STORAGE
138 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
VERTICAL BAR RACK
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Fully welded steel construction with steel base 600 x 250mm storage bays. Pre-drilled for bolting to floor (fixings not supplied), finished in blue epoxy.
No. of bays
O/A H x D x L mm
Weight. kgs
Ref
Price
4
1500 x 600 x 1200
84
WGVBR4
£287.65
6
1500 x 600 x 1800
108
WGVBR6
£370.80
8
1500 x 600 x 2400
135
WGVBR8
£441.15
MULTI-HEIGHT SHEET RACK
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Ideal for off-cuts and other variable sizes of sheet and plate. Fitted with sheet steel base and pre-drilled for floor fixing. Finished in blue epoxy.
FULL-HEIGHT SHEET RACK
Overall H x W x D mm
1000 x 1400 x 800
Support Bar Heights mm
400 : 550 : 700 : 850 : 1000
Distance Between Bars mm
160
Weight kg
75
Order Ref
MPR
Price
£280.10
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Multipurpose rack with formed sheet steel base. Pre-drilled for floor fixing (bolts not supplied), finished in blue epoxy.
138
BAR AND SHEET STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614
Overall H x W x D mm
1220 x 1080 x 1015
Distance Between Uprights mm
305
Central Support Beam Height mm
575
Weight kg
53
Order Ref
FHSR
Price
£309.55
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STANDARD SHEET RACK
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS
Vertical storage of all sheet material with floor bracing for sheet support. Finished in blue epoxy.
HORIZONTAL BAR RACK
Overall H x L x W mm
Bays
Capacity Tonne
Wt. kg
Ref
Price
1040 x 2060 x 1200
4
4
152
WGSPR1
£834.40
1040 x 2060 x 1400
5
5
170
WGSPR2
£951.10
1040 x 2060 x 1600
6
6
188
WGSPR3
£1092.85
1040 x 2060 x 1800
7
7
206
WGSPR4
£1220.35
1040 x 2060 x 2000
8
8
224
WGSPR5
£1397.30
1040 x 2060 x 2200
9
9
242
WGSPR6
£1512.80
1040 x 2060 x 2400
10
10
260
WGSPR7
£1666.25
DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS
BAR AND SHEET STORAGE
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 139
MADE IN BRITAIN
Single or double sided freestanding units with a maximum load of 500kg per level single sided, 1000kg per level double sided. Six storage levels on single sided units, seven levels on double sided units. Starter bay - 2 uprights + cross bracing Extension bay - 1 upright + cross bracing Centre line of uprights: 1575mm. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
Description
O/A H x D x L mm
Wt. kg
Ref
Price
Single sided starter bay
1880 x 860 x 2445
100
WGHBR1
£743.90
Single sided extension bay
1880 x 860 x 2010
53
WGHBR1E
£429.05
Double sided starter bay
1985 x 920 x 2445
128
WGHBR2
£861.95
Double sided extension bay
1985 x 920 x 2010
68
WGHBR2E
£468.20
BAR AND SHEET STORAGE
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
139
PLATE HANDLING
140 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HI-FRAME PLATE TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS
MAX LOAD 500-750 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
The Big Plate Trucks. Capacity 500 and 750kg. Heavy duty angle chassis with high tubular support frame for sheet material transport and storage. Fully welded throughout. Open frame or ply deck. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with rubber tyred wheels, bright steel centres and roller bearings.
Open frame model
UDL Capacity
500 kg
750 kg
Overall height mm
1500
1570
Frame height mm
1175
1175
Max load depth mm
450
450
Overall L x W mm
2250 x 700
2250 x 700
Wheel diameter mm
200
250
Platform height mm
285
355
Weight kg
84
92
Ref
WGTP31
WGTP32
Price
£518.05
£646.45
Platform height mm
300
370
Weight kg
94
104
Ref
WGTP31P
WGTP32P
Price
£561.50
£691.45
Open frame
Ply deck
Ply deck model
STANDARD PLATE TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 500 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Welded angle chassis with removable bars, 2 supplied (extras available). Support bar height 725mm from deck with a deck height of 275mm. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Platform L x W mm
Bars (2 supplied)
Ply Platform
Position
Centres mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
1000 x 700
5
168
46
WGTP35
£326.45
1200 x 800
6
155
54
WGTP36
£340.15
Optional Extras
Ref
Price
1000 mm length additional Support Bars
WGTP7
£26.80
1200 mm length additional Support Bars
WGTP8
£28.85
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.25 View product on YouTube
140
PLATE HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614
Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PLATFORM AND FRAME DOLLIES
MAX LOAD 300 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
A range of dollies to suit most industrial needs. Steel frame construction with a choice of deck types in a compact 600 x 600mm deck size. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 125mm diameter rubber tyred roller bearing wheels with bright zinc plated centres. WGTD602
Deck type
timber
steel
open frame
Capacity kgs
300
300
300
Deck L x W mm
600 x 600
600 x 600
600 x 600
Platform height mm
198
198
198
Wheel dia. mm
125
125
125
Weight kgs
19
21
15
Ref:
WGTD600
WGTD601
WGTD602
Price
£137.50
£136.60
£111.55
PLATFORM / PLATE AND SHEET HANDLING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 141
WGTD600
WGTD601
SHEET BUGGIES
MAX LOAD 300 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
For in-plant or on-site use; timber and metal sheets, frames and doors, chipboard and hardboard. Tubular steel construction, with plastic hand grips and finished in blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 axle mounted 200mm diameter solid tyred wheels, or 260mm diameter pneumatic tyred wheels (all wheels roller bearings).
WGTP41
Platform Type
Plywood
Ribbed Rubber
Capacity kg
300
300
Overall H x W mm
1220 x 550
1220 x 590
Platform L x W mm
800 x 250
500 x 200
Handle Length mm
2000
1180
Weight kg
19
Wheels mm
200 Solid
260 Pneumatic
200 Solid
260 Pneumatic
Order Ref
WGTP41
WGTP41P
WGTP40
WGTP40P
Price
£230.20
£242.00
£181.50
£193.05
21
WGTP40
Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614
PLATFORM / PLATE AND SHEET HANDLING
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
141
FURNITURE MOVERS
142 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HYDRAULIC FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT MOVER SETS
MAX LOAD 1800 KG
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> For professional transport of heavy and bulky items >> Ideal for removal, maintenance and installation applications >> Hydraulic lifting mechanism >> A set consists of two transport units >> Supplied with two 5 metre long securing load straps >> Steering handle for direct control >> Polyurethane wheels
Capacity (kg)
Raised Height (mm)
Dimensions W x D x H (mm)
Toe Plate W x D (mm)
Toe Plate Thickness (mm)
Wheels DIA (mm)
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
1800
345
650 x 425 x 1240
590 x 60
7
Ø 150
90
WGFML180
£795.00
FURNITURE & APPLIANCE MOVER SET
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD 600 KG
>> Robust lifting mechanism >> Designed for use with heavy and bulky items >> Ideal for removal, maintenance and installation applications >> Manual lift using spindle winch with safety stop >> A set consists of two transport units >> Supplied with two 5 metre long securing load straps >> Polyurethane wheels
142
Capacity (kg)
Raised Height (mm)
Dimensions W x D x H (mm)
Toe Plate W x D (mm)
Toe Plate Thickness (mm)
Wheels DIA (mm)
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
600
410
600 x 410 x 810
225 x 120
7
Ø 150
25
WGFML60
£495.00
FURNITURE MOVERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LIGHT DUTY APPARATUS CASTORS WGDRLGRG
WGDRLTPR
WGDRLTPRAZ
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
WGGDGRG
WGLWATPR/BJ
WGDR2GRG
WGDR2NY
Braked Castor
Price
WGDRLNY
50mm Wheel Tread Width
Load Cap.
Overall Plate Height Dim.
Plate
Wheel Type
Bearing Offset
Swivel Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
17mm
40kg
73mm
50 x 50mm
35 x 35mm
Rubber
Plain
25mm
WG50DRL4GRG
20mm
40kg
73mm
50 x 50mm
35 x 35mm
Synthetic Rubber
Plain
25mm
WG50DRL4TPR
£2.61 WG50DRL4GRGSWB £3.33
-
-
£2.69 WG50DRL4TPRSWB
£3.41
-
20mm
40kg
73mm
50 x 50mm
35 x 35mm
Anti-Static
Plain
25mm
-
WG50DRL4TPRAZ
£3.56 WG50DR4TPRAZSWB £4.12
-
17mm
40kg
72mm
50 x 50mm
35 x 35mm
Synthetic Rubber
Plain
-
28mm
WG50GD4GRG
£3.80 WG50GDL4GRGSWB £5.54
WG50GD8GRG
20/20mm
60kg
72mm
60 x 60mm
46 x 46mm
Synthetic Rubber
£3.17
Plain
26mm
WG50DR24GRG
£3.48 WG50DR24GRGWB
£4.75
-
20/20mm
60kg
72mm
60 x 60mm
46 x 46mm
-
Nylon
Plain
26mm
WG50DR24NY
£3.48 WG50DR24NYSWB
£4.75
-
20mm
40kg
73mm
50 x 50mm
-
35 x 35mm
Nylon
Plain
25mm
WG50DRL4PP
£2.61 WG50DRL4PPSWB
£3.33
-
-
Overall Height
Plate Dim.
Plate
Wheel Type
Bearing
Offset
Swivel Castor
Price
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
LIGHT DUTY APPARATUS CASTORS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 143
75mm Wheel Tread Width
Load Cap.
35mm
200kg 100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Rubber
Plain
32mm
WG75DRL4GRG
£3.96 WG75DRL4GRGSWB
£4.75
-
-
30mm
150kg 100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Synthetic Rubber
Plain
32mm
WG75DRL4TPR
£4.75 WG75DRL4TPRSWB
£4.75
-
-
32mm
150kg 100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Anti-Static
Plain
32mm
WG75DRL4TPRAZ £5.94 WG75DR4TPRAZSWB £5.94
-
-
30mm
80kg
103mm 65 x 65mm
Plain
35mm
WG75GD4GRG
£6.89 WG75GDL4GRGSWB
£8.47
WG75GD8GRG £5.07
21mm
50kg
100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Nylon
Plain
32mm
WG75DRL4PP
£3.96 WG75DRL4PPSWB
£4.75
-
Price
Fixed Castor
Price -
45 x 45mm Synthetic Rubber
Braked Castor
-
100mm Wheel Tread Load Width Cap.
Overall Height
Plate Dim.
Plate
Wheel Type
Bearing
Offset
27mm 80kg
130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Rubber
Plain
38mm
WG100DRL4GRG
£3.75
WG100DRL4GRGSWB
£5.97
-
27mm 75kg
130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Synthetic Rubber Plain
38mm
WG100DRL4TPR
£3.75
WG100DRL4TPRSWB
£6.53
-
-
27mm 75kg
130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Anti-Static
38mm
WG100DRL4TPRAZ
£4.40
WG100DR4TPRAZSWB
£5.66
-
-
24mm 80kg
124mm 65 x 65mm 45 x 45mm Synthetic Rubber Plain
39mm
WG100GD4GRG
£5.27
WG100GDL4GRGSWB
£5.71
WG100GD8GRG
£4.31
32mm 90kg
135mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 51.5 Synthetic Rubber Plain
38mm
WG100LWATPR
£5.05
WG100LWATPRSWB
£7.01
-
-
32mm 90kg
135mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 51.5 Synthetic Rubber Ball
38mm
WG100LWATPRBJG £7.71
WG100LWATPRBJGSWB £8.02
-
-
27mm 80kg
130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Nylon
38mm
WG100DRL4PP
WG100DRL4PPSWB
-
-
Plain
Plain
Swivel Castor
Price
£5.23
Braked Castor
£4.70
125mm Wheel Tread Width
Load Cap.
Overall Height
Plate Dim.
Plate
Wheel Type
Bearing Offset
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
27mm
100kg
153mm
75 x 75mm
57 x 57mm
Rubber
Plain
40mm
WG125DRL4GRG
£4.70
WG125DRL4GRGSWB
£5.58
-
-
27mm
90kg
153mm
75 x 75mm
57 x 57mm
Synthetic Rubber Plain
40mm
WG125DRL4TPR
£4.70
WG125DRL4TPRSWB
£5.58
-
-
27mm
90kg
153mm
75 x 75mm
57 x 57mm
Anti-Static
Plain
40mm
WG125DRL4TPRAZ
£5.58
WG125DR4TPRAZSWB
£6.45
-
-
32mm
110kg
160mm
67 x 77mm
51.5 x 51.5
Synthetic Rubber Plain
41mm
WG125LWATPR
£5.79
WG125LWATPRSWB
£7.01
-
-
32mm
110kg
160mm
67 x 77mm
51.5 x 51.5
Synthetic Rubber Ball
41mm
WG125LWATPRBJG £7.01
WG125LWATPRBJGSWB £8.23
-
-
27mm
100kg
153mm
75 x 75mm
57 x 57mm
Nylon
40mm
WG125DRL4PP
WG125DRL4PPSWB
-
-
Overall Height
Plate Dim.
Plate
Plain
£4.70
£5.58
150mm Wheel Tread Width
Load Cap.
Wheel Type
Bearing Offset Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
£7.19
WG150LWATPRSWB
Fixed Price Castor
32mm 130kg 184.5mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 61.5mm Synthetic Rubber Plain
45mm WG150LWATPR
£12.24 -
-
32mm 130kg 184.5mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 61.5mm Synthetic Rubber Ball
45mm WG150LWATPRBJG £9.37 WG150LWATPRBJGSWB £14.42 -
-
LIGHT DUTY APPARATUS CASTORS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
143
MEDIUM DUTY STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS
144 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MEDIUM DUTY STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS SSDRNY
SSDRPNO
80mm Wheel
SSDRGRB
SSDRHTBJG
SSDRBNB
106mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 37.5mm Offset
Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
35mm
200kg
Nylon
Plain
WGSS80DR4NY
£18.64
WGSS80DR4NYSWB
£22.35
WGSS80DR8NY
£14.85
30mm
100kg
Poly Nylon
Plain
WGSS80DR4PNO
£19.21
WGSS80DR4PNOSWB
£22.91
WGSS80DR8PNO
£15.42
32mm
100kg
Elastic Poly Nylon
Plain
WGSS80DR4EPN
£20.26
WGSS80DR4EPNSWB
£23.96
WGSS80DR8EPN
£16.47
30mm
65kg
Grey Rubber
Roller
WGSS80DR4GRB
£17.86
WGSS80DR4GRBSWB
£21.56
WGSS80DR8GRB
£14.07
30mm
200kg
Phenolic (High Temp)
Ball
WGSS80DR4HTBJ260 £31.54
WGSS80DR4HTBJ260SWB
£35.24
WGSS80DR8HTBJ260
£27.75
34mm
150kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Roller
WGSS80DR4BNB
WGSS80DR4BNBSWB
£22.69
WGSS80DR8BNB
£15.20
100mm Wheel
£18.99
128mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 40mm Offset
Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
35mm
200kg
Nylon
Plain
WGSS100DR4NY
£18.99
WGSS100DR4NYSWB
£22.65
WGSS100DR8NY
£13.68
30mm
150kg
Poly Nylon
Plain
WGSS100DR4PNO
£19.73
WGSS100DR4PNOSWB
£23.39
WGSS100DR8PNO
£14.42
32mm
150kg
Elastic Poly Nylon
Plain
WGSS100DR4EPN
£22.17
WGSS100DR4EPNSWB
£25.83
WGSS100DR8EPN
£16.86
30mm
80kg
Grey Rubber
Roller
WGSS100DR4GRB
£18.38
WGSS100DR4GRBSWB
£22.04
WGSS100DR8GRB
£13.07
32mm
220kg
Phenolic (High Temp)
Ball
WGSS100DR4HTBJ260 £36.11
WGSS100DR4HTBJ260SWB
£39.77
WGSS100DR8HTBJ260
£30.80
34mm
180kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Roller
WGSS100DR4BNB
WGSS100DR4BNBSWB
£23.65
WGSS100DR8BNB
£14.68
125mm Wheel
£19.99
152mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 47mm Offset
Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
35mm
270kg
Nylon
Plain
WGSS125DR4NY
£19.21
WGSS125DR4NYSWB
£23.09
WGSS125DR8NY
£17.90
35mm
200kg
Poly Nylon
Plain
WGSS125DR4PNO
£20.56
WGSS125DR4PNOSWB
£24.44
WGSS125DR8PNO
£19.25
32mm
175kg
Elastic Poly Nylon
Plain
WGSS125DR4EPN
£21.87
WGSS125DR4EPNSWB
£25.74
WGSS125DR8EPN
£20.56
37mm
100kg
Grey Rubber
Roller
WGSS125DR4GRB
£18.38
WGSS125DR4GRBSWB
£22.26
WGSS125DR8GRB
£17.08
40mm
250kg
Phenolic (High Temp)
Ball
WGSS125DR4HTBJ260
£37.37
WGSS125DR4HTBJ260SWB
£41.25
WGSS125DR8HTBJ260
£36.07
36mm
250kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Roller
WGSS125DR4BNB
£20.56
WGSS125DR4BNBSWB
£24.44
WGSS125DR8BNB
£19.25
150mm Wheel
185mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 65mm Offset
Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
42mm
200kg
Elastic Poly Nylon
Plain
WGSS150DR4EPN
£48.13
WGSS150DR4EPNSWB
£62.47
WGSS150DR8EPN
£40.25
160mm Wheel
195mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 65mm Offset
Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
45mm
350kg
Nylon
Plain
WGSS160DR4NY
£39.55
WGSS160DR4NYSWB
£53.88
WGSS160DR8NY
£31.67
38mm
250kg
Poly Nylon
Plain
WGSS160DR4PNO
£42.65
WGSS160DR4PNOSWB
£56.98
WGSS160DR8PNO
£34.76
40mm
175kg
Grey Rubber
Roller
WGSS160DR4GRB
£37.94
WGSS160DR4GRBSWB
£52.27
WGSS160DR8GRB
£30.06
45mm
350kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Roller
WGSS160DR4BNB
£42.86
WGSS160DR4BNBSWB
£57.19
WGSS160DR8BNB
£34.98
200mm Wheel
144
SSDREPN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
237mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 65mm Offset
Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
60mm
350kg
Nylon
Plain
WGSS200DR4NY
£48.22
WGSS200DR4NYSWB
£58.85
WGSS200DR8NY
£37.72
50mm
350kg
Poly Nylon
Plain
WGSS200DR4PNO
£56.06
WGSS200DR4PNOSWB
£66.69
WGSS200DR8PNO
£45.56
50mm
250kg
Elastic Poly Nylon
Plain
WGSS200DR4EPN
£64.34
WGSS200DR4EPNSWB
£74.97
WGSS200DR8EPN
£53.84
50mm
205kg
Grey Rubber
Roller
WGSS200DR4GRB
£46.30
WGSS200DR4GRBSWB
£56.93
WGSS200DR8GRB
£35.81
45mm
350kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Ball
WGSS200DR4BNB
£60.11
WGSS200DR4BNBJSWB
£70.74
WGSS200DR8BNB
£49.61
MEDIUM DUTY STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LIGHT / MEDIUM DUTY INDUSTRIAL CASTORS WGDRNY
WGDRPNO
WGDREPN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
WGDRPSB
WGDRBSB
WGDRBNB
80mm Wheel - 106mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Offset
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
35mm
200kg
Nylon
Plain
37.5mm
WG80DR4NY
£5.88
WG80DR4NYSWB
£7.45
WG80DR8NY
£5.23
30mm
100kg
Poly Nylon
Plain
37.5mm
WG80DR4PNO
£6.45
WG80DR4PNOSWB
£8.02
WG80DR8PNO
£5.79
32mm
100kg
Elastic Poly Nylon
Plain
37.5mm
WG80DR4EPN
£7.49
WG80DR4EPNSWB
£9.06
WG80DR8EPN
£6.84
30mm
65kg
Rubber Red Centre
Roller
37.5mm
WG80DR4PSB
£5.10
WG80DR4PSBSWB
£6.66
WG80DR8PSB
£4.44
30mm
65kg
Rubber Steel Centre
Roller
37.5mm
WG80DR4BSB
£5.05
WG80DR4BSBSWB
£6.62
WG80DR8BSB
£4.40
34mm
150kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Roller
37.5mm
WG80DR4BNB
£6.23
WG80DR4BNBSWB
£7.80
WG80DR8BNB
£5.58
LIGHT / MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 145
100mm Wheel - 128mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Offset
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
35mm
200kg
Nylon
Plain
40mm
WG100DR4NY
£6.14
WG100DR4NYSWB
£7.80
WG100DR8NY
£5.49
30mm
150kg
Poly Nylon
Plain
40mm
WG100DR4PNO
£6.88
WG100DR4PNOSWB
£8.54
WG100DR8PNO
£6.23
32mm
150kg
Elastic Poly Nylon
Plain
40mm
WG100DR4EPN
£9.32
WG100DR4EPNSWB
£10.98
WG100DR8EPN
£8.67
30mm
80kg
Rubber Red Centre
Roller
40mm
WG100DR4PSB
£5.18
WG100DR4PSBSWB
£6.84
WG100DR8PSB
£4.53
30mm
80kg
Rubber Steel Centre
Roller
40mm
WG100DR4BSB
£5.40
WG100DR4BSBSWB
£7.06
WG100DR8BSB
£4.75
34mm
180kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Roller
40mm
WG100DR4BNB
£7.14
WG100DR4BNBSWB
£8.80
WG100DR8BNB
£6.49
125mm Wheel - 152mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Offset
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
35mm
270kg
Nylon
Plain
47mm
WG125DR4NY
£7.54
WG125DR4NYSWB
£9.15
WG125DR8NY
£6.97
35mm
200kg
Poly Nylon
Plain
47mm
WG125DR4PNO
£8.89
WG125DR4PNOSWB
£10.50
WG125DR8PNO
£8.32
32mm
175kg
Elastic Poly Nylon
Plain
47mm
WG125DR4EPN
£10.19
WG125DR4EPNSWB
£11.80
WG125DR8EPN
£9.63
37mm
100kg
Rubber Red Centre
Roller
47mm
WG125DR4PSB
£6.14
WG125DR4PSBSWB
£7.75
WG125DR8PSB
£5.58
37mm
100kg
Rubber Steel Centre
Roller
47mm
WG125DR4BSB
£6.49
WG125DR4BSBSWB
£8.10
WG125DR8BSB
£5.92
36mm
250kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Roller
47mm
WG125DR4BNB
£8.89
WG125DR4BNBSWB
£10.50
WG125DR8BNB
£8.32
160mm Wheel - 195mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Offset
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
45
350kg
Nylon
Plain
65mm
WG160DR4NY
£15.12
WG160DR4NYSWB
£17.29
WG160DR8NY
£13.11
38
175kg
Rubber Red Centre
Roller
65mm
WG160DR4PSB
£12.98
WG160DR4PSBSWB
£15.16
WG160DR8PSB
£10.98
40
175kg
Rubber Steel Centre
Roller
65mm
WG160DR4BSB
£14.07
WG160DR4BSBSWB
£16.25
WG160DR8BSB
£12.07
45
350kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Roller
65mm
WG160DR4BNB
£14.07
WG160DR4BNBSWB
£16.25
WG160DR8BNB
£12.07
200mm Wheel - 237mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Offset
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
60
350kg
Nylon
Plain
68mm
WG200DR4NY
£18.91
WG200DR4NYSWB
£21.13
WG200DR8NY
£17.51
50
205kg
Rubber Red Centre
Roller
68mm
WG200DR4PSB
£15.51
WG200DR4PSBSWB
£17.73
WG200DR8PSB
£14.11
50
205kg
Rubber Steel Centre
Roller
68mm
WG200DR4BSB
£16.73
WG200DR4BSBSWB
£18.95
WG200DR8BSB
£15.33
50
350kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Ball
68mm
WG200DR4BNB
£24.26
WG200DR4BNBSWB
£26.48
WG200DR8BNB
£22.87
LIGHT / MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
145
HEAVY / EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CASTORS
146 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY / EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CASTORS WGDRH/ GDHNY
WGDRH/ GDHCI
WGDRH/ GDHPNBJ
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
WGGDHPXBJ
WGDRH/ GDHBNB
WGDRH/ GDHRT
WGDRH/ GDHE ABJ
WGDRH/ GDHPTBJ
WGDRH/ GDHPRBJRP
WGDRH/ GDHPTABJ
WGDRH/ GDHE PABJ
100mm Wheel - 128mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 39mm Offset Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
35mm
200kg
Nylon
Roller
WG100DRH4NYB
£10.72
WG100DRH4NYBSWB
£12.81
WG100DRH8NYB
£9.76
38mm
250kg
Poly Nylon
Ball
WG100DRH4PNBJ
£14.98
WG100DRH4PNBJSWB
£17.08
WG100DRH8PNBJ
£14.03
36mm
200kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Roller
WG100DRH4BNB
£8.19
WG100DRH4BNBSWB
£10.28
WG100DRH8BNB
£7.23
40mm
180kg
Elastic Rubber Ally Centre
Ball
WG100DRH4EABJ
£21.95
WG100DRH4EABJSWB
£24.05
WG100DRH8EABJ
£21.00
40mm
250kg
Poly on Aluminium
Ball
WG100DRH4PTABJ
£20.56
WG100DRH4PTABJSWB
£22.65
WG100DRH8PTABJ
£19.60
125mm Wheel - 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 44mm Offset Tread Width
Load Capacity
Overall Height
Wheel Type
Bearing
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
35mm
270kg
152
Nylon
Roller
WG125DRH4NYB
£12.28
WG125DRH4NYBSWB
£14.37
WG125DRH8NYB
£11.33
38mm
280kg
166
Poly Nylon
Ball
WG125DRH4PNBJ
£16.73
WG125DRH4PNBJSWB
£18.82
WG125DRH8PNBJ
£15.77
36mm
250kg
166
Blue Elastic Rubber
Roller
WG125DRH4BNB
£9.98
WG125DRH4BNBSWB
£12.07
WG125DRH8BNB
£9.02
38mm
200kg
152
Elastic Rubber Ally Centre
Ball
WG125DRH4EABJ
£24.83
WG125DRH4EABJSWB
£26.92
WG125DRH8EABJ
£23.87
38mm
350kg
166
Poly Cast Iron
Ball
WG125DRH4PTBJ
£24.92
WG125DRH4PTBJSWB
£27.01
WG125DRH8PTBJ
£23.96
40mm
300kg
152
Poly on Aluminium
Ball
WG125DRH4PTABJ
£22.35
WG125DRH4PTABJSWB
£24.44
WG125DRH8PTABJ
£21.39
150mm Wheel - 194mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
45mm
700kg
Nylon
Ball
WG150GDH4NYBJ
£38.16
WG150GDH4NYBJSWB
£41.90
WG150GDH8NYBJ
£30.71
45mm
800kg
Cast Iron
Ball
WG150GDH4CIBJ
£41.08
WG150GDH4CIBJSWB
£44.82
WG150GDH8CIBJ
£33.63
50mm
430kg
Poly Nylon
Ball
WG150GDH4PNBJ
£36.11
WG150GDH4PNBJSWB
£39.86
WG150GDH8PNBJ
£28.66
50mm
400kg
Elastic Rubber CI Centre
Ball
WG150GDH4RTBJ
£41.51
WG150GDH4RTBJSWB
£45.26
WG150GDH8RTBJ
£41.51
50mm
800kg
Poly Cast Iron
Ball
WG150GDH4PTBJ
£47.79
WG150GDH4PTBJSWB
£51.53
WG150GDH8PTBJ
£47.79
50mm
650kg
Round Profile Poly Cast Iron
Ball
WG150GDH4PTBJRP
£52.14
WG150GDH4PTBJRPSWB
£51.53
WG150GDH8PTBJRP
£52.14
50mm
550kg
Poly on Aluminium
Ball
WG150GDH4PTABJ
£41.49
WG150GDH4PTABJSWB
£45.24
WG150GDH8PTABJ
£41.49
160mm Wheel - 199mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
45mm
350kg
Blue Elastic Rubber
Roller
WG160GDH4BNB
£28.58
WG160GDH4BNBSWB
£32.32
WG160GDH8BNB
£28.58
50mm
350kg
Elastic Rubber Ally Centre
Ball
WG160GDH4EABJ
£48.74
WG160GDH4EABJSWB
£52.49
WG160GDH8EABJ
£48.74
50mm
600kg
Poly on Aluminium
Ball
WG160GDH4PTABJ
£42.38
WG160GDH4PTABJSWB
£46.13
WG160GDH8PTABJ
£42.38
50mm
600kg
Elastic Urethane 80 Shore A
Ball
WG160GDH4EPABJ
£46.57
WG160GDH4EPABJSWB
£50.31
WG160GDH8EPABJ
£46.57
200mm Wheel - 239mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
50mm
800kg
Nylon
Ball
WG200GDH4NYBJ
£45.74
WG200GDH4NYBJSWB
£49.05
WG200GDH8NYBJ
£38.25
45mm
800kg
Cast Iron
Ball
WG200GDH4CIBJ
£46.17
WG200GDH4CIBJSWB
£49.48
WG200GDH8CIBJ
£38.68
50mm
600kg
Poly Nylon
Ball
WG200GDH4PXBJ
£37.42
WG200GDH4PXBJSWB
£40.73
WG200GDH8PXBJ
£29.93
50mm
600kg
Elastic Rubber CI Centre
Ball
WG200GDH4RTBJ
£49.48
WG200GDH4RTBJSWB
£52.79
WG200GDH8RTBJ
£41.99
50mm
450kg
Elastic Rubber Ally Centre
Ball
WG200GDH4EABJ
£56.19
WG200GDH4EABJSWB
£59.50
WG200GDH8EABJ
£48.70
50mm
800kg
Poly Cast Iron
Ball
WG200GDH4PTBJ
£56.41
WG200GDH4PTBJSWB
£59.72
WG200GDH8PTBJ
£48.92
50mm
800kg
Round Profile Poly Cast Iron
Ball
WG200GDH4PTBJRP
£64.29
WG200GDH4PTBJRPSWB
£59.72
WG200GDH8PTBJRP
£56.80
50mm
800kg
Poly on Aluminium
Ball
WG200GDH4PTABJ
£48.87
WG200GDH4PTABJSWB
£52.18
WG200GDH8PTABJ
£41.38
50mm
800kg
Elastic Urethane 80 Shore A
Ball
WG200GDH4EPABJ
£54.01
WG200GDH4EPABJSWB
£57.32
WG200GDH8EPABJ
£46.52
250mm Wheel - 291mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset
146
Tread Width
Load Capacity
Wheel Type
Bearing
Swivel Castor
Price
Braked Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
60mm
800kg
Nylon
Ball
WG250GDH4NYBJ
£66.60
WG250GDH4NYBJSWB
£69.22
WG250GDH8NYBJ
£60.33
50mm
800kg
Cast Iron
Ball
WG250GDH4CIBJ
£69.65
WG250GDH4CIBJSWB
£72.27
WG250GDH8CIBJ
£63.38
50mm
700kg
Elastic Rubber CI Centre
Ball
WG250GDH4RTBJ
£61.33
WG250GDH4RTBJSWB
£63.95
WG250GDH8RTBJ
£55.06
50mm
500kg
Elastic Rubber Ally Centre
Ball
WG250GDH4EABJ
£95.79
WG250GDH4EABJSWB
£98.40
WG250GDH8EABJ
£89.52
50mm
800kg
Poly Cast Iron
Ball
WG250GDH4PTBJ
£71.22
WG250GDH4PTBJSWB
£73.83
WG250GDH8PTBJ
£64.95
HEAVY / EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CASTORS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SHELVING & RACKING 147 - 174 If you require shelving or racking systems, we provide a wide range of equipment, with value, standard of heavy duty options available, depending on your needs. Our range includes stockroom shelving and warehouse racking systems, with longspan or shortspan variants; heavy duty pallet racking; and an extensive range of accessories, including floor markers, waste disposal sack and magnetic letters and numbers - all manufactured in the UK to the highest levels of specification.
SHELVING RACKING RACKING PROTECTION BARRIERS & POSTS MEZZANNINE FLOORING SIGNS, LABELS & MARKERS WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS PLATES & RAMPS WHEEL CHOCKS DOCK LIGHTS DOCK BUMPERS TRAFFIC LIGHTS CONVEYORS
Tel: 01446 772614
148-150, 153-157 151-152, 158-161 161 162-163 164-165 166-168 169 170-171 172 172 173 173 174
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SHELVING
148 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STANDARD DUTY SHELVING
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
Simple, tap together, fully adjustable shelving for quick and economic storage solutions. Take a standard bay profile and tailor it to your needs by adding additional shelf levels. Just Shelving maximises the storage of archive boxes, bankers boxes, box files, arch file, magazine holders and much more. 5 Shelf units with 18mm chipboard. Bays comprise 4 uprights, 5 shelf levels with J beams, beam ties as required, feet and assembly instructions. Bays are available with 4 upright colours as standard and will be supplied with Light Grey beams unless otherwise specified. More sizes are available please ask for details.
Size (H x W x D) mm
Shelves
Shelf Load Kg
Ref
Price
1980 x 900 x 300
5
360
WGSX001GU
£142.60
1980 x 1200 x 300
5
350
WGSX002GU
£178.25
1980 x 900 x 450
5
320
WGSX004GU
£149.50
1980 x 1200 x 450
5
350
WGSX005GU
£189.75
Standard Colour Choice:
Red (RD)
HEAVY DUTY SHELVING
Blue (GB)
Dark Grey (GX)
Light Grey (GU)
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
Strong and robust adjustable shelving for manufacturing, engineering and production environments. The heavy duty design offers simple and fast assembly, giving you quick solutions to your storage needs. 3 Shelf units with 18mm chipboard. Bays comprise 4 uprights, 3 shelf levels with channel beams, beam ties as required, feet and assembly instructions. Bays are available with 4 upright colours as standard and will be supplied with Light Grey beams unless otherwise specified. More sizes are available please ask for details.
Unpack and assemble framework by simply tapping together.
148
Size (H x W x D) mm
Shelves
Shelf Load Kg
Ref
Price
1980 x 1500 x 450
3
510
WGSX020GU
£179.40
1980 x 1500 x 600
3
275
WGSX021GU
£192.05
1980 x 1800 x 600
3
365
WGSX024GU
£224.25
1980 x 1800 x 900
3
210
WGSX025GU
£270.25
1980 x 2400 x 600
3
445
WGSX013GU
£258.75
1980 x 2400 x 900
3
210
WGSX014GU
£307.05
With the framework complete, just put the shelves into position.
SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
VALUE SHELVING
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Economy shelving system - great for the office, stockrooms or stores. >> 175kg UDL* capacity per shelf >> Economy system for general use
VALUE SHELVING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 149
>> No nuts or bolts - just tap together for simple assembly >> Steel structure with chipboard decks >> Shelves adjust every 35mm
Size (H x W x D) mm
Shelf Load UDL kg
Ref
Price
1780 x 900 x 300
175
WG150A
£51.70
1780 x 900 x 450
175
WG150B
£58.45
1780 x 900 x 600
175
WG150C
£64.00
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
SMALL BUSINESS STARTER KIT
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
A great 5-piece starter kit for your business or home. Size (H x W x D) mm
Ref
Price
4 bays 1780 x 900 x 300 + 1 Bench
WGSK1
£254.85
4 bays 1780 x 900 x 450 + 1 Bench
WGSK2
£282.90
4 bays 1780 x 900 x 600 + 1 Bench
WGSK3
£302.70
>> Kit contains: >> 4 x 5-shelf units >> 1 x Assembly mallet >> 1 x Workbench >> 3 x Bay connector sets
Bay connectors and mallet included
VALUE SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
149
STOCKROOM SHELVING
150 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BIG 340 SHELVING
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Classic stockroom shelving is the original low profile boltless shelving. >> Amazing value, incredibly strong 2mm thick steel shelf beams >> Simple, rapid assembly with no nuts, bolts or clips just tap together with a rubber mallet >> Each shelving bay comes with 6 levels >> Each shelf carries up to 340kg UDL* >> Powder coated in high visibility orange and blue >> Shelves adjust in height every 38mm >> Complete with 15mm chipboard decks and protective plastic feet >> Tie plates for joining bays and wall brackets are also available >> Choose from 1980mm >> 2440mm and 3050mm high shelving available please call for details
Size (H x W x D) mm
Shelf Load UDL kg
Shelving Unit Ref
Price
1980 x 915 x 305
340
WGB31909036BO £97.80
WGB3XL0903O £19.25
1980 x 915 x 455
340
WGB31909046BO
£107.40
WGB3XL0904O £20.85
1980 x 915 x 610
340
WGB31909066BO £117.05
WGB3XL0906O £24.05
1980 x 915 x 730
340
WGB31909076BO
WGB3XL0907O
1980 x 915 x 915
340
WGB31909096BO £141.05
WGB3XL0909O £27.25
1980 x 1220 x 305 200
WGB31912036BO
£107.40
WGB3XL1203O
£20.85
1980 x 1220 x 455 200
WGB31912046BO
£121.85
WGB3XL1204O
£24.05
1980 x 1220 x 610
200
WGB31912066BO
£131.45
WGB3XL1206O
£25.65
1980 x 1220 x 730
200
WGB31912076BO
£141.05
WGB3XL1207O
£27.25
1980 x 1220 x 915
200
WGB31912096BO
£150.60
WGB3XL1209O
£30.45
£126.65
Extra Level Ref
Price
£25.65
LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168
Protective plastic feet
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
Boltless assembly
150
STOCKROOM SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CLASSIC WAREHOUSE RACKING
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
The Original Boltless Orange and Blue Racking, used by thousands of businesses and homes across the UK. Classic Warehouse Racking is a timeless design so simple to build yet incredibly strong. >> Amazing value and comprehensive choice of sizes >> Simple, rapid assembly with no nuts, bolts or clips just tap together with a rubber mallet
WAREHOUSE RACKING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 151
>> Strong ‘C’ Section main beams for maximum durability >> Each shelf carries up to 400kg UDL* >> Powder coated in high visibility orange and blue >> Levels adjust every 38mm >> Complete with 15mm chipboard decks and protective plastic feet >> Tie plates for joining bays, metal feet and wall brackets are also available >> For 3000mm high bays please call for details
400KG UDL*
400KG UDL*
Size (H x W x D) mm
Shelf Load Shelving Unit UDL kg Ref
Price
Extra Level Ref
Price
1980 x 1525 x 455
400
WGB41915044BO
£161.90
WGB4XL1504O
£36.90
1980 x 1525 x 610
400
WGB41915064BO
£176.35
WGB4XL1506O
£41.70
1980 x 1525 x 760
400
WGB41915074BO
£190.75
WGB4XL1507O
£46.50
1980 x 1525 x 915
400
WGB41915094BO
£200.40
WGB4XL1509O
£51.30
1980 x 1525 x 1220
400
WGB41915124BO
£224.40
WGB4XL1512O
£56.10
1980 x 1830 x 455
400
WGB41918044BO
£176.35
WGB4XL1804O
£41.70
1980 x 1830 x 610
400
WGB41918064BO
£195.55
WGB4XL1806O
£46.50
1980 x 1830 x 760
400
WGB41918074BO
£205.20
WGB4XL18070
£51.30
1980 x 1830 x 915
400
WGB41918094BO
£214.80
WGB4XL1809O
£56.10
1980 x 1830 x 1220
400
WGB41918124BO
£243.65
WGB4XL1812O
£60.95
1980 x 2440 x 455
400
WGB41924044BO
£214.80
WGB4XL2404O
£51.30
1980 x 2440 x 610
400
WGB41924064BO
£229.25
WGB4XL2406O
£56.10
1980 x 2440 x 760
400
WGB41924074BO
£253.25
WGB4XL2407O
£60.95
1980 x 2440 x 915
400
WGB41924094BO
£272.50
WGB4XL2409O
£65.75
1980 x 2440 x 1220
400
WGB41924124BO
£291.75
WGB4XL2412O
£70.55
LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168
Strong ‘C’ Section Steel Beams
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
WAREHOUSE RACKING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
151
LONGSPAN RACKING
152 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BULK STORAGE LONGSPAN RACKING
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
If you like your racking big, strong and very long then look no further. Our Longspan Racks are perfect for bulky items and really heavy loads up to 850kg. >> Bolted frames with powder coated posts and galvanised bracing supplied fully assembled >> Sturdy beam connectors lock into posts and come with safety clips >> Each level carries up to 850kg UDL* >> Powder coated in high visibility Orange and Blue
850kg UDL*
>> Levels complete with 22mm P2 chipboard decking >> Choice of 3 heights, 4 widths and 2 depths
Bulk Storage Longspan 1 x Frame†
†
Bulk Storage Longspan 1 x Level††
Description (H x D) mm
Ref
Price
Description (W x D) mm
Capacity kg Ref
Price
Frame 2000 x 600
WGMLF206B
£62.30
Level 1825 x 600
850
WGMLXLS1860
£53.90
Frame 2000 x 900
WGMLF209B
£67.35
Level 1825 x 900
850
WGMLXLS1890
£57.25
Frame 2500 x 600
WGMLF256B
£74.05
Level 2225 x 600
710
WGMLXLS2260
£69.00
Frame 2500 x 900
WGMLF259B
£80.80
Level 2225 x 900
710
WGMLXLS2290
£75.75
Frame 3000 x 600
WGMLF306B
£82.50
Level 2300 x 600
775
WGMLXLS2360
£72.40
Frame 3000 x 900
WGMLF309B
£90.90
Level 2300 x 900
775
WGMLXLS2390
£82.50
Level 2700 x 600
550
WGMLXLS2760
£85.85
Level 2700 x 900
550
WGMLXLS2790
£94.25
Supplied assembled with footplates
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
Supplied with 22mm thick chipboard decks. Load capacity per frame is 3600kg UDL at a max. beam pitch of 500mm.
††
1 x Frame
2 x Levels
How to order: Order frames and levels separately. To order your longspan racking, select the size and quantity of blue frames required and then choose the corresponding number of orange shelves required. We recommend all frames are bolted to the floor.
LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168
152
LONGSPAN RACKING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BOLTLESS INDUSTRIAL SHELVING
BOLTLESS INDUSTRIAL SHELVING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 153 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Shelving for everyday use up to 800kg bay capacity providing exceptional value for money. >> Galvanised steel >> 750, 1000, 1300mm, widths available >> 300, 400, 500, 600mm depths available >> 100kg shelf capacity >> Lots of accessories available >> 4 frame finishes as standard >> Modular in design >> Easy to assemble and adjust
Assembling without stiffening beams helps create our budget shelving option, yet still offers an industrial duty bay capacity. Choose your upright finish
Blue
Red
Grey
Galvanised
(Please specify when ordering) LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168
Height (mm)
1850
2000
2200
2500
Qty Shelves
4
5
5
6
Width Depth Starter
Extension
Starter
Extension
Starter
Extension
Starter
750
WGFEL18375G*
WGFEL18375A*
WGFEL20375G*
WGFEL20375A*
WGFEL22375G*
WGFEL22375A*
WGFEL25375G*
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price
300 400 500 600
1000
300 400 500 600
1300
300 400 500 600
£76.00
£49.00
£85.00
£57.00
£89.00 Price
WGFEL18475G
WGFEL18475A
WGFEL20475G
WGFEL20475A
WGFEL22475G*
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price
£81.00
£54.00
£92.00
£63.00
WGFEL20575G
WGFEL20575A WGFEL22575G
Price
Price
Price
£88.00
Price
£59.00
£99.00
WGFEL18675G
WGFEL18675A
WGFEL20675G
Price
Price
Price
£94.00
£64.00
£70.00
WGFEL20675A
£106.00 Price
£76.00
Price
WGFEL1831A*
WGFEL2031G*
WGFEL2031A*
WGFEL2231G*
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price
£76.00
£51.00
£81.00
£57.00
WGFEL1841G
WGFEL2041G
WGFEL2041A
WGFEL2241G*
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price
£83.00
£57.00
£96.00
WGFEL1851G
WGFEL1851A
WGFEL2051G
Price
Price
Price
£89.00
£63.00
£69.00
WGFEL2051A
£103.00 Price
£76.00
£100.00 Price
WGFEL2251G Price
WGFEL1861A
WGFEL2061G
WGFEL2061A
WGFEL2261G
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price
£74.00
£111.00
£82.00
£115.00 Price
WGFEL18313G*
WGFEL18313A*
WGFEL20313G*
WGFEL20313A*
WGFEL22313G*
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price
£83.00
£58.00
£88.00
WGFEL18413G
WGFEL18413A
WGFEL20413G
Price
Price
Price
£91.00
£66.00
£64.00
WGFEL20413A
£106.00 Price
£79.00
Price
£110.00 Price
WGFEL18513G
WGFEL18513A
WGFEL20513G
WGFEL20513A
WGFEL22513G
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price
£99.00
WGFEL18613G Price
£72.00
WGFEL18613A
£102.00 Price
£88.00
£115.00
£88.00
WGFEL20613A
WGFEL22613G
Price
Price
Price
£125.00
£96.00
WGFEL22613A
£130.00 Price
£100.00 Price
£83.00
WGFEL25413A*
£126.00 Price
£93.00
WGFEL25513A
£136.00 Price
WGFEL25613G
£97.00
WGFEL25313A*
£114.00 Price
WGFEL25513G
£90.00 Price
£89.00
WGFEL2561A*
£132.00 Price
WGFEL25413G*
£80.00 Price
WGFEL22513A
£120.00 Price
WGFEL20613G
£71.00 Price
WGFEL22413A
£81.00
WGFEL2551A
£122.00 Price
WGFEL25313G*
£73.00
WGFEL2541A*
£113.00 Price
WGFEL2561G*
£85.00 Price
WGFEL22313A
£101.00 Price
WGFEL22413G*
£75.00 Price
WGFEL2261A
£92.00
WGFEL2531A
£104.00 Price
WGFEL2551G
£84.00
WGFEL25675A
£127.00 Price
WGFEL2541G*
£72.00 Price
WGFEL2251A
£104.00 Price
WGFEL1861G £96.00
WGFEL2241A*
£76.00
WGFEL25575A
£120.00 Price
WGFEL2531G
£61.00 Price
£69.00
WGFEL25475A*
£110.00 Price
WGFEL25675G
£89.00 Price
WGFEL2231A*
£89.00 Price
WGFEL1841G
£79.00 Price
WGFEL22675A
£120.00 Price
WGFEL1831G*
WGFEL25475G*
£69.00 Price
WGFEL25375A*
£104.00 Price
WGFEL22575A WGFEL25575G
£110.00 Price
WGFEL22675G Price
WGFEL22475A*
£99.00 Price
WGFEL18575G WGFEL18575A
£60.00 Price
Extension
£103.00
WGFEL25613A
£150.00 Price
£115.00
* Bay requires floor fixing, because of the height to depth ratio. Fixings included.
BOLTLESS INDUSTRIAL SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
153
CORNER SHELVING
154 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CORNER SHELVING
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Full utilisation of space when installing shelving into corners >> Can be connected to standard shelving (see page 152) >> Fast and easy boltless assembly >> Other sizes available - just ask.
Standard shelves leave
Corner shelf utilises corner
wasted corner space
space more efficiently
LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168
mm
0 100
100 0
mm
mm
0 100
100 0
mm
mm
0 100
100 0
mm
3000mm
2500mm
2000mm
Shelving height
Shelving height
Shelving height
9 stiffening beams
8 stiffening beams
7 stiffening beams
14 galvanised steel shelves
12 galvanised steel shelves
10 galvanised steel shelves
bay load 1400kg
bay load 1200kg
bay load 1000kg
2500mm
Choose your upright finish
Height
2000mm
3000mm
Depth mm
Ref
Price
Ref
Price
Ref
Price
324
WGFLTE2031
£175.00
WGFLTE2531
£209.00
WGFLTE3031
£244.00
424
WGFLTE2041
£188.00
WGFLTE2541
£225.00
WGFLTE3041
£262.00
524
WGFLTE2051
£201.00
WGFLTE2551
£241.00
WGFLTE3051
£281.00
624
WGFLTE2061
£215.00
WGFLTE2561
£259.00
WGFLTE3061
£302.00
Blue
Red
Grey
Galvanised
(Please specify when ordering)
154
CORNER SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY CHROME SHELVING
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Fantastic Chrome Shelving with a nickel chrome finish. The wire finish is chrome plated then treated with a transparent coating which resists corrosion. >> Wire bars are welded front to back for extra strength >> Super looking nickel chrome finish
CHROME SHELVING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 155
>> Available in 4 heights >> No nuts or bolts for easy assembly >> Improved product visibility and air circulation >> Less moisture and dust accumulation >> Hard wearing smooth snag Afree finish >> Shelves adjust every 25mm >> Full range of accessories available >> Adjustable levelling feet >> Maximum bay load 1,000 kilos
Simple assembly
LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168
W x D mm
Shelf Load UDL*
1625mm High 4 Shelves Ref
Price
1800mm High 4 Shelves Ref
Price
Extra Chrome Shelves
Price
460 x 460
200kg
WGCS44
£95.45
WGCS446
£120.45
WGCXL44
£19.00
915 x 355
300kg
WGCS93
£120.60
WGCS936
£126.55
WGCXL93
£29.95
915 x 460
300kg
WGCS94
£134.85
WGCS946
£140.80
WGCXL94
£34.70
915 x 610
300kg
WGCS96
£146.75
WGCS966
£152.70
WGCXL96
£37.10
1220 x 355
250kg
WGCS123
£146.75
WGCS1236
£152.70
WGCXL123
£38.30
1220 x 460
250kg
WGCS124
£158.75
WGCS1246
£164.60
WGCXL124
£41.85
1220 x 610
250kg
WGCS126
£182.50
WGCS1266
£188.40
WGCXL126
£44.25
1520 x 460
200kg
WGCS154
£186.25
WGCS1546
£192.15
WGCXL154
£44.25
1520 x 610
200kg
WGCS156
£206.45
WGCS1566
£212.40
WGCXL156
£49.00
1820 x 460
200kg
WGCS184
£201.90
WGCS1846
£208.85
WGCXL184
£49.00
1820 x 610
200kg
WGCS186
£221.95
WGCS1866
£227.90
WGCXL186
£53.75
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
CHROME SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
155
COMPARTMENT SHELVING
156 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
COMPARTMENT SHELVING
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideal for small volume picking. >> Compliments existing BITO range >> Uprights available in 4 finishes >> Fast and easy boltless assembly
Ref: WGPH184.13.63G
Choose your upright finish
Ref: WGPH183.10.133G
Blue
Red
Grey
Galvanised
(Please specify when ordering)
Starter Bay
Height 1850mm
156
Extension Bay
Min Compartment Size (mm)
Starter Bay
Bay Width
Bay Depth
QTY Comp’s
HxWxD
Ref
Price
Extension Bay Ref
Price
1000mm
300mm
10
310 x 475 x 300
WGPH183.10.61G
£215.00
WGPH183.10.61A
£180.00
1000mm
300mm
21
210 x 295 x 300
WGPH183.10.82G
£250.00
WGPH183.10.82A
£220.00
1000mm
300mm
28
210 x 245 x 300
WGPH183.10.83G
£280.00
WGPH183.10.83A
£250.00
1000mm
300mm
48
110 x 245 x 300
WGPH183.10.133G
£340.00
WGPH183.10.133A
£310.00
1000mm
400mm
10
310 x 475 x 400
WGPH184.10.53G
£230.00
WGPH184.10.53A
£195.00
1000mm
400mm
21
210 x 295 x 400
WGPH184.10.82G
£270.00
WGPH184.10.82A
£230.00
1000mm
400mm
28
210 x 245 x 400
WGPH184.10.83G
£295.00
WGPH184.10.83A
£260.00
1000mm
400mm
48
110 x 245 x 400
WGPH184.10.133G
£365.00
WGPH184.10.133A
£330.00
1000mm
400mm
10
210 x 625 x 400
WGPH184.13.61G
£235.00
WGPH184.13.61A
£210.00
1000mm
400mm
20
210 x 295 x 400
WGPH184.13.63G
£270.00
WGPH184.13.63A
£235.00
COMPARTMENT SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
INCLINED SHELVING - STATIC
INCLINED SHELVING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 157 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideally suited for containers in Euro size. >> Makes picking easier and faster >> Easy to assemble and adjust >> Shelves adjustable on 25mm increments >> Max load 100kg per shelf, 800kg per bay Starter Bay Shelving Height mm
Shelving Depth mm
Ref
Price
1.850
524 (600mm shelf)
WGESS18.613G
£165.00
Shelving Height mm
Shelving Depth mm
Ref
Price
1.850
524 (600mm shelf)
WGESS18.613A
£135.00
Extension Bay
Choose your upright finish
Blue Starter Bay
Extension Bay
Red
Grey
Additional inclined shelf level Ref
Price
WGSBS613.4
£25.70
Galvanised
(Please specify when ordering)
INCLINED SHELVING - MOBILE
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideally suited for containers in Euro size. >> With or without bins >> Complete with 4 castors, 2 swivel with brakes and 2 fixed >> Ergonomic carry handle >> Max load 100kg per shelf, 500kg per bay
Single Sided
Double Sided
Containers available in red or blue
Ref: WGRW64271D
Ref: WGRW64271
- please specify.
Description
No of levels
Bay Dimensions WxHxD
Bin Details
Code
Price
Low - With bins
2
1358 x 1020 x 524
6 off XL64271
WGRWL64271
£350.00
Low - No bins
2
1358 x 1020 x 524
N/A
WGRWL1354
£265.00
High - With bins 4
1358 x 1800 x 524
12 off XL64271
WGRW64271
£495.00
High - No bins
4
1358 x 1800 x 524
N/A
WGRW1354
£310.00
Description
No of levels
Bay Dimensions WxHxD
Bin Details
Code
Price
Low - With bins
2x2
1358 x 1020 x 1100
12 off XL64271
WGRWL64271D
£610.00
Low - No bins
2x2
1358 x 1020 x 1100
N/A
WGRWL1354D
£440.00
High - With bins 4 x 2
1358 x 1800 x 1100
24 off XL64271
WGRW64271D
£870.00
High - No bins
1358 x 1800 x 1100
N/A
WGRW1354D
£540.00
4x2
Ref: WGRW1354
INCLINED SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
157
158 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PALLET RACKING Our Heavy-duty Pallet Racking is fully FEM compliant and conforms to all the latest safety regulations. >> Choose from our comprehensive range of frames, beams and accessories direct from stock for fast delivery >> Designed for storing palletised loads with fork lift trucks >> Frames are bolted and supplied assembled with floor fixings and levelling plates >> Beams are supplied in pairs with integrated locking pins for even greater safety >> Manufactured to BSEN ISO9001 quality standards with 5-year manufacturer’s warranty >> Corrosion resistant powder coated beams and frame uprights with galvanised cross bracing >> Please contact us for advice and installation Pallet Racking Frames* Height x Depth mm
Capacity kg
Ref
Price
2500 x 900
9000
WGMPF2590
£107.60
3000 x 900
9000
WGMPF3090
£120.90
3500 x 900
9000
WGMPF3590
£134.25
4000 x 900
9000
WGMPF4090
£147.75
4500 x 900
9000
WGMPF4590
£157.50
5000 x 900
9000
WGMPF5090
£170.90
2500 x 1100
9000
WGMPF2511
£110.85
3000 x 1100
9000
WGMPF3011
£124.80
3500 x 1100
9000
WGMPF3511
£138.70
4000 x 1100
9000
WGMPF4011
£152.75
4500 x 1100
9000
WGMPF4511
£162.55
5000 x 1100
9000
WGMPF5011
£176.55
*Supplied with floor fixings and levelling plates
Pallet Racking Beams** Length x Profile mm
Capacity kg
Ref
Price
1150 x 80 x 50
2200
WGMP2B1122
£57.85
1350 x 100 x 50
2250
WGMP2B1322
£67.50
1825 x 120 x 50
2450
WGMP2B1824
£75.55
2225 x 120 x 50
2150
WGMP2B2221
£86.75
2700 x 130 x 50
2000
WGMP2B2702
£102.85
2700 x 130 x 50
3600
WGMP2B2736
£118.90
3300 x 130 x 50
3600
WGMP2B3336
£151.05
**Beams are supplied in pairs with integrated locking pins for even greater safety IMPORTANT: Pallet Racking must be installed by a professional, qualified team onto a structurally sound base. Single bays or single level configurations are not recommended. If in doubt, please call for advice.
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 159
159
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PALLET RACKING
160 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ADJUSTABLE PALLET RACKING
DELIVERED IN 10-18 DAYS
Simple and quick to install using standard tools. >> Frames are pierced on a 75mm pitch to allow for positioning of beams >> Beam loads are 2000kg per pair, uniformly distributed load >> Graphite grey uprights, galvanised cross braces and high visibility Yellow Orange (RAL2000) beams as standard
Extra Level, 1 Pair Of Beams & Clips Dimensions W x D (mm)
Ref
Price
2250 x 900
WGPL229
£103.20
2250 x 1100
WGPL2211
£103.20
2700 x 900
WGPL279
£141.60
2700 x 1100
WGPL2711
£141.60
Galvatite Steel Decking Dimensions W x D (mm)
160
Capacity UDL (kg)
Ref
Price
2250mm Wide Bays Dimensions W x D (mm)
Beam Levels
Starter Bay Ref
Price
Extension Bay Ref
Price
3000 x 2250 x 900
2
WGPS22930
£520.80
WGPE22930
£366.00
4800 x 2250 x 900
3
WGPS22948
£760.80
WGPE22948
£537.60
4
WGPS22960
£955.20
WGPE22960
£686.40
2250 x 900
2000
WGPSL2290
£289.20
6000 x 2250 x 900
2250 x 1100
2000
WGPSL2211
£337.20
3000 x 2250 x 1100
2
WGPS221130
£530.40
WGPE221130
£370.80
2700 x 900
2000
WGPSL2790
£165.60
4800 x 2250 x 1100
3
WGPS221148
£774.00
WGPE221148
£544.80
2700 x 1100
2000
WGPSL2711
£252.00
6000 x 2250 x 1100
4
WGPS221160
£970.80
WGPE221160
£694.80
PALLET RACKING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Racking Upright Protectors Racking end protection barriers manufactured from formed 4mm mild steel. 400mm high and brightly epoxy coated yellow finish. Rack protection must be bolted to the floor (fixings not supplied). ‘L’ shaped protector gives protection to the end and fornt of the upright, ‘U’ shaped protector gives protection to the front and both sides of the upright. Internal clearance on the ‘U’ shaped protector 155mm. Description
Dimensions H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
U-Shape upright protector
406 x 250 x 290
WGREP-1
£44.40
L-Shape upright protector
406 x 195 x 195
WGREP-2
£37.25
WGREP-1
RACKING PROTECTORS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 161
WGREP-2
Racking End Protector Kits Specification as Racking Upright Protectors above, but supplied with formed sheet steel connection beam. WGREP-1/930
Type
U-Shape
L-Shape
WGREP-2/930
Kit length (internal) mm
Overall Dimensions H x W x D mm
Order Ref
Price
930
427 x 1020 x 290
WGREP-1/930
£108.50
1130
427 x 1220 x 290
WGREP-1/1130
£111.10
2030
427 x 2120 x 290
WGREP-1/2030
£120.85
2430
427 x 2520 x 290
WGREP-1/2430
£125.95
930
427 x 1025 x 195
WGREP-2/930
£94.20
1130
427 x 1225 x 195
WGREP-2/1130
£96.80
2030
427 x 2125 x 195
WGREP-2/2030
£106.55
2430
427 x 2525 x 195
WGREP-2/2430
£111.65
2700mm Wide Bays Dimensions W x D (mm)
Beam Levels
Starter Bay
Other frame heights, depths, beam lengths and
Extension Bay
Ref
Price
Ref
Price
3000 x 2700 x 900
2
WGPS27930
£596.40
WGPE27930
£442.80
4800 x 2700 x 900
3
WGPS27948
£874.80
WGPE27948
£651.60
6000 x 2700 x 900
4
WGPS27960
£1107.60
WGPE27960
£838.80
3000 x 2700 x 1100
2
WGPS271130
£606.00
WGPE271130
£446.40
4800 x 2700 x 1100
3
WGPS271148
£888.00
WGPE271148
£658.80
6000 x 2700 x 1100
4
WGPS271160
£1123.20
WGPE271160
£846.00
load capacities are available. Please contact us for further information. Bays must be securely floor fixed - customers must ensure that existing floors are suitable for the loads imposed on them
RACKING PROTECTORS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
161
BARRIERS
162 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WAREHOUSE IMPACT BARRIERS
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
Steel Barrier System. Designed to suit all applications and can be tailor made to your specifications.
Twin Channel >> 750mm high >> Posts 100W x 100Dmm
Length up to 1250 mm
1251 - 2500mm Long
Barrier System
Ref
Price
Ref
Price
Twin Channel
WGW100/1250
£230.00
WGW100/2500
£270.00
Heavy Duty Rail
WGW101/1250
£242.00
WGW101/2500
£287.00
Impact Barrier
WGW101S/1250
£306.00
WGW101S/2500
£355.00
Low Level Tubular
WGW103/1250
£200.00
WGW103/2500
£236.00
>> Channel rails 100 x 50mm
Heavy Duty Rail >> 750mm high >> Posts 100W x 100Dmm >> Rail 310mm high
Base plates with floor fixings included.
Orange RAL2011 as standard. Alternative colours and finishes available at extra cost.
Low Level Tubular >> Heavy Duty
Impact Barrier
>> 500mm high posts
>> 750mm high
>> 89mm diameter rail
>> Posts 100W x 100Dmm >> Rail 200 x 8mm flat
PROTECTION POSTS
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
3 variations to suit light to heavy duty applications. >> Alternative heights are available >> Standard items available to short lead time >> Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included
162
Dimensions Per Post H x Diameter mm Ref
Price
Per Quantity 5 (each) Ref
Price
760 x 89
WGPP10
£115.00
WGPP10/5
£93.00
915 x 114
WGPP20
£128.00
WGPP20/5
£117.00
1100 x 168
WGPP30
£208.00
WGPP30/5
£172.00
BARRIERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BLACK & YELLOW CORNER PROTECTION HOOP
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Corner Protection Hoop. The AUTOPA range of Black & Yellow products are ideal for providing High Visibility protection in both internal and external warehousing environments. The product is designed to be located in any corner where protection against accidental damage is required.
Dimensions
Weight
Ref
Price
500mm
19.0kg
WG138177765
£179.00
1000mm
22.0kg
WG138177775
£229.00
Product details
Accessories & installation parts
Ref
Price
76mm outside diameter galvanised steel tube.
M12 Expanding Bolt (9 required per hoop)
WG138100994
£1.50
Installation & use
M12 Foundation Bolt (9 required per hoop)
WG138100993
£3.00
Each leg requires bolting down to a suitable concrete surface
M12 Rawl Bolt (9 required per hoop)
WG138100995
£3.80
PROTECTION BARRIERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 163
(not less than 300mm cubed) by means of three 12mm bolts. This product is guaranteed for 12 month (if installed and used correctly).
BLACK & YELLOW LOW LEVEL PROTECTION RAIL
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Low Level Protection Rail. The Low Level Protection Rail is made in 76mm outside diameter tube, is coated yellow with black reflective bands and is available in 500mm, 1,000mm & 2,000mm long versions (500 & 1,000 versions shown).
Product details 76mm outside diameter galvanised steel tube. Installation & use
Dimensions
Weight
Ref
Price
500mm
4.0kg
WG138177905
£39.00
1000mm
6.0kg
WG138177910
£79.00
2000mm
12.0kg
WG138177915
£119.00
Accessories & installation parts
Ref
Price
M12 Expanding Bolt (4 required per rail)
WG138100994
£1.50
M12 Foundation Bolt (4 required per rail)
WG138100993
£3.00
M12 Rawl Bolt (4 required per rail)
WG138100995
£3.80
Please refer to Corner Protection Hoop installation information above.
HANDRAIL BARRIER
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITIAN
The barrier is manufactured from 51mm diameter heavy duty form ERW steel tube. 4mm thick sheet steel feet complete with holes for floor fixings (fixings not supplied). Brightly epoxy coated yellow finish.
Barrier Length mm
Overall Height mm
1000 1530 2060 2600
975
Order Ref
Price
WGBAR-1
£116.45
WGBAR-2
£122.50
WGBAR-3
£128.55
WGBAR-4
£134.60
WGBAR-3
PROTECTION BARRIERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
163
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MEZZANINE FLOORS Mezzanine floors are a cost effective means of achieving greater utilisation of vertical space within your existing premises. Typically designed and fabricated to suit your exact requirements, they can be manufactured to fill defined spaces without you necessarily having to undertake major reconfiguration.
Loading requirements are taken into
Harsh environmental requirements and
account when the initial design
conditions can be accounted for - steel
discussions take place - office space,
plate, mesh or moisture resistant timber
storage, assembly and retail uses can
decking, galvanised structural steel
all be accommodated easily.
components, and fire protection can all be easily incorporated within the design
Personnel / customer access and bulk
as necessary.
loading facilities are carefully considered and then incorporated as necessary,
Planning applications are not normally
with current building regulations
required when introducing a mezzanine
guidelines forming part of the proposal in
floor within your premises, although
order to ensure compliance with existing
building regulations approval is a
UK legislation.
requirement. We are happy to advise you and handle this undertaking as necessary
Special finishes can be introduced for
on your behalf for a small fee as part of
staircase and handrail componentry -
the mezzanine provision.
stainless steel, glass infill panels, timber capping and tread overlays and powder coating are all feasible options when considering aesthetics.
For further information about Mezzanine Floor installation or to arrange a free site survey please contact us.
164
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 165
165
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LABEL HOLDERS / RACKING STRIPS
166 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MAGNETIC / SELF ADHESIVE LABEL HOLDERS
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Our magnetic and self-adhesive label holders are supplied from stock in pre-cut lengths but special sizes can be supplied on request. Each holder is supplied with white card inserts and a cover strip. Pre-printed inserts can also be supplied for each of the holders incorporating barcodes and location codes. Please contact our sales office for further details. Magnetic are ideal for applications where regular changes are required, easier and quicker to move than adhesive backed holders. They are also suitable for use in cold stores. >> Instant and highly visible identification >> Easy to update and cut to size >> Standard sizes supplied from stock
Easy to update and move. Available in rolls of up to 50 metres. Magnetic Label Holders - Brown
Magnetic Label Holder Rolls - Brown
Self Adhesive Label Holders - White
Size
Pack
Ref
Price
Size
Ref
Price
Size
Pack
Ref
Price
20 x 80mm
100
WGML28X
£37.80
30mm x 5m
WGMLR3/5
£28.20
15 x 80mm
100
WGAL18
£40.50
30 x 80mm
100
WGML38
£45.30
40mm x 5m
WGMLR4/5
£36.90
30 x 80mm
100
WGAL38
£55.20
40 x 80mm
100
WGML48
£59.70
50mm x 5m
WGMLR5/5
£45.30
50 x 80mm
100
WGAL58
£68.10
50 x 80mm
100
WGML58
£73.80
30mm x 10m
WGMLR3/10
£55.80
15mm x 1m
10
WGAL1/10
£31.50
60 x 100mm
100
WGML610
£85.20
40mm x 10m
WGMLR4/10
£73.20
30mm x 1m
10
WGAL3/10
£42.90
80 x 200mm
50
WGML820
£114.00
50mm x 10m
WGMLR5/10
£90.00
50mm x 1m
10
WGAL5/10
£50.40
MAGNETIC EASY WIPE RACKING STRIP
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
The magnetic easy wipe racking strip provides a fast and cost effective updating system for identifying product codes and stock level information. >> Write on - Wipe off >> Easily cut to size >> Cost effective >> Use wet wipe marker pens only Available in Blue (B), Green (G), Red (R), White (W), Yellow (Y). Please add colour reference to code when ordering.
Size
Ref
Price
Size
Ref
Size
Ref
Price
10mm x 10m
WGMSR1
£12.90
30mm x 10m
WGMSR3 £30.00
70mm x 10m
WGMSR7
£53.70
15mm x 10m
WGMSR15
£18.30
40mm x 10m
WGMSR4 £38.40
80mm x 10m
WGMSR8
£57.60
20mm x 10m
WGMSR2
£22.40
50mm x 10m
WGMSR5 £45.90
90mm x 10m
WGMSR9
£61.80
25mm x 10m
WGMSR25
£26.40
60mm x 10m
WGMSR6 £46.50
100mm x 10m
WGMSR10
£67.20
MAGNETIC SELFADHESIVE STRIP
Price
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Supplied in 4 widths each backed with a strong permanent self-adhesive for mounting onto steel surfaces. This magnetic strip is ideal for many jobs in the factory or warehouse, eliminating the need for drilling or other methods of fixing.
166
Size (H x W)
Adhesive
Ref
Price
13mm x 30m
Clear
WGMSSA/13
£66.30
20mm x 10m
Foam
WGMSSA/20
£35.40
25mm x 10m
Foam
WGMSSA/25
£43.20
50mm x 10m
Foam
WGMSSA/50
£55.20
LABEL HOLDERS / RACKING STRIPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FLOOR GRAPHIC MARKERS
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Each of the highly visible markers are printed onto the underside of a clear PVC film and then laminated on the back surface with an aggressive permanent adhesive. They are suitable for use on dry, clean, flat sealed surfaces and although designed for the floor, the markers can be used on walls or anywhere a tough permanent sign is required.
FLOOR MARKERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 167
>> High visibility graphic floor signs >> Designed to highlight warnings or special requirements >> Each sign is 430mm diameter
Size: 430mm diameter Ref: WGFM01 – WGFM35 Language: English Price: £18.90
FLOOR SIGNALS
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
A simple but effective solution for marking out areas on the floor. Tough PVC with an aggressive adhesive capable of withstanding everyday traffic in a busy warehouse environment. Available in 6 different shapes and 6 different colours (Red, Black, White, Yellow, Green, Blue). Ideal for use in 5S and Lean areas.
FRAMES 4 FLOORS
Size
Pack
Ref
Price
300 x 300mm
10
WGFS/+
£21.00
200 x 200mm
10
WGFS/L
£14.40
Circle 90mm diameter
100
WGFS/0
£33.00
200 x 300mm
10
WGFS/T
£14.40
300 x 100mm
10 (5 right, 5 left)
WGFS/F
£14.40
90mm
100
WGFS/A
£33.00
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Tough, flat colour coded floor identification frames available in 2 sizes (A4 and DL) and in 6 colour choices. Ideal for identifying bulk stack locations or to highlight important information.
Description
Ref
Price
DL Blue pk 10
WGFFDLB/10
£31.80
DL Black pk 10
WGFFDLBK/10
£31.80
DL Green pk 10
WGFFDLG/10
£31.80
DL Red pk 10
WGFFDLR/10
£31.80
DL Yellow pk 10
WGFFDLY/10
£31.80
DL Mix pack pk 10
WGFFDLMIX/10
£31.80
DL Yellow/Black pk 10
WGFFDLBY/10
£39.00
A4 Blue pk 10
WGFF4B/10
£54.00
A4 Black pk 10
WGFF4BK/10
£54.00
A4 Green pk 10
WGFF4G/10
£54.00
A4 Red pk 10
WGFF4R/10
£54.00
A4 Yellow pk 10
WGFF4Y/10
£54.00
A4 Mix pack pk 10
WGFF4MIX/10
£54.00
A4 Yellow/Black pk 10
WGFF4BY/10
£62.70
FLOOR MARKERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
167
POCKETS
168 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
INDUSTRIAL STRENGTH CLEAR POCKETS
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
>> Industrial quality pockets with welded edges >> Keeps documentation clean >> Suits A3-A7 inserts in vertical and horizontal formats A range of document pockets to suit most environments with magnetic or selfadhesive fixings. Also available as clip on and tie on to suit wire bins and cages. The magnetic pockets are supplied with a magnetic strip along the top, so that they can be simply lifted and relocated when necessary. The adhesive pockets are supplied with an aggressive adhesive tape along the top and bottom edge for a permanent fixing. A7 pocket has aggressive adhesive to the top edge only. Size mm (H x W)
Suitable for documents
Pack
Magnetic Ref
Price
Self-adhesive Ref
Price
215 x 310
A4 Horizontal
10
WGMP4H/10
£27.90
WGAP4H/10
£19.20
310 x 220
A4 Vertical
10
WGMP4V/10
£27.90
WGAP4V/10
£19.20
155 x 230
A5 Horizontal
10
WGMP5H/10
£22.80
WGAP5H/10
£15.90
215 x 160
A5 Vertical
10
WGMP5V/10
£22.80
WGAP5V/10
£15.90
316 x 215
A3 Horizontal
10
WGMP3H/10
£58.80
WGAP3H/10
£53.10
436 x 215
A3 Vertical
10
WGMP3V/10
£58.80
WGAP3V/10
£53.10
60 x 110
A7 Horizontal
100
WGMP7H/100
£77.40
WGAP7H/100
£58.50
FRAMES 4 DOCS
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
>> A unique range of colour coded frames >> Magnetic or self-adhesive >> To fit A3 - A5 >> Available in 5 colours: Blue, Black, Green, Red & Yellow >> Can be used vertically or horizontally
TICKET POUCHES - MAGNETIC & SELF-ADHESIVE
Size
Pack
Magnetic Ref
Price
Self-adhesive Ref
Price
A5
10
WGMFD5/10
£45.60
WGSFD5/10
£46.80
A4
10
WGMFD4/10
£56.70
WGSFD4/10
£58.50
A3
10
WGMFD3/10
£87.00
WGSFD3/10
£89.40
A2
10
WGMFD2/10
£144.00
WGSFD2/10
£141.00
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Available in Red, Black, Blue, Yellow and Green.
>> Cost effective ticket pouches in 4 sizes >> Suitable for racking or shelving >> Magnetic or self-adhesive fixing >> 5 colour options allow areas to be colour coded >> Complete with white card insert >> Clear front for easy barcode scanning >> Open on top & side to enable easy updates >> Ideal for 5S & lean manufacturing systems
Magnetic or Self-adhesive fixing options:
Self-Adhesive
Magnetic
Size
Pack
Ref
Price
Size
Pack
Ref
Price
30 x 100
100
WGSAP310
£55.80
30 x 100
100
WGMP310
£64.20
40 x 120
100
WGSAP412
£58.80
40 x 120
100
WGMP412
£75.90
60 x 100
100
WGSAP610 £61.80
60 x 100
100
WGMP610
£88.20
60 x 140
100
WGSAP614
60 x 140
100
WGMP614
£102.00
£69.00
Operating Temperature Range –Magnetic Minimum temperature: -5°C, Maximum temperature: +40°C, Adhesive: -20°C to +40°C (When applied at 10°C)
168
POCKETS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TROLLEY AND ROLL CAGE SACKS Rollcage sack - suits cages up to 800mm wide
Trolley sack- suits trolleys up to 580mm wide
WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 169 DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Keep your picking areas clean and tidy as you go by fitting these recycling sacks. >> Organise waste packaging materials as you go >> Easy collection & segregation of waste >> Hard wearing and re-usable >> Can be overprinted for volume orders >> Trolley sack available with single or double pockets Trolley sack capacity
Cage sacks are simple to hang, quick to secure, and allow for volume overprinting.
Cage sack capacity
Description
Single Pack Ref
Price
Cagesack
WGC2B/1 £29.70
Single WGT1B/1 Pocket Sack
£16.50
Double WGT2B/1 £21.90 Pocket Sack
RACKSACK WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS
Pack of 5 Ref
Price
Pack of 10 Ref
Price
WGC2B/5 £142.80
WGC2B/10 £285.00
WGT1B/5
WGT1B/10
£80.70
WGT2B/5 £104.70
£160.50
WGT2B/10 £209.10
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
>> Easy collection of waste >> Easy to fix, easy to remove >> Helps waste segregation >> Hard wearing and re-usable >> Hook fixings supplied Suitable for most warehouse racking systems, the Racksack quickly fixes to the end of your racking frame. Designed for racking and shelving systems between 900mm and 1100mm. Easily removed and emptied. 14 Design options available, 13 printed waste segregation options and a completely blank sack. Please add sack type reference to code when ordering. Custom printed designs including company names and some logos can be arranged. Size mm
Pack
Ref
Price
1000 x 920
1
WGRSB1
£23.40
1000 x 920
5
WGRSB5
£108.30
1000 x 920
10
WGRSB10
£199.50
Colour choice of blue or green – please stipulate when ordering.
WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
169
DOCK LEVELLERS
170 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DOCK PLATES
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
>> Safe vehicle access from a loading dock >> High tensile aluminium >> Anti-slip tread surfaces >> Loop-type lifting handle >> Lighter plates, suitable for manual positioning
Dimensions W x L mm
Max Height Diff mm
Capacity kg
Weight kg
Ref
Price
915 x 1220
178
770
32
WG3648
£587.10
915 x 1220
178
1360
33
WGH3648
£697.68
1220 x 610
76
2040
22
WG4824
£462.84
1220 x 915
127
1360
32
WG4836
£585.96
1220 x 915
127
2450
43
WGH4836
£697.68
1220 x 1220
178
1020
42
WG4848
£709.08
1220 x 1220
178
1810
56
WGH4848
£850.44
1220 x 1525
228
810
52
WG4860
£829.92
1220 x 1525
228
1450
70
WGH4860
£1,006.62
1525 x 915
127
1700
39
WG6036
£677.16
1525 x 915
127
3040
52
WGH6036
£811.68
1525 x 1220
178
1270
51
WG6048
£829.92
1525 x 1220
178
2270
69
WGH6048
£1,005.48
1525 x 1525
228
1020
64
WG6060
£983.82
Optional Fork Truck Lifting Handles (pair)
WGFTH-1
£132.24
Optional Side Curbs with Castors
WGSCC-2
£216.60
Optional Fixed Span Locking Legs
WGFSL-1
£51.87
Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.
DOCK BOARDS
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
>> Optional adjustable spanlocks allow safe operation where it is necessary for vehicle to stand away from loading dock >> Optional fork lift handles for easy movement >> Chain fitting sets prevent movement of board in ground level container loading
Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.
170
Dimensions W x L mm
Useable Width mm
Max Height Diff mm
Max Load kg
Weight kg
Ref
Price
1520 x 910
1450
130
3640
52
WG8-6036
£927.96
1520 x 1220
1420
180
3640
73
WG8-6048
£1097.82
1520 x 1520
1420
230
3640
90
WG8-6060
£1291.62
1520 x 1830
1420
280
3640
115
WG8-6072
£1502.52
1520 x 910
1450
130
5450
62
WG12-6036
£1051.08
1520 x 1220
1420
180
5450
86
WG12-6048
£1258.56
1520 x 1520
1420
230
5450
115
WG12-6060
£1504.80
1520 x 1830
1420
280
5450
135
WG12-6072
£1744.20
1830 x 910
1750
130
5450
72
WG12-7236
£1166.22
1830 x 1220
1730
180
5450
100
WG12-7248
£1412.46
1830 x 1520
1730
230
5450
130
WG12-7260
£1697.46
1830 x 1830
1730
280
5450
155
WG12-7272
£1983.60
1520 x 1520
1390
230
6360
115
WG14-6060
£1507.08
1830 x 1830
1680
280
6360
160
WG14-7272
£2000.70
Optional Adjustable Spanlocks (pair)
WGASL/1
£383.04
Optional Fork Truck Lifting Handles (pair)
WGFTH1
£132.24
Optional Ground Level Loading Fittings (set)
WGGLF1
£182.40
DOCK LEVELLERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HINGED BRIDGE PLATES
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
>> A hinged rail will accommodate one or more bridge plates, which can be slid sideways into position as required >> Locate into a hinge rail (sold seperatley) fixed to the loading dock >> 75mm wide guidelines are painted along sides of plates >> Plates can be stored either lowered against dock face, or vertically (locking clamp is provided)
Dimensions W x L mm
Span mm
Max Height Max Load Weight Ref Diff mm kg kg
Price
1524 x 510
550
62
4000
32
WGBH6020
£570.00
1524 x 460
500
53
3250
22
WGB-6018
£503.88
1524 x 510
550
62
3000
26
WGB-6020
£508.44
1524 x 980
1020
145
2500
55
WGBH6038
£860.70
1220 x 980
1020
145
2250
44
WGBH4838
£722.76
1220 x 1280
1320
194
1000
48
WGBX4850
£786.60
1220 x 980
1020
145
1000
36
WGB-4838
£620.16
1220 x 1280
1320
194
500
46
WGB-4850
£747.84
Hinge Rail with Clips & Fixings (in multiples of 2.5m lengths) WGHRCF-1
£232.56
Lifting handle for bridgeplates
£56.09
WGHRH-1
BRIDGE PLATES / ACCESS RAMPS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 171
Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.
GROUND LEVEL CONTAINER ACCESS RAMPS
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
Designed to allow access into standard shipping containers that are located at ground level. Typically supplied in 6,000kg or 10,000kg capacities to suit your operations. Two heavy duty steel designs available depending on the nature of the goods to be (un)loaded: Ramp only - a one piece design, moved from the front by FLT. Provides a steady slope incline to access the container floor. Ramp and platform - a one piece design, moved from the side by FLT. Provides a level working platform (typically 1850mm in length) to allow horizontal access and thus prevent tightly packed goods from impacting the top of the container. A lightweight aluminium version is also available for more lightweight applications.
Please note - these units are designed to be used with standard shipping containers. Anti-slip grit surface is available as an optional extra.
Movement by simple fork truck pocket allows quick and easy movement by one operative only
(Note - Ramp and Platform design requires side-shift functionality of the fork truck to aid/simplify positioning)
Lightweight aluminium
Heavy duty steel
Description
Dimensions W x L mm
Container floor height
Max Load kg
Weight kg
Ref
Price
Steel - Ramp Only
2200 x 1250
150
6000
275
WGGLAR-R-6
£1012.32
Steel - Ramp Only
2200 x 1250
150
10000
290
WGGLAR-R-10
£1174.20
Steel - Ramp & Platform
2200 x 3000
150
6000
750
WGGLAR-P-6
£1924.32
Steel - Ramp & Platform
2200 x 3000
150
10000
860
WGGLAR-P-10
£2294.82
Lightweight Aluminium Ramp
1220 x 1525
150
810
52
WGGLAR-4860
£881.22
Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.
BRIDGE PLATES / ACCESS RAMPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
171
WHEEL CHOCKS & DOCK LIGHTS
172 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
WHEEL CHOCKS
WGTWC-1 & 2
Wheel chocks are a low cost effective way of preventing the unexpected movement of vehicles whilst either parked or being loaded and unloaded. >> All chocks have a safety grip face for maximum adhesion
WGTWC8
between vehicle wheel and chock >> Moulded units have built-in lifting handles
WGTWC3
>> Optional anti-theft chain available for WGTWC-1, WGTWC-3
WGTWC10
and WGTWC-10
Description
L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
Moulded Wheel Chock
270 x 190 x 190
6.5
WGTWC-1
£33.52
Retaining Chain
5 Metres Long
1
WGTWC-2
£31.81
Cast Aluminium Chock
400 x 180 x 180
3.25
WGTWC-3
£88.46
MYR Chock
150 x 175 x 150
3.5
WGTWC-8
£24.17
Steel Chock
268 x 200 x 230
4.5
WGTWC-10
£35.91
STANDARD PLUS DOCK LIGHT
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
>> The Standard Plus Dock Light moves in two planes and pivots
>> Available in 80W halogen or 12W LED versions, both with
at three points, allowing the light to be accurately positioned to illuminate the inside area of a vehicle during loading and unloading
equal 1,000 lumen light output >> Full metal guards are included, to protect against
>> The installation of a Dock light provides additional safety and convenience to the loading dock operatives
theft & breakages >> Arm length 1060mm
>> When not in use the unit can be swung to one side of the
>> Optional LED versions available with same light output
doorway opening
but lower running costs >> IP21 for indoor applications only
Supply voltage
Lamp
Weight kg
Ref
Price
240v
80W Halogen
7
WGTWDL-3-240
£216.60
110v
80W Halogen
7
WGTWDL-3-110
£216.60
110-240v
12W LED
7
WGTWDL-3L-240
£256.50
WGTWDL-3-240
DELUXE DOCK LIGHT
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
>> The Deluxe Dock Light is similar in design to the Standard Plus unit, but has an IP rating of IP54 making it ideal for both indoor and outdoor aplications >> Features an 8.5W LED head for reduced power consumption, providing approximately 450 lumens light output >> Switches included for stand alone operation, or the units can be supplied without switches for integration into existing controls >> Arm length of 1000mm when fully extended WGTWDL-4L-240
172
Supply voltage
Lamp
Weight kg
Ref
Price
240v
LED
6.5
WGTWDL-4L-240
£311.22
WHEEL CHOCKS & DOCK LIGHTS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
HEAVY DUTY DOCK BUMPER SELECTION >> Serious consideration should always be given to fitting Dock Bumpers at loading bays. They reduce damage to loading docks, equipment and buildings caused by vehicle impact and consequently significantly reduce maintenance bills. >> Optional fixings are available for securing bumpers. WGTWB-1018-2
WGTWB-1018-4
WGTWB-1018-6
Rectangular Bumpers >> Standard units have tapered side for improve appearance WGTWB-1030-2
WGTWB-1030-2
WGTWB-E-100
Type
W x L x T mm
No. of holes
Weight kg
Recommended Fixings
Ref
Price
2
254 x 457 x 50
2
7.5
TWB-F4
TWB-1018-2
£33.29
2
254 x 457 x 101
2
14
TWB-F4
TWB-1018-4
£63.27
2
254 x 457 x 150
2
18.5
TWB-F5
TWB-1018-6
£76.84
2
254 x 762 x 50
3
13
TWB-F4
TWB-1030-2
£51.30
2
254 x 762 x 101
3
22
TWB-F4
TWB-1030-4
£80.60
4
100x to order x 100
-
10/m
TWB-F1
TWB-E-100
£69.43
Holes in ‘D’ Section Bumper Price/Hole (optional)
TWB-EH
£13.22
Fixing strip for TWB-E (optional)
TWB-EST
£3.99
Extruded D Section Bumper >> Photo above shows the application of a D section bumper fitted to a dock edge. >> Can be provided in lengths up to 3,000mm >> Can be assembled end to end for long runs >> Holes can be incorporated for 12mm fixings or bumpers can be fitted with an optional fixing strip through the centre if required >> Contact us for fixing recommendations as many require use of additional special washers
TRAFFIC LIGHTS
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
Deluxe LED
Ultra Bright LED
>> High impact ABS outer casing and lens hoods to reduce interference from other light sources, with large shatterproof Polycarbonate lenses. >> 150mm diameter lenses. >> Based on the Deluxe model with LED light heads. >> Features a very powerful output for increased visibility. >> The average LED lifetime is significantly greater than that of standard bulbs. >> The unit comes with a five-year warranty. >> Suitable for wall or post mounting. >> 5W power consumption.
>> With 24 LED’s per array, these traffic lights are approximately equivalent in brightness to a 60W incandescent lamp, but offer significant energy savings. >> Compact, easy to install design >> Supplied with 4m of cable for electrical installation >> 100mm diameter LED array >> Unit measures approx. 270x140x50mm >> High visibility units – LED’s in direct view; no lens required >> A regulated power supply with a maximum voltage of 24.5v DC is required. We recommend our power supply is used to ensure correct voltages.
Deluxe LED without sensor
24 LED per array without sensor
Ref: TDL-2L-N/S
Ref: TDL-4L-24-N/S
Ref: TDL-4L-TR
Weight: 4 kg
Weight: 4 kg
Weight: 4 kg
Price: £462.84
Price: £192.66
Price: £82.88
100-240V AC > 24VDC Power Supply
DOCK BUMPERS & TRAFFIC LIGHTS
Tel: 01446 772614
DOCK BUMPERS & TRAFFIC LIGHTS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 173
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
173
CONVEYORS
174 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EXPANDING CONVEYORS
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
Standard construction 50mm diameter plastic rollers or skatewheels. >> All metal parts zinc plated
Roller
>> 100mm swivel braked castors with locking knob
Higher load capacity suits ridged base loads. Telescopic leg supports are included.
>> Roller pitch 125mm when fully extended >> Three different heights available Three different heights are available, L2 is supplied unless otherwise specified. L1 470-700mm
L2 670-1100mm
L3 920-1500mm
Roller Conveyors Conveyor Length
400mm Wide
600mm Wide
Extended Closed Ref
Price
Ref
Price
2.00
0.94
WGPR-400-2.0
£321.00
WGPR-600-2.0
£414.00
3.50
1.56
WGPR-400-3.5
£500.00
WGPR-600-3.5
£648.00
5.00
2.18
WGPR-400-5.0
£678.00
WGPR-600-5.0
£882.00
6.50
2.80
WGPR-400-6.5
£856.00
WGPR-600-6.5 £1116.00
8.00
3.42
WGPR-400-8.0 £1035.00
WGPR-600-8.0 £1350.00
9.50
4.04
WGPR-400-9.5 £1213.00
WGPR-600-9.5 £1584.00
Prices are ex-works prices only – carriage is extra, price on application
Roller on loadings at maximum extension Roller
Products to be conveyed must touch 3 rollers.
400W mm
100kg per meter
Boxes 250mm or more are suitable, 250mm
600W mm
125kg per meter
or less are not suitable.
Skatewheel
Skatewheel Conveyors
Very compact when folded - suits flat base loads only. Telescopic leg supports are included.
Conveyor Length
400mm Wide
600mm Wide
Extended Closed
Ref
2.00
0.626
WGPW-400-2.0 £410.00
Price
WGPW-600-2.0 £443.00
Ref
Price
3.50
1.016
WGPW-400-3.5 £643.00
WGPW-600-3.5 £696.00
5.00
1.406
WGPW-400-5.0 £876.00
WGPW-600-5.0 £949.00
6.50
1.796
WGPW-400-6.5 £1108.00
WGPW-600-6.5 £1201.00
8.00
2.186
WGPW-400-8.0 £1341.00
WGPW-600-8.0 £1454.00
9.50
2.576
WGPW-400-9.5 £1573.00
WGPW-600-9.5
£1707.00
Prices are ex-works prices only – carriage is extra, price on application
Roller on loadings at maximum extension Skatewheel
174
400W mm
80kg per meter
600W mm
100kg per meter
Connecting Hooks
Optional End Stops
Use to link two conveyors Ref: WGCONH £25.00
Roller Ref: WGRES £32.00
Plate Ref: WGPES £32.00
CONVEYORS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STORAGE 175 - 225 Modular, stand alone or wall mounted, plastic or steel, we offer a wide selection of lockers, cabinets, cupboards, bins and container systems with many different options available. Depending on your requirements, our storage equipment ranges from laptop charging to personal item lockers; wall, bin or drawer cabinets; volume, mesh door or hazardous cabinets; disposal, oily rag, hazardous or grit bins; drawer or bin cabinets; and a selection of containers, trolleys, trucks and carriers to meet every need.
LOCKERS CABINETS HAZARDOUS BINS PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS PLASTIC CONTAINERS SKIP BINS
176-179 180-193,196-199 195 200-210 211-223 224-225
175
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LOCKERS
176 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STRONG PLASTIC LOCKERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
These stylish stackable plastic lockers are ideal for swimming pools, schools, commercial and industrial environments. >> Locker combinations - 4 x STLK01, 3 x STLK02 and 2 x STLK03 all measure the same height when stacked (1800mm) >> Strong lockers moulded in tough polyethylene, will not dent like steel lockers >> Hard wearing material will not rust or corrode >> Available in a wide variety of colours >> Anti-theft, with a double locking design >> Supplied as standard with padlockable or key operated locks
Small, medium and large plastic lockers avaliable in various colours
Description
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Colours
Ref
Price
Small plastic locker
320 x 460 x 450mm
£94.50
320 x 460 x 600mm
red, yellow, blue, green, grey
WGSTLK01
Medium plastic locker
WGSTLK02
£108.00
Large plastic locker
320 x 460 x 900mm
WGSTLK03
£129.00
WGSTLK01K
£378.00
WGSTLK02K
£324.00
Single modualr units
Locker kits - Full height stacks Small plastic locker kit (4 compartments)
320 x 460 x 1800mm
Medium plastic locker kit (3 compartments)
320 x 460 x 1800mm
Large plastic locker kit (2 compartments)
320 x 460 x 1800mm
WGSTLK03K
£258.00
Sloping top
320 x 460 x 150mm
WGSTST01
£29.50
Wet / harsh environment key cam lock
N/A
WGHCLOCK
£16.90
Coin return lock for dry environments
N/A
WGCRLOCK1
£19.25
Coin return lock for wet environments
N/A
WGCRLOCK2
£23.50
Powder coated steel stand two locker
640 x 465 x 147/176mm
WGSTAND2
£62.00
Powder coated steel stand three locker
960 x 465 x 147/176mm
WGSTAND3
£67.50
Powder coated steel stand four locker
1280 x 465 x 147/176mm
WGSTAND4
£72.00
red, yellow, blue, green, grey
Accessories
176
N/A
LOCKERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MILD STEEL MODULAR LOCKERS
DELIVERED IN 5 DAYS N.B: Quantity and postcode restrictions apply.
Mild Steel Modular Lockers for maximum security. Epoxy-polyester powder coat colours with BioCote® protection. Standard Body colour is Light Grey (RAL 7035) Choice of door colours:
MODULAR LOCKERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 177
Light Grey (RAL 7035) Blue (RAL 5002)
Standard Dead Lock
Red (RAL 3020)
This simple and economical
Door colour option must be specified at point of order
cam lock provides user access with a small, easily replaced key. The lock is supplied with two keys and a master key is available.
Single-Door >> Fixed top shelf. >> Fixed garment hanging rail (except 300mm deep) >> Two coat hooks Two-Door >> One intermediate fixed shelf. >> Each compartment has a fixed garment hanging rail (except for 300mm deep) >> Each compartment has two coat hooks. Three-Door >> Two intermediate fixed shelves Four-Door >> Three intermediate fixed shelves Six-Door >> Five intermediate fixed shelves >> Full range of accessories available
Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm
No. of doors
Ref
Price
1800
300
300
1
WGZ12211
£83.60
1800
300
300
2
WGZ12212
£93.50
1800
300
300
3
WGZ12213
£113.30
1800
300
300
4
WGZ12214
£122.10
1800
300
300
6
WGZ12216
£148.50
1800
300
450
1
WGZ12511
£97.90
1800
300
450
2
WGZ12512
£107.80
1800
300
450
3
WGZ12513
£128.70
1800
300
450
4
WGZ12514
£138.60
1800
300
450
6
WGZ12516
£167.20
MODULAR LOCKERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
177
LOCKERS
178 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LAPTOP CHARGING UNITS
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
These purpose-designed locker units provide a safe sanctuary and charging facility for laptops and real peace of mind for users. >> Full height locker accommodates ten laptops. >> Half height locker accommodates five laptops. >> Single door locker version allows access to all compartments under one key. >> Key-operated cam locks with two keys are supplied as standard. The cam locks through the door and frame for added security. Hasp & Staple Padlock fitting also available. >> Choice of door colours, light grey, blue or red. >> Single standard UK 3-pin socket in each compartment >> The maximum current consumption in normal use is 1amp per compartment.
Type
Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm
Ref
Price
Single Door
1800
450
450
WGM15511GU00LCS
£476.30
Ten Door
1800
450
450
WGM1551TGU00LCS
£666.60
Five Door
900
450
450
WGM15515GU00LCS
£418.00
PERSONAL ITEM LOCKERS
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
Personal Item Lockers provide secure storage and charging facility for small but valuable possessions in public areas and throughout the workplace. >> Choose from four or eight-doors. >> Units can be hung on walls, fitted on top of each other or side to side. >> Key-operated cam locks are supplied as standard. >> Options are Hasp & Staple fitting (for use with a padlock) and coin return lock (four-door only) at an additional cost. >> Choice of door colours, light grey, blue or red. >> Single standard UK 3-pin socket in each compartment >> The maximum current consumption in normal use is 1amp per compartment.
178
Type
Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm
Ref
Price
Four Door
915
250
155
WGA100641POCF
£319.00
Eight Door
915
250
155
WGA100681POCF
£431.20
LOCKERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
IN CHARGETM LOCKERS
LOCKERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 179 DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
In ChargeTM Lockers - providing power to your security. With trailing cables, the risk of theft and health & safety issues, finding access to safe and protected power points is a common problem in today’s workplace. In ChargeTM Lockers are specifically designed to help overcome this and provide a secure, easy and safe solution. Choice of door colours,
A choice of sizes to suit many applications, all with locking and colour options.
light grey, blue or red.
Lockers are fully portable as a single unit- simply place the unit in a convenient location, plug the unit into a power point and the lockers are ready for use.
All doors are independently earthed to the locker body.
One side of the locker and the doors are perforated to help prevent heat build-up during charging.
Choice of locks to suit different applications Each shelf has an additional front-to-rear reinforcing box section to strength.
Each compartment is fitted with either one or two standard UK three-pin sockets depending on the locker size.
Power lead is supplied with fitted RCD plug. Lead plugs into the In ChargeTM Locker enabling easy replacement of the lead if damaged.
No. of doors
Height mm
4
1800
6
1800
8
Width mm
Price
Supply Voltage 230v.
Depth mm
Ref
300
300
WGM12214GU00TCS
£345.40
consumption in normal use
300
300
WGM12216GU00TCS
£441.10
is 1amp per compartment.
1800
300
300
WGM12218GU00TCS
£525.80
4
1800
300
450
WGM12514GU00TCS
£364.10
6
1800
300
450
WGM12516GU00TCS
£462.00
8
1800
300
450
WGM12518GU00TCS
£548.90
The maximum current
LOCKERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
179
EURO CABINET SYSTEM
180 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO CABINET SYSTEM
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Strong steel storage cabinet system for tough environments. The Euro cabinet system is a versatile range of steel work cabinets which combine to form complete working layouts. Individual cabinets are detailed on pages 184 - 185. This page shows ‘easy order’ popular combinations as examples. Constructed from 18 and 20swg steel sheet. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Drawers on ball bearing runners, 25kg capacity. Individual drawers in combination units lockable. 7 & 8 drawer cabinets lockable as unit. Powder coated finish, grey cabinets, blue doors and drawer fronts, other colours on request. Ref: WGECO £2390.70
180
EURO CABINET SYSTEM
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO CABINET SYSTEM
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 181 Popular Combinations Ref
Cabinet combination
Price
ECA
EC0903; EC0900; WC10; WP05; WTL10
£1094.95
ECB
EC0900; EC0904; WC02; WC10 WTL15
£1177.95
ECC
EC0901; EC0900; EC0904; 2xWC10; WTB20
£1665.00
ECE
EC2005; EC0903; EC0900; WC10; WP05; WTL10
£1426.10
ECH
EC0900; EC0901; EC0920B; EC0917E; EC0905; EC0904; WTB10; WTB20
£2487.45
ECJ
EC0904; EC0900; EC0901; EC0905; WTL20; WTL10
£1729.65
ECK
EC0905; EC0901; EC0900; WTB20
£1288.65
ECL
EC0900F; 2xEC0901; EC0920B; EC0917E; EC0905 EC0900; EC0904; 2xWTB10; WTB20
£2777.65
ECM
EC0904;EC0920B; EC0905; 2xWTB10
£1622.25
ECN
EC0920L; EC0901; EC0900; WTL10
£944.95
ECO
EC0903; EC0900; EC0910; EC2005; WC01 2xWC05; WP09; WP04; TSO; WTL20
£2390.70
ECP
EC0920B; EC0904; 2xEC0917E; EC0905; EC0901; EC0906; EC0910; WTB10; WTB15; WTB20
£3623.75
ECA
ECB
ECC
ECH
ECE
ECJ
ECL
ECM
Note: These selected combinations shown here can be varied with alternative worktops or individual units to suit your particular needs. See individual cabinet details on pages 182 – 185.
ECK ECN
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
EURO CABINET SYSTEM
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
181
WALL CABINETS
182 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WALL CABINETS
MAX LOAD 50 KG
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Heavy duty wall cupboards manufactured from 1mm steel sheet, with high quality grey epoxy cabinet finish and a choice of cabinet door colours. Standard H x D: 600 x 300mm with 1 fixed shelf in all cabinets. 400 and 500mm width units have single lockable door. 800 and 1000mm width units have 2 lockable doors. Available with or without internal drawers (not 1000mm), (400 and 500mm single drawer, 800mm 2 drawers). Fixing holes provided (no fixings supplied).
Drawers
Without drawers
Door colour
400mm
500mm
800mm
1000mm
Blue
WGWC01B
WGWC02B
WGWC05B
WGWC10B
Red
WGWC01R
WGWC02R
WGWC05R
WGWC10R
Green
WGWC01G
WGWC02G
WGWC05G
WGWC10G
Grey
WGWC01GY
WGWC02GY
WGWC05GY
WGWC10GY
£157.30
£161.30
£215.20
£260.80
Blue
WGWC03B
WGWC04B
WGWC06B
-
Red
WGWC03R
WGWC04R
WGWC06R
-
Green
WGWC03G
WGWC04G
WGWC06G
-
Grey
WGWC03GY
WGWC04GY
WGWC06GY
-
£187.30
£202.95
£267.70
-
Price With drawers
Price
182
WALL CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO 900 FLOOR CABINET SYSTEM
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
EURO 900 FLOOR CABINET SYSTEM
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 183 MADE IN BRITAIN
900mm high - ‘working height’ storage cabinet system. Range of cabinets constructed from 18 and 20swg steel sheet. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, supplied with 2 keys. Drawers on telescopic slides, individual drawers in combination units lockable. 7 & 8 drawer cabinets lockable as unit. Powder coated finish, grey cabinets, blue doors and drawer fronts, other colours on request. Drawer capacity: 45kgs UDL. Euro cabinets can be combined to form comprehensive work / storage layouts. See previous page for ‘easy order’ example layouts.
WGEC0904 W x D: 1000 x 500mm 2 drawers, cupboard, 1 adjustable shelf Ref: WGEC0904 £437.60
WGEC0900
WGEC0900F
WGEC0901
WGEC0902
W x D: 500 x 500mm
W x D: 500 x 500mm
W x D: 500 x 500mm
W x D: 500 x 500mm
Cupboard with 2 adjustable shelves
Fire resistant cupboard with
1 drawer, cupboard with 1
2 drawers, cupboard with 1
Ref: WGEC0900 £239.20
1 punched adjustable shelf, 1
adjustable shelf
adjustable shelf
removable sump, warning sticker,
Ref: WGEC0901 £286.15
Ref: WGEC0902 £341.60
yellow finish Ref: WGEC0900F £298.55
WGEC0903
WGEC0910
WGEC0915
WGEC0905
W x D: 500 x 500mm
W x D: 1000 x 500mm
W x D: 1000 x 500mm
W x D: 1000 x 500mm
8 drawers (ht:85mm)
Cupboard, 2 adjustable shelves
Sliding door cupboard, 2
7 drawers (ht: 2x 140, 5x 85mm)
Ref: WGEC0903 £474.90
Ref: WGEC0910 £312.05
adjustable shelves
Ref: WGEC0905 £550.70
Ref: WGEC0915 £353.05
Worktop - Depth 500mm Laminate (with rear upstand)
Laminate (without rear upstand)
W: 500mm
Ref: WGWTB05 £102.35
W: 500mm Ref: WGWTL05 £89.20
W: 1000mm Ref: WGWTB10 £147.60
W: 1000mm Ref: WGWTL10 £101.90
W: 1500mm Ref: WGWTB15 £184.65
W: 1500mm Ref: WGWTL15 £115.25
W: 2000mm Ref: WGWTB20 £230.70
W: 2000mm Ref: WGWTL20 £141.25
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
EURO 900 FLOOR CABINET SYSTEM
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
183
TALL CABINET SYSTEM
184 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
TALL CABINET SYSTEM 1500, 1800, 2000MM
A flexible range of tough steel cabinets 3 heights - 2 widths - hinged or sliding doors - with a range of accessories to create just the storage solution you need.
Quarter rear louvre panel (option) Quarter rear tool panel (option) Tool panel reinforced door (louvre panel doors option) Tool clips (option) Leverlock handle with 2 rod locking top and bottom, 2 keys Drawer unit (option) Full width robust doors for maximum aperture Adjustable shelves - 50mm pitch - shelf capacity 45kg Base pre-drilled for floor fixing - recommended (fixings not supplied)
EASY ORDER Complete cabinet (as above) comes with: >> 1 drawer (at 1010mm) >> 2 adjustable shelves >> Quarter louvre panel back >> Quarter tool panel back >> Tool panel doors with 10 tool hooks 1800mm high Ref: WGEC1837 £646.75 2000mm high Ref: WGEC2037 £668.00
SLIDING DOOR W x D: 1000 x 500mm
DOUBLE DOOR W x D: 1000 x 500mm
SINGLE DOOR W x D: 500 x 500mm Height
Shvs Ref
1500mm 3
WGEC1515 £489.95
1500mm 3
WGEC1510 £468.00
1500mm
2
WGEC1505 £317.20
1800mm 4
WGEC1815 £500.50
1800mm 4
WGEC1810 £490.95
1800mm
2
WGEC1805 £337.25
2000mm 4
WGEC2015 £519.15
2000mm 4
WGEC2010 £509.90
2000mm 2
WGEC2005 £352.20
1800mm 0
WGEC1800 £420.30
Extra shelf WGECA024
2000mm 0
WGEC2000 £440.55
Height
Shvs Ref
Extra shelf WGECA025
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
Price
£27.60
Height
Shvs Ref
Price
Price
£23.90
ADJUSTABLE SHELF - CAPACITY 45KG 1000mm wide shelf Ref: WGECA025 £27.60 500mm wide shelf Ref: WGECA024 £23.90 QUARTER REAR LOUVRE PANEL
DRAWER UNIT Internal W x D: 888 x 375mm Front height: 95mm. Available at 50mm pitch (min 100mm between drawers) please state height when ordering. Max 12 drawers to cabinet. Only one drawer to be opened at a time Ref: WGECA020 £96.35
184
TALL CABINET SYSTEM
Tel: 01446 772614
Please state position height when ordering. Max 4 per cabinet Ref: WGECA023 £33.90 QUARTER REAR TOOL PANEL Please state position height when ordering. Max 4 per cabinet. Ref: WGECA022 £33.90
TOOL CLIPS (SET OF 10) LOUVRE PANEL DOORS Replaces standard tool panel doors (factory fitted) Accepts size 2 & 3 bins (see page 136 for container bin packs) Ref: WGECA021 £13.85
3 single hooks, 3 double hooks, 2 snap-in hooks, 1 hammer hook, 1 pliers hook (For additional hooks see page 255) Ref: WGECA009 £34.95
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO TALL EASY ORDER
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
A selection of cabinet and extras combinations
Note: Only items listed are included, not photographic props.
that provide single reference ordering.
Cabinet with 8 drawers, half tool panel back, 1 shelf, tool
Cabinet with 2 drawers (base & 560mm) 1 shelf, half louvre
panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips
panel back, 24 x No.2 bins, 12 x No.3 bins tool panel doors and
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1831 £1,293.50
1 pack of assorted tool clips
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2031 £1,308.75
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1832 £764.05
EURO TALL - EASY ORDER
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 185
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2032 £780.25
Cabinet with 4 drawers (base, 460, 760 & 860mm), 2 shelves, half
Cabinet with 4 drawers (from base) 2 shelves, half louvre panel
tool panel back, tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips
back, 16 x No.2 bins, 18 x No.3 bins tool panel doors and 1 pack of
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1833 £935.70
assorted tool clips
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2033 £953.00
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1834 £986.55
Cabinet with full louvre panel back,
Cabinet with full tool panel panel back,
tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips
tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1835 £583.25
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1836 £590.60
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2035 £602.45
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2036 £610.80
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2034 £1,004.80
EURO TALL - EASY ORDER
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
185
BIN CABINETS
186 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BIN CABINETS LOUVRE SUPPORT
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
Robust, heavy duty steel cupboards with plastic bin combinations with louvre or shelf bin support systems. Heavy duty steel cupboard with full louvre back to accept plastic storage bins. Overall H x W x D: 2000 x 1000 x 500mm. Lockable doors supplied with 2 keys, finished in epoxy grey cabinet and blue doors. Empty cupboard to accept your own bins, or choice of units complete with bins.
Empty unit. Cupboard with Louvre back (no bins) Ref: WGBCL01 £591.65
78 bin unit. Cupboard with 42 x No. 2 bins; 20 No. 3 bins; 16 No. 4 bins Ref: WGBCL78 £747.00
BIN CABINETS SHELF SUPPORT
54 bin unit. Cupboard with 30 x No. 3 bins; 24 No. 4 bins Ref: WGBCL54 £755.10
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
60 bin unit. Cupboard with 60 x No. 3 bins Ref: WGBCL60 £739.85
126 bin unit. Cupboard with 126 x No. 2 bins Ref: WGBCL126 £730.85
MADE IN BRITAIN
Cupboard with steel adjustable shelves (25mm pitch) to accept your own bins, or choice of units complete with bins. Empty unit. Cupboard with shelves (no bins) 4 Shelves Ref: WGBCS04 £553.20 8 Shelves Ref: WGBCS08 £642.55 10 Shelves Ref: WGBCS10 £696.50 12 Shelves Ref: WGBCS12 £750.45 Extra shelf Ref: WGBCSES £27.00
44 bin unit. Cupboard with 11 shelves and 44 No. 4 bins Ref: WGBCS48 £917.55
186
BIN CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614
66 bin unit. Cupboard with 11 shelves and 66 No. 3 bins. Ref: WGBCS72 £856.55
68 bin unit. Cupboard with 12 shelves, 24 No. 2 bins, 24 x No. 3 bins and 20 x No. 4 bins. Ref: WGBCS72C £918.15
54 bin unit. Cupboard with 9 shelves, 24 x No. 2 bins, 18 x No. 3 bins, 12 x No. 4 bins and 4 drawer unit. Ref: WGBCS60 £1151.65
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MOBILE DRAWER CABINETS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
Fully welded mobile drawer cabinets, mounted on 4 swivel 125mm castors 800 Series
WGMDC602
WGMDC601
(2 braked) with blue resilex wheels and roller bearings. Drawers on telescopic slides with 45kg capacity. Internal drawer size W x D: 425 x 450mm. Drawer heights: 90mm and 185mm. All drawers ready equipped to accept adjustable small parts divider storage system (dividers optional extra - see below). Drawers lockable as a unit, 2 keys provided. Fitted with 3 sided lipped tool tray top with cushioned matting (laminate top available as optional extra - see below) Finish: Grey epoxy body (BS00A05), Blue epoxy drawers (BS18E53). Other
MOBILE DRAWER CABINETS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 187
colours available on request.
600 Series
WGMDC801
WGMDC802
MOBILE MAINTENANCE CABINETS
Overal H x W x D mm
Cabinet W x D mm
Drawers 90 mm
185 mm
Ref
Price
780 x 500 x 615
500 x 500
3
780 x 500 x 615
500 x 500
1
1
WGMDC601
£389.05
2
WGMDC602
980 x 500 x 615
500 x 500
£375.15
5
1
WGMDC801
980 x 500 x 615
500 x 500
£460.30
3
2
WGMDC802
£446.95
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
Fully welded mobile drawer cabinets, mounted on 4 swivel 125mm castors (2 braked) with blue resilex wheels and roller bearings. Drawers on telescopic slides with 45kg capacity. Internal drawer size
WGMDC812
W x D: 425 x 450mm. Drawer heights: 90mm and 185mm. All drawers ready equipped to accept adjustable small parts divider storage system (dividers optional extra - see below). Drawers lockable as a unit, 2 keys provided. Cupboard door fitted with recessed handle with integral lock with 2 rods locking top and bottom, tool panel and 1 adjustable shelf. Fitted with 3 sided lipped tool tray top with cushioned matting (laminate top available as optional extra - see below). Finish: Grey epoxy body (BS00A05), Blue epoxy drawers (BS18E53). Other colours available on request.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS WGMDC811
Overall H x W x D mm
Cabinet W x D mm
Drawers
Ref
Price
90mm 185mm
980 x 1120 x 500 1000 x 500 5
1
WGMDC811 £602.10
980 x 1120 x 500 1000 x 500 3
2
WGMDC812 £586.40
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
DRAWER TROLLEY TOP
DRAWER DIVIDER PACK
18mm Laminate top with plasic edging (replaces lipped tray) Ref: WGLWT01 £51.00 Maintenance trolley top Ref: WGLWT02 £64.95
Complete with 2 vertical and 9 horizontal dividers for 90mm deep Ref: WGDDP01 £44.75 for 185mm deep Ref: WGDDP02 £55.35
MOBILE DRAWER CABINETS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
187
CB CUPBOARDS / STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS
188 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CB CUPBOARDS
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Range of steel cabinets constructed to imperial sizes, designed to combine with existing imperial size cabinets. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Powder coated finish in grey as standard, blue doors on request. Shelf capacity 50kgs, maximum 250kgs per cabinet.
Size H x W x D
Shelves
Ref
Price
915 x 457 x 457mm
1 adjustable shelf
WGCB 11
£183.05
915 x 915 x 457mm
2 adjustable shelves
WGCB 60
£296.10
1220 x 915 x 457mm
2 adjustable shelves
WGCB 65
£303.40
1830 x 915 x 457mm
3 adjustable shelves
WGCB 70
£394.25
1830 x 915 x 305mm
3 adjustable shelves
WGCB 80
£360.00
Size
(Imperial)
Ref
Price
457 x 457mm
(18” x 18”)
WGES1
£21.85
915 x 457mm
(36” x 18”)
WGES2
£30.35
915 x 305mm
(36” x 12”)
WGES4
£28.30
Extra Shelves OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
Upgrade to 100kgs per shelf, maximum 400kgs for cabinet. Ref: WGCBHD £17.35
STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS
DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
A range of stainless steel cabinets manufactured from 304 grade stainless. Ideal for clean and hygienic work environments. Stainless Steel CB Cupboards are supplied complete with adjustable shelves, leverlock handle with 2 rods locking top and bottom and 2 keys.
Cabinet
Extra Shelf
188
CB CUPBOARDS / STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614
Size (H x W x D) mm
Shelves
Ref
Price
915 x 457 x 457
1
WGCB11SS
£551.85
915 x 915 x 457
1
WGCB60SS
£763.45
1220 x 915 x 457
2
WGCB65SS
£895.70
1830 x 915 x 457
3
WGCB70SS
£1,189.55
457 x 457
WGES1SS
£33.65
915 x 457
WGES2SS
£49.30
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STANDARD CUPBOARDS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
A versatile and robust range of steel cupboards providing secure storage in the workplace. Cupboards meet the stringent requirements of BS EN 14073:2004 (Parts 1, 2 & 3) and BS EN14074:2004. Cupboards feature: >> Door vertical stiffening for added strength
STEEL CUPBOARDS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 189
>> Adjustable shelves on a 25mm vertical pitch >> Shelves carry a maximum of 78kg UDL >> Choice of door colours, light grey, red or blue. Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm
Shelves
Ref
Price
984
915
505
2
WGCH961CGU29S12
£344.30
1820
915
505
3
WGC1961CGU29S13
£235.40
Handle designed for easier operation, allows door closing without the key.
LARGE VOLUME CUPBOARDS
Three point locking as standard.
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
Spacious storage of larger items in the workplace. Large Volume Cupboards are available with various internal configurations and feature the following: >> Semi-concealed hinges >> Magnetic door catches >> Door vertical stiffening for added strength >> High quality lock operating 3-point locking bars >> Shelves supported on clips, height adjustable on 25mm increments >> Robust, all-steel construction >> Choice of door colours, light grey, red, blue or green Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm
Shelves
Ref
Price
1829
1220
457
3
WGC7248A3S13GU
£421.30
Large Volume Cupboards have a high quality metal lock operation with a 3 point locking system.
STEEL CUPBOARDS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
189
FIRST AID / PPE CABINETS
190 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FIRST AID CABINETS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
Storage cabinets for First Aid supplies and equipment >> Instantly recognisable >> Clear identification labelling >> Clean, durable white powder coated finish Wall-fixing Cabinets >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction >> Fixed shelf and internal drawer tray(s), lock with 2 keys >> Cabinets pre-drilled for fixing (fixings not included) >> Powder coated finish >> Identification labelling Floor-standing Cabinets >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction >> Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch >> Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys >> Powder coated finish >> Identification labelling
Type
Floor Cabinet First Aid Cabinets - White BS00E55
Wall Cabinet
Extra shelf
PPE CABINETS
H x W x D mm
Shelves
Drawer Trays
Ref
Price
915 x 457 x 457
1
-
WGFAC10
£183.05
915 x 915 x 457
2
-
WGFAC60
£296.10
1220 x 915 x 457
2
-
WGFAC65
£303.40
1830 x 915 x 457
3
-
WGFAC70
£394.25
600 x 400 x 300
1
1
WGFAWC3
£187.30
600 x 500 x 300
1
1
WGFAWC4
£202.95
600 x 800 x 300
1
2
WGFAWC6
£262.70
457 x 457
WGES1
£21.85
915 x 457
WGES2
£30.35
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
Storage cabinets for Personal Protective equipment. Designed and manufactured to meet the requirements of The Personal Protective Equipment at Work Regulations 1994. PPE Cabinets >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction >> Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch >> Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys >> Powder coated finish >> Identification labelling PPE Cabinets Cabinet Grey BS00A05 Doors BS18E53 Cabinets
Extra Shelves
H x W x D mm
Shelves
Ref
Price
915 x 457 x 457
1
WGPPE10
£183.05
915 x 915 x 457
2
WGPPE60
£296.10
H x W x D mm
Shelves
Price
1220 x 915 x 457
2
WGPPE65
£303.40
457 x 457
WGES1
£21.85
1830 x 915 x 457
3
WGPPE70
£389.25
915 x 457
WGES2
£30.35
1830 x 915 x 457
*
WGPPE71
£484.65
*WGPPE71 complete with centre divider, 3 adjustable shelves and hanging rail.
190
FIRST AID / PPE CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
POLYCARBONATE DOOR CABINETS
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Strong welded construction with polycarbonate door panels for enclosed visibility whilst maintaining security. Wall-fixing Cabinets >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction >> Fixed shelf, lock with 2 keys >> Cabinets pre-drilled for wall fixing (fixings not included) >> Powder coated finish, body: grey (BS00A05) >> Doors: Blue, grey, green, yellow or red (Blue supplied if not specified) Floor-standing Cabinets >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction. >> Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch >> Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys >> Powder coated finish, body: grey (BS00A05) >> Doors / shelves: blue, grey, green, yellow or red
POLYCARBONATE / MESH DOOR CABINETS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 191
(Blue supplied if not specified)
Type
H x W x D mm
Shelves
Ref
Price
915 x 457 x 457
1
WGCBP11
£220.60
915 x 915 x 457
1
WGCBP60
£340.15
1220 x 915 x 457
2
WGCBP65
£390.75
1830 x 915 x 457
3
WGCBP70
£476.60
Wall Cabinet 600 x 1000 x 300
1
WGWCP10
£296.10
457 x 457
WGES1
£21.85
915 x 457
WGES2
£30.35
Floor Cabinet
Extra shelf
MESH DOOR CABINETS
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Strong welded construction with mesh door panels for visibility and ventilation whilst maintaining security. >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction. >> Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch. >> Leverlock handles with 2 rod locking top and bottom, 2 keys >> Powder coated finish, body: grey (BS00A05) >> Doors / shelves: Blue, grey, green, yellow or red (Blue supplied if not specified)
Type
Cabinet WGCBM71
WGCBM65
Extra shelf
H x W x D mm
Shelves
Ref
Price
915 x 457 x 457
1
WGCBM11
£198.45
915 x 915 x 457
1
WGCBM60
£308.40
1220 x 915 x 457
2
WGCBM65
£304.00
1830 x 457 x 457
3
WGCBM29
£343.65
1830 x 915 x 457
3
WGCBM70
£406.60
1830 x 915 x 457
*
WGCBM71
£489.65
457 x 457
WGES1
£21.85
915 x 457
WGES2
£30.35
*CBM71 complete with centre divider, 3 adjustable shelves and hanging rail.
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
POLYCARBONATE / MESH DOOR CABINETS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
191
HAZARDOUS CABINETS
192 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HAZARDOUS CABINETS
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Storage cabinets for hazardous materials. Strong welded 20swg steel construction. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Pesticide/chemical cabinets have door vents to prevent fume build-up. Adjustable punched trays to contain spills and allow them to drain into removable sump. Removable sump for convenient removal of spills. Powder coated finish. Warning stickers. Shelf capacity 35kgs, maximum 250kgs per cabinet.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: Upgrade to 80kgs per shelf, maximum 400kgs for cabinet. Ref: WGFBHD £17.35
Reinforced doors Door vents in pesticide/ chemical cabinets prevent build-up of fumes Lever handles and two rod locking and 2 keys Shelf trays have punched drain holes to allow any spillages to drain into base sump Shelf trays are adjustable to a 25mm pitch Removable sump collects any spillages and permits convenient removal.
Flammable Cabinet
Acid Cabinet
Pesticide / Chemical Cabinet
Coshh Cabinet
D. Grey BS632
White RAL9003
Red RAL3020
L. Grey BS00A05
Yellow BS08E51
192
HAZARDOUS CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614
Green RAL6029
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HAZARDOUS CABINETS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
Flammable Liquids Storage All cabinets meet the requirements of the Highly Flammable and Liquefied Petroleum Gases Regulations 1972 (Section 5 Part D), The Health and Safety Executive Guide HS(G)51 1990 and the Factory Inspectorate
HAZARDOUS CABINETS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 193
Certificate of Approval No 1 Parts 3 and 4. The maximum volume of any flammable liquid with a flashpoint below 32˚C that may be stored in a flame resistant cabinet within a workroom is 50 litres (regardless of the total capacity of the storage cabinet).
Flammable Cabinets Yellow BS08E51
Item
Cabinet
Extra shelf
Stand
H x W x D mm
Shelves
Sump Cap. Ltrs
Flammable Yellow
Flammable Coshh D. Grey L. Grey
Acid White
Pesticide/chemical Red
Green
Price
457 x 457 x 457
1
14.5
WGFB2
WGFB2G
WGCFB2
WGAFB2
WGPFB2
WGPFB2G
£153.50
610 x 457 x 457
1
14.5
WGFB4
WGFB4G
WGCFB4
WGAFB4
WGPFB4
WGPFB4G
£155.00
712 x 355 x 305
2
4.0
WGFB5
WGFB5G
WGCFB5
WGAFB5
WGPFB5
WGPFB5G
£179.05
915 x 457 x 457
1
14.5
WGFB10
WGFB10G
WGCFB10
WGAFB10
WGPFB10
WGPFB10G
£191.80
712 x 915 x 457
1
27.0
WGFB15
WGFB15G
WGCFB15
WGAFB15
WGPFB15
WGPFB15G
£270.10
915 x 915 x 457
1
27.0
WGFB20
WGFB20G
WGCFB20
WGAFB20
WGPFB20
WGPFB20G
£286.85
900 x 1200 x 500
1
42.5
WGFB22
WGFB22G
WGCFB22
WGAFB22
WGPFB22
WGPFB22G
£431.60
1220 x 915 x 457
2
27.0
WGFB25
WGFB25G
WGCFB25
WGAFB25
WGPFB25
WGPFB25G
£346.50
1525 x 915 x 457
3
27.0
WGFB26
WGFB26G
WGCFB26
WGAFB26
WGPFB26
WGPFB26G
£376.95
1830 x 457 x 457
3
14.5
WGFB29
WGFB29G
WGCFB29
WGAFB29
WGPFB29
WGPFB29G
£325.55
1830 x 915 x 457
3
27.0
WGFB30
WGFB30G
WGCFB30
WGAFB30
WGPFB30
WGPFB30G
£405.90
1800 x 1200 x 500
3
42.5
WGFB40
WGFB40G
WGCFB40
WGAFB40
WGPFB40
WGPFB40G
£518.25
457 x 457
WGES1
WGES1
WGES1
WGES1
WGES1
WGES1
£21.85
915 x 457
WGES2
WGES2
WGES2
WGES2
WGES2
WGES2
£30.35
1200 x 500
WGES5
WGES5
WGES5
WGES5
WGES5
WGES5
£34.10
460 x 355 x 305
WGSS10
WGSS10G
WGCSS10
WGASS10
WGPSS10
WGPSS10G
£97.90
460 x 915 x 457
WGSS11
WGSS11G
WGCSS11
WGASS11
WGPSS11
WGPSS11G
£104.25
460 x 457 x 457
WGSS12
WGSS12G
WGCSS12
WGASS12
WGPSS12
WGPSS12G
£85.80
Storage cabinets for hazardous materials. Strong welded 20swg steel
Stands
construction. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys.
460mm high stand
Pesticide/chemical cabinets have door vents to prevent fume build-up. Adjustable punched trays to contain spills and allow them to drain into removable sump. Removable sump for convenient removal of spills.
355 x 305mm suitable for FB5 915 x 457mm suitable for FB15 and FB20 457 x 457mm suitable for FB2, FB4 and FB10
Powder coated finish. Warning stickers. Shelf capacity 35kgs, maximum 250kgs per cabinet.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: Upgrade to 80kgs per shelf, maximum 400kgs for cabinet Ref: WGFBHD £17.35
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
HAZARDOUS CABINETS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
193
STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS
194 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS
DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS
Stainless Steel Hazardous FB Cabinets are supplied
Type
MADE IN BRITAIN
Size (H x W x D) mm
Shelves
Sump Ref Cap. Litres
Price
removable sump, leverlock handle with 2 rods locking
915 x 457 x 457
1
14.5
WGFB10SS
£554.90
top and bottom and 2 keys.
915 x 915 x 457
1
27
WGFB20SS
£779.60
1220 x 915 x 457
2
27
WGFB25SS
£932.35
1830 x 915 x 457
3
27
WGFB30SS
£1,293.65
457 x 457
WGES1SS
£33.65
915 x 457
WGES2SS
£49.30
complete with punched adjustable shelf trays,
Cabinet
Extra Shelf
Punched Shelf Trays Removable sump contains spillages and permits convenient removal.
OILY RAG BINS
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
>> Strong 16swg steel construction. >> Hinged lid with tubular lift handle. >> Available with or without removable steel liner >> Powder coated finish red
Type
Oily rag bin
194
STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614
Size (H x W x D) mm
Liner
Ref
Price
680 x 410 x 410
No
WGORB01
£170.70
830 x 600 x 450
No
WGORB02
£197.55
680 x 410 x 410
Yes
WGORB03
£212.00
830 x 600 x 450
Yes
WGORB04
£253.15
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HAZARDOUS BINS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
Flat top or sloping top bins >> Strong 14swg steel construction >> Hinged lid with restraining arm, hasp and staple >> Welded seams >> Drain plug >> Powder coated finish >> Colour choice: red, yellow, grey, white >> Warning stickers
Flat top bin
Sloping top bin
WALL MOUNTED CIGARETTE DISPOSAL BINS
H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
500 x 600 x 350
WGFTB01
£250.75
600 x 600 x 600
WGFTB02
£304.70
600 x 1200 x 600
WGFTB03
£413.70
900/500 x 900 x 750
WGSTB04
£456.45
900/500 x 1200 x 750
WGSTB05
£524.60
HAZARDOUS BINS / CIGARETTE BINS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 195
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
>> Stainless steel or powder coated steel >> Range of stylish options - will look good and provide convenient and efficient cigarette disposal >> Stainless steel liner - fitted as standard >> Internal removable, long-lasting, zintec steel liner, collects the cigarettes and provides for easy removal for emptying. >> Wall mounted cigarette bin Small 370 x 200 x 70mm Powder coated steel
Ref: WGCD001 £109.00
Stainless steel
Ref: WGCD002 £139.30
Large 445 x 245 x 70mm
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
Powder coated steel
Ref: WGCD003 £116.25
Stainless steel
Ref: WGCD004 £149.75
HAZARDOUS BINS / CIGARETTE BINS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
195
STEEL BIN CABINETS
196 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEEL BIN CABINETS
DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
All units supplied complete and fully assembled ready for immediate use.
Finish Powder coated finish in a choice of colours: Grey (as standard) Colour Options: Red Blue Green Full range of 72 models see next page.
Bin sizes
Bin capacity
Shelf capacity
Widths: 148mm (6 bins across) 222mm (4 bins across) 296mm (3 bins across) 445mm (2 bins across) 900mm (1 bin across)
10kg 12.5kg 15kg 20kg 30kg
60kg 50kg 45kg 40kg 30kg
Heights: 148mm (12 bins down) 220mm (8 bins down) 293mm (6 bins down) 440mm (4 bins down)
Depths Cabinet: 377, 427, 532mm Internal: 305, 355, 460mm Shelf: 253, 304, 409mm
Shelf Profiles Dished D Flush
F
Shelf Profile Sizes: Dished 50mm Flush 25mm Lipped 50mm
Lipped L “F” Flush shelves supplied unless other specified
196
STEEL BIN CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614
Cabinet heights
Doors
Full height: 1820mm
Doors are available as an option for all units. Twin steel doors, lock and 2 keys
Cabinet width All cabinets: 942mm
Height 1820mm
Ref WGSBC6D £224.40
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEEL BIN CABINETS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 197
72 bins Bin size W x H: 148 x 148mm
48 bins Bin size W x H: 222 x 148mm
36 bins Bin size W x H: 296 x 148mm
24 bins Bin size W x H: 445 x 148mm
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
305
WGSBC601
£581.40
305
WGSBC604
£523.20
305
WGSBC607
£478.10
305
WGSBC610
£436.45
355
WGSBC602
£636.20
355
WGSBC605
£565.95
355
WGSBC608
£511.65
355
WGSBC611
£466.35
460
WGSBC603
£698.25
460
WGSBC606
£625.05
460
WGSBC609
£565.70
460
WGSBC612
£514.55
48 bins Bin size W x H: 148 x 220mm
32 bins Bin size W x H: 222 x 220mm
24 bins Bin size W x H: 296 x 220mm
16 bins Bin size W x H: 445 x 220mm
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
305
WGSBC613
£505.90
305
WGSBC616
£444.25
305
WGSBC619
£404.85
305
WGSBC622
£366.85
355
WGSBC614
£546.95
355
WGSBC617
£477.00
355
WGSBC620
£437.80
355
WGSBC623
£390.75
460
WGSBC615
£601.25
460
WGSBC618
£541.10
460
WGSBC621
£481.65
460
WGSBC624
£426.20
36 bins Bin size W x H: 148 x 293mm
8 bins Bin size W x H: 445 x 440mm
18 bins Bin size W x H: 296 x 293mm
12 bins Bin size W x H: 445 x 293mm
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
Depth mm
Ref: 1820mm Price high units
305
WGSBC625
£494.05
305
WGSBC646
£331.30
305
WGSBC631
£388.60
305
WGSBC634
£358.20
355
WGSBC626
£548.15
355
WGSBC647
£349.30
355
WGSBC632
£413.60
355
WGSBC635
£392.85
460
WGSBC627
£582.25
460
WGSBC648
£384.00
460
WGSBC633
£454.60
460
WGSBC636
£420.55
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
STEEL BIN CABINETS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
197
DRAW CABINETS
198 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SYSTEM ‘D’ DRAWER CABINETS
DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
High density small parts storage system.
Steel construction throughout. All cabinets 895mm wide. Cabinet depths: 305 and 460mm. Available with or without lockable doors. (doors not available for 535mm and 675mm high units). Drawer dividers available for further stock separation (not available for 205 x 180mm size drawers). Steel drawers have rear retaining lip to hold drawer in unit while contents.
32 drawers (combination) 1070mm high
W x H
18 drawers:
135 x 75mm
6 drawers:
280 x 75mm
8 drawers:
205 x 180mm
Depth mm
Without doors
Price
305
WGDCD33
£545.75
460
WGDCD34
£619.75
Depth mm
With doors
Price
305
WGDCD33D
£678.10
460
WGDCD34D
£753.40
Finish: powder coated - drawers: grey Cabinets in choice of: grey, red, blue, green or yellow (grey supplied if not specified) are viewed / accessed.
198
DRAW CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRAW CABINETS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 199
Drawer W x H: 135 x 75mm
Drawer W x H: 280 x 75mm
Drawer W x H: 205 x 180mm
Drawer D: 285 or 440mm
Drawer D: 285 or 440mm
Drawer D: 285 or 440mm
Divider slots at 20mm centres
Divider slots at 20mm centres
30 drawers - 675mm high
15 drawers - 535mm high
8 drawers - 535mm high
Depth Without mm doors
Price
Depth mm
Without doors
Price
Depth mm
Without doors
Price
305
WGDCD00
£559.55
305
WGDCD19
£386.45
305
WGDCD25
£276.60
460
WGDCD01
£590.50
460
WGDCD20
£409.35
460
WGDCD26
£289.65
60 drawers - 1070mm high
30 drawers - 1070mm high
20 drawers - 1070mm high
Depth Without mm doors
Price
Depth mm
Without doors
Price
Depth Without mm doors
Price
305
WGDCD06
£943.35
305
WGDCD21
£601.85
305
WGDCD27
£445.55
460
WGDCD07
£978.85
460
WGDCD22
£649.65
460
WGDCD28
Price
Depth mm
With doors
Price
Depth With mm doors
Price
Depth With mm doors
£481.40
305
WGDCD06D £1082.25
305
WGDCD21D
£743.05
305
WGDCD27D
£588.20
460
WGDCD07D
460
WGDCD22D
£793.65
460
WGDCD28D
£624.90
£1119.95
90 drawers - 1600mm high
45 drawers - 1600mm high
28 drawers - 1500mm high
Depth mm
Without doors
Price
Depth mm
Without doors
Price
Depth Without mm doors
Price
305
WGDCD09
£1419.95
305
WGDCD23
£770.55
305
WGDCD29
£571.70
460
WGDCD10
£1471.75
460
WGDCD24
£836.90
460
WGDCD30
Depth mm
With doors
Price
Depth mm
With doors
Price
Depth With mm doors
Price
305
WGDCD09D
£1571.05
305
WGDCD23D
£916.30
305
WGDCD29D
£729.05
460
WGDCD10D
£1626.50
460
WGDCD24D
£979.15
460
WGDCD30D
£788.95
Packs of drawers and dividers
Packs of drawers and dividers
Packs of drawers
135mm wide x 75mm high
280mm wide x 75mm high
205mm wide x 180mm high
Steel Drawers Depth
£629.25
Ref
Price
Steel Drawers Depth
Ref
Price
Steel Drawers Depth
Ref
Price
6
285mm WGDCD12
£82.40
3
285mm WGDCD16
£53.00
3
285mm WGDCD31
£93.70
6
440mm WGDCD13
£88.05
3
440mm WGDCD17
£58.35
3
440mm WGDCD32 £100.95
Ref
Price
Dividers
Ref
Price
WGDCD15
£34.35
50
WGDCD18
£34.35
Dividers 50
-
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
-
DRAW CABINETS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
199
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
200 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Complete with specified Euro Container Box Trays external dimensions L x W 600 x 400mm. Rack construction: Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports and steel top cover. Metal strap prevents trays being pushed through when loading. Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy coated. Full tray specifications and prices for extra trays: See Euro Containers panel, bottom of page.
WGCT210
Model
No of trays
Internal tray ht.
Weight kg
O/all rack ht.
Ref
Price
1
6 x PC005
105mm
38
1100mm
WGCT206
£347.90
2
8 x PC005
105mm
46
1405mm
WGCT208
£398.95
3
10 x PC005
105mm
53
1710mm
WGCT210
£450.15
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.35
WGCT208
WGCT206
EURO CONTAINERS
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
Robust grey plastic containers that can interstack modularly with various sizes. Ideal for protective storage during transportation of goods. Lids and dollies can be supplied separately. All containers and accessories are manufactured from high-density food grade polypropylene which has a temperature resistance from -5˚ C to +70˚ C.
External Dimensions mm
External Dimensions mm
Length
Width
Height
Length
Width
Height
22
600
400
120
555
358
30
600
400
170
560
360
52
600
400
270
560
60
600
400
320
552
Size litre
200
Ref
Price
105
WGPC005
157
WGPC020
358
257
353
304
Pallet Quantity No. on Pallet
Pallet Ref
Price
£21.05
72
WGPC005/72
£724.55
£23.35
52
WGPC020/52
£622.05
WGPC021
£24.90
36
WGPC021/36
£484.35
WGPC022
£27.65
32
WGPC022/32
£499.25
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 201 MADE IN BRITAIN
Complete with specified Euro container box trays
WGCT606
600 x 400 external L x W. Rack construction: Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports and steel top cover. Metal strap prevents WGCT604
trays being pushed through when loading. Overall rack L x W: 700 x 525mm Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy coated. 4 Deep Tray Models, 164mm and 220mm internal tray heights. Full tray specifications and prices for extra trays: See Euro Containers panel, bottom of left hand page.
WGCT508
WGCT506
No. of trays Internal tray height
Overall rack height
Weight
Ref
Price
6 x PC020
164mm
1420mm
42kg
WGCT506
£377.70
8 x PC020
164mm
1830mm
51kg
WGCT508
£435.50
4 x PC021
220mm
1250mm
37kg
WGCT604
£336.80
6 x PC021
220mm
1780mm
49kg
WGCT606
£411.25
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.35
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
A versatile range of mobile steel racks. Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports. Supplied complete with grey European 600 x 400mm plastic containers. WGCT401
Wheels: All swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels.
WGCT408
Finish: Red epoxy. Trays: 22 litre solid grey containers Ref: WGPC005
WGCT406
(for full specification see bottom of left hand page). WGCT405
No. of Trays
Overall size LxWxH
Weight
Uniform load total capacity
Ref
Price
2x5
955 x 650 x 945mm
50kg
200kg
WGCT405
£438.15
6
525 x 650 x 1100mm
33kg
200kg
WGCT406
£314.70
8
525 x 650 x 1405mm
41kg
200kg
WGCT408
£369.40
10
525 x 650 x 1710mm
48kg
200kg
WGCT410
£425.25
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.35
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
201
CONTAINER TROLLEYS
202 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO DOLLY / TROLLEY
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
Euro Dolly Euro Dolly with optional tug handle. Maximum total capacity: 250kg Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 125mm diameter wheels, solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.
Containers are NOT included. For containers, please see below. Type
Overall dims L x W x H mm
Max Load Kgs
Weight kgs
Ref
Price
Euro Dolley
640 x 415 x 195
250
12
WGCT64
£93.45
Handle (optional)
920 x 305 x 30
1.5
WGTD804
£28.75
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB032 £10.95
Euro Trolley Maximum total capacity: 350kg Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 160mm diameter wheels, solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.
Designed to carry European 600 x 400mm range of containers in any combination of heights
Type
Overall dims L x W x H mm
Max Load Kgs
Weight Kgs
Ref
Price
Euro Trolley
950 x 615 x 985
350
24
WGCT81
£140.75
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB024 £12.15
EURO CONTAINERS
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
Robust grey plastic containers that can interstack modularly with various sizes. Ideal for protective storage during transportation of goods. Lids and dollies can be supplied separately. All containers and accessories are manufactured from high-density food grade polypropylene which has a temperature resistance from -5˚ C to +70˚ C.
Size litre
202
External Dimensions mm
External Dimensions mm
Ref
Price
Pallet Quantity
Length
Width
Height
Length
Width
Height
No. on Pallet
Pallet Ref
Price
22
600
400
120
555
358
105
WGPC005
£21.05
72
WGPC005/72
£724.55
30
600
400
170
560
360
157
WGPC020
£23.35
52
WGPC020/52
£622.05
52
600
400
270
560
358
257
WGPC021
£24.90
36
WGPC021/36
£484.35
60
600
400
320
552
353
304
WGPC022
£27.65
32
WGPC022/32
£499.25
CONTAINER TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SMALL PARTS STORAGE TRAY RACKS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
TRAY RACKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 203 MADE IN BRITAIN
Complete with specified Euro container box trays (L x W x H) 400 x 300 x 120mm external. Rack construction: WGCT226
Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports. Metal strap prevents trays from being pushed through when loading. Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGCT216
Model
No of trays
Overall size (H x W x D)
Weight
Ref
Price
1
12
1115 x 730 x 440mm
29kg
WGCT216
£443.25
2
24
1115 x 1420 x 440mm 49kg
WGCT226
£696.85
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB10 £15.35 ADDITIONAL TRAYS
Ref: WGPC-023 (single tray) £16.45
ADJUSTABLE TRAY RACK
MAX LOAD 200 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Complete with specified Euro container box trays. (L x W) 600 x 400mm external. Rack constructions: Welded square section steel tube base, formed sheet
WGCT271
steel uprights and zinc plated tray supports. Fully adjustable tray levels with 60 possible runner positions - making this tray WGCT272
rack extremely versatile. Just choose the container required and where to position it - multiple combinations - supplied complete with 10 x pairs of tray runners. Metal strap prevents trays from being pushed through when loading. Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Light grey epoxy. Weight: 25kgs empty Overall size (H x W x D): 1725 x 500 x 650mm.
Model
No of trays
Tray heights supplied
Ref
Price
4
Empty
None
WGCT270
£338.30
5
10
10 x 120mm
WGCT271
£474.45
6
8
3 x 120mm, 4 x 175mm, 1 x 235mm
WGCT272
£460.10
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB103 £15.35
For additional trays, please see previous page.
View product on YouTube
TRAY RACKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
203
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
204 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Food Grade
WGCT316
With white non-toxic polyethylene trays. Capacity 200kg UDL all models. WGCT312
All welded angle construction. Finished in red epoxy. WGCT310
Plastic trays slide onto fixed metal tray supports. Metal strap prevents trays being pushed through when loading. Optional steel top cover. Wheels: 4 swivel castors, white nylon 100mm diameter wheels. Tray specification All round grip. Solid base and sides External H x W x L: 80 x 450 x 754mm Internal H x W x L: 68 x 412 x 717mm Thermal resistance: -30˚ C to +60˚ C Washable up to 110˚ C Alternative sizes or models to suit customers own containers available on request.
WGCT308
WGCT306
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB103 £15.35 ADDITIONAL TRAYS
Ref: WGPC004 (single tray) £26.95 TOP COVER SHEET STEEL
(factory fitted) weight: 5 kg Ref: WGCT3 £30.35
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
No. of Trays
Overall floor area
Overall height
Weight
Ref
Price
6
780 x 530mm
890mm
36kg
WGCT306
£347.95
8
780 x 530mm
1120mm
45kg
WGCT308
£413.60
10
780 x 530mm
1320mm
53kg
WGCT310
£482.60
12
780 x 530mm
1580mm
62kg
WGCT312
£549.75
16
780 x 530mm
2000mm
74kg
WGCT316
£683.80
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Mobile tray racks with welded tubular and angle frame construction and drop-in ply shelves or Euro trays. Overall H x L x W : 1200 x 915 x 470mm. Wheels: 2 fixed — 2 swivel castors with 125mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Swivel tiers can be tilted 15˚or 30˚ in either direction
Roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy. Tray specification (Stock Trolleys and Container Trolleys). Solid base/sides Hand grips 4 sides. External H x W x L: 118 x 400 x 600mm. Internal H x W x L: 105 x 355 x 554mm. Thermal resistance -30˚ C to +60˚ C. Washable up to 110oC Non toxic polyethylene. Not suitable for food or medical etc. Frame levels: 200; 650; 1200 mm
WGCT06
1 fixed, 2 swivel tiers
Equipment supplied
Construction
Weight
Ref
Price
3 x drop-in ply shelves
3 fixed tiers
24kg
WGCT04
£209.60
3 x drop-in grey trays (WGPC005)
3 fixed tiers
28kg
WGCT05
£238.50
3 x drop-in grey trays (WGPC005)
1 fixed, 2 swivel tiers
30kg
WGCT06
£297.60
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB032 £10.95 ADDITIONAL GREY TRAYS
Ref: WGPC005 £21.05
204
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MULTI-TRIP CONTAINER TROLLEY
MAX LOAD 50 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
To carry 2 x 54ltr containers (containers extra). Welded tubular steel construction. Overall H x L x W: 1010 x 952 x 420mm. Blue epoxy finish Wheels: 4 x 125mm diameter castors fitted with grey non-marking tyres. Weight: 12kg
CONTAINER TROLLEYS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 205
Ref (without containers): WGCT03 £157.60
Attached Lid Containers
CONTAINER CARRIER TROLLEY
Capacity ltr
54
Internal H x L x W
547 x 365 x 345mm
External H x L x W
600 x 400 x 365mm
Order Ref
WGPC019
Price
£33.00
Lid Colour Options
B
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
R
Y
GN
MAX LOAD 50 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
To carry 2 x 50ltr containers without lids (containers extra). Welded tubular steel construction. Overall H x L x W: 940 x 1180 x 440mm. Blue epoxy finish Wheels: 4 x 125mm diameter swivel castors fitted with grey non-marking tyres. Weight: 14kg Ref (without containers): WGCT07 £159.70
Containers Capacity
50 litres
Lids
Without
Internal H x L x W
270 x 460 x 340mm
External H x L x W
300 x 600 x 400mm
Weight
2.3kg
Colour
Grey/ Light Grey
Ref
WGPC070
Price
£37.85
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: STEEL CLIPBOARD
(factory fitted) Blue epoxy finish Ref: WGT07 £28.65
CONTAINER TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
205
TAPERED TRUCKS / BOTTLE SKIPS
206 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MOBILE TAPERED TRUCKS
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS Please note: 7-10 days delivery applies to blue, red, & recycled black bins only.
Manufactured from 100% medium density food grade polyethylene. >> Lids available for all trucks >> Colours available: red, blue, green, yellow, natural >> Delivery is 10-15 days for green, yellow & natural colours >> Also available in Recycled Black (non food grade) >> Ref’s WGRB0317 and WGRB0412 are supplied with a plastic base for extra strength >> References WGRB0003, WGRB0120 and WGRB0121 are fitted with 4 x 75mm swivel castors >> Reference WGRB0227 is fitted with 4 x 100mm swivel castors >> References WGRB0317 and WGRB0412 are fitted with 2 x 100mm fixed and 2 x 100mm swivel castors >> WGRB0317K-RC & WGRB0412K-RC fitted with a plywood base
Ext. Dimensions LxWxH
Int. Dimensions LxWxH
Capacity Colour (liters) Truck Ref
460 x 460 x 510mm
410 x 410 x 410mm
72
460 x 460 x 760mm
410 x 410 x 660mm
118
630 x 530 x 690mm
560 x 465 x 580mm
825 x 480 x 750mm
Price
Lid Ref
Price
Recycled Black Truck Ref
WGRB0003 £60.00
WGRL0092
£21.45
WGRB0003K-RC £54.30
WGRL0092K-RC £21.45
WGRB0120
£67.15
WGRL0093
£21.45
WGRB0120K-RC
£60.00
WGRL0093K-RC £21.45
135
WGRB0121
£72.90
WGRL0094
£24.30
WGRB0121K-RC
£64.30
WGRL0094K-RC £24.30
740 x 410 x 645mm
200
WGRB0227
£84.30
WGRL0095
£25.75
WGRB0227K-RC
£74.30
WGRL0095K-RC £25.75
1010 x 685 x 725mm
905 x 575 x 590mm
320
WGRB0317
£118.60 WGRL0096
1345 x 730 x 755mm
1225 x 595 x 620mm
455
WGRB0412
£157.15
BOTTLE SKIPS
WGRL0097
£34.30 WGRB0317K-RC £41.45
WGRB0412K-RC
Price
Black lid ref
Price
£110.00 WGRL0096K-RC £34.30 £147.15
WGRL0097K-RC £41.45
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
Manufactured from 100% food grade medium density polyethylene. All trucks fitted with 4 x 2” swivel castors. Bolts moulded into base of truck to give greater strength, also makes the skips watertight. Available in blue and recycled black.
206
Ext. Dimensions L x W x H
Internal Dimensions L x W x H
Capacity Litres
Colour Truck Ref
Price
Recycled Black Truck Ref
Price
650 x 460 x 660mm
600 x 390 x 580mm
135
WGRB0111
£61.45
WGRB0111K-RC
£54.30
615 x 455 x 750mm
555 x 400 x 685mm
150
WGRB0113
£61.45
WGRB0113K-RC
£54.30
820 x 455 x 620mm
780 x 405 x 555mm
165
WGRB0115
£61.45
WGRB0115K-RC
£54.30
970 x 380 x 620mm
910 x 320 x 555mm
165
WGRB0118
£61.45
WGRB0118K-RC
£54.30
670 x 615 x 620mm
610 x 555 x 560mm
185
WGRB0119
£61.45
WGRB0119K-RC
£54.30
TAPERED TRUCKS / BOTTLE SKIPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PLASTIC CONTAINER TRUCKS WGCT82
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
Capacity 360 litres. Welded steel angle construction with removable steel tube side bars to hold containers. Overall L x W x H: 1040 x 730 x 810mm Finish: Blue or red epoxy (to match container colour) Wheels: Standard: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Balance Configuration: (highly manoeuvrable): 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with
PLASTIC CONTAINER TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 207
roller bearings. Container Bins: Red or blue, polyethylene, non-food quality with smooth snag-free interiors; suitable for general products including clothing and textiles. Containers are removable and stackable when empty. Containers are also available separately. Standard wheel configuration WGCT89
Temperature range -10˚ to +60˚ c Internal L x W x H: 930 x 640 x 610mm External L x W x H: 1040 x 730 x 615mm
Wheel type
Colour
Weight
Ref
Price
Standard
Blue
32kg
WGCT82
£290.95
Wheels
Red
32kg
WGCT88
£290.95
WGB024
£12.15
Optional total stop brakes (pair) Balance
Blue
32kg
WGCT87
£323.05
Wheels
Red
32kg
WGCT89
£323.05
Brakes not available on balance wheel models Balance wheel configuration
LAUNDRY TROLLEY
Extra bins and lids available on request.
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Versatile laundry trolley featuring a chrome plated steel tubular frame and a strong removable canvas sack. >> Easy to assemble >> Steel tubular frame with a chrome finish >> Plastic bumper protected corners >> Strong durable canvas sack WGCT82
>> 4 no. all swivel 100mm rubber castor (two braked)
Description
H x W x D (mm)
Capacity (kg) Ref
Price
Quad laundry trolley
880 x 920 x 550
100
WGLT/2
£168.00
Sack to suit quad laundry trolley
-
-
WGLT/2S
£24.00
PLASTIC CONTAINER TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
207
STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
208 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Supplied complete with containers, this versatile mobile range offers good capacity and flexibility. Removable tote style, open fronted, red plastic containers for storage and distribution of a wide range of goods. Finish: grey epoxy. Wheels: 4 x 100mm diameter swivel castors fitted with grey non-marking rubber tyres and thread guards. Choice of tops: Flush sheet steel or recessed tray lined with ribbed rubber.
OPTIONAL EXTRA: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB051 £11.50
WGCT20
WGCT25
WGCT23
WGCT26
No.of tote containers Ext. H x W x L (mm)
208
Model
Top Surface
180 x 415 x 375
290 x 415 x 455
O/all H x W x L mm Load Cap. kg
Weight kg
Ref
Price
CT20
sheet steel
4
-
1010 x 510 x 590
150
27
WGCT20
£278.15
CT21
lined tray
4
-
1010 x 510 x 590
150
27
WGCT21
£289.15
CT22
sheet steel
2
1
1010 x 510 x 590
150
26
WGCT22
£265.70
CT23
lined tray
2
1
1010 x 510 x 590
150
26
WGCT23
£279.95
CT24
sheet steel
8
-
1010 x 510 x 1050
150
47
WGCT24
£421.55
CT25
lined tray
8
-
1010 x 510 x 1050
150
47
WGCT25
£440.90
CT26
sheet steel
2
4
1010 x 510 x 1050
150
45
WGCT26
£419.65
CT27
lined tray
2
4
1010 x 510 x 1050
150
45
WGCT27
£432.45
STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 209 MADE IN BRITAIN
Supplied complete with containers. Finish: Grey epoxy. All the trolleys on this and opposite page are fitted with 100mm diameter swivel castors with grey rubber non-marking tyres and thread guards.
WGCT28
OPTIONAL EXTRA: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
extra (pair) Ref: WGB051 £11.50
WGCT19
WGCT29
No. and type of containers
Containers H x W x L mm (exterior)
Overall H x W x L mm
Load capacity kg
Weight kg
Ref
Price
2 x tote
295 x 415 x 455
890 x 520 x 610
150
19
WGCT28
£201.80
4 x tote
295 x 415 x 455
890 x 540 x 1130
150
22
WGCT29
£265.85
2 x box
320 x 400 x 600
890 x 510 x 800
150
25
WGCT19
£224.85
ADDITIONAL CONTAINERS
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
Note: Tote bins PC007/PC008 will stack.
WGPC006
Container Type
Container H x W x L mm
Ref
Price
Box
320 x 400 x 600
WGPC006
£46.95
Tote
180 x 415 x 375
WGPC007
£21.55
Tote
295 x 415 x 455
WGPC008
£28.80
WGPC007
WGPC008
STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
209
PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS
210 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CONTAINER SHELF TROLLEYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
A versatile range designed for 600 x 400 Euro containers and/or open fronted yellow stock boxes. Containers Use your own containers or choose from the selection below. General trolley specification: Welded steel tube and angle construction. WGCT47 - Capacity: 400kg UDL. 4 standard 600 x 400mm Euro containers per shelf (containers not included). Overall L x W x H: 1730 x 615 x 1315mm. Shelf heights: 235; 595; 955; 1315mm. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy. WGCT48 - Capacity: 350kg UDL. 3 standard 600 x 400mm Euro containers per shelf (containers not included). Overall L x W x H: 1280 x 650 x 1410mm. Shelf heights: 245; 520; 805;
WGCT47
1090mm. Shelf L x W: 1250 x 600mm. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm diameter rubber tyred grey non marking wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy with varnished plywood shelves. WGCT49 - Capacity: 400kg UDL. Accepts 2 standard 600 x 400mm Euro containers, or 6 yellow stock boxes per shelf (containers not included. Overall L x W x H: 1280 x 450 x 1410mm. Shelf heights: 245; 520; 805; 1090mm. Shelf L x W: 1250 x 405mm. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm diameter rubber tyred grey non marking wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy with varnished plywood shelves.
WGCT48
Overall size L x W x H mm
Capacity Kg
Weight kg
Ref
Price
1730 x 615 x 1315
400
75
WGCT47
£437.10
1280 x 650 x 1410
350
63
WGCT48
£386.35
1280 x 450 x 1410
400
51
WGCT49
£353.40
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
CONTAINERS
Plastic containers, available in packs, suitable for trolleys above. Suit models: WGCT46; WGCT47; WGCT48 & WGCT49 Capacity Internal Litres height Euro Containers
External Height
Weight Kgs
Min. Order
Ref
Price
Dark Grey Euro Containers - solid - L x W: 600 x 400mm
Euro Red Box
21
105mm
118mm
1.5
6
WGPC005
£21.05
33
164mm
175mm
1.87
6
WGPC020
£23.35
45
220mm
235mm
2.25
4
WGPC021
£24.90
60
300mm
319mm
2.73
4
WGPC022
£27.65
Suit models: WGCT46; WGCT47; WGCT48 & WGCT49 Euro Red Boxes - solid - L x W: 600 x 400mm 60
210
300mm
320mm
2.73
4
WGPC006
£46.95
PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SEMI-OPEN FRONTED CONTAINERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
A simple and effective small parts storage system for a wide range of materials. Manufactured from polypropylene, can be stacked or used with louvre panels, cabinets and shelving systems. Containers can be manufactured in specific brand colours for high volume users. >> Strong, heavy duty with reinforced base, sides and stacking rim
BIN CONTAINER PACKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 211
>> Durable and resistant to most industrial solvents >> Capable of withstanding a temperature range of -15oC to +50oC >> Smooth inside faces guard against build of grease >> Index card slot for identification labels (not supplied) >> Available in 6 sizes and 4 colours as standard
Decription
No.2
No.3
No.4
No.5
No.6
No.7
Length mm
165
240
350
350
375
520
Width mm
100
150
205
205
420
310
Height mm
75
132
132
182
182
200
No. Per Pack
20
10
10
10
5
5
Order Ref
WGPC101
WGPC102
WGPC103
WGPC104
WGPC105
WGPC106
Price
£32.75
£34.95
£44.85
£60.25
£65.50
£68.00
No. Per Pallet
90
54
25
20
20
16
Order Ref
WGPC101/90 WGPC102/54
WGPC103/25
WGPC104/20
WGPC105/20
WGPC106/16
Price
£1,649.00
£842.50
£942.50
£1,002.50
£954.50
Pack Quantities
Pallet Quantities
£1,068.50
78 bin unit cupboard with 42 x No 2 bins.
Double sided louvre panel trolley
Workbench louvre panels
Find on page 186.
3 panel high complete with 108 x No 3 bins.
Find on page 257.
Find on page 54.
BIN CONTAINER PACKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
211
PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS
212 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
RK CONTAINER Manufactured from high quality 100% recycled polypropylene. These plastic storage trays are ideal for use in shelving or carousels and as well as being environmentally friendly they are economical in price. Complete with a 5 year warranty. WGRK4214.ECO WGRK4209.ECO WGRK4109.ECO
WGRK6109.ECO
WGRK6214.ECO
View online for more sizes and accessories. Depth mm
400
600
WGRK6209.ECO
Width mm
Height mm
Volume Weight (Litres) Capacity kg
Ref
Price
Ref 10+
Price 10+
Ref 100+
Price 100+
117
90
2.7
234
90
6
2.5
WGRK4109.ECO
£3.20
WGRK4109.ECO/10+
£2.88
WGRK4109.ECO/100+
£2.56
5.4
WGRK4209.ECO £4.95
WGRK4209.ECO/10+
£4.46
WGRK4209.ECO/100+
234
140
£3.96
9.9
9
WGRK4214.ECO
£6.00
WGRK4214.ECO/10+
£5.40
WGRK4214.ECO/100+
117
£4.80
90
4.2
4.5
WGRK6109.ECO
£5.50
WGRK6109.ECO/10+
£4.95
WGRK6109.ECO/100+
£4.40
234
90
9.4
9
WGRK6209.ECO £8.35
WGRK6209.ECO/10+
£7.52
WGRK6209.ECO/100+
£6.68
234
140
15.4
13.5
WGRK6214.ECO
WGRK6214.ECO/10+
£8.37
WGRK6214.ECO/100+
£7.44
RK CONTAINER IN SHELVING
£9.30
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
The shelving and bin tray combination maximises floor space and creates a clean and tidy area for storage and picking of small parts. Shelving is galvanised, easy to assemble and shelves adjustable on 25mm increments.
Starter Bay
Extension Bay
Why not add a carry / safety handle? >> Helps retain bin in shelf >> Doubles as a convenient carry handle >> Easy to fit Suits RK
Ref
Price Each
100+ Each
Type 109
WGTSB1
£1.25
£1.05
Type 209, 214 WGTSB2
£1.50
£1.25
WGSKR4209G.ECO Shelving Depth mm
Shelving Width mm
Shelving Height mm
400
1000
1850
600
212
1000
1850
Ref
Qty Bins per bay
Qty Shelves per bay
Starter Bay Ref
Price
Extension Bay Ref
Price
WGRK4109.ECO
112
14
WGSKR4109G.ECO
£370.00
WGSKR4109A.ECO
£350.00
WGRK4209.ECO
56
14
WGSKR4209G.ECO
£315.00
WGSKR4209A.ECO
£295.00
WGRK4214.ECO
40
10
WGSKR4214G.ECO
£270.00
WGSKR4214A.ECO
£245.00
WGRK6109.ECO
112
14
WGSKR6109G.ECO
£565.00
WGSKR6109A.ECO
£545.00
WGRK6209.ECO
56
14
WGSKR6209G.ECO
£470.00
WGSKR6209A.ECO
£450.00
WGRK6214.ECO
40
10
WGSKR6214G.ECO
£375.00
WGSKR6214A.ECO
£355.00
PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SHELF BINS
SHELF BINS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 213 DELIVERED IN 5-15 DAYS
Available in 17 sizes, tough, blue polypropylene bins a practical alternative solution to cardboard or steel. Shelf bins are impervious to most oils, greases and chemicals and make the best use of available shelf space, particularly when used with shelving systems. The bin design includes a semi-open front, a facility for transparent dividers and a bin stop. For identification, durable plastic holders (complete with labels) are available. When not in use the bins will nest, reducing the amount of storage space required. WG066508 WG066507 WG066507 WG066505
BIN STOP
Type
L x W x H (mm)
Max Dividers per Bin
Pack Size
Ref
Price
3009 Bin
300 x 90 x 95
5
40
WG066501
£137.31
3012 Bin
300 x 120 x 95
3
30
WG066502
£114.60
3018 Bin
300 x 180 x 95
3
20
WG066503
£100.00
3024 Bin
300 x 240 x 95
3
15
WG066504
£81.02
4009 Bin
400 x 90 x 95
7
40
WG066505
£174.98
4012 Bin
400 x 120 x 95
4
30
WG066506
£153.84
4018 Bin
400 x 180 x 95
4
20
WG066507
£118.48
4024 Bin
400 x 240 x 95
3
15
WG066508
£105.44
4024-15 Bin
400 x 240 x 150
3
10
WG066509
£86.97
5009 Bin
500 x 90 x 95
9
40
WG066510
£211.94
5012 Bin
500 x 120 x 95
6
30
WG066511
£181.02
5018 Bin
500 x 180 x 95
6
20
WG066512
£138.81
5024 Bin
500 x 240 x 95
3
15
WG066514
£130.97
5024-15 Bin
500 x 240 x 150
3
10
WG066515
£121.64
6012 Bin
600 x 120 x 95
7
30
WG066516
£219.83
6024 Bin
600 x 240 x 95
7
15
WG066517
£142.75
6024-15 Bin
600 x 240 x 150
4
10
WG066518
£142.68
Bin Stop
80 x 40
N/A
100
WG066520
£65.68
P09 Divider
90 x 95
N/A
50
WG066525
£23.45
P12 Divider
120 x 95
N/A
50
WG066526
£25.76
P18 Divider
180 x 95
N/A
25
WG066527
£22.57
P24 Divider
240 x 95
N/A
25
WG066529
£33.76
P24-15 Divider
240 x 150
N/A
10
WG066530
£14.71
Label Holder inc. label
75 x 30
N/A
100
WG066536
£25.97
Please note: Bins are not supplied with dividers/ labels or bin stops, please order separately. 5-15 days delivery applies to blue bins only. Other colours are available. Delivery is 4-5 weeks for other colours - please contact our sales department for details.
SHELF BINS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
213
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS
214 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS GREY RANGE
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Euro Stacking Containers stack securely with other sizes. >> Standard Euro sizes for compatibility with 1200 x 1000mm or 1200 x 800mm pallet >> Compatible with many other standard Euro stacking containers >> Highly durable and easy to clean >> Ergonomic shell handles >> High stacking load >> Loads of sizes available online >> Keep your items safe and secure
Euro Stacking Container - Lids
>> Snap fit to Euro stacking container >> Secure with locking snap locks
Turn your containers into cases with
>> Drop on lids also available
hinged lids, snap locks and handles.
WG3-203-0 with handle WG3-203-0
Size (mm)
WG3-204-0
WG3-202-0
Pack Qty
Drop-On Lids Ref
Price
Ref
Price
for 200 x 150
5
WG3-944-0
£24.00
WG3-944-1
£24.00
for 300 x 200
5
WG3-215-0
£31.20
WG3-215-1
£31.20
for 400 x 300
5
WG3-214-0
£32.85
WG3-214-1
£32.85
for 600 x 400
5
WG3-213-0
£45.00
WG3-213-1
£45.00
for 800 x 600
2
WG3-223-0
£48.64
-
-
External Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
Internal Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
Cap. (Ltr)
WG3-202-0 with lid
Hinged Lids
Details*
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
HINGE CLIP Ref: WG89-3-832 £0.91 (pair)
Ref
Pack Qty
Pack Price
External Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
SNAP LOCKS for hinged lids Ref: Snap lock £0.91 (pair)
Internal Dimensions (mm) L x W x H
Cap. (Ltr)
HANDLE on side or ends Ref: Handle £3.00 (each)
Details* Ref
Pack Qty
Pack Price
200 x 150 x 120 162 x 112 x 114
2
WG3-237-0
5
£29.00
600 x 400 x 145 567 x 367 x 130
26
WG3-6413-02 5
£92.40
300 x 200 x 120 258 x 158 x 114
5
WG3-206-0
5
£32.10
600 x 400 x 170
552 x 352 x 165
30
WG3-208-0
5
£85.60
300 x 200 x 220 260 x 160 x 217 9
WG3-210-0
5
£48.45
600 x 400 x 220 558 x 358 x 217
40
WG3-201-0
5
£93.40
400 x 300 x 65
WG3-211-0
5
£44.90
600 x 400 x 235 555 x 355 x 232 45
WG44-6424
5
£94.20
WG3-203-0
5
£51.70
600 x 400 x 278 561 x 361 x 262
53
WG3-6426-0
5
£119.60
WG3-4313-0
5
£64.05
600 x 400 x 278 556 x 356 x 275
53
WG3-6426-1
5
£122.75
400 x 300 x 145 364 x 264 x 142 12
WG3-4313-53 5
£68.35
600 x 400 x 325 556 x 356 x 320
60
WG3-202-0
5
£114.65
400 x 300 x 170 352 x 252 x 165 15
WG3-207-0
5
£59.05
600 x 400 x 425 558 x 358 x 422
90
WG3-209-0
2
£67.24
400 x 300 x 220 359 x 259 x 217 20
WG3-204-0
5
£65.30
800 x 600 x 120 748 x 548 x 113
45
WG3-222-0
2
£92.74
400 x 300 x 235 355 x 255 x 232 20
WG44-4324
5
£65.85
800 x 600 x 220 749 x 549 x 202
90
WG3-221-72
2
£94.26
400 x 300 x 270 352 x 252 x 268 25
WG3-212-0
5
£75.55
800 x 600 x 220 748 x 548 x 216
90
WG3-221-0
2
£68.32
400 x 300 x 325 352 x 252 x 320 30
WG3-205-0
5
£74.10
800 x 600 x 325 750 x 550 x 305
130
WG3-220-72
2
£105.78
600 x 400 x 75
WG3-227-0
5
£62.90
800 x 600 x 325 748 x 548 x 319
134
WG3-220-0
2
£86.28
WG3-200-0
5
£71.05
800 x 600 x 425 748 x 548 x 408
170
WG3-219-72
2
£126.82
WG3-6143-0
5
£92.40
800 x 600 x 425 748 x 548 x 422
175
WG3-219-0
2
£110.02
355 x 255 x 62
6
400 x 300 x 120 352 x 252 x 114 10 400 x 300 x 145 364 x 264 x 130 11
552 x 352 x 71
r/base
14
600 x 400 x 120 552 x 352 x 114 20 600 x 400 x 145 565 x 365 x 130 26
r/base
r/base
r/base
r/base
r/base
* r/base = with reinforced base • h/holes = with hand holes †Approximately 15mm internal height may be lost when stacked. Size (L x W)
Colour
Cap.
Ref
Price
610 x 410 x 170mm Red or Blue 250kg WGPLAS64D Dolly £35.53
214
Size (L x W)
Colour
Cap.
Ref
Price
800 x 600 x 200mm
Dark Grey
450kg
WGBK-86Dolly
£74.43
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO CONTAINER INSERTS Removable container inserts
EURO CONTAINER INSERTS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 215 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Euro Case with inserts
For use with standard European size containers 600 x 400mm.
WG3-939-42
Euro Container with inserts
WG3-903-43
WG3-929-3
WG3-902-43 WG3-901-43
WG3-930-2
EURO CONTAINER DIVIDER STRIPS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
For use with standard European size containers 400 x 300, 600 x 600mm, 800 x 600mm Divider strips snap to size and interlock for ease of assembly, offering a
Euro Container with divider strips
flexible divider system.
Dimensions (mm) 139 x 89 x 99
WG80190
Weight (Kg)
Material
Details
Ref
Pack Qty
Price
-
Polypropylene 1/16
WG3-939-42 1
£2.81 *
177 x 139 x 99 -
Polypropylene 1/8
WG3-903-43 1
£3.64 *
277 x 177 x 99 -
Polypropylene 1/4
WG3-902-43 1
£4.57
355 x 277 x 99 -
Polypropylene 1/2 crossways
WG3-901-43 1
£7.77 *
555 x 89 x 99
-
Polypropylene 1/4 lengthways
WG3-930-2
1
£8.19 *
555 x 177 x 99 -
Polypropylene 1/2 lengthways
WG3-929-3
1
£9.55*
1100 x 190
0.54
Polypropylene
Divider strips
WG80190
10
£64.40
1100 x 150
0.44
Polypropylene
Divider strips
WG80150
10
£55.70
1104 x 88
0.22
Polypropylene
Divider strips
WG80088
10
£43.10
1104 x 45
0.11
Polypropylene
Divider strips
WG80045
10
£39.20
WG80150
All dimensions are shown in millimetres and displayed as L x W x H WG80088
*Delivery charge may apply if sold without Euro containers, please ask for details.
WG80045
EURO CONTAINER INSERTS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
215
EURO PICKING CONTAINERS
216 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO PICKING CONTAINERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Easy filling and emptying even when stacked >> Strong and durable design >> Can be easily transported using dollies >> Euro standard sizes for simple palletization
WGBK-OP64/22
>> Available with or without clear doors (600 x 400mm models only with doors) WGBK-OP64/27
>> 400 x 300mm & 600 x 400mm footprint sizes available with different
WGBK-OP64/32
>> Large pick access areas
heights available >> Drop on lids available >> Create container pick walls, see items below
External Dimensions (L x W xH) mm
WGBK-WD64/32
Ref:
Pack Qty.
Price
400 x 300 x 320
356 x 256 x 317
Open End
WGBK-OP43/32
5
£62.81
600 x 400 x 220
567 x 367 x 217
Open End
WGBK-OP64/22
5
£68.91
600 x 400 x 270
567 x 367 x 267
Open End
WGBK-OP64/27
5
£76.88
600 x 400 x 320
567 x 367 x 317
Open End
WGBK-OP64/32
5
£78.15
With Clear Drop Down Doors
ACCESSORIES: DROP-ON LIDS
Size mm
Ref
Pack Quantity Price
400 x 300
WGBK-DE43
5
£23.95
600 x 400
WGBK-DE64
5
£28.00
Ref
Price
Colour
Details
Open End Only
with lid
Size (L x W)
Internal Dimensions** (L x W xH) mm
Cap.
600 x 400 x 220
567 x 367 x 217
With Door
WGBK-WD64/22
5
£87.99
600 x 400 x 270
567 x 367 x 267
With Door
WGBK-WD64/27
5
£97.11
600 x 400 x 320
567 x 367 x 317
With Door
WGBK-WD64/32
5
£97.95
**If stacked without lids, internal height may be up to 20mm less.
610 x 410 x 170mm Red or Blue 250kg WGPLAS64D Dolly £35.53
PICK WALLS
Size (L x W)
Colour
Cap.
Ref
Price
800 x 600 x 200mm
Dark Grey
450kg
WGBK-86Dolly
£74.43
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Lightweight containers, easy to reconfigure >> Transform, build and breakdown in seconds
WGPWBK-OP64/32-20
>> Easy to clean >> Ready made combinations, making it easier for you to order and visualize >> A great alternative to fixed shelving
WGPWBK-OP64/22-32
216
WGPWBK-WD64/27-24
WGPWBK-OP64/27-24
WGPWBK-WD64/32-20
WGPWBK-WD64/22-32
Ref
Details
Wall Dimensions (W x D x H) mm
Container Type
Container Qty per Wall
Price
WGPWBK-OP64/22-32
Open end, no door
1600 x 600 x 1690
WGPWBK-OP64/27-24
Open end, no door
1600 x 600 x 1570
WGBK-OP64/22
32
£379.63
WGBK-OP64/27
24
WGPWBK-OP64/32-20
Open end, no door
£339.69
1600 x 600 x 1560
WGBK-OP64/32
20
WGPWBK-WD64/22-32
£299.23
Open end, with closable door
1600 x 600 x 1690
WGBK-WD64/22
32
£501.73
WGPWBK-WD64/27-24
Open end, with closable door
1600 x 600 x 1570
WGBK-WD64/27
24
£436.75
WGPWBK-WD64/32-20
Open end, with closable door
1600 x 600 x 1560
WGBK-WD64/32
20
£378.43
EURO PICKING CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
RE-USABLE FOLDING DISTRIBUTION EURO CONTAINERS
FOLDING EURO CONTAINERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 217 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Fold flat to save up to 80% of space >> Stackable, folded or open >> Manufactured from recyclable polypropylene >> Lightweight, space saving and re-usable >> Complete range of interstacking sizes >> Lids, dollies and accessories available
ISO standard modular transport system
Folding Euro Containers Volume litres
External Dims H x L x W mm
Internal Dims H x L x W mm
Capacity kg
Description
Colour
Ref
Price*
22
220 x 400 x 300
215 x 370 x 270
25
Solid side folding box
Blue
WG-432-22
£15.00
22
230 x 400 x 300
210 x 370 x 270
25
Solid side folding box with lid
Blue
WG-432-22-DL
£18.00
40
275 x 530 x 350
260 x 500 x 320
40
Solid side folding box
Blue
WG-532-40
£20.00
44
220 x 600 x 400
215 x 570 x 330
40
Solid side folding box
Blue
WG-643-44
£19.00
44
220 x 600 x 400
215 x 570 x 330
40
Solid side folding box with lid
Blue
WG-643-44-DL
£26.00
60
315 x 600 x 400
300 x 570 x 370
60
Perforated side folding box
Blue
WG-643-61-blue
£24.00
60
315 x 600 x 400
300 x 570 x 370
60
Perforated side folding box
Yellow
WG-643-61-yell
£24.00
65
320 x 600 x 400
315 x 570 x 370
60
Solid side folding box
Blue
WG-643-66
£25.00
65
320 x 600 x 400
315 x 570 x 370
60
Solid side folding box with lid
Blue
WG-643-66-DL
£30.00
Dolly
165 x 600 x 400
–
250
Open deck, suits all 600 x 400 containers
Black
WG-643-110
£55.00
Dolly
200 x 800 x 600
–
450
Solid deck, double stack 600 x 400 containers
Black
WG-864-210
£69.00
Red
WG-643-89
£11.00
Tamper evident lid stoppers (pack of 100)
Snap-off security seal, suits all containers with lids
*inclusive delivery is subject to a minimum order value of £200.00.
FOLDING EURO CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
217
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS
218 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS BASICLINE RANGE - SOLID
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Ergonomic hand holes (except shallow versions) >> High strength >> Excellent value for money >> Cold and heat resistant >> Euro standard sizes for simple palletization
Accessories Size (mm) External dimensions mm (L x W x H) 400 x 300 x 70 400 x 300 x 120 400 x 300 x 170 400 x 300 x 220 400 x 300 x 270 400 x 300 x 320 600 x 400 x 70 600 x 400 x 120 600 x 400 x 170 600 x 400 x 220 600 x 400 x 270 600 x 400 x 320
Internal dimensions mm (Base) L x W x H 367 x 268 x 67 367 x 268 x 117 367 x 268 x 167 367 x 268 x 217 367 x 268 x 267 367 x 268 x 317 567 x 367 x 67 567 x 367 x 117 567 x 367 x 167 567 x 367 x 217 567 x 367 x 267 567 x 367 x 317
Cap. Details (Ltr)
Ref
6.4 11.2 15.9 20.8 25.6 30 13.7 23.9 35.6 44.2 54.4 64.5
WGBK-ES43/70HG WGBK-ES43/12HG WGBK-ES43/17 WGBK-ES43/22 WGBK-ES43/27 WGBK-ES43/32 WGBK-ES64/70HG WGBK-ES64/12HG WGBK-ES64/17 WGBK-ES64/22 WGBK-ES64/27 WGBK-ES64/32
Hand grips Hand grips Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes Hand grips Hand grips Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes
Pack Price Qty. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
£32.05 £33.95 £37.95 £41.95 £47.90 £51.25 £38.85 £48.65 £55.80 £62.65 £71.45 £70.20
Drop-On Lids Pack Qty.
Price
400 x 300 WGBK-DE43
Ref
5
£23.95
600 x 400 WGBK-DE64
5
£28.00
Size (L x W)
Colour
Cap.
Ref
Price
610 x 410 x 170mm
Red or Blue
250kg
WGPLAS64D Dolly
£35.53
Size (L x W)
Colour
Cap.
Ref
Price
800 x 600 x 200mm
Dark Grey
450kg
WGBK-86 Dolly
£74.43
Products can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS BASICLINE RANGE - VENTILATED
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Strong base >> Ventilated base and sides >> Food grade Polypropylene >> Ergonomic hand holes >> Easy to clean, ideal for food logistics >> Excellent value for money >> Euro standard sizes for simple palletization
Accessories Size (mm) External dimensions mm (L x W x H) 400 x 300 x 70 400 x 300 x 120 400 x 300 x 170 400 x 300 x 220 400 x 300 x 270 400 x 300 x 320 600 x 400 x 70 600 x 400 x 120 600 x 400 x 170 600 x 400 x 220 600 x 400 x 270
Internal dimensions mm (Base) L x W x H 367 x 268 x 58 367 x 268 x 108 367 x 268 x 158 367 x 268 x 208 367 x 268 x 258 367 x 268 x 308 567 x 367 x 55 567 x 367 x 105 567 x 367 x 155 567 x 367 x 205 567 x 367 x 255
600 x 400 x 320 567 x 367 x 305
Cap. Details (Ltr)
Ref
5.4 10.2 14.9 19.8 24.6 29 11.2 21.4 33.1 41.7 51.9
Hand grips Hand grips Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes Hand grips Hand grips Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes
WGBK-EV43/70HG WGBK-EV43/12HG WGBK-EV43/17 WGBK-EV43/22 WGBK-EV43/27 WGBK-EV43/32 WGBK-EV64/70HG WGBK-EV64/12HG WGBK-EV64/17 WGBK-EV64/22 WGBK-EV64/27
62
Hand holes WGBK-EV64/32
Pack Price Qty. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
£32.05 £33.95 £37.50 £41.55 £46.65 £49.50 £39.70 £48.65 £54.55 £61.40 £69.80
Drop-On Lids Pack Qty.
Price
400 x 300 WGBK-DE43
Ref
5
£23.95
600 x 400 WGBK-DE64
5
£28.00
Size (L x W)
Colour
Cap.
Ref
Price
610 x 410 x 170mm
Red or Blue
250kg
WGPLAS64D Dolly
£35.53
Size (L x W)
Colour
Cap.
Ref
Price
800 x 600 x 200mm
Dark Grey
450kg
WGBK-86 Dolly
£74.43
£66.55
Products can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.
218
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ECONOMY RANGE CASES STACKABLE
ECONOMY RANGE CASES STACKABLE
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 219 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Ergonomic hand holes or hand grips >> High strength >> Excellent value for money >> With hinged lids and snap locks >> Stackable >> Lightweight and easy to carry
External dimensions mm (L x W x H)
Internal dimensions mm (Base) LxWxH
Cap. Details (Ltr)
Ref
Pack Qty.
Price
400 x 300 x 85
367 x 268 x 67
6.4
Hand grips
WGBK-CASE43/70HG
5
£54.10
400 x 300 x 135
367 x 268 x 117
11.2
Hand grips
WGBK-CASE43/12HG
5
£56.05
400 x 300 x 185
367 x 268 x 167
15.9
Hand holes
WGBK-CASE43/17
5
£59.95
400 x 300 x 235
367 x 268 x 217
20.8
Hand holes
WGBK-CASE43/22
5
£63.95
400 x 300 x 285
367 x 268 x 267
25.6
Hand holes
WGBK-CASE43/27
5
£69.90
400 x 300 x 335
367 x 268 x 317
30
Hand holes
WGBK-CASE43/32
5
£73.25
600 x 400 x 85
567 x 367 x 67
13.7
Hand grips
WGBK-CASE64/70HG
5
£64.90
600 x 400 x 135
567 x 367 x 117
23.9
Hand grips
WGBK-CASE64/12HG
5
£74.75
600 x 400 x 185
567 x 367 x 167
35.6
Hand holes
WGBK-CASE64/17
5
£81.85
600 x 400 x 235
567 x 367 x 217
44.2
Hand holes
WGBK-CASE64/22
5
£88.65
600 x 400 x 285
567 x 367 x 267
54.4
Hand holes
WGBK-CASE64/27
5
£97.55
600 x 400 x 335
567 x 367 x 317
64.5
Hand holes
WGBK-CASE64/32
5
£96.25
Strong Snap Locks
Strong Hinged Lids
Accessories - Dollies Size (L x W)
Colour
610 x 410 x 170mm
Red or Blue
Cap.
Ref
250kg
WGPLAS64D Dolly
Price
Size (L x W)
Colour
£35.53
800 x 600 x 200mm
Dark Grey
Cap.
Ref
Price
450kg
WGBK-86 Dolly
£74.43
ECONOMY RANGE CASES STACKABLE
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
219
ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS
220 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Securely stack with lids closed and nest with lids open, saving valuable storage space. >> Large variety of sizes and colours available
WGPLAS55LE/CLEAR
>> Pimple pads for easy removal of adhesive labels >> Label holders available on most models >> Tamper evident seals available >> Strong and robust >> Lightweight and easy to carry >> Euro sizes available for simple palletization >> Coloured options available for colour coding >> Easy to clean (food grade models available)
WGPLAS21
WGPLAS24ALC
WGPLAS40ALC
WGPLAS52ALC
WGPLAS55LE
WGPLAS62ALC
External mm LxWxH
Internal mm (Base) L x W x H
Capacity (Litres)
Weight Kg
Info
Colours
Ref
Pack Qty
Pack Price
Pack Qty
Pack Price
400 x 300 x 265
336 x 252 x 240
21.1
1.63
Recycled PP
Red Lid, Black Base
WGPLAS21ALC
5
£55.67
10
£94.67
400 x 300 x 310
332 x 249 x 285
24
1.74
Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base
WGPLAS24ALC
5
£61.67
10
£106.67
600 x 400 x 250
533 x 355 x 230
40
2.9
Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base
WGPLAS40ALC
5
£73.67
10
£134.00
600 x 400 x 310
517 x 349 x 283
52.7
2.9
Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base
WGPLAS52ALC
5
£76.37
10
£139.40
5
£83.87
10
£154.40
WGPLAS55LE/CLEAR
5
£86.99
10
£160.64
WGPLAS62ALC
5
£79.67
10
£146.00
600 x 400 x 306
510 x 340 x 260
55
3.2
Virgin, PP
Blue, yellow, red, WGPLAS55LE green, orange, purple
600 x 400 x 306
510 x 340 x 260
55
3.2
Virgin, PP
Transparent
600 x 400 x 365
512 x 345 x 338
62
3.1
Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base
Can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices. Accessories can be found on page 221.
220
ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS (CONTINUED)
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Securely stack with lids closed and nest with lids open, saving valuable storage space. >> Wide comfortable handles >> Integral lid can not become separated from containers Can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.
ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 221
WGLC6 Black
WGLC3Coloured
External mm (L x W x H)
Internal mm (Base) L x W x H
WGLC3PLAS
Cap. (Ltrs)
1160 x 480 x 365 1000 x 370 x 330 126 710 x 460 x 368
597 x 374 x 330
80
710 x 460 x 368
597 x 374 x 330
80
710 x 460 x 368
597 x 374 x 330
80
WGLC3-V/PLASTOR/BLK/BLK
Weight Info Kg Recycled 7.5 PP Base Virgin, Food 4.3 Grade PP Recycled PP 4.3 Base
Blue, Red or WG10083ALC Green Red Lid, Black WGLC3PLAS Base
4.3
Black
Virgin PP
Colours
Ref
Pack Pack Qty Price
Pack Pack Qty Price
Black
WGLC6 Black
2
£72.80
5
£103.88 10
£191.09
5
£90.51
10
£164.33
WGLC3-V/PLASTOR/BLK/BLK 5
£99.51
10
£182.33
-
-
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: Info
Ref
Pack Qty
Pack Price
610 x 410 x 170mm. Red or Blue. All wheels swivel , 250kg capacity
WGPLAS64D Dolly
1
£35.53
Tamper evident seals (Pack of 500 seals)
WGBLO1
1 Pack (of 1000)
£31.33
Label Holders for 24 Litre ALCs
WGPLAS24 Label
10
£6.93
Label Holder for 40, 52 and 62 Litre Crates
WGPLAS40/52/62
10
£6.93
Label Holders for 55 Litre Crates
WGPLAS55LE/LABEL
10
£9.33
Label Holder for 80 Litre Crates
WGLC3 Label
10
£6.93
TAMPER EVIDENT SECURITY SEALS for all attached lid containers. Two required per container. Ref: WGBLO1
LABLE HOLDER COVER Ref: WGPLAS40/52/62
EURO DOLLY Ref: WGPLAS64D Dolly
ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
221
STACK NEST CONTAINERS
222 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BALE ARM CONTAINERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Securely stack or nest with swinging bale arms, saving valuable storage space.
WGSN431802
>> Large variety of sizes >> Safe stacking >> Ventilated models for good air circulation >> Ideal for temperature controlled environments >> Ideal for fresh produce >> Pimple pads for easy removal of adhesive labels >> Easy to carry, lightweight with comfortable hand holes >> As found in leading supermarkets
WGSN641902
WGPLASBA6432
Bale Arm Containers (Maxinest) External mm (L x W x H)
Internal mm (Base) L x W x H
Capacity (Litres)
Weight (Kg)
Info
Colours
Ref
Pack Qty
Pack Price
Pack Qty
Pack Price
400 x 300 x 180
364 x 264 x 144
15
1
2 Bale Arms
Blue
WGSN431802
5
£46.55
10
£83.10
600 x 400 x 199
546 x 349 x 172
35
1.7
2 Bale Arms
Blue
WGSN641902
5
£52.70
10
£95.40
600 x 400 x 320
502 x 330 x 307
53
2.5
2 Bale Arms
Blue
WGPLASBA64/32
5
£70.65
10
£131.30
All products can be purchased as single units, please ask for details and prices.
180º STACK NEST CONTAINERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Ideal for colour coding >> Stack or nest when rotated by 180º >> 50 Litre capacity >> Available in blue, green, red or black >> Food grade
WGPLASSN50
>> Heavy duty! Very durable! >> Far superior to anything you will find on the high street Products can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.
External mm (L x W x H)
Internal mm (Base) L x W x H
Capacity (Litres)
Weight (Kg)
Info
Colours
Ref
Pack Qty
Pack Price
Pack Qty
Pack Price
610 x 407 x 275
480 x 335 x 245
50
2
Solid Sides and Base
Blue, Red, or Green
WGPLASSN50
5
£66.50
10
£123.00
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
222
Info
Ref
Pack of
Pack Price
600 x 400mm Euro dolly. All wheels swivel, 300kg capacity
WGRM90D Dolly
1
£57.15
STACK NEST CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PALLET BOXES
PALLET BOXES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 223 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
With 3 skids (*1210K3) or with feet (*1210F) Volume: 610 Litres. >> Made of high density polyethylene (HDPE) bottom and walls are solid
WGML1210F
>> Virgin material - guaranteed and certified
Box with 4 feet
>> Fully recyclable >> Resistant to infra-red and ultra-violet rays >> Resistant to extreme temperatures >> It can be stacked to facilitate transport, storage, materials handling >> Available in various configurations with options of four feet, three skids and dropon stackable lids
WGML1210K3
Box with 3 skids
External mm (L x W x H)
Internal mm (Base) L x W x H
Cap. (Ltr)
With Feet / Runners
Units Delivered on a Pallet
Ref
Pack Qty
Pack Price
Pack Qty
Pack Price
1200 x 1000 x 760
1108 x 908 x 600
610
4 Feet
1-3
WGML1210F
1
£200.28
3
£500.84
1200 x 1000 x 760
1108 x 908 x 600
610
3 Runners
1-3
WGML1210K3 1
£217.59
3
£552.77
COLLAPSIBLE PALLET BOXES
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Space saving, fully collapsible pallet boxes with drop down doors for easy access. Designed with pallet-style base, allowing for easy transportation with forklift or pallet truck, even when stacked. >> Stackable even with lid (see below) and when collapsed >> Easy access drop down doors on all sides. Can even be opened when pallet boxes are stacked >> Optional wheels available (for models with feet only) see below >> Also available in Euro (1200 x 800mm) sizes and with runners, please ask for details
WGPLASKLK1210
(with 4 feet) External mm LxWxH
Internal mm LxWxH
Capacity (Litres)
With Feet / Runners
Compatible with Wheels
Units Delivered on a Pallet
Ref
Pack Pack Qty Price
1200 x 1000 x 1000
1110 x 910 x 820
900
4 Feet
Yes
1-5
WGPLASKLK1210 1
Pack Pack Qty Price
£303.47 5
£1,317.35
Also available in Euro (1200 x 800mm) sizes and with runners, please ask for details.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
>> Stackable when on pallet boxes
>> Suits pallet boxes with
>> Robust
feet only
>> Compatible with all 1200 x 1000mm
>> All castors are braked and will
boxes above
require self-assembly
>> Also available in Euro (1200 x 800mm) DROP ON LIDS FOR PALLET BOXES
sizes, please ask for details
External Dimensions (L x W) 1200 x 1000 Ref: WG4410.820 £52.79
>> Pallet boxes with wheels have WHEELS FOR FOLDING PALLET BOXES
450kg max. load capacity
Braked (Set of 4) Ref: WGPLASMR04065 £58.00
PALLET BOXES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
223
SKIPS AND BINS
224 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TILTING SKIP BIN
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
Choice of two capacities – 200kg (200 litres) or 400kg (260 litres). Fabricated sheet steel body mounted on square frame chassis. Reinforced body rim. No sharp edges. Handle for pushing and load dumping. Load will not tip until retaining latch is released by the operator. Welded fork guides are available as an option. Finish: Blue epoxy Wheels: 200mm diameter axle mounted front wheels with single 200mm diameter rear swivel castor, fitted with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.
Loose fitting perforated base and drain tap. OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES on single swivel castor. Ref: WGB013/1 £7.75
WHEELBARROW SKIP
Capacity
250kg
400kg
Body size L x W x H mm
1050 x 580 x 525
1200 x 630 x 700
Overall size L x W x H mm
1175 x 850 x 790
1320 x 900 x 970
Weight
68kg
75kg
Ref
WGSB08
WGSB10
Price
£476.50
£521.65
Including perf. base & drain tap Weight
71kg
78kg
Ref
WGSB08DT
WGSB10DT
Price
£555.85
£601.05
Fork lift pockets (factory fitted extra) 125 x 40mm Ref
WGSB/FP
WGSB/FP
Price
£87.50
£87.50
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
Fully welded construction in sheet steel with formed top edge and front nose strengthening. Tubular push handle continues down length of body for extra strength. Front and rear tubular supports allow for static and tipping use. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: Fully supported tubular axle fitted with choice of 400mm diameter solid rubber or pneumatic tyred wheels with roller bearings.
224
Body dims L x W x H mm
Overall dims L x W x H mm
Weight Wheel Kgs type
Ref
Price
1155 x 625 x 460
1650 x 900 x 680
58
Solid
WGSB12
£373.75
1155 x 625 x 460
1650 x 900 x 680
47
Pneumatic
WGSB12P
£365.30
SKIPS AND BINS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
AUTOMATIC SELFTIPPING SKIPS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Automatic self-tipping skips. A robust range of rear entry automatic tipping skips ideal for all types B2
B1
B2
of waste handling. The tipping mechanism is activated by running the container against the side of a larger container - see image below. For best performance the skip must be full. Designed for use with fork lift trucks but can also be used with Stackers (conversion kit required) and can be moved with pallet trucks. Manufactured from 2.5 or 3mm steel plate. See accessories below.
Volume (Litres)
External Size mm (L x W x H)
B1
B2
Ref
Price
150
815 x 760 x 580
630
230
WG305010
£299.00
300
1235 x 840 x 750
630
230
WG305011
£375.00
600
1525 x 865 x 870
630
230
WG305012
£469.00
900
1525 x 1215 x 870
630
230
WG305013
£579.00
1100
1700 x 1215 x 1045
630
230
WG305014
£665.00
1600
2073 x 1066 x 1248
630
230
WG305015
£759.00
2000
2073 x 1316 x 1248
1035
230
WG305016
£989.00
2500
2073 x 1566 x 1248
1035
230
WG305017
£1,199.00
3000
2073 x 1866 x 1248
1035
230
WG305018
£1,249.00
AUTOMATIC SELF-TIPPING SKIPS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 225
Accessories Description
Capacity kg
Height mm
Wheel Ø mm
Ref
Price
(A) Nylon wheel set
1050
190
150
WG30491
£85.00
(A) Nylon wheel set
1800
200
200
WG30100
£119.00
(B) Polyurethane wheel set
900
195
160
WG30087
£99.00
(B) Polyurethane wheel set
1200
240
200
WG30701
£145.00
(C) Stacker conversion kit
-
-
-
WG30089
£75.00
Fork Locking
-
-
-
WG30088
£49.00
Lids for tipping skips Practical lids for tipping skips. Colour: Grey Description
Size mm (L x W )
Ref
Price
Lid for 150 L tipping skip
815 x 760
WG305050
£79.00
Lid for 300 L tipping skip
1235 x 840
WG305051
£115.00
Lid for 600 L tipping skip
1525 x 865
WG305052
£135.00
Lid for 900 L tipping skip
1525 x 1215
WG305053
£165.00
Lid for 1100 L tipping skip
1700 x 1215
WG305054
£195.00
Lid for 1600 L tipping skip
2073 x 1066
WG305055
£219.00
Lid for 200 L tipping skip
2073 x 1316
WG305056
£245.00
Lid for 2500 L tipping skip
2073 x 1566
WG305057
£295.00
Lid for 3000 L tipping skip
2073 x 1866
WG305058
£345.00
(A) 2 fixed + 2 castor wheels
Manual tipping
Automatic tipping and return
(B) 2 fixed + 2 castor wheels
(C) Stacker conversion kit
AUTOMATIC SELF-TIPPING SKIPS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
225
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKSHOP 226 - 265 Our extensive selection of workshop equipment is constructed and built by skilled fabricators and welders to the highest UK specifications. A comprehensive range of workbenches caters for every requirement, with a choice of standard, 4 level and height adjustable models, with stainless steel, antistatic or timber and value, medium duty or heavy duty options available; along with many different workbench accessories. A selection of work desks, foreman’s desks, safety matting and pallet strapping systems complete the range.
WORKBENCHES TIMBER WORKBENCHES WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES WORK DESKS SAFETY MATTING PALLET STRAPPING SYSTEMS
228-251 252-253 254-257 258-259 260-261 262-265
227
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKBENCHES
228 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
JUST BENCHES
DELIVERED IN 5-8 DAYS
Just Benches offer an economic benching system. Simple to build general purpose benches offering value for money solutions throughout the workplace. >> Bench height 928mm >> Supplied with metal foot plates and full assembly instructions >> Available in 4 upright colours with Light Grey beams >> Available in 2 widths and 2 depths >> 18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelves Bench B Supplied with full depth lowershelf. Optional Melamine worktop, allows Bench B
cleaning - price on request. Bench C T-bar construction allows users to be seated on either side of the bench. Optional Melamine worktop, allows cleaning - price on request.
Standard Colour Choice: Blue (GB)
Red (RD)
Bench C
Bench B - Chipboard worktop W x D mm
VALUE WORKBENCHES
Ref
Dark Grey (GX)
Light Grey (GU)
Bench C - Chipboard worktop Price
W x D mm
Ref
Price
1800 x 750 WGJABB7518GU £158.70
1800 x 750 WGJABC7518GU £108.10
2400 x 750 WGJABB7524GU £184.00
2400 x 750 WGJABC7524GU £126.50
1800 x 900 WGJABB9018GU £174.80
1800 x 900 WGJABC9018GU £116.15
2400 x 900 WGJABB9024GU £203.55
2400 x 900 WGJABC9024GU £132.25
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Our best selling ‘Award Winning’ benches. >> 300kg UDL* shelf capacity >> 16mm chipboard tops and steel centre supports >> Simple assembly in just 10 minutes >> Choose from standard chipboard or wipe-clean white melamine >> Shelves adjustable every 35mm in height
H x W x D mm
Top
Ref
Price
900 x 1400 x 600
Chipboard
WG350WBA
£77.70
900 x 1800 x 600
Chipboard
WG350WBB
£96.60
900 x 1400 x 600
Melamine
WG350WBAM
£93.90
900 x 1800 x 600
Melamine
WG350WBBM
£118.30
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
228
WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BIG800 SERIES BENCH
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
BiG800 Premium Boltless Workbenches Designed for intensive workshop use with a capacity of up to 800 kilos UDL per level, BiG800 workbenches are simple and quick to build but incredibly strong and stable. Manufactured from premium grade steel and available in a choice of popular colours, our huge stock of components ensures rapid 48 hour delivery. Please note that for ease of handling, chipboard decks wider than 1830 mm wide are supplied in 2 pieces. Benches with 2 shelves
>> Industrial strength workbenches with extra thick premium grade steel beams >> Boltless easy assembly – simply tap together with a rubber mallet >> Powder coated in a choice of 5 colour combinations >> 2 level benches with high density chipboard decks >> Extra shelves can be added for additional storage >> Shelves adjustable in height every 38 mm >> Tie plates for joining benches and optional feet are available >> 15mm thick high density chipboard shelves For the BiG800 benches, besides the standard Blue / Orange (BO), we can now offer Blue / Light Grey (BG) (as image), Two Tone Grey (TG), Red / Grey (RG) and Dark Grey / Orange (GO) at no extra cost.
PACKING BENCHES / 4 LEVEL WORKSTATIONS
>> 1525 wide benches – 800 kilos UDSWL per level >> 1830 wide benches – 610 kilos UDSWL per level >> 2440 wide benches – 500 kilos UDSWL per level H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
915 x 1525 x 455
WGB8WB1504BO
£111.05
915 x 1525 x 610
WGB8WB1506BO
£117.45
915 x 1525 x 915
WGB8WB1509BO
£132.80
915 x 1830 x 455
WGB8WB1804BO
£120.00
915 x 1830 x 610
WGB8WB1806BO
£127.70
915 x 1830 x 915
WGB8WB1809BO
£145.60
900 x 1830 x 1200
WGB8WB1812BO
£201.25
900 x 2440 x 455
WGB8WB2404BO
£146.90
915 x 2440 x 610
WGB8WB2406BO
£155.85
915 x 2440 x 915
WGB8WB2409BO
£177.60
915 x 2440 x 1220
WGB8WB2412BO
£249.45
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES / PACKING BENCHES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 229
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Packing Benches Designed to aid efficiency in busy packing areas >> Chipboard decks >> Large deck capable of carrying a massive 300kg UDL* per level >> Comes with 2 reel bars and an adjustable bottom shelf >> Each reel can hold up to 50kg UDL suitable for most tubular wrapping materials >> 900mm high work surface H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
1500 x 1200 x 750
WGWSBPA
£158.00
1500 x 1800 x 750
WGWSPB
£171.55
4 Level Workstations Perfect for busy packing or workshop areas >> Standard 900mm height with choice of sizes >> 250mm deep rear shelf ideal for packaging >> All levels adjustable in height every 40mm >> Simple self assembly H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
1400 x 1400 x 600
WGWSA
£119.05
1800 x 1800 x 600
WGWSB
£146.35
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES / PACKING BENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
229
TRADITIONAL 4-LEG WORKBENCH
230 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TRADITIONAL SQUARE 4-LEG FRAME DESIGN
MAX LOAD 300 KG
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITIAN
WGA8-LA
Style ref ‘A’ capacity 300kg Construction: Fully welded steel 32 x 32mm legs. 50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members. Frame finished in light grey epoxy.
Worktop Options
Size L mm 1200
1500
1800
Standard Worktops W mm Laminate
Price
Vinyl
Price
600
WGA1-LA
£298.70
WGA1-V
750
WGA2-LA £311.75
WGA2-V
900
WGA3-LA £331.15
600
Price
Steel
Price
Stainless
Price
£343.35 WGA1-M
£271.20
WGA1-S
£347.90
WGA1-SS
£432.85
£359.15
WGA2-M
£279.85
WGA2-S
£360.50 WGA2-SS
£450.75
WGA3-V
£372.45
WGA3-M
£291.60
WGA3-S £373.30
WGA3-SS
£472.30
WGA4-LA £313.60
WGA4-V
£363.30 WGA4-M
£285.00
WGA4-S
£368.65
WGA4-SS
£454.75
750
WGA5-LA £350.60
WGA5-V
£380.30 WGA5-M
£293.85 WGA5-S £385.20
WGA5-SS
£482.95
900
WGA6-LA £389.90 WGA6-V
£394.50
WGA6-M
£311.45
WGA6-S
£397.45
WGA6-SS
£499.70
600
WGA7-LA
WGA7-V
£382.55
WGA7-M
£304.40
WGA7-S
£393.65
WGA7-SS
£476.45
750
WGA8-LA £393.80 WGA8-V
£397.95
WGA8-M
£315.65
WGA8-S £410.00
WGA8-SS
£505.80
900
WGA9-LA £425.20
£413.15
WGA9-M
£329.70
WGA9-S £426.15
WGA9-SS
£551.75
£355.65
WGA9-V
MDF
WGE3-ALA6
Lower Shelf (Extra) 600
WGA1-LSLA
£66.75
WGA1-LSV
£116.25
WGA1-LSM
£45.95
1200 750
WGA2-LSLA
£74.60
WGA2-LSV
£124.95 WGA2-LSM
£49.40
900
WGA3-LSLA
£86.35
WGA3-LSV
£130.65 WGA3-LSM
£52.95
600
WGA4-LSLA
£108.45
WGA4-LSV
£126.95 WGA4-LSM
£50.35
1500 750
WGA5-LSLA
£108.55
WGA5-LSV
£137.95
WGA5-LSM
£57.20
900
WGA6-LSLA
£131.80
WGA6-LSV
£143.60 WGA6-LSM
£65.05
600
WGA7-LSLA
£111.60
WGA7-LSV
£139.20 WGA7-LSM
£63.30
1800 750
WGA8-LSLA
£142.65
WGA8-LSV
£147.25
WGA8-LSM
£67.60
900
WGA9-LSLA
£164.55
WGA9-LSV
£152.85 WGA9-LSM
£71.15
Easy Order Workbench One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard front colours (supplied in blue if not specified).
Worktops L x D mm
Laminate
Price
Vinyl
Price
Steel
Price
Frame: Square 4-leg - “A” (Illustrated - 300kg capacity) 1200 x 750 WGE3-ALA4 £1140.15
WGE3-AV4 £1188.85 WGE3-AST4 £1187.50
1500 x 750 WGE3-ALA5 £1207.15
WGE3-AV5 £1241.75
WGE3-AST5 £1236.90
1800 x 750 WGE3-ALA6 £1272.80 WGE3-AV6 £1289.00 WGE3-AST6 £1276.90
230
TRADITIONAL 4-LEG WORKBENCH
Tel: 01446 772614
OPTIONAL EXTRA: BRAKED CASTORS
2 x swivel and 2 x swivel braked castors fitted with 100mm blue resilex tyred wheels and roller bearings. Ref. WGAA-MOB £69.30
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 231
WGRE
WGRK
WGRC
WGRH
WGRD
WGRG
Left fitted Ref
Right fitted Ref
Price
Single drawer
140 x 410 x 430
WGLA
WGRA
£113.15
2 drawer unit
280 x 410 x 430
WGLE
WGRE
£172.95
3 drawer unit
420 x 410 x 430
WGLH
WGRH
£226.80
4 drawer unit
560 x 410 x 430
WGLK
WGRK
£345.85
Small cupboard
420 x 410 x 430
WGLC
WGRC
£119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd
560 x 410 x 430
WGLG
WGRG
£232.95
Large cupboard
560 x 410 x 430
WGLD
WGRD
£122.45
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,
-
WGRS
£56.45
1800
Price
Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:
Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:
1200
Red
Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser
Dark Grey
Tube length mm:
610
Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg
WGTSS4
Blue
Light Grey
Bench Length mm
Blue supplied if none specified.
Price
1500
£111.20 WGTLF5
Price
£123.05 WGTLF6
1220 £81.10
WGTSS5
£127.65
1220 £84.75
WGTSS6
£89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Louvre panel
WGRLP4
£102.35 WGRLP5
£108.45 WGRLP6
£114.70
Tool panel
WGRTP4
£102.35 WGRTP5
£108.45 WGRTP6
£114.70
Multipanel Tool / louvre
WGRMP4
£102.35 WGRMP5
£108.45 WGRMP6
£114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)
£88.15
WGRSD5
£94.70
WGRSD6
£101.20
SES - 575mm Above Bench
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
Rear support posts Short posts
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
Tall posts
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
Long posts required
WGRA
H x W x D mm
Short/long post required
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.
Below bench accessory
No posts required
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
for tool clips see page 255.
for monitor arm see page 255.
TRADITIONAL 4-LEG WORKBENCH
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
231
456 HEAVYDUTY WORKBENCHES
232 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
456 HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
MAX LOAD 450 KG
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
MADE IN BRITIAN
Style ref ‘A’ capacity 450kg Heavy duty square welded steel construction with choice of 25, 36 or 50mm thick worktops. 25mm worktops - 5 choices (36mm & 50mm worktops available on request). Fully welded steel 50 x 50mm legs 50 x 25mm cross members. Standard height 840mm 750 & 900mm available at no extra cost.
WGDA8-LA
Worktop Options
Size
Standard Worktops
L mm W Laminate mm 200
1500
1800
Price
Vinyl
Price
MDF
Price
Steel
Price
Stainless
Price
Lower Shelf Steel (Extra)
Price
600 WGDA1-LA
£325.55 WGDA1-V
£382.10 WGDA1-M
£310.10 WGDA1-S
£386.70 WGDA1-SS
£471.60 WGDA1-LSS
£67.55
750
£361.15 WGDA2-V £399.00 WGDA2-M
£319.00 WGDA2-S
£400.35 WGDA2-SS
£490.60 WGDA2-LSS
£73.55
WGDA2-LA
900 WGDA3-LA £380.90 WGDA3-V
£410.75 WGDA3-M £328.52 WGDA3-S
£411.68
WGDA3-SS
£510.65 WGDA3-LSS
£79.50
600 WGDA4-LA
£361.20 WGDA4-V
£401.15 WGDA4-M
£318.34 WGDA4-S
£406.50 WGDA4-SS
£492.60 WGDA4-LSS
£83.15
750
£397.70 WGDA5-V
£418.00 WGDA5-M £329.80 WGDA5-S
£422.84 WGDA5-SS
£520.60 WGDA5-LSS
£89.10
WGDA5-LA
900 WGDA6-LA
£436.95 WGDA6-V £429.80 WGDA6-M
£342.15 WGDA6-S
£432.80 WGDA6-SS £534.95 WGDA6-LSS
£91.40
600 WGDA7-LA
£410.00 WGDA7-V £438.00 WGDA7-M
£337.45 WGDA7-S
£432.85 WGDA7-SS
£515.65 WGDA7-LSS
£91.40
750
£446.00 WGDA8-V
£416.65 WGDA8-M £350.50 WGDA8-S
£450.10 WGDA8-SS £545.90 WGDA8-LSS
£95.50
£484.70 WGDA9-V £449.85 WGDA9-M £373.90 WGDA9-S
£462.80 WGDA9-SS £588.40 WGDA9-LSS
£103.15
WGDA8-LA
900 WGDA9-LA
Easy Order Workbench One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard front colours (supplied in blue if not specified). WGE3-HDLA6
Worktops L x D mm
Laminate
Price
Vinyl
Price
Steel
Price
Frame: Heavy Duty - “DA” (450kg capacity) - 25mm tops 1200 x 750 WGE3-HDLA4 £1189.55
232
WGE3-HDV4
£1227.35
WGE3-HDST4 £1228.70
1500 x 750 WGE3-HDLA5 £1254.25 WGE3-HDV5
£1274.55
WGE3-HDST5 £1279.35
1800 x 750 WGE3-HDLA6 £1324.95
£1316.95
WGE3-HDST6 £1329.05
WGE3-HDV6
456 HEAVYDUTY WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 233
WGRE
WGRK
WGRC
WGRH
WGRD
WGRG
Left fitted Ref
Right fitted Ref
Price
Single drawer
140 x 410 x 430
WGLA
WGRA
£113.15
2 drawer unit
280 x 410 x 430
WGLE
WGRE
£172.95
3 drawer unit
420 x 410 x 430
WGLH
WGRH
£226.80
4 drawer unit
560 x 410 x 430
WGLK
WGRK
£345.85
Small cupboard
420 x 410 x 430
WGLC
WGRC
£119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd
560 x 410 x 430
WGLG
WGRG
£232.95
Large cupboard
560 x 410 x 430
WGLD
WGRD
£122.45
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,
-
WGRS
£56.45
1800
Price
Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:
Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:
1200
Red
Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser
Dark Grey
Tube length mm:
610
Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg
WGTSS4
Blue
Light Grey
Bench Length mm
Blue supplied if none specified.
Price
1500
£111.20 WGTLF5
Price
£123.05 WGTLF6
1220 £81.10
WGTSS5
£127.65
1220 £84.75
WGTSS6
£89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Louvre panel
WGRLP4
£102.35 WGRLP5
£108.45 WGRLP6
£114.70
Tool panel
WGRTP4
£102.35 WGRTP5
£108.45 WGRTP6
£114.70
Multipanel Tool / louvre
WGRMP4
£102.35 WGRMP5
£108.45 WGRMP6
£114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)
£88.15
WGRSD5
£94.70
WGRSD6
£101.20
SES - 575mm Above Bench
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
Rear support posts Short posts
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
Tall posts
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
Long posts required
WGRA
H x W x D mm
Short/long post required
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.
Below bench accessory
No posts required
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
for tool clips see page 255.
for monitor arm see page 255.
456 HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
233
456 MEDIUM WORKBENCHES
234 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CANTILEVER FRAME DESIGN
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
MAX LOAD 300 KG
MADE IN BRITIAN
Style ref ‘C’ - capacity 300kg Standard height 840mm, 750 & 900mm available at no extra cost.
WGC8-LA
Worktop Options
Construction 50 x 25mm cross members with formed 1.5mm steel back, side and footrest panels.
Size
Standard Worktops
L mm
W mm
1200
900 1500
1800
Laminate
Price
Vinyl
Price
MDF
Price
600
WGC1-LA
£361.55
WGC1-V
£406.20
WGC1-M
£324.70
750
WGC2-LA
£373.95 WGC2-V
£421.45
WGC2-M
£332.20
WGC3-LA
£394.20
WGC3-V
£435.55
WGC3-M
£344.75
600
WGC4-LA
£385.30
WGC4-V
£435.05
WGC4-M
£342.25
750
WGC5-LA
£422.65
WGC5-V
£452.45
WGC5-M
£353.35
900
WGC6-LA
£462.00
WGC6-V
£466.55
WGC6-M
£369.55
600
WGC7-LA
£429.70
WGC7-V
£456.60
WGC7-M
£364.85
750
WGC8-LA
£467.10
WGC8-V
£471.25
WGC8-M
£374.25
900
WGC9-LA
£497.35
WGC9-V
£485.30
WGC9-M
£401.15
Frame finished in light grey epoxy.
Easy Order Workbench One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard front colours (supplied in blue if not specified). WGE3-CLA6
Size
Worktops
L x D mm
Laminate
Price
Vinyl
Price
Frame: Cantilever - “CL” (300kg capacity)
234
1200 x 750
WGE3-CLA4
£1202.35
WGE3-CV4
£1249.80
1500 x 750
WGE3-CLA5
£1279.20
WGE3-CV5
£1309.00
1800 x 750
WGE3-CLA6
£1346.05
WGE3-CV6
£1350.20
456 MEDIUM WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 235
WGRE
WGRK
WGRC
WGRH
WGRD
WGRG
Left fitted Ref
Right fitted Ref
Price
Single drawer
140 x 410 x 430
WGLA
WGRA
£113.15
2 drawer unit
280 x 410 x 430
WGLE
WGRE
£172.95
3 drawer unit
420 x 410 x 430
WGLH
WGRH
£226.80
4 drawer unit
560 x 410 x 430
WGLK
WGRK
£345.85
Small cupboard
420 x 410 x 430
WGLC
WGRC
£119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd
560 x 410 x 430
WGLG
WGRG
£232.95
Large cupboard
560 x 410 x 430
WGLD
WGRD
£122.45
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,
-
WGRS
£56.45
1800
Price
Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:
Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:
1200
Red
Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser
Dark Grey
Tube length mm:
610
Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg
WGTSS4
Blue
Light Grey
Bench Length mm
Blue supplied if none specified.
Price
1500
£111.20 WGTLF5
Price
£123.05 WGTLF6
1220 £81.10
WGTSS5
£127.65
1220 £84.75
WGTSS6
£89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Louvre panel
WGRLP4
£102.35 WGRLP5
£108.45 WGRLP6
£114.70
Tool panel
WGRTP4
£102.35 WGRTP5
£108.45 WGRTP6
£114.70
Multipanel Tool / louvre
WGRMP4
£102.35 WGRMP5
£108.45 WGRMP6
£114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)
£88.15
WGRSD5
£94.70
WGRSD6
£101.20
SES - 575mm Above Bench
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
Rear support posts Short posts
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
Tall posts
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
Long posts required
WGRA
H x W x D mm
Short/long post required
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.
Below bench accessory
No posts required
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
for tool clips see page 255.
for monitor arm see page 255.
456 MEDIUM WORKBENCHES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
235
ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES
236 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES
MAX LOAD 300 KG
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
MADE IN BRITIAN
Static control cantilever and 4 leg workstations with conductive or static dissipative worksurfaces. Workbenches c/w earth grounding cord + press stud.
WGAS8-ALA
Cantilever Construction Medium duty (300kg) construction 14 & 16swg to BS6323. Cantilever leg design, fitted with 4 adjustable feet.
WGA8-ALA
4 Leg Construction Medium duty (300kg) Fully welded steel 32 x 32mm legs 50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members. Frame finished in light grey epoxy.
Worktop Options
Cantilever Design Size
ALA
Price
600
WGAS1-BFB
£399.00
WGAS1-ALA
750
WGAS2-BFB
£408.90
WGAS2-ALA
WGAS3-BFB
1200
900
1800
Worktop Price
D mm
1500
236
Worktop BFB
L mm
Worktop options:
4 Leg Design BFB
Price
ALA
Price
£442.40 WGA1-BFB
£336.15
WGA1-ALA
£379.50
£477.85
WGA2-BFB
£346.65
WGA2-ALA
£415.55
£420.50 WGAS3-ALA
£495.80
WGA3-BFB
£357.45
WGA3-ALA
£432.75
600
WGAS4-BFB
£425.75
WGAS4-ALA
£494.35
WGA4-BFB
£354.05
WGA4-ALA
£422.50
750
WGAS5-BFB
£445.15
WGAS5-ALA
£535.60
WGA5-BFB
£373.05
WGA5-ALA
£463.50
900
WGAS6-BFB
£457.10
WGAS6-ALA
£562.05
WGA6-BFB
£385.15
WGA6-ALA
£490.00
600
WGAS7-BFB
£453.55
WGAS7-ALA
£525.75 WGA7-BFB
£379.45
WGA7-ALA
£493.20
750
WGAS8-BFB
£483.05
WGAS8-ALA
£569.90
WGA8-BFB
£409.75
WGA8-ALA
£508.00
900
WGAS9-BFB
£495.05
WGAS9-ALA
£588.55
WGA9-BFB
£423.00
WGA9-ALA
£518.00
ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
(BFB) Black fibreboard worksurface conductive resistance to ground: 1 x 10-3-1 x 10-5 ohms (ALA) Grey laminate worksurface static dissipative resistance to ground: 1 x 10-4-9 x 10-6 ohms
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 237 ACCESSORIES - ABOVE BENCH Accessory
Ref
Price
Extension posts (pair) required for the following accessories Short
WGSES-A
£54.40
Tall
WGTES-A
£68.60
Top light frame with flourescent fitting and diffuser 1200
WGTLF4-A
£111.20
1500
WGTLF5-A
£123.05
1800
WGTLF6-A
£127.65
Top shelf - steel 290mm depth 1200
WGTSS4-A
£81.10
1500
WGTSS5-A
£84.75
1800
WGTSS6-A
£89.80
Top shelf - Dissipative laminate 290mm depth 1200
WGTDL4-A
£178.15
1500
WGTDL5-A
£192.35
1800
WGTDL6-A
£206.55
Rear louvre panel 450mm high 1200
WGRLP4-A
£102.35
1500
WGRLP5-A
£108.45
1800
WGRLP6-A
£114.70
Rear service duct 2 x 13amp sockets and insulators 1200
WGRSD4-A
£92.35
1500
WGRSD5-A
£100.75
1800
WGRSD6-A
£108.90
Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly
COLOURS:
ACCESSORIES - BELOW BENCH Accessory H x W x D
Left fitted Right fitted Price
Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430mm
WGLA
WGRA
£113.15
2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430mm
WGLE
WGRE
£172.95
3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430mm
WGLH
WGRH
£226.80
4 drawer unit 560 x 410 x 430mm
WGLK
WGRK
£345.85
Small cupboard 420 x 410 x 430mm
WGLC
WGRC
£119.85
Single drawer + small cupboard 560 x 410 x 430mm
WGLG
WGRG
£232.95
Large cupboard 560 x 410 x 430mm
WGLD
WGRD
£122.45
ADDITIONAL ANTISTATIC EQUIPMENT Accessory
Ref
Price
General Earth bonding plug
WGADT001
£9.80
Wristband and cord
WGADT002
£14.65
Wriststrap connection point
WGADT003
£32.05
Straight cord
WGADT004
£10.05
Earth lead and plug
WGADT005
£9.45
Heel grounder
WGADT006
£15.05
Wristband tester
WGADT009
£172.20
Resistivity tester
WGADT010
£331.45
Bench mat with stud 1200 x 600mm
WGADT011
£125.50
Floor mat with stud 1200 x 1500mm
WGADT012
£261.00
Standard conductive chair
WGADT024
£180.50
Ergonomic conductive chair
WGADT022
£322.10
Arms (pair)
WGADT023
£31.75
WGADT020
£36.00
All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:
Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice: Blue Red
Light Grey
Dark Grey Blue supplied if none specified.
WGADT002
WGADT004
WGADT001
WGADT003
WGADT020
Testers WGADT024
Matting WGADT009
WGADT010
WGADT005
WGADT006
Seating (medistat vinyl)
Sign Warning sign (rigid plastic)
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
WGADT022
ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
237
CUPBOARD WORKBENCHES
238 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk MAX LOAD 300 KG
DELIVERED IN 15-18 DAYS
CUPBOARD BENCHES
MADE IN BRITIAN
Medium duty workbenches fitted with full length sliding door cupboard - capacity 300kg.
Fully boxed bench with sliding doors and half depth central shelf.
WGRE8-LA
COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:
Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice: Blue Red
Light Grey
Dark Grey
Storage / cupboard benches
Construction:
are based on the square 4-leg
Welded steel square and
medium duty 456 range of
rectangular section frame.
workbenches. Full range of
(14 and 16swg to BS6323)
sizes and worktops available.
Worktop specifications:
Cupboards have single fixed
Plastic edge lipping is available as an
steel shelf.
option for laminate or vinyl worktops.
Blue supplied if none specified.
Worktop Options
For all stainless steel models see page 251.
Size W mm 600
WGRE1-LA
£655.05
WGRE1-V
£699.65
WGRE1-M
£618.20
WGRE1-SS
£789.20
1200
750
WGRE2-LA
£675.25
WGRE2-V
£722.65
WGRE2-M
£633.45
WGRE2-SS
£814.30
WGSSCB5
1500
1800
238
Standard Worktops
L mm
Laminate
Vinyl
Price
MDF
Price
Stainless
Price
900
WGRE3-LA
£693.45
WGRE3-V
£734.75
WGRE3-M £644.00 WGRE3-SS
£834.60
600
WGRE4-LA
£690.40
WGRE4-V
£740.15
WGRE4-M
£647.45
WGRE4-SS
£831.65
WGRE5-M £665.40
750
WGRE5-LA
£734.70
WGRE5-V
£764.50
WGRE5-SS
£867.10
900
WGRE6-LA
£779.20
WGRE6-V
£783.75 WGRE6-M £686.35 WGRE6-SS
£888.90
600
WGRE7-LA
£737.40
WGRE7-V
£764.35
WGRE7-M
£672.50
WGRE7-SS
£858.25
750
WGRE8-LA
£783.15
WGRE8-V
£787.25
WGRE8-M £689.15
WGRE8-SS
£895.10
900
WGRE9-LA
£819.80
WGRE9-V
£807.80
WGRE9-M £723.70
WGRE9-SS
£946.40
CUPBOARD WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
Price
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 239 EASY ORDER WORKBENCH One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard front colours (supplied blue if not specified).
Worktops L x D mm
Laminate
Price
Vinyl
Price
Frame: Medium Duty - RE (450kg capacity) - 25mm worktops WGE3-REV4
£1,173.80
1500 x 750
WGE3-RELA5
£1,214.00
WGE3-REV5
£1,243.85
1800 x 750
WGE3-RELA6
£1,284.90
WGE3-REV6
£1,289.00
WGE3-RELA6
Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:
Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:
1200
Red
Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser
Dark Grey
Tube length mm:
610
Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg
WGTSS4
Blue
Light Grey
Bench Length mm
Blue supplied if none specified.
Price
1500
£111.20 WGTLF5
Price
£123.05 WGTLF6
1220 £81.10
WGTSS5
1800
Price £127.65
1220 £84.75
WGTSS6
£89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Louvre panel
WGRLP4
£102.35 WGRLP5
£108.45 WGRLP6
£114.70
Tool panel
WGRTP4
£102.35 WGRTP5
£108.45 WGRTP6
£114.70
Multipanel Tool / louvre
WGRMP4
£102.35 WGRMP5
£108.45 WGRMP6
£114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)
£88.15
WGRSD5
£94.70
WGRSD6
£101.20
SES - 575mm Above Bench
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
Rear support posts Short posts
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
Tall posts
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
Long posts required
£1,126.40
Short/long post required
WGE3-RELA4
No posts required
1200 x 750
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
for tool clips see page 255.
for monitor arm see page 255.
CUPBOARD WORKBENCHES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
239
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
240 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BOLT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 300 KG
MADE IN BRITIAN
Style ref ‘BHB’ - capacity 300kg Height adjustable 4 leg bench using a simple bolt system. 9 standard sizes with choice of 5 standard worktop materials. Stepless height adjustable pillars formed from 2mm sheet steel allowing height adjustment from 650 to 950mm. Finished in light grey epoxy with a choice of worktops.
Quick and simple bolt fixing for adjustable leg frames.
WGBHB8-LA
Worktop Options
Size L mm 1200
1500
1800
Standard Worktops W mm
Laminate
Price
Vinyl
Price
MDF
Price
600
WGBHB1-LA
£419.35
WGBHB1-V
£464.00
WGBHB1-M
£382.55 WGBHB1-S
Steel
Price
£468.60 WGBHB1-SS
Stainless
Price £553.50
750
WGBHB2-LA
£433.45
WGBHB2-V
£480.85
WGBHB2-M
£391.65
WGBHB2-S
£482.20
WGBHB2-SS
£572.50
900
WGBHB3-LA
£451.35
WGBHB3-V
£492.65
WGBHB3-M
£401.95
WGBHB3-S
£493.50
WGBHB3-SS
£592.50
600
WGBHB4-LA
£435.50
WGBHB4-V
£485.20
WGBHB4-M
£392.40 WGBHB4-S
£490.55 WGBHB4-SS
£576.60
750
WGBHB5-LA
£471.25
WGBHB5-V
£500.95
WGBHB5-M
£401.90
WGBHB5-S
£505.85 WGBHB5-SS
£603.60
900
WGBHB6-LA
£507.15
WGBHB6-V
£511.70
WGBHB6-M
£414.35
WGBHB6-S
£514.75
WGBHB6-SS
£616.90
600
WGBHB7-LA
£476.90
WGBHB7-V
£503.85
WGBHB7-M
£412.00
WGBHB7-S
£514.90
WGBHB7-SS
£597.70
750
WGBHB8-LA
£515.90
WGBHB8-V
£520.05
WGBHB8-M
£421.95
WGBHB8-S
£532.10
WGBHB8-SS
£627.85
900
WGBHB9-LA
£546.05
WGBHB9-V
£534.10
WGBHB9-M
£449.95
WGBHB9-S
£547.05
WGBHB9-SS
£672.70
Easy Order Workbench One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated.
WGE8-BHLA6
Worktops
240
L x D mm
Laminate
Price
Vinyl
Price
Steel
1200 x 750
WGE8-BHLA4
£884.60
WGE8-BHV4
£932.05
WGE8-BHST4
£933.35
1500 x 750
WGE8-BHLA5
£950.55
WGE8-BHV5
£980.30
WGE8-BHST5
£985.15
1800 x 750
WGE8-BHLA6
£1017.65
WGE8-BHV6
£1021.80
WGE8-BHST6
£1033.85
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
Price
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 241
WGRE
WGRK
WGRC
WGRH
WGRD
WGRG
Left fitted Ref
Right fitted Ref
Price
Single drawer
140 x 410 x 430
WGLA
WGRA
£113.15
2 drawer unit
280 x 410 x 430
WGLE
WGRE
£172.95
3 drawer unit
420 x 410 x 430
WGLH
WGRH
£226.80
4 drawer unit
560 x 410 x 430
WGLK
WGRK
£345.85
Small cupboard
420 x 410 x 430
WGLC
WGRC
£119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd
560 x 410 x 430
WGLG
WGRG
£232.95
Large cupboard
560 x 410 x 430
WGLD
WGRD
£122.45
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,
-
WGRS
£56.45
1800
Price
Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:
Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:
1200
Red
Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser
Dark Grey
Tube length mm:
610
Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg
WGTSS4
Blue
Light Grey
Bench Length mm
Blue supplied if none specified.
Price
1500
£111.20 WGTLF5
Price
£123.05 WGTLF6
1220 £81.10
WGTSS5
£127.65
1220 £84.75
WGTSS6
£89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Louvre panel
WGRLP4
£102.35 WGRLP5
£108.45 WGRLP6
£114.70
Tool panel
WGRTP4
£102.35 WGRTP5
£108.45 WGRTP6
£114.70
Multipanel Tool / louvre
WGRMP4
£102.35 WGRMP5
£108.45 WGRMP6
£114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)
£88.15
WGRSD5
£94.70
WGRSD6
£101.20
SES - 575mm Above Bench
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
Rear support posts Short posts
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
Tall posts
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
Long posts required
WGRA
H x W x D mm
Short/long post required
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.
Below bench accessory
No posts required
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
for tool clips see page 255.
for monitor arm see page 255.
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
241
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
242 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT CANTILEVER WORKBENCHES
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 300 KG
MADE IN BRITIAN
Style ref ‘AHB’ - capacity 300kg Manufactured from formed 2mm sheet steel with 50 x 25mm cross members.
WGAHB8-LA
Height adjustable 770mm to 1260mm Stepless height adjustable columns with retractable crank handle operating spindles and gears for smooth and precise adjustment from 770mm to 1260mm working height. Finished in light grey and black epoxy with choice of worktops.
Crank handle extends for operation and retracts under bench when not required
Adjustable columns.
Worktop Options
Size W mm
Laminate
Price
Vinyl
Price
MDF
Price
Steel
Price
Stainless
Price
1200
600 750
WGAHB1-LA WGAHB2-LA
£717.70 £730.00
WGAHB1-V WGAHB2-V
£762.35 £777.35
WGAHB1-M WGAHB2-M
£683.45 £691.00
WGAHB1-S WGAHB2-S
£766.90 £778.75
WGAHB1-SS WGAHB2-SS
£851.80 £869.05
900 600
WGAHB3-LA WGAHB4-LA
£744.75 £738.90
WGAHB3-V WGAHB4-V
£786.10 £788.60
WGAHB3-M WGAHB4-M
£697.30 £699.05
WGAHB3-S WGAHB4-S
£787.00 £794.00
WGAHB3-SS WGAHB4-SS
£885.95 £880.05
750 900
WGAHB5-LA WGAHB6-LA
£773.60 £807.50
WGAHB5-V WGAHB6-V
£803.40 £812.05
WGAHB5-M WGAHB6-M
£709.55 £719.15
WGAHB5-S WGAHB6-S
£808.20 £815.10
WGAHB5-SS WGAHB6-SS
£906.00 £917.30
600 750
WGAHB7-LA WGAHB8-LA
£781.35 £820.40
WGAHB7-V WGAHB8-V
£808.25 £824.60
WGAHB7-M WGAHB8-M
£719.70 £732.40
WGAHB7-S WGAHB8-S
£819.40 £836.60
WGAHB7-SS WGAHB8-SS
£902.15 £932.40
900
WGAHB9-LA
£844.30
WGAHB9-V
£832.30
WGAHB9-M
£748.15
WGAHB9-S
£845.20
WGAHB9-SS
£970.90
1500
1800
242
Standard Worktops
L mm
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 243
WGRE
WGRK
WGRC
WGRH
WGRD
WGRG
Left fitted Ref
Right fitted Ref
Price
Single drawer
140 x 410 x 430
WGLA
WGRA
£113.15
2 drawer unit
280 x 410 x 430
WGLE
WGRE
£172.95
3 drawer unit
420 x 410 x 430
WGLH
WGRH
£226.80
4 drawer unit
560 x 410 x 430
WGLK
WGRK
£345.85
Small cupboard
420 x 410 x 430
WGLC
WGRC
£119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd
560 x 410 x 430
WGLG
WGRG
£232.95
Large cupboard
560 x 410 x 430
WGLD
WGRD
£122.45
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,
-
WGRS
£56.45
1800
Price
Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:
Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:
1200
Red
Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser
Dark Grey
Tube length mm:
610
Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg
WGTSS4
Blue
Light Grey
Bench Length mm
Blue supplied if none specified.
Price
1500
£111.20 WGTLF5
Price
£123.05 WGTLF6
1220 £81.10
WGTSS5
£127.65
1220 £84.75
WGTSS6
£89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Louvre panel
WGRLP4
£102.35 WGRLP5
£108.45 WGRLP6
£114.70
Tool panel
WGRTP4
£102.35 WGRTP5
£108.45 WGRTP6
£114.70
Multipanel Tool / louvre
WGRMP4
£102.35 WGRMP5
£108.45 WGRMP6
£114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)
£88.15
WGRSD5
£94.70
WGRSD6
£101.20
SES - 575mm Above Bench
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
Rear support posts Short posts
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
Tall posts
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
Long posts required
WGRA
H x W x D mm
Short/long post required
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.
Below bench accessory
No posts required
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
for tool clips see page 255.
for monitor arm see page 255.
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
243
INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM
244 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM
MAX LOAD 1000 KG
DELIVERED IN 10-12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITIAN
HD Workbench System Framework is constructed from fabricated steel section with welded leg
1) Starter Benches
supports and bolt in multi-position cross rails which can be assembled in a
Start with a 2m or 3m starter workbench
variety of combinations to suit individual applications. MDF, Vinyl and Laminate worktop options
30 0 mm
600mm 300mm
Heavy duty modular design
Unit accessible from both sides for two people working together
Adjustable height from 840 - 940mm in 25mm increments
Base shelf supplied in 18mm plain cut MDF irrespective of finish of top shelf
WGIM3-M & US2000
Use starter and extension method to mix and match depths
244
Bench Description
Dimensions L x D (mm)
MDF Worktop 25mm Thick
Price
Laminate Worktop 25mm Thick
Price
Vinyl Worktop 25mm Thick
Price
Starter
2000 x 700
WGIM1-M
£383.25
WGIM1-LA
£490.65
WGIM1-V
£497.60
Starter and base
2000 x 700
WGIM1-MBS
£469.85
WGIM1-LABS
£577.30
WGIM1-VBS
£584.20
Starter
2000 x 1200
WGIM2-M
£430.00
WGIM2-LA
£566.30
WGIM2-V
£581.30
Starter and base
2000 x 1200
WGIM2-MBS
£560.55
WGIM2-LABS
£696.80
WGIM2-VBS
£711.85
Starter
2000 x 1400
WGIM3-M
£448.45
WGIM3-LA
£588.20
WGIM3-V
£603.25
Starter and base
2000 x 1400
WGIM3-MBS
£584.75
WGIM3-LABS
£724.50
WGIM3-VBS
£739.55
Starter
3000 x 700
WGIM4-M
£615.40
WGIM4-LA
£781.70
WGIM4-V
£792.10
Starter and base
3000 x 700
WGIM4-MBS
£784.05
WGIM4-LABS
£914.55
WGIM4-VBS
£960.75
Starter
3000 x 1200
WGIM5-M
£672.55
WGIM5-LA
£846.95
WGIM5-V
£857.35
Starter and base
3000 x 1200
WGIM5-MBS
£845.80
WGIM5-LABS
£1020.20
WGIM5-VBS
£1030.60
Starter
3000 x 1400
WGIM6-M
£678.30
WGIM6-LA
£938.20
WGIM6-V
£957.80
Starter and base
3000 x 1400
WGIM6-MBS
£866.60
WGIM6-LABS
£1126.45
WGIM6-VBS
£1146.10
Add-on
2000 x 700
WGIM7-M
£258.50
WGIM7-LA
£368.25
WGIM7-V
£375.15
Add-on and base
2000 x 700
WGIM7-MBS
£345.15
WGIM7-LABS
£454.85
WGIM7-VBS
£461.80
Add-on
2000 x 1200
WGIM8-M
£307.00
WGIM8-LA
£444.45
WGIM8-V
£459.50
Add-on and base
2000 x 1200
WGIM8-MBS
£437.55
WGIM8-LABS
£575.00
WGIM8-VBS
£590.00
Add-on
2000 x 1400
WGIM9-M
£324.90
WGIM9-LA
£465.80
WGIM9-V
£479.70
Add-on and base
2000 x 1400
WGIM9-MBS
£461.20
WGIM9-LABS
£602.10
WGIM9-VBS
£615.95
INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
2) Extension Benches
3) Accessories
Then use add on workbenches as required to create a run
Combine with easy to add accessories.
with infinite combinations. BENCH ACCESSORIES
2000 x 700mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, cabinet, triple drawer
Bench Description
Ref
Price
& leg socket. Ref: WGIM-EOB1 Price: £822.40
Cupboard Unit
WGRC / LC
£119.85
Single Drawer
WGRA / LA
£113.15
Two Drawer
WGRE / LE
£172.95
Three Draw
WGRH / LH
£226.80
Cupboard / Drawer
WGRG / LG
£232.95
2000mm Upper Shelf
WGUS2000
£135.15
3000mm Upper Shelf
WGUS3000
£187.10
2000mm Service Duct
WGRSD20
£115.50
3000mm Service Duct
WGRSD30
£179.05
INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 245
3000 x 1200mm Workbench with MDF worktop and base shelf. Ref: WGIM5-MBS Price: £845.80
3000 x 1200mm Workbench with MDF worktop. Ref: WGIM5-M Price: £672.55
13 AMP SOCKET
Ref: WGSRDSO Price: £23.10
3000 x 1200mm Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, combined cabinet and drawer unit. Ref: WGIM-EOB2 Price: £955.30
We can modify a standard model or custom build to your own specifications - please call for details.
Add on units can be bolted to different size benches to form combinations
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
245
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
246 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY - 450KG
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
MAX LOAD 450 KG
MADE IN BRITIAN
Strong, fully welded, steel construction makes these versatile workbenches suitable for the toughest of applications. Choice of worktops and range of accessories provides the best combination for your requirements.
Standard height 840mm 750 & 900mm available at no extra cost. Construction: Fully welded Heavy Duty: 40 x 40mm steel angle Worktops: Choice of 6: Steel, MDF, Blockboard, Laminate, Vinyl, Stainless Steel Finish: Dove grey electro-static paint WGM8-LA
Worktop Options
Size L mm
1200
1500
1800
Standard Worktops Laminate
Price
Vinyl
Price
MDF
Price
Steel
Price
Stainless
Price
600
WGM1-LA
£251.60
WGM1-V
£296.30
WGM1-M
£223.85
WGM1-S
£256.65
WGM1-SS
£385.75 WGHLS1
£63.84
750
WGM2-LA
£261.90
WGM2-V
£309.35
WGM2-M
£230.20
WGM2-S
£264.80
WGM2-SS
£401.05
WGHLS2
£68.30
900
WGM3-LA
£280.10
WGM3-V
£321.35 WGM3-M
£240.05
WGM3-S
£277.40
WGM3-SS
£421.20
WGHLS3
£72.75
600
WGM4-LA
£266.00 WGM4-V
£315.80 WGM4-M
£232.50 WGM4-S
£268.30
WGM4-SS
£407.20
WGHLS4
£69.10
750
WGM5-LA
£298.95
WGM5-V
£328.70 WGM5-M
£242.35
WGM5-S
£279.15
WGM5-SS
£431.35
WGHLS5
£74.40
900
WGM6-LA
£334.15
WGM6-V
£338.75 WGM6-M £253.90
WGM6-S
£289.85
WGM6-SS
£443.90 WGHLS6
£79.80
600
WGM7-LA
£305.15 WGM7-V
£332.10
WGM7-M
£250.40 WGM7-S
£282.60
WGM7-SS
£425.95 WGHLS7
£74.30
750
WGM8-LA
£339.00
WGM8-V
£343.15
WGM8-M
£258.50
WGM8-S
£294.20
WGM8-SS
£450.95 WGHLS8
£80.60
900
WGM9-LA
£372.60
WGM9-V
£360.55
WGM9-M £272.95
WGM9-S
£314.50
WGM9-SS
£499.15
£86.85
(2mm)
ACCESSORIES - FACTORY FITTED.
LOWER SHELF - (EXTRA)
Customise your workbench with cupboards,
Steel, full depth (welded to bracing)
drawers etc, see next page for details.
246
Lower Shelf Steel (Extra)
W mm
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
WGHLS9
Price
(1.2mm)
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ENGINEERING BENCH ACCESSORIES For both heavy duty and extra heavy duty workbenches.
Choose your selection of accessories for engineering benches from this page, add the reference numbers to that of your selected bench. All accessories for engineering benches are factory fitted, so must be ordered with workbench (no retro fit)
Accessory
2 drawer unit
3 drawer unit
H x W x L mm
Left fitting Ref
Right fitting Ref
Price £113.15
Single drawer
140 x 410 x 430
WGLH-11
WGRH-11
2 drawer unit
280 x 410 x 430
WGLH-13
WGRH-13
£172.95
3 drawer unit
420 x 410 x 430
WGLH-14
WGRH-14
£226.80
cupboard
600 x 410 x 430
WGLH-12
WGRH-12
£123.95
Single drawer + cupb’d
560 x 410 x 430
WGLH-15
WGRH-15
£232.95
1200mm
WGRSD-4
-
£88.15
1500mm
WGRSD-5
-
£94.70
1800mm
WGRSD-6
-
£101.25
Rear service duct with 2 x 13amp sockets Retaining skirt
rear only
WGRS1
-
£28.85
Retaining skirt
3 sides
WGRS3
-
£56.05
Vice plate
3 x 230 x 230
WGVP
-
£17.05
100mm engineering vice c/w vice plate and bolts
WGEV
-
£128.25
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 247
Rear service duct Single drawer + Cupboard
Cupboard
Retaining skirt
Engineering vice and vice plate
WGE7M6
EASY ORDER WORKBENCH E7 workbench complete as illustrated: H: 840mm with MDF worktop, 1 drawer and 1 cupboard. Easy Order Refs: L x D mm
Heavy Duty
Price
1200 x 750
WGE7M4
£465.80
1500 x 750
WGE7M5
£482.70
1800 x 750
WGE7M6
£494.05 WGE11M6
E11 workbench complete as illustrated: H: 840mm with steel worktop, 3 side retaining skirt, lower shelf, 2 drawer unit and 1 cupboard. Easy Order Refs: L x D mm
Heavy Duty
Price
1200 x 750
WGE11M4
£685.95
1500 x 750
WGE11M5
£706.40
1800 x 750
WGE11M6
£726.10
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
247
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
248 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY 750KG
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
MAX LOAD 750 KG
MADE IN BRITIAN
Strong, fully welded, steel construction makes these versatile workbenches suitable for the toughest of applications. Choice of worktops and range of accessories provides the best combination for your requirements.
Standard height 840mm 750 & 900mm available at no extra cost Construction: Fully welded Extra Heavy Duty: 50 x 50mm steel angle Worktops: Choice of 6: Steel, MDF, Blockboard, Laminate, Vinyl, Stainless Steel Finish: Dove grey electro-static paint WGH8-S
Worktop Options
Size
Standard Worktops
L mm W mm
Laminate
1200
1500
1800
Price
Vinyl
Price
MDF
Steel
Price
Stainless
Lower Shelf Steel (Extra)
Price
Price
600
WGH1-LA
£268.90
WGH1-V
£304.50
WGH1-M
£238.85
WGH1-S
£280.70
WGH1-SS
£403.10
WGHLS1
£63.84
750
WGH2-LA
£283.45
WGH2-V
£322.00
WGH2-M
£250.40
WGH2-S
£294.65
WGH2-SS
£422.45
WGHLS2
£68.30
900
WGH3-LA
£300.25
WGH3-V
£332.85
WGH3-M
£259.65
WGH3-S
£307.70
WGH3-SS
£441.35
WGHLS3
£72.75
600
WGH4-LA
£286.75
WGH4-V
£326.30
WGH4-M
£251.60
WGH4-S
£296.55
WGH4-SS
£426.50
WGHLS4
£69.10
750
WGH5-LA
£324.10
WGH5-V
£345.40
WGH5-M
£266.00
WGH5-S
£315.95
WGH5-SS
£456.50
WGHLS5
£74.40
900
WGH6-LA
£361.50
WGH6-V
£357.85
WGH6-M
£279.85
WGH6-S
£330.45
WGH6-SS
£471.25
WGHLS6
£79.80
600
WGH7-LA
£323.75
WGH7-V
£342.20
WGH7-M
£268.30
WGH7-S
£312.30
WGH7-SS
£444.60
WGHLS7
£74.30
750
WGH8-LA
£363.25
WGH8-V
£359.25
WGH8-M
£282.20
WGH8-S
£332.30
WGH8-SS
£475.25
WGHLS8
£80.60
900
WGH9-LA
£390.75
WGH9-V
£370.80
WGH9-M
£294.70
WGH9-S
£349.35
WGH9-SS
£517.40
WGHLS9
£86.85
ACCESSORIES - FACTORY FITTED
LOWER SHELF - (EXTRA)
Customise your workbench with cupboards,
Steel, full depth (welded to bracing).
drawers etc, see next page for details.
248
Price
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ENGINEERING BENCH ACCESSORIES For both heavy duty and extra heavy duty workbenches.
Choose your selection of accessories for engineering benches from this page, add the reference numbers to that of your selected bench. All accessories for engineering benches are factory fitted, so must be ordered with workbench (no retro fit)
2 drawer unit
3 drawer unit
Accessory
H x W x L mm
Left fitting Ref
Right fitting Ref
Price
Single drawer
140 x 410 x 430
WGLH-11
WGRH-11
£113.15
2 drawer unit
280 x 410 x 430
WGLH-13
WGRH-13
£172.95
3 drawer unit
420 x 410 x 430
WGLH-14
WGRH-14
£226.80
cupboard
600 x 410 x 430
WGLH-12
WGRH-12
£123.95
Single drawer + cupb’d
560 x 410 x 430
WGLH-15
WGRH-15
£232.95
1200mm
WGRSD-4
-
£88.15
1500mm
WGRSD-5
-
£94.70
1800mm
WGRSD-6
-
£101.25
rear only
WGRS1
-
£28.85
Rear service duct with 2 x 13amp sockets Retaining skirt Retaining skirt
3 sides
WGRS3
-
£56.05
Vice plate
3 x 230 x 230
WGVP
-
£17.05
100mm engineering vice c/w vice plate and bolts
WGEV
-
£128.25
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 249
Rear service duct Single drawer + Cupboard
Cupboard
Retaining skirt
Engineering vice and vice plate
WGE7H6
EASY ORDER WORKBENCH E7 workbench complete as illustrated: H: 840mm with MDF worktop, 1 drawer and 1 cupboard. Easy Order Refs: L x D mm
Heavy Duty
Price
1200 x 750
WGE7H4
£486.00
1500 x 750
WGE7H5
£501.60
1800 x 750
WGE7H6
£517.75 WGE11H6
E11 workbench complete as illustrated: H: 840mm with steel worktop, 3 side retaining skirt, lower shelf, 2 drawer unit and 1 cupboard. Easy Order Refs: L x D mm
Heavy Duty
Price
1200 x 750
WGE11H4
£715.75
1500 x 750
WGE11H5
£743.20
1800 x 750
WGE11H6
£765.75
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
249
STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES
250 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES
DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS
MAX LOAD 450 KG
MADE IN BRITIAN
Stainless steel workbenches and tables for clean and hygienic work environments. Standard working height 840mm (900mm available on request).
WGSS526
Stainless Steel Workbenches - Style ref ‘WGSS’ Shelf Length
Depth 600mm
Price
Depth 750mm
Price
Depth 900mm
Price
1.2mm thick stainless steel (Grade 304)
1200mm
WGSS420
£465.80
WGSS426
£495.00
WGSS430
£518.40
corners welded. 75 x 50mm framework,
1500mm
WGSS520
£481.00
WGSS526
£510.20
WGSS530
£533.60
1800mm
WGSS620
£537.30
WGSS626
£572.35
WGSS630
£595.70
worktop with all edges turned down and 450kg capacity.
WGASS-8
Stainless Steel Medium Duty - Style ref ‘WGASS’
250
Shelf Length
Depth 600mm
Price
Depth 750mm
Price
Depth 900mm
Price
1200mm
WGASS-1
£495.55
WGASS-2
£516.25
WGASS-3
£528.40
1500mm
WGASS-4
£537.55
WGASS-5
£558.05
WGASS-6
£584.30
1800mm
WGASS-7
£576.55
WGASS-8
£602.80
WGASS-9
£629.00
STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
Fully welded 304 grade stainless steel frame. 32 x 32mm legs with adjustable feet. 50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members. Removable stainless steel worktop. Capacity 300kg.
Redditek
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Easy Order Stainless Workbenches
ACCESSORIES
Suitable for both WGSS and WGASS style workbenches.
(one ref for complete bench)
Lower Shelf - Full depth stainless steel lower shelf.
As illustrated to the below. Height: 840mm Stainless steel top and frame, with single drawer,
Accessory
HxWxD
Fitted left
Fitted right
Price
Drawer
140 x 410 x 430
WGSSDL
WGSSDR
£239.70
Cupboard
420 x 410 x 430
WGSSCL
WGSSCR
£292.05
cupboard and lower shelf. Capacity 450kg.
STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 251
WGSSEO526
Lower Shelf Full depth stainless steel lower shelf.
.
Shelf Length
Depth 600mm
Price
Depth 750mm
Price
Depth 900mm
Price
1200mm
WGSSL420
£101.80
WGSSL426
£113.55
WGSSL430
£125.20
1500mm
WGSSL520
£113.55
WGSSL526
£131.05
WGSSL530
£142.75
1800mm
WGSSL620
£131.05
WGSSL626
£148.60
WGSSL630
£166.15
Based on bench model style ‘WGSS’. Shelf Length
Depth 600mm
Price
Depth 750mm
Price
Depth 900mm
Price
1200mm
WGSSEO420
£1099.20
WGSSEO426
£1140.15
WGSSEO430
£1175.20
1500mm
WGSSEO520
£1126.10
WGSSEO526
£1172.90
WGSSEO530
£1207.90
1800mm
WGSSEO620
£1200.00
WGSSEO626
£1252.55
WGSSEO630
£1293.50
WGSSCB5
Stainless Steel Cupboard Bench All stainless steel construction, 1.2mm stainless steel top with edges turned up to form lip (standard), or down for flush top (option -please specify) with welded corners. Fully boxed with sliding doors with lock and fixed half depth shelf height 840mm. Capacity 300kg.
Shelf Length
Depth 750mm
Price
1200mm
WGSSCB4
£1329.60
1500mm
WGSSCB5
£1410.00
1800mm
WGSSCB6
£1502.85
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
251
TIMBER WORKBENCHES
252 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TIMBER WORKBENCHES
DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS
MADE IN BRITIAN
Timber workbenches are recommended for use in industrial, commercial, schools, educational training centres and home workshops.
Standard Workbenches 840mm high. 900mm high version available at no extra cost.
WGT526H
Robust timber construction, choice of worktops and accessories. Finish: Clear varnish. Worktops Plywood: 36mm plywood with hardwood edge. Hardwood: 44mm hardwood. Lower shelf: 18mm MDF (fitted as standard) Accessories - Factory fitted Customise your workbench with cupboards, drawers etc, see next page for details. Construction Size mm
Plywood
Price
Hardwood
Price
Legs: 85 x 65mm
1200 x 750
WGT426P
£473.05
WGT426H
£690.15
Upper side rails: 144 x 28mm
1500 x 750
WGT526P
£504.65
WGT526H
£738.65
Lower side rails: 88 x 28mm
1800 x 750
WGT626P
£530.10
WGT626H
£823.55
WGT626P plus accessories
252
TIMBER WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TIMBER WORKBENCHES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 253
WGT1212P
WGT1050P
WGT1212P plus accessories
WGT1050P plus accessories
Square Workbenches - 900mm high
Garage Benches - 900mm high
Designed for multiple users, working from multiple sides.
Designed for use where space is a premium, ideal for home use.
Size mm
Plywood
Price
Hardwood
Price
Size mm
Plywood
Price
Hardwood
Price
1200x1200
WGT1212P
£529.15
WGT1212H
£1031.00
1000x500
WGT1050P
£443.40
WGT1050H
£537.75
1000x700
WGT1070P
£468.25
WGT1070H
£618.05
ACCESSORIES Accessory
L/H/Side Fitted
R/H/Side Fitted
Price
Single Drawer
WGT1DL
WGT1DR
£70.10
4 Drawer
WGT4DL
WGT4DR
£225.50
Drawer/Cupboard
WGTDCL
WGTDCR
£144.50
Cupboard
WGTCL
WGTCR
£149.15
SAW RACK - 2 SLOTS
TOOL RACK - 5 SLOTS
Ref: WGTSR
Ref: WGTTR
Accessory
Ref
Price
100mm High Rear Skirt
WGTRS1
£29.15
1200mm Backboard
WGTPB4
£33.10
1500mm Backboard
WGTPB5
£38.30
1800mm Backboard
WGTPB6
£43.35
Tool Rack - 5 Slots
WGTTR
£34.40
Saw Rack - 2 Slots
WGTSR
£35.65
SINGLE DRAWER UNIT
CUPBOARD UNIT
Vice - Medium Duty
WGTMDV
£63.15
Vice - Heavy Duty
WGTHDV
£90.50
External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 155mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 100mm Ref: WGT1DL/R
External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 390 x 375 x 438mm Complete with removable shelf, height: 225mm Ref: WGTCL/R
4 DRAWER UNIT
DRAWER/CUPBOARD UNIT
External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 70mm per drawer Ref: WGT4DL/R
External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm Cupboard Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 390 x 375 x 300mm Complete with removable shelf, height: 160mm Drawer Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 100mm Ref: WGTDCL/R
MEDIUM DUTY VICE
HEAVY DUTY VICE
Jaw dimensions 160 x 70mm, fully extendable 73mm internal Ref: WGTMDV
Jaw dimensions 330 x 50mm usable, fully extendable 155mm internal Ref: WGTHDV
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
TIMBER WORKBENCHES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
253
456 ACCESSORIES
254 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BELOW BENCH ACCESSORIES
MADE IN BRITIAN
DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf. Supplied fitted - (but are removable)
WGRA
WGRH
Below bench accessory
H x W x D mm
Left fitted Ref
Right fitted Ref
Price
Single drawer
140 x 410 x 430
WGLA
WGRA
£113.15
2 drawer unit
280 x 410 x 430
WGLE
WGRE
£172.95
3 drawer unit
420 x 410 x 430
WGLH
WGRH
£226.80
4 drawer unit
560 x 410 x 430
WGLK
WGRK
£345.85
Small cupboard
420 x 410 x 430
WGLC
WGRC
£119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd
560 x 410 x 430
WGLG
WGRG
£232.95
Large cupboard
560 x 410 x 430
WGLD
WGRD
£122.45
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,
WGRS
£56.45
WGRE
WGRK
COLOURS:
WGRC
WGRD
All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:
Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice: Blue Red
Light Grey
Dark Grey Blue supplied if none specified.
DRAWER INSERTS
Polypropylene box inserts used to bring order and organisation to drawer systems. All inserts are 69mm high and are individually removable. Colour: opaque WGRG
Ref: WGDIP-01 £29.70 18 x 55mm x 79mm; 6 x 79mm x 109mm Ref: WGDIP-02 £33.30 30 x 55mm x 79mm Ref: WGDIP-03 £28.50 8 x 55mm x 79mm; 2 x 79mm x 109mm; 3 x 109mm x 157mm; 2 x 55mm x 235mm Ref: WGDIP-04 £30.00 WGDIP-01
WGDIP-02
8 x 55mm x 79mm; 4 x 55mm x 235mm; 2 x 79mm x 159mm; 1 x 79mm x 109mm
WGDIP-03
254
WGDIP-04
456 ACCESSORIES
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TOOL HOOKS
DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
Range of tool hooks and holders for use with tool panels (tools not included).
Hook description
Size
Ref
Price
30mm long
WGCP1-30
£3.45
60mm long
WGCP1-60
£3.45
90mm long
WGCP1-90
£3.45
30mm long
WGCP2-30
£5.65
60mm long
WGCP2-60
£5.65
30mm long
WGCP3-30
£3.45
60mm long
WGCP3-60
£3.45
17mm long
WGCP4-17
£5.65
20mm long
WGCP4-20
£5.65
12mm diameter
WGCP5-12
£2.90
18mm diameter
WGCP5-18
£2.90
24mm diameter
WGCP5-24
£2.90
30mm diameter
WGCP6-30
£2.90
50mm diameter
WGCP6-50
£6.35
Drill bit holder
22 bit capacity
WGCP7-22
£6.35
Drill holder
2 hook pack
WGCP8-02
£8.40
Spanner holder
8 slot
WGCP9-08
£6.35
Can holder
-
WGCP10-01 £32.80
Angle grinder holder
-
WGCP11-01
£32.80
Hammer holder
-
WGCP12-01
£5.65
Single hook WGCP4 Pliers hook WGCP1 Single hook
Double hook Single angled hook Pliers holder WGCP2 Double hook
Spring Clip
WGCP7 Drill bit holder
Pipe holder
WGCP10 Can holder
456 ACCESSORIES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 255
WGCP5 Spring clip WGCP11 Angle grinder holder
WGCP9 Spanner holder
WGCP8 Drill holder
WGCP6 Pipe holder
MONITOR ARM
WGCP12 Hammer holder
WGCP3 angled hook
DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
Fully height adjustable with quick height fixing clasp to rear of post.
Monitor Arm
Extended reach of 500mm from post mounting and can fold completely flush
Finish: Silver epoxy Please state position required.
back to the post. Capacity: Up to 19 inch monitors with a weight capacity of 10kgs.
Ref: WGCA-M001 £95.65
Clamp fixing to rear or through work surface. Compatible with both 75mm and 100mm VESA standard monitor mounts. Integrated cable management.
Deluxe Monitor Arm Bolts through work surface. Finish: Black Please state position required. Ref: WGCA-M002 £153.80
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
456 ACCESSORIES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
255
456 ACCESSORIES
256 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES
DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
THROUGH DESK CABLE TIDY
CPU MOUNT
Grey plastic through desk cable tidy.
Fixed CPU mount for underbench fastening the CPU
Please state position required.
vertically. Adjustable frame for width: 50 to 275mm.
Ref: WGCA-DTID £29.80
Adjustable frame for height 380 to 580mm. Ref: WGCA-C001 £64.10
REAR SERVICE DUCT OPTIONAL EXTRA’S
DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
DATA SOCKETS
SINGLE PHASE BLUE SOCKET
Double or quadruple CAT 5e data sockets fitted to relevant rear service duct. Please state position required.
Single phase 16 amp blue socket fitted to the relevant rear service duct. Please state position required. Ref: WGRSD-SPB £30.15
CIRCUIT BREAKER
25 amp type AC residual current circuit breaker fitted to the relevant rear service Ref: WGRSD-CAT2
Ref: WGRSD-CAT4
duct. Please state position required.
(double socket) £13.30
(quadruple socket) £15.60
Ref: WGRSD-RCD £76.85
BRUSH CABLE OUTLETS
DOUBLE SAFETY SOCKET
Single or double width brush cable outlets to allow continuous
Double 13 amp safety socket. 30mA trip
cables to be wired through the rear service duct. Brush design
current. Replaces one of the current double
stops debris getting into the ducting. Fitted to the relevant
sockets supplied with the rear service duct.
service duct. Please state position required.
Ref: WGRSD-SS £33.45
ADDITIONAL DOUBLE SOCKET
Additional double socket, factory fitted to rear service duct. Position required with order. Ref: WGRSD-DS Ref: WGRSD-BR4
Ref: WGRSD-BR2
(double width)
(single width)
£10.70
£8.70
£15.40 USB SOCKET
USB socket, factory fitted to rear service duct. Position required with order. Ref: WGRSD-USB £15.40
256
456 ACCESSORIES
Tel: 01446 772614
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES
456 ACCESSORIES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 257 DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Bench Length mm
Tube length mm:
610
Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg
WGTSS4
1500
£111.20 WGTLF5
Price
£123.05 WGTLF6
1220 £81.10
WGTSS5
1800
Price £127.65
1220 £84.75
WGTSS6
£89.80
Louvre panel
WGRLP4
£102.35 WGRLP5
£108.45 WGRLP6
£114.70
Tool panel
WGRTP4
£102.35 WGRTP5
£108.45 WGRTP6
£114.70
Multipanel Tool / louvre
WGRMP4
£102.35 WGRMP5
£108.45 WGRMP6
£114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool SES - 575mm Above Bench
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)
£88.15
WGRSD5
£94.70
WGRSD6
£101.20
Rear support posts Short posts
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
WGSES
£54.40
Tall posts
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
WGTES
£68.60
Long posts required
Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser
Price
Short/long post required
1200
No posts required
Accessory
Rear panel (4 types)
for tool clips see page 255.
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
for monitor arm see page 255.
For plastic bin packs see page 211. For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257.
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
456 ACCESSORIES
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
257
WORKDESKS
258 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO WORKDESK
MADE IN BRITIAN
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
Workdesk on Freestanding Frame
>> Lockable workdesk
Static white epoxy tubular steel frame.
>> Sloping hinged working surface >> Wood front edge strip
Overall H x W x D mm 890 x 660 x 465
>> All steel construction >> Safety orange or blue epoxy finish
Colour
Orange
Order Ref
WGEWD-050 WGEWD-05B
Blue
Price
£260.15
£260.15
WGEWD-05O
Workdesk on Mobile Frame Base 4 x 100mm swivel castors with grey non-marking tyres, 2 with brakes. White epoxy tubular steel frame with 2 white epoxy sheet steel shelves. Overall H x W x D mm 890 x 660 x 465
WGEWD-06B
Colour
Orange
Order Ref
WGEWD-060 WGEWD-06B
Blue
Price
£358.20
£358.20
Workdesk on Cupboard Base Lockable cupboard with 2 shelves Grey cupboard with orange door. Overall H x W x D mm 890 x 570 x 470
WGEWD-07O
Colour
Orange
Blue
Order Ref
WGEWD-070
WGEWD-07B
Price
£400.40
£400.40
MADE IN BRITIAN
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
WORKDESK
>> Sloping working surface >> All steel construction WGWD-09
WGWD-10
>> Lockable hinged lid >> Wood front edge strip >> Grey epoxy finish
Workdesk Wall Unit (complete with wall brackets) Overall H x W x D mm 205 x 940 x 571 Order Ref
WGWD-08
Price
£187.80
Workdesk on Static Frame Base Overall H x W x D mm 1115 x 940 x 475 WGWD-08
Order Ref
WGWD-09
Price
£268.95
Workdesk on Cupboard Base 305mm depth lockable cupboard. Overall H x W x D mm 985 x 935 x 465
258
WORKDESKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Order Ref
WGWD-10
Price
£467.85
Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKSHOP DESKS
MADE IN BRITIAN
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
>> Level working surface >> Lockable drawer 405 x 410 x 100mm
WGWD-03
>> Cubbyhole >> Small rear top shelf >> Grey epoxy finish
WORKSHOP DESKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 259
Workdesk Wall Unit (complete with wall brackets) Overall H x W x D mm 380 x 915 x 485 Order Ref
WGWD-02
Price
£241.00
Workdesk on Static Frame Base Overall H x W x D mm 1270 x 915 x 485 Order Ref
WGWD-03
Price
£322.10
Workdesk on Cupboard Base Full depth lockable cupboard with adjustable shelf. Overall H x W x D mm 1270 x 915 x 485 Order Ref
WGWD-04
Price
£521.05
WGWD-04 WGWD-02
FOREMAN’S DESKS
MADE IN BRITIAN
DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS
Full width Lockable Drawer Lockable cupboard with 2 adjustable shelves Cupboard and drawer have separate keys. All grey, or grey with blue doors and drawer.
Overall H x W x D mm 1270 x 915 x 485
Redditek Tel: 01446 772614
Colour
Grey
Order Ref
WGFD-01G WGFD-01GB
Grey / Blue
Price
£510.85
£510.85
WORKSHOP DESKS
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
259
WORKPLACE MATTING
260 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
COBAMAT®
A range of extremely flexible interwoven PVC safety matting available in Black
Blue
Red
Green
a choice of bright colours and hole sizes for different applications. The open holes effectively trap swarf, debris and provide a drainage channel for spilt liquids. The matting is cross-ribbed in both directions to reduce the risk of slips, while at the same time providing comfort for prolonged standing. COBAmat® is fully reversible, easy to clean and resistant to mild acids and alkalis. All COBAmat® products are fire tested to DIN 54332 (B2) part of DIN 4102. Product height: 12mm.
COBAmat® can be made in custom widths and lengths as required. Contact us for more information. Bespoke sizes available.
COBAmat® Light Ideal for trapping larger swarf particles 30mm x 30mm hole size
Hole size
30x30mm
COBAmat® Standard An excellent all-rounder 22mm x 22mm hole size
Sizes (Bespoke sizes available)
Ref
Price
1.2m x 10m
WGCO0*1210
1.2m x 5m
WGCO0*1205
0.6m x 10m
Sizes (Bespoke sizes available)
Ref
Price
£796.34
1.2m x 10m
WGCS0*1210
£796.34
£399.28
1.2m x 5m
WGCS0*1205
£399.28
WGCO0*0610
£399.28
0.6m x 10m
WGCS0*0610
£399.28
0.6m x 5m
WGCO0*0605
£200.23
0.6m x 5m
WGCS0*0605
£200.23
0.9m x 10m
WGCO0*0910
£597.25
0.9m x 10m
WGCS0*0910
£597.25
£299.16
0.9m x 5m
WGCS0*0905
£299.22
0.9m x 5m
WGCO0*0905
COBAmat® Inter Increased slip-resistance 30mm x 10mm hole size
Hole size
30x10mm
260
Hole size
22x22mm
COBAmat® Heavy Tough construction for heavy duty use 22mm x 10mm hole size
Sizes (Bespoke sizes available)
Ref
Price
1.2m x 10m
WGCE0*1210
1.2m x 5m
WGCE0*1205
0.6m x 10m
Hole size
Sizes (Bespoke sizes available)
Ref
Price
£981.33
1.2m x 10m
WGCD0*1210
£1134.91
£490.95
1.2m x 5m
WGCD0*1205
£567.99
WGCE0*0610
£490.95
0.6m x 10m
WGCD0*0610
£567.99
0.6m x 5m
WGCE0*0605
£246.32
0.6m x 5m
WGCD0*0605
£284.02
0.9m x 10m
WGCE0*0910
£736.71
0.9m x 10m
WGCD0*0910
£850.88
0.9m x 5m
WGCE0*0905
£368.95
0.9m x 5m
WGCD0*0905
£425.18
22x10mm
WORKPLACE MATTING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKPLACE MATTING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 261 DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
COBAMAT®
Workstation Heavy: 22mm x 10mm
Edged all round PVC mat >> Choose from two options: 1. Workstation Standard (hole size: 22mm x 22mm) 2. Workstation Heavy (hole size: 22mm x 10mm) >> Interwoven PVC mat with safety bevelled edging all round >> Open weave effectively traps debris >> Cross-ribbed in both directions to reduce slip-related accidents. >> Comfortable, anti-fatigue properties. Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN13552 Category R10 >> Fire tested to DIN 54332 (B2) part of DIN 4102
Standard: 22mm x 22mm
Product height: 12mm. Hole size Heavy 22 x 10mm
Hole size Standard 22 x 22mm
FATIGUE FIGHTER II
Size
Ref
Price
1.2m x 1.8m
WGWD010701
£107.43
1.0m x 1.5m
WGWD010702
£199.67
0.6m x 1.2m
WGWD010703
£272.74
Size
Ref
Price
0.6m x 1.2m
WGWS010701
£82.14
1.0m x 1.5m
WGWS010702
£152.96
1.2m x 1.8m
WGWS010703
£209.76
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
The ultimate in durable anti-fatigue mats >> Dual fused layer construction for superior comfort and durability >> Tough PVC foam textured top surface for excellent resilience against wear and tear >> Low density under layer provides extremely effective underfoot cushioning >> Exceptional fatigue-relief properties – a real investment for the workplace >> Ideal for demanding locations, especially where regular turning is involved >> Tapered edges to reduce trip hazards >> Range of colours available Product height: 12.5mm Size
Colour
Ref
Price
0.6m x Linear Metre
Black
WGFF010005C
£50.62
0.6m x 0.9m
Black
WGFF010001
£62.42
0.6m x 18.3m
Black
WGFF010005
£759.21
0.9m x Linear Metre
Black
WGFF010003C
£75.34
0.9m x 3.65m
Black
WGFF010004
£309.88
0.9m x 1.5m
Black
WGFF010002
£124.27
0.9m x 18.3m
Black
WGFF010003
£1145.57
0.9m x 18.3m
Blue
WGFF020003
£1145.57
0.9m x 18.3m
Green
WGFF040003
£1145.57
1.2m x 18.3m
Black
WGFF010006
£1499.89
1.2m x Linear Metre
Black
WGFF010006C
£98.42
Colour options
WORKPLACE MATTING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
261
PACKAGING
262 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PALLET SHRINK SYSTEM
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Propane Gas Pallet Shrink Gun >> Ergonomic design with integral stainless steel “stay cool” shield, weighs 1.3kg >> Wide area coverage for a quick and easy shrink process that minimises hot spots >> Tool in carry case with 8m hose, regulator, spare igniter, spanners and grease PK WGT (kg)
Ref
Price
6.00
WGSHRINKPRO-10
£405.00
>> Safety gloves & goggles included
Ripack Pallet Shrink Gun with 8M Hose >> Fitted with swivel connection, regulator and carry case >> Instant ignition, improved reliability and more power of up to 72kW gives higher productivity >> Patented swivel cold nozzle and propane gas connection with automatic valve shut-off makes this tool safe and easy to use PK WGT (kg)
Ref
Price
5.50
WGRIP-2200
£591.60
>> Hand tool weighs only 1.20kg. Total weight gun, accessories and case 5.50kgs
ADJUSTABLE TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Trolley Adjustable for 13Kg, 19Kg, 47Kg Gas Cylinders with Tool Holster >> Heavy duty made with 32mm tubular steel and rubber wheels >> Holster and hook fixing suitable for various shrink tools
PK WGT (kg)
Ref
Price
7.30
WGGCT
£62.00
MOBILE SHRINK ROLL DISPENSER & FILM
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
>> Dispenser has one roll holder >> Made with 32mm steel sections on heavy duty castors (2 lockable), can be wall mounted >> PSS-1 adjustable from 1.2m to 2.0m wide holding up to 3 rolls of film. Additional spindle ref: WGSB
262
PK WGT (kg)
Ref
Price
15.70
WGPSS-1
£145.00
Centerfold film
WGT (kg)
Ref
Price
Pallet shrink film centrefolded 1.0m opening to 2.0m x approx 108m x 125micron
25
WG125-1-2M-25
£76.50
Pallet shrink film centrefolded 1.5m opening to 3.0m x approx 74m x 125micron
25
WG125-1.5-3M-25
£76.50
Pallet shrink film centrefolded 2.0m opening to 4.0m x approx 55m x 125micron
25
WG125-2-4M-25
£83.00
Pallet covers perforated on the roll
WGT (kg)
Ref
Price
Pallet shrink covers 110 micron (30 per roll) for euro pallet maximum 1.2m high
25
WGGPC-1210-30
£93.00
Pallet shrink covers 110 micron (26 per roll) for standard pallet maximum 1.2m high
25
WGGPC-1212-26
£84.50
PACKAGING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
POLYPROPYLENE STRAPPING KIT
PACKAGING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 263 DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Kit-6 Heavy Duty 12mm PP Combination Mobile Strapping Kit
WGSTRKIT-6
>> Comprises of a 12mm combination tool (3010), dispenser (PMD), PP strapping (P12-200S) and seals (PP12-25-DISP) >> Tool tensions, crimps seal and cuts strapping and is suitable for use on a flat top surface Polypropylene strapping kit
WGT (kg)
Ref
Price
KIT-6 Heavy duty 12mm PP combination mobile strapping kit
24.10
WGSTRKIT-6
£175.00
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
Tensioner and cutter for 12-19mm PP strapping
1.50
WG2219-BT
£44.50
PP strapping sealer for 12mm wide seals
1.70
WG32BS-12MM
£28.00
Combination tool for use with 12mm PP strapping (use PP12-25 seals)
3.50
WGP-3010
£86.00
Polypropylene Strapping System Polypropylene strapping tools WG2219-BT
WG32BS-12MM
Strapping and seals
WGP-3010
POLYPROPYLENE STRAPPING SYSTEM
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
12mm x 2000m x 130kgs approx breaking strain. Black
8.80
WGP12-130S
£25.50
12mm x 1500m x 200kgs approx breaking strain. Black
8.80
WGP12-200S
£23.50
12mm x 25mm (1000 per box) semi-open
3.40
WGPP12-25-DISP £6.00
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
PSD - Portable Dispenser for PP Strapping Wound on Plastic Reels WGPSD
WGPMD
Weight 2.60kg Price: £31.50
Weight 5.70kg Price: £65.50
>> Integral carry handle and integral “instant stop” brake preventing strap run on >> PMD - Mobile dispenser for PP strapping wound on plastic reel >> Includes large tray for seals and tools and integral “instant stop” brake preventing strap run on
SEMI-AUTOMATIC STRAPPING MACHINE
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
>> Semi-automatic strapping machine for PP strapping 6-15.5mm wide >> Capable of 24 cycles per minute with manual tension control and height adjustable legs for 930mm maximum table height >> RoHS compliant and supplied ready to go with 12mm strapping fitted. >> Dimensions: W902mm x D586mm x H760mm, weight 85kg
WGTP-202CE
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
Polypropylene machine strapping on cardboard cores
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
85
WGTP-202CE
£660.00
12mm wide x 0.55mm thick x 3000m White, approx break strain 125kg
10.20
WG12-125-MC
£39.25
PACKAGING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
263
PACKAGING
264 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEEL STRAPPING KITS
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Steel Strapping Kits WGRWM-30 SS Seals
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
RWM-30 dispenser, 4219-ST tensioner, 42SS-13MM sealer, 1 x RIB-13-W, 1 box 13-25SS seals
33
WGRIB-13-KIT
£225.00
RWM-30 dispenser, 4219-ST tensioner, 42SS-16MM sealer, 1 x RIB-16-W, 1 box 16-25SS seals
37
WGRIB-16-KIT
£230.00
RWM-30 dispenser, 4219-ST tensioner, 42SS-19MM sealer, 1 x RIB-19-W, 1 box 19-25SS seals
42
WGRIB-19-KIT
£240.00
Steel Strapping Tools & Strap
WG4219-ST
Feedwheel tensioning tool for strapping 13-19mm wide up to 0.89mm thick >> Sturdy tensioner for flat packages with no adjustments for strapping width required, use with 42SS type sealer and snap-on seals WG42SS-19MM
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
0.92
WG42SS-13MM
£29.50
0.92
WG42SS-16MM
£29.50
0.92
WG42SS-19MM
£29.50
Steel strapping snap-on seals
Weight (kg)
Tensioner
Ref
Price
2.10
13-19mm
WG4219-ST
£69.00
Sealers for Steel Strapping 13mm, 16mm & 19mm Wide >> Robust double notch, use snap-on seals Steel strapping edges sheared & dressed for protected handling
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
£7.75
Ribbon wound boxed 13mm x 0.5mm x 341m. Break strain 600kg
17
WGRIB-13W
£33.50
WG16-25SS
£8.00
Ribbon wound boxed 16mm x 0.5mm x 337m. Break strain 750kg
21
WGRIB-16W
£40.50
WG19-25SS
£8.75
Ribbon wound boxed 19mm x 25 0.5mm x 335m. Break strain 900kg
WGRIB-19W
£48.00
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
13mm x 25mm x 0.5mm (1000 per box)
2.50
WG13-25SS
16mm x 25mm x 0.5mm (1000 per box)
2.70
19mm x 25mm x 0.5mm (1000 per box)
3.60
STEEL STRAPPING DISPENSER
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Mobile Dispenser for up to 32mm Wide Ribbon Wound Strapping >> Includes tray for seals and tools
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
13.20
WGRWM-30
£111.00
STEEL STRAPPING CUTTER
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
WGLMST-5
WGLMST-5
Seal-less combination tool for strapping 13-19mm wide up to 0.63mm thick >> Good quality tool at competitive price with adjustable guides for strapping width in use
WGSSC-30
WGSSC-30
Safety cutter for steel strapping up to 30mm wide >> Rubber pads secure strapping to prevent “springing”
264
Weight 4.10kg Price: £385.00
Weight 1.00kg Price: £39.50
PACKAGING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HAND STRETCH FILM & DISPENSER
PACKAGING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 265 DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Mobile dispenser for up to 32mm wide ribbon wound strapping >> Includes tray for seals and tools Pallet stretch film dispensers
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
Dispenser for stretch film 400mm to 500mm wide on 38mm, 50mm or 78mm cores
1.25
WGSR500
£14.50
Heavy duty dispenser for stretch film 400mm to 1.85 500mm wide on 38mm, 50mm or 78mm cores
WGSR500
WG HSR-500-HD-1 £28.50
Pallet stretch film
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
Clear cast 400mm x 300mm x 17 micron (6 rolls)
11.40
WG4030-17-6
£42.50
Clear cast 400mm x 300mm x 20 micron (6 rolls)
12.40
WG4030-20-6
£50.50
Clear brown 400mm x 200mm x 34 micron (6 rolls) 15.60
WG4020-34B-6
£56.50
Pallet stretch wrapper & film
WGHSR-500-HD-1
Manual, wrap height up to 2m high >> Reduces operator fatigue, eliminates bending and stretching WGMSW-M
>> Adjustable tension ensures consistent wrapping with reduced film wastage >> Can be moved to the load, no need for a dedicated wrapping area >> Dimensions: W560mm x D1150mm x H2100mm
WGPSW-E1
Mobile pallet stretch wrappers & film
Weight (kg) Ref
Price
Manual, wrap height up to 2m high
85.00
£1695.00
WGMSW-M
500mm x 600m x 12 micron cast stretch film 2.60
WG5060-12-HP £12.00
Mobile manual pallet wrapper
WGPSW-E1
130.00
£3740.00
Pallet wrapper with spring brake film tension for up to 2m high >> The machine offers two automatic wrapping programmes >> Standard turntable 1.65m diameter and wrap height 2.0m, larger turntable up to 1.8m diameter and wrap height up to 2.5m to order >> Options include horse-shoe turntable and photocell for black film recognition >> Dimensions: W1650mm x D2475mm x H2345mm
CARTON SHREDDER
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Cuts up to 320mm Wide x up to 12mm Thick >> E3 2017 compliant, up to 30% more energy efficient, using less electricity for the same performance. Soft start means less component wear and quieter operation >> Produces up to 2.3cu.m/hr void-fill with a recommended maximum continuous run time of 1 hour >> CP version produces flexible matting and CPS version produces 4mm wide cut strips Weight (kg) 92.00
Ref WGCP316S2I
Price £2088.00
STORAGE BAGS
>> Dimensions: W660mm x D660mm x H980mm, weight: 92kgs, footprint: 0.5sq m. Power: 230/240v
DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS
Self Standing, Hard Sided Storage Bags >> Transport and store recycling (PET bottles/ali cans etc.), laundry, useful for retail hot spots and in schools etc. >> Collapsible for storage, puncture resistant sides, lifting loops, made from 200gsm polypropylene, holds up to 1000 or 1500kg
Description
Weight (kg) Ref
Price
Self standing, hard sided storage bag 76cm x 76cm x 70cm
2.70
£26.00
WGSSB-A-4
PACKAGING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
265
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
OFFICE & PREMISES 266 - 308 This section of our catalogue includes an extensive selection of office and premises equipment ranging from furniture and whiteboards to entrance mats and car park bollards. Our Office & Premises range has been sourced for it’s durability and excellent material quality ensuring our customers receive the very best value for money.
WORKSTATIONS OFFICE SCREENS MAGAZINE RACKS WALL PLANNERS OFFICE BOARDS SCALES MATTING OFFICE FURNITURE CHAIR SHIFTERS / TROLLEYS BASKET TROLLEYS MAILROOM TROLLEYS BASKET TRUCKS STAIR SAFETY BIKE RACKS & SHELTERS BOLLARDS POSTS GRIT BINS SNOW PLOUGHS GRIT SREADERS
Tel: 01446 772614
268-269 270 271 272 273-276 277-279 280-284 285-289 290-293 294-295 296 297 298-299 300 301 302 303 304-305 306-308
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
267
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKSTATIONS
268 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FRACTION WORKSTATIONS
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS
DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
(Option 1 - Supply Only)
(Option 2 - Supplied Assembled)
The Fraction range is the first choice in affordable and practical office furniture.
(A)
Fraction is available in three finishes and offers a comprehensive range of furniture including these desks, pedestals, meeting tables, bookcases and filing cabinets. Fraction comes with 25mm desk tops, silver or white powder coated steel cantilever frames and 2mm PVC edging on the tops. (A) Core Workstation
(B)
Option 2**
Dims (W x H x D)
Ref (Left hand)
Price
Price
1600 x 730 x 800/1200
WGZFPC1612(L)
£167.58
£196.31
1800 x 730 x 800/1200
WGZFPC1812(L)
£180.88
£206.48
Dims (W x H x D)
Ref (Right hand)
Price
Price
1600 x 730 x 800/1200
WGZFPC1612
£167.58
£196.31
1800 x 730 x 800/1200
WGZFPC1812
£180.88
£206.48
(B) Rectangular Workstation
Option 1*
Option 2**
Dims (W x H x D)
Ref (Left hand)
Price 1
Price 2
1200 x 730 x 800
WGZFP1208
£119.70
£123.29
1400 x 730 x 800
WGZFP1408
£129.01
£130.47
1600 x 730 x 800
WGZFP1608
£134.33
£140.05
1800 x 730 x 800
WGZFP1808
£140.98
£144.24
Option 1*
Option 2**
Dims (W x H x D)
Ref (Left hand)
Price
Price
1400 x 730 x 800/1200
WGZFPW1410(L)
£135.66
£155.01
1600 x 730 x 800/1200
WGZFPW1610 (L)
£139.65
£166.38
Dims (W x H x D)
Ref (Right hand)
Price
Price
1400 x 730 x 800/1200
WGZFPW1410(R)
£135.66
£155.01
1600 x 730 x 800/1200
WGZFPW1610(R)
£139.65
£166.38
(C) Wave Workstation
(C)
Option 1*
Top Colours White
Frame Colours Nova-oak
Beech
White
Silver
WGZFPDDC2000 WGFPFC4 WGZFPDDC1600 WGFPFC3
WGFPFC2
WGZFPDDC720
Option 1*
Option 2**
Description
Dims (W x H x D)
Ref (Left hand)
Price 1
Price 2
2 Drawer Filing Cabinet
475 x 730 x 600
WGFPFC2
£146.30
£176.56
3 Drawer Filing Cabinet
475 x 1020 x 600
WGFPFC3
£178.22
£198.10
4 Drawer Filing Cabinet
475 x 1320 x 600
WGFPFC4
£199.50
£216.66
720 High Storage Unit - Supplied with 1 shelf
800 x 730 x 600
WGZFPDDC720
£113.05
£152.62
1600 High Storage Unit - Supplied with 3 shelves
800 x 1600 x 400
WGZFPDDC1600
£168.91
£197.51
2000 High Storage Unit - Supplied with 4 shelves
800 x 2000 x 400
WGZFPDDC2000
£199.50
£255.56
WGGFS
£13.20
Additional Shelf
268
WORKSTATIONS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FRACTION WORKSTATIONS
DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS (Option 1 - Supply Only)
WORKSTATIONS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 269 DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS (Option 2 - Supplied Assembled)
The Fraction range is the first choice in affordable and practical office furniture.
Nova-oak
Beech
(A) WGFPFP3D
(B)
(C) WGFPMP2D
(D) WGFPMP3D
(E) WGFPDHP63
WGFPDHP83
Option 1*
Option 2**
Description
Drawers
Dims (W x H x D)
Ref
Price 1
Price 2
(A) Fixed Pedestal
2
430 x 500 x 530
WGFPFP2D
£93.96
£107.73
(B) Fixed Pedestal
3
409 x 450 x 530
WGFPFP3D
£101.15
£114.38
(C) Low Mobile Pedestal
2
435 x 533 x 572
WGFPMP2D
£110.39
£124.49
(D) Low Mobile Pedestal
3
435 x 533 x 572
WGFPMP3D
£118.37
£130.47
(E) Desk High Pedestal
3
435 x 730 x 600
WGFPDHP63
£129.01
£154.41
(E) Desk High Pedestal
3
435 x 730 x 800
WGFPDHP83
£139.65
£166.98
*Option 1. Delivered within 3 working days to room of choice. Self assembly will be required. Left in packaging. **Option 2. Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and removed and recycled.
(G)
(F) WGZFPMT1608
WGFZPBT2400
(F) Rectangular Meeting Table
Option 1*
Dims (W x H x D)
Ref
Price
Price
1200 x 730 x 800
WGZFPMT1208
£109.06
£111.92
1600 x 730 x 800
WGZFPMT1608
£123.69
£140.05
Dims (W x H x D)
Ref
Price
£147.83
2400 x 730 x 1200
WGZFPBT2400
£245.39
1800 x 730 x 800
WGZFPMT1808
£131.67
Option 2**
(G) Barrel Shaped Meeting Table
Option 2**
(H)
(H) Circular Meeting Table
WGZFPCMT10D
Dims (W x H x D)
Ref
Price
Price
1000 x 730
WGZFPCMT10D
£114.38
£134.06
1200 x 730
WGZFPCMT12D
£121.03
£135.26
Option 1*
Option 2**
WORKSTATIONS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
269
OFFICE SCREENS
270 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
OFFICE SCREENS
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Linking Screens
Desktop Screens
>> Flexible linking system allow the office screens to be
>> Clamp to any desktop to provide a designated work area
positioned at any angle required
and a degree of privacy
>> Fitted with height/angle adjustable feet, screw-down
>> Standard clamps open to 25mm max, larger
feet or castors also available at extra cost
opening clamps available at extra cost on request
Dimensions H x W mm
Straight Top Ref
Price
Wave Top Ref
Price
Dimensions H x W mm
Straight Top Ref
Price
Ref
Wave Top
1200 x 800
WGGA2-12-8
£204.79
WGGA2W-12-8
£229.54
Price
400 x 800
WGGAD1-4-8
£135.04
WGGAD1W-4-8
£159.80
1200 x 1200
WGGA2-12-12
£227.26
WGGA2W-12-12
£252.02
400 x 1200
WGGAD1-4-12
£139.50
WGGADW-4-12
£164.25
1200 x 1600
WGGA2-12-16
£236.27
WGGA2W-12-16
£261.03
400 x 1600
WGGAD1-4-16
£153.01
WGGAD1W-4-16
£177.76
1200 x 1800
WGGA2-12-18
£265.48
WGGA2W-12-18
£290.28
500 x 800
WGGAD1-5-8
£139.50
WGGAD1W-5-8
£164.25
1500 x 1200
WGGA2-15-12
£231.77
WGGA2W-15-12
£256.52
500 x 1200
WGGAD1-5-12
£157.52
WGGAD1W-5-12
£171.03
1500 x 1600
WGGA2-15-16
£272.26
WGGA2W-15-16
£297.01
500 x 1600
WGGAD1-5-16
£159.80
WGGAD1W-5-16
£182.27
1500 x 1800
WGGA2-15-18
£283.50
WGGA2W-15-18
£308.25
1800 x 1200
WGGA2-18-12
£261.03
WGGA2W-18-12
£285.88
1800 x 1600
WGGA2-18-16
£294.73
WGGA2W-18-16
£319.48
Floor Standing Screens >> Ideal for dividing open spaces in many locations such as schools, offices and universities
Stock Cara Fabrics
>> Fitted with height/angle adjustable feet, screw-down feet or
100% polyolefin, bright and easy to clean, fully flame retardant to BS
castors also available at extra cost
476 Part 7, Class 1.
Ronay
Tummel
Lora
Maree
Staffa
PLEASE NOTE: These items are made to order and to customer colour selection - therefore they are non-returnable.
270
Dimensions H x W mm
Straight Top Ref
Price
Wave Top Ref
Price
1200 x 800
WGGA1-12-8
£184.55
WGGA1W-12-8
£209.24
1200 x 1200
WGGA1-12-12
£198.01
WGGA1W-12-12
£222.76
1200 x 1600
WGGA1-12-16
£216.03
WGGA1W-12-16
£240.78
1200 x 1800
WGGA1-12-18
£243.01
WGGA1W-12-18
£267.76
1500 x 1200
WGGA1-15-12
£211.52
WGGA1W-15-12
£236.27
1500 x 1600
WGGA1-15-16
£252.02
WGGA1W-15-16
£276.77
1500 x 1800
WGGA1-15-18
£263.25
WGGA1W-15-18
£288.00
1800 x 1200
WGGA1-18-12
£243.01
WGGA1W-18-12
£263.25
1800 x 1600
WGGA1-18-12
£272.26
WGGA1W-18-16
£297.01
OFFICE SCREENS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HORIZONTAL LITERATURE RACKS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Conventional document storage for floor or desktop. >> Rigid steel racks are supplied ready assembled >> May be linked vertically or horizontally, mounting hole provided >> Tan finish
MAGAZINE RACKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 271
>> Non-scratch rubber feet
Colour Options
Number of pockets
H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
9
275 x 860 x 300
WG431
£154.00
Grey
12
362 x 860 x 300
WG432
£184.00
Black
15
450 x 860 x 300
WG434
£200.00
VERTICAL LITERATURE RACKS
Tan
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Exclusive Con-Tur® design eliminates curling of paper. Wall mounting or stand on floor. >> Pockets hold A4 magazines, or up to 150 sheets of paper (pocket opening is 216H x 223W x 19D mm) >> Top 65mm is visible to easy identification >> Prime steel, powder coated in choice of four colours >> Keyhole slots for easy wall mounting >> Optional legs for free standing use
Colour Options
Number of pockets
H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
5
515 x 250 x 105
WG403
£92.00
Grey
11
915 x 250 x 105
WG402
£117.00
Black
20
1475 x 250 x 105
WG400
£134.00
23
1665 x 250 x 105
WG401
£144.00
VERTICAL LITERATURE RACKS
Tan
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Full 360° rotation on ball bearing turntable. >> Models suitable for desk or floor standing
Colour Options
Number of pockets
H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
20
590 x 360 x 360
WG409
£300.00
Grey
44
1230 x 360 x 360
WG410
£450.00
Black
80
1545 x 360 x 360 WG416
£518.00
92
1735 x 360 x 360
£548.00
Tan
WG415
MAGAZINE RACKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
271
WALL PLANNERS
272 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WALL PLANNERS
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
Designed to meet the need for instant information in an immediate and simple format. Annual/Weekly Kit
Weekly Kit
Annual Kit. Multi- application kit.
Multi- application kit. Schedule all
Schedule all plans over a year on
plans on a 7 day, weekly basis using
a daily basis. Comprises of 12 x
the larger size 3 T-Cards. Comprises
32 slot depth monthly panels, wall
7 x 54 slot depth day panels, index
supports, title strips, index panel,
panel, wall supports, header strips,
1 box of size 1 T-Cards (white)
magnetic label holders and 6 boxes*
and 5 boxes* of size 2 T-Cards.
of size 3 T-Cards.
W x H mm
Ref
Price
H x W mm
Ref
Price
805 x 655
WGDMY-365
£219.95
995 x 775
WGWPK-3
£294.95
General Purpose T-Card Planning Kit
Office Planner Kit
An economical, 54 slot depth (size 2)
Can be used as daily, weekly or job
yearly multi- application display board
planner kit. Kit contains 7 x 24 slot
kit. Kit contains 12 x 54 slot depth panels,
panels, index panel, 1 box of size 1
wall rails, day/month labels, index panel,
T-Cards (white), wall rails, 7 boxes*
1 box of size 1 T-Cards (white), 10 boxes*
Size 2 T-Cards in 7 colours.
T-Cards in 10 colours. W x H mm
Ref
Price
H x W mm
Ref
Price
805 x 960
WG29112
£299.95
480 x 480
WG29110
£95.95
CUSTOM BUILT T-CARD SYSTEMS
DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS
*Colours randomly selected
3 easy steps to form a T-Card system to your exact requirements. >> Step 1 - Select the system T-Card size(s), any combination of T-Card sizes can be accommodated >> Step 2 - Select the panel height (number of slots) any combination of panel widths, but only one height per system >> Step 3 - Select the numbers of panels (columns) required, calculate the system width and select the fixed wall rail support(s)
Step 1: 170gsm Card T-Cards T-Card
Dimensions A
Pack Ref QTY
C
D
15 28
49
16.5 100
WG200/10
£1.96
Size 1.5 15 45
53
36
100
WG200/15
£2.25
Size 2
15 60
85
48.5 100
WG200/20
£2.55
Size 3
15 92
120 80
100
WG200/30
£3.75
Size 4
15 124 180 112
100
WG200/40
£6.45
Size 1
Step 3: Fixed Walls Rails (pair)
Price
B
White, Red, Yellow, Pink, Green, Pale blue, Orange, Grey, Beige and Purple*
Step 2: T-Cards Panels
Width (mm)
Ref
Price (per pair)
388
WG30573
£36.95
481
WG30571
£39.95
645
WG30572
£45.95
772
WG30574
£51.95
Printer T-Cards
To Suit Width 655mm High T-Cards (mm) Ref
(32) Slots
955mm High
(54) Slots
Price
Ref
Price
Size 1
32
WG210/32
£11.95
WG210/54
£14.95
Size 1.5
48
WG215/32
£12.75
WG215/54
£16.95
64
WG220/32
£13.95
WG220/54
£18.95
T-Card Pack Size QTY
Ref
Size 2
Price (per pack)
Size 3
96
WG230/32
£15.75
WG230/54
£22.95
Size 2
180
WGPTC-2
£16.75
Size 4
128
WG240/32
£19.95
WG240/54
£28.95
Size 3
80
WGPTC-3 £16.75
No more handwritten T-Cards! Produce data straight from the computer.
*Please also note that the Size 4 T-Cards in colours Purple & Grey have been discontinued but remain for all other sizes.
272
WALL PLANNERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PIVOTING MOBILE WHITEBOARDS
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Pivoting mobile panels which save time and space and double your writing area. >> Aluminium frame with four heavy duty castors
WHITEBOARDS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 273
>> Double sided commercial panel >> 360° panel rotation, lockable in any position >> Pen tray >> Accepts magnetic accessories >> Grey powder coated steel frame with lockable castors >> Supplied in knockdown form for rapid on-site assembly
REVOLVING WHITEBOARDS
Board Size
Overall
Magnetic
W x H mm
W x H mm
Ref
Price
1200 x 900
1840 x 1300
WGM687430
£207.00
1200 x 1200
1840 x 1300
WGM687440
£239.00
1500 x 1200
1840 x 1600
WGM687540
£272.00
1800 x 1200
1840 x 1900
WGM68640
£315.00
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Makes excellent use of space for notices and writing, ideal for busy offices and call centre environments. >> Sturdy black powder coated steel pole and base >> Boards rotate 360° >> Excellent space saving design takes up very little floor space
WHITEBOARDS ACCESSORIES
Board Size
Overall
W x H mm
W x H mm
1200 x 560
2015 x 560
Ref
Price
WG1018
£630.00
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Standard Whiteboard
Deluxe Whiteboard
Starter Pack
Starter Pack
4 whiteboard markers
4 whiteboard markers
(assorted colours), non -
(assorted colours), magnetic
magnetic eraser, 250ml
eraser, 250ml whiteboard
whiteboard cleaner, 2 x non
cleaner, 2 x non abrasive
abrasive cloths
cloths, magnetic buttons
Ref: WG638009 £17.00
Ref: WG638010 £14.00
Magnetic Buttons
Eraser
>> Colourful bullet points
Refillable whiteboard eraser
>> Hold papers on board
Ref: WGVWBER £6.75
>> 20mm diameter (pack of 10) Ref: WGVWMAG20 £7.75
Replaceable erasing pads Ref: WGVWBERR £5.75
WHITEBOARDS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
273
NOTICEBOARDS
274 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MODULAR DISPLAY PARTITIONS
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
A large panel divide/display system with double sided panels supported by sturdy steel legs. >> All panels have heavy duty aluminium frames and can be mounted landscape or portrait >> Panels are Velcro friendly, accept pins, colourfast and fire resistant to BS 5867 Part 2 1980 >> A simple hinge and securing disc allows easy removal and angled screening of the panels
Dimensions W x H mm
Ref
Price
Header Panel 1800 x 200 mm
WG432200
£110.00
Header Panel 1200 x 200 mm
WG432300
£84.00
Header Extension Pole
WG432399
£41.00
Special customised sizes are available, please contact us for more details.
Set
Description
Ref
Price
A
2 x (1800 x 900 mm Panels), 3 x Poles/Bases
WG427000A
£630.00
B
2 x (1800 x 1200 mm Panels), 3 x Poles/Bases
WG428000B
£641.00
C
3 x (1200 x 1200 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases
WG429000C
£826.00
D
3 x (1800 x 1200 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases
WG430000D
£946.00
E
3 x (1800 x 900 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases
WG431000E
£859.00
F
6 x (1800 x 900 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases, 1 x Header (1800 x 200 mm)*
WG432000A
£1,359.00
* Includes header extension poles
Colour Options
TAMPER PROOF SHOWCASES
Light Blue
Emerald
Black
Royal
Navy
Alfa Red
Yellow
Burgundy
Dark Grey
Light Grey
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
A stylish modern designed one door showcase for displaying notices, artwork, presentations etc. >> Satin silver anodised aluminium frame with flared corner caps. Two locks for added security >> The door is gas strut hinged at the top for vertical opening. Internal showcase with pinable backing. Velcro friendly and fire resistant. 9 standard colour options, please specify >> External showcases with magnetic white board surface. Woven fabric also available, please enquire. 100% waterproof IP55 certified to EN60529:1992
Dimensions
Internal Showcase
External Showcase
A4 Pages
W x H mm
Ref
Price
Ref
Price
8 Portrait A4
750 x 970
WG400210
£350.00
WG401830
£365.00
15 Portrait A4
1050 x 1185
WG400260
£472.00
WG401860
£502.00
18 Portrait A4
1050 x 1400
WG400270
£543.00
WG401870
£541.00
Colour Options Black
Green
External Post Mounting Kit for
Beige
Blue
permanent ground mounting.
Silver Grey
Red
Ref: WGSSPMX2
Dark Grey
Burgundy
Price: £285.50
274
Light Blue
NOTICEBOARDS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ANTIBAC® NOTICEBOARD
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
>> Smooth aluminium frame with easy fix corners for wall mounting >> X-Static® antibacterial protection on all boards. Boards are either landscape/portrait orientation
Dimensions L x H mm
Internal L x H mm
Frame Depth mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
900 x 600
836 x 536
22
5
WG270320
£133.00
600 x 900
536 x 836
22
5
WG270230
£133.00
1200 x 900
1136 x 836
22
9
WG270430
£165.00
900 x 1200
836 x 1136
22
9
WG270340
£165.00
1200 x 1200
1136 x 1136
22
11
WG270440
£189.00
1800 x 1200
1736 x 1136
22
16
WG270640
£296.00
2400 x 1200
2336 x 1136
22
22
WG270840
£307.00
NOTICEBOARDS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 275
Colour Options Rust Ice Blue Asparagus
ANTIBAC® TAMPERPROOF NOTICEBOARD
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
>> Lockable door with 3mm shatterproof PET glazing >> X-Static® antibacterial protection on all boards. Boards are either landscape/portrait orientation
Dimensions L x H mm
Internal L x H mm
Frame Depth mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
600 x 900
534 x 834
44
9
WG260230
£239.00
900 x 600
834 x 534
44
9
WG260320
£239.00
900 x 900
834 x 834
44
12
WG260330
£257.00
900 x 1200
834 x 1134
44
15
WG260340
£280.00
1200 x 900
1134 x 834
44
15
WG260430
£280.00
1200 x 1200
1134 x 1134
44
19
WG260440
£370.00
Colour Options Rust Ice Blue Asparagus
NOTICEBOARDS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
275
NOTICEBOARDS
276 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
METROPOLITAN FRAME NOTICEBOARD
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
>> Attractive aluminium framed noticeboards >> Anodised satin silver aluminium frame >> Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980
Colour Options Green
Dimensions L x H x D mm
Ref
Price
Blue
900 x 600 x 22
WG406230
£61.00
Red
1200 x 600 x 22
WG406340 £93.00
Burgundy
1200 x 1200 x 22
WG406440 £102.00
Grey
1500 x 1200 x 22
WG406540 £135.00
Sky Blue
1800 x 1200 x 22
WG406640 £139.00
Black
2400 x 1200 x 22
WG406840 £159.00
DELUXE TAMPER PROOF ALUMINIUM NOTICEBOARD
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
>> Aluminium framed noticeboard with 3mm shatterproof PET cover or maximum protection >> Locking doors for full protection with either allen key or matching key locks >> Feltfabric is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980.
Colour Options Green Blue Red Burgundy Grey Sky Blue Black
METROPOLITAN TAMPER PROOF NOTICEBOARD
Dimensions
Doors
L x H x D mm
Allen Key Locking
Key Locking
Ref
Price
Ref
Price
900 x 600 x 44
1
WG614320
£126.00
WG648320
£126.00
900 x 900 x 44
1
WG614330
£164.00
WG648330
£164.00
900 x 1200 x 44
1
WG614430
£180.00
WG648430
£180.00
1200 x 900 x 44
2
WG614340
£180.00
WG648340
£180.00
1200 x 1200 x 44
1
WG614440
£217.00
WG648440
£217.00
1500 x 1200 x 44
2
WG614540
£315.00
WG648540
£315.00
1800 x 1200 x 44
2
WG614640
£348.00
WG648640
£348.00
2400 x 1200 x 44
2
WG614840
£415.00
WG648840
£415.00
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
>> Heavy duty tamperproof noticeboard, lockable doors and frame >> Anodised satin silver aluminium, designed to prevent any door drop >> Shatterproof 3mm PET clear glazing panel fire certified to BS 476 Class 1Y >> Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980
Colour Options
276
Dimensions L x H mm
Internal L x H mm
Frame Depth mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
Green Blue
600 x 900
534 x 834
44
8
WG404230
£163.00
Red
900 x 600
834 x 534
44
8
WG404320
£163.00
Burgundy
900 x 900
834 x 834
44
10
WG404330
£191.00
Grey
900 x 1200
834 x 1134
44
13
WG404340
£228.00
Sky Blue
1200 x 900
1134 x 834
44
13
WG404430
£228.00
Black
1200 x 1200
1134 x 1134
44
16
WG404440
£272.00
NOTICEBOARDS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SCALES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 277 DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
SCALES
Light Capacity Platform Scales >> Four full load bridge loadcells with self levelling, anti-slip feet >> Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable >> Wall or bench mount bracket included >> Function keys for on/off; tare; units and hold/print >> 160 x 80 x 30mm pod size with 17mm high digital display in kg or lb
Stainless steel platform suits hygienic or general purpose weighing
Capacity
Platform H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Ref
Price
300kg x 50g
60 x 550 x 550
15
WGWS300-50
£275.00
300kg x 50g
60 x 900 x 550
17
WGWS300-90
£320.00
Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable
Portable Bench Scales >> A portable general purpose bench scale >> Simple operation with four functions - on/off/sero and lb/kg >> Batteries 4 x 1.5V (not included) >> Auto-off feature >> UK & EU power adapter supplied as standard >> Approvals CE & WEE directive >> Bench or wall mount bracket supplied
Platform W380 x W300 x H27mm
Capacity
Resolution
Ref
Price
15kg
5g
WGWS/15
£145.00
60kg
20g
WGWS60
£145.00
120kg
50g
WGWS/120
£145.00
Electronic Bench Scale >> A light industrial bench scale for kitchens, post rooms, store areas Displays 7 digits in kg & g, lbs & oz. 245 x 215 mm stainless steel platform.
and warehouses >> Tough ABS case with adjustable feet >> Rechargeable battery, approx 160 hours life >> Mains adapter also included >> Function keys for on/off/zero and tare/units
Capacity
H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
6kg x 1g
95 x 250 x 300
WG405/6
£105.00
15kg x 2g
95 x 250 x 300
WG405/15
£105.00
Weighing & Counting Scales >> Robust high impact ABS case >> Battery powered, with 12V main adapter >> Ideal for stocktaking and parts counting >> Auto off feature with variable setting >> Top plate 290 x 220mm
3 displays - weight, piece, count - 15mm high
Capacity
H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
6kg x 1g
117 x 295 x 335
WGB140/6
£220.00
15kg x 2g
117 x 295 x 335
WGB140/15
£220.00
30kg x 5g
117 x 295 x 335
WGB140/30
£220.00
SCALES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
277
SCALES
278 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
SCALES
Electronic Floor & Bench Scales Provides consistently accurate weight measurement >> Weights are clearly displayed in large 25.4mm backlit LCD numbers >> Continues to display weight even after the item is removed >> Low battery indicator. Adapter also included for reliable power in fixed locations >> Auto-shutdown after 2 minutes of non use Capacity
Resolution
Platform H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
45kg
100g
278 x 318
WGGP45
£120.00
110kg
200g
278 x 318
WGGP110
£120.00
General Purpose Scales Low cost & high performance, suitable for warehouses, despatch checkweigher for volume despatches, receipts, commercial applications where accuracy and speed of weighing is key. >> Function keys on/off/zero, tare, units, hold print >> Capacities 75 to 300 kg >> Strong base with stainless steel platform and pole >> Indicator can be bench or column mounted (with swivel) as standard - large clear display >> Built in rechargeable battery or mains powered as required >> Adapter/recharger supplied >> Display height 930mm
Capacity
Resolution
Platform H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
£225.00
75kg
10g
559 x 457
WGS10075
150kg
20g
559 x 457
WGS100150
£225.00
300kg
50g
559 x 457
WGS100300
£225.00
Suspended Mechanical Scales Suspended Mechanical Scale
>> 425mm hook to hook >> Accuracy better than 1:250 >> 20% zero adjustment provided Capacity
Resolution
Ref
Price
5kg
20g
WGSMS-1
£80.00
10kg
50g
WGSMS-2
£80.00
25kg
100g
WGSMS-3
£80.00
50kg
200g
WGSMS-4
£80.00
100kg
500g
WGSMS-5
£80.00
Hand Held Balance Scales >> Hand held or suspended balance with lifting handle >> Switchable to imperial units >> Tare & reading hold facility >> Battery operated >> Auto-off after two minutes Hand Held Balance Scale
278
Capacity
Resolution
Ref
Price
10kg
10g
WGES10
£97.00
25kg
20g
WGES25
£97.00
45kg
50g
WGES45
£97.00
SCALES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY SCALES
DELIVERED IN 5-10 DAYS
Platform Scales Ideal for industrial weighing applications such as goods receiving, warehouse and despatch. >> Mild steel, thick safety tread top plate with powder coated paint finish >> Low profile platform 4 load cells IP65 rated >> Overload protection 150% of rated capacity
HEAVY DUTY SCALES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 279
>> Junction box - top access for easy installation and service >> Complete with digital indicator up to 30,000 resolutions >> Time and date display with six digit, 20mm high red LED >> 4.6m lead as standard from indicator to platform >> RS232 connectivity >> Shipping weight 116kg >> Key functions: Gross/Net Weight/Counting Checkweighing Peak Hold/
More sizes available online
Totalising/Print/Zero/Tare/Select Units/on/off Capacity
Platform H x W x D mm
2500kg x 0.5g 1210 x 1210 x 102
Weight Ref kg
Price
116
£790.00
WG816965005246
Portable Beam Scales Ideal whenever it is necessary to take the weighing equipment to the load. >> Mild steel beams >> Lightweight 15kg beams can withstand a 2.5 tonne load >> Complete with ABS plastic enclosed weigh indicator >> Capacity 0-2500kg x 0.5kg >> 200% overload protection L1200 x W100 x H60mm
>> Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator >> RS232 output allows for connection to a PC, printer and other serial devices Ref
Ref
Price
WGDS1000ST
£65.00
965mm high Ref
Price
WGDS1000
£535.00
H46 x W800 x D800mm
Capacity
Price
WGWB-5212500 2500kg
£650.00
WGWB-5215000 5000kg
£695.00
Drum Weigher / Floor Scale A portable drum weigher /floor scale for use in a wide range of applications. >> Powder coated steel with smooth top plate surface and two handles and wheels to easily relocate >> Adjustable foot pads to work effectively on uneven floors >> Built-in ramp ends for recessed floors >> Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator with an LED display >> Keys On/Off/Zero, Tare, Units, Hold/Print Electronic Crane Weighers Compact construction – minimal loss of headroom. >> Hooks and shackles have top or bottom fittings >> “Peak Hold” facility captures peak load reading >> IP 55 rated for outdoor use >> Sleep mode maximises battery life >> 26mm high 6 digit LCD display >> Power-2 C dell replaceable battery >> Units of measure in kg, tonnes, lbs and newtons Capacity (tonnes)
Resolution (kg)
Bottom Shackle Ref
Price
Bottom Hook Ref
Price
1
1
WGEDJ/1S
£1045.00
WGEDJ/1H
£1115.00
2
2
WGEDJ/2S
£1100.00
WGEDJ/2H
£1245.00
5
5
WGEDJ/5S
£1220.00
WGEDJ/5H
£1375.00
10
10
WGEDJ/10S
£1745.00
WGEDJ/10H
£2040.00
HEAVY DUTY SCALES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
279
ENTRANCE MATS
280 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
ENVIRO-MAT
Made from 100% recycled materials. >> Sturdy doormat manufactured from 100% recycled materials >> Heavy-duty recycled rubber backing helps to grip to the floor surface >> Raised pattern polyester carpet surface made from recycled plastic bottles scrapes and traps dirt/debris >> Total carpet coverage eliminates torn borders >> UV and fade resistant surface Pile material: 100% recycled plastic (bottles) Backing: 100% recycled rubber (tyres) Product height: 10mm Total weight: 3.7kg/m2
Blue
Brown
Grey
Charcoal
Enviro-Mat is manufactured entirely from recycled plastic bottles and tyres.
Size
Ref
Price
0.6m x 0.9m
WGEM0*0001
£26.99
0.9m x 1.5m
WGEM0*0002
£65.82
1.2m x 1.8m
WGEM0*0003
£105.73
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
ENTRA-PLUSH
Crush-resistant carpet doormat. >> Effective carpet doormat for floor protection >> Crush resistant, quick drying carpet surface >> Ideal for wiping moisture from wet footwear >> Polypropylene fibres scrape and trap dirt >> Slip and stain-resistant PVC ‘stay in place’ backing Pile material: 100% polypropylene Backing: Slip and stain-resistant PVC Product height: 7mm Total weight: 2.7kg/m2
Grey
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Size
Ref
Price
0.6m x 0.9m
WG PP0*0001
£17.46
0.9m x 1.5m
WGPP0*0002
£43.31
1.2m x 1.8m
WGPP0*0003
£67.52
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
FIRST-STEP
Tacky mats for contamination control. >> A hygienic pad of peel-off adhesive coated, disposable sheets manufactured White
from an anti-microbial agent to protect against bacteria, mould and mildew >> Once applied to the floor the self-adhesive backing keeps the mat in place >> The ‘tacky’ sheets capture dirt and dust from footwear and wheeled equipment for contamination control
Blue
>> When the top sheet becomes soiled, simply peel off to reveal a clean layer >> Adhesive backed pads stick directly to the floor surface >> Ideal for hospitals, clean rooms, general industrial and food contact applications
Easy peel
280
>> Product height: 1.5mm Size
Ref
Price
0.45m x 1.17m (pack of four pads with 30 layers)
WGWC0*0004
£220.47
ENTRANCE MATS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ENTRANCE MATS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 281 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
TOUGHRIB
Robust, heavy-duty, tough on dirt. >> Heavy-duty ribbed carpet surface >> Polypropylene fibres effectively scrape dirt and moisture >> Debris is collected in the carpet surface ‘channels’ >> Non-staining, slip-resistant PVC backing >> Flammability rating Euroclass EN 13501-1 Pile material: 100% polypropylene Backing: Slip and stain-resistant PVC Product height: 5mm Total weight: 3.5kg/m2
Green
Red
Grey
Brown
Size
Ref
Price
0.6m x 0.9m
WGTR0*0001
£21.94
0.9m x 1.5m
WGTR0*0002
£54.02
1.2m x 1.8m (now only available in Charcoal)
WGTR0*0003
£87.19
0.9m x 1.2m
WGTR0*0004
£45.58
Charcoal
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
COBAWASH®
Practical, machine washable. >> A real asset in floor protection for domestic and commercial use >> Easy care, smaller sizes* can be washed in a domestic washing machine (All sizes can be washed in an industrial washing machine) >> Tufted nylon/polyester carpet pile retains up to 3.5 litres/m2 of moisture >> Also traps up to 800g of debris/dry dust >> Features a robust nitrile ‘gripper’ backing >> Bleach / fade resistant – 11 year warranty against significant colour loss Pile material: Nylon/polyester Backing: Features a robust nitrile ‘gripper’ backing. Product height: 9mm Total weight: 2. 3kg/m2
Brown
Blue
Red
Size
Ref
Price
*0.6m x 0.9m
WGLM010*01
£42.75
0.9m x 1.5m
WGLM010*02
£100.79
1.15m x 1.75m
WGLM010*03
£158.05
*0.9m x 1.2m
WGLM010*04
£83.22
Grey
ENTRANCE MATS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
281
ENTRANCE MATS
282 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PREMIER ENTRANCE TILES
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
A range of quality PVC/carpet interlocking tiles for commercial entrance areas, ideal for high volume footfall. Versatile, cost effective and easy to install in recessed matwells or laid to surface with bevelled edging. The PVC base tile in all options is manufactured from 100% recycled materials making the Premier range an environmentally-friendly choice.
Description
Tile Size
Colour
Ref
Price
Premier Plus
30cm x 45cm
Black/Charcoal or Black/Grey
WGPMP010*01
£24.77
Premier Track
30cm x 45cm
Grey/Anthracite, Brown or Blue
WGPT010*01
£28.12
Charcoal
Grey
Premier Plus >> Ideal for recessed entrance wells >> Quality needlepunch carpet insert >> Effectively scrapes dirt and wipes moisture >> Links together to cover all floor sizes – indoor use >> Move, clean or replace individual tiles with ease >> Flexible - easily cut to shape >> Fire tested to EN13501 Euro Classification E(F1) >> Tile base is colourfast to light: BS EN ISO 105 B02:1999 Product height: 18mm
Grey/Anthracite
Brown
Blue
Premier Track >> Heavy-duty, premium quality >> Ideal for recessed entrance wells >> Crush-resistant nylon carpet insert >> Effectively scrapes dirt and wipes moisture >> Suitable for wheeled trolleys >> Safe for high heeled footwear >> Move, clean or replace individual tiles with ease >> Fire tested to EN13501 Euro Classification B(F2)S2 >> Slip tested to BS 7976-2:2002 Pendulum Test Product height: 16mm Load tested to 1,000 g. This means that these tiles can withstand supermarket supply trolleys.
282
ENTRANCE MATS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
COBASCRAPE
Just the job for oily locations. >> 100% nitrile construction for resistance to most chemicals, oils and greases >> Raised surface provides a firm footing in greasy or oily conditions >> A comfortable alternative to a hard, cold floor
ENTRANCE MATS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 283
>> Machine washable >> Supplied with safety bevelled edges Product height: 6mm
Size
Ref
Price
0.85m x 0.75m
WGCS010001
£63.55 £116.44
0.85m x 1.5m
WGCS010002
0.85m x 3m
WGCS010003
£246.89
1.1m x 1.7m
WGCS010004
£190.09
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
ENTRAMAT
Quality that stands the test of time! Entramat Standard
>> High quality dirt-scraper mat for outdoor use >> Manufactured from interwoven flexible PVC extrusions for durability >> Cross-ribbed surface scrapes footwear and the open holes capture debris >> Bevelled edging as standard for safety and wheeled access >> Available in Standard and Heavy Duty options Material: PVC. Product height: 12mm Hole size: 22mm x 22mm (Standard) 22mm x 10mm (Heavy) Weight: 5.3kg/m2 (Standard) 7.0kg (Heavy) Entramat Heavy
Black
Brown
Grey
Size
Ref
Price
0.6m x 1.2m
WGED0*0*01
£123.19
1.0m x 1.5m
WGED0*0*02
£226.09
1.2m x 1.8m
WGED0*0*03
£309.88
Ref
Price
Entramat Standard Size 0.6m x 1.2m
WGES0*0*01
£82.14
1.0m x 1.5m
WGES0*0*02
£152.96
1.2m x 1.8m
WGES0*0*03
£209.76
Entramat Heavy
ENTRANCE MATS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
283
WORKPLACE MATTING
284 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
ORTHOMAT®
The Orthomat® range has been specifically designed to reduce the onset of fatigue caused by prolonged standing, while providing some underfoot grip in dry environments. The durable, yet extremely comfortable, matting manufactured from 100% closed cell PVC foam, is one of our best-sellers for many industrial locations, especially assembly and packing stations. It effectively provides the right balance of underfoot cushioning to stimulate blood circulation and in doing so reduces pressure to the feet, legs and back. The Orthomat® range comprises pebbled surface styles with the option of bright yellow safety bevelled edge borders for increased awareness.
>> Pebbled ‘textured’ surface. >> Available as Orthomat® Safety with bright yellow bevelled edge borders. >> Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN13552 (Category R10). >> Fire tested to DIN54332 (B2) part of DIN4102. Product height: 9mm
Colour options
Size
Colour
Ref
Price
0.6m x 0.9m
Charcoal
WGAF010001
£41.05
0.9m x 1.5m
Charcoal
WGAF010002
£82.14
0.9m x 18.3m
Charcoal
WGAF010003
£710.85
0.6m x 0.9m
Charcoal/Yellow
WGAF010701
£43.88
0.9m x 1.5m
Charcoal/Yellow
WGAF010702
£95.07
0.9m x 18.3m
Charcoal/Yellow
WGAF010703
£787.33
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
LOGOMAT
Impressive, makes an instant impact. >> Customised quality printed doormat for individual logos or messages >> Choose from 40 colours (maximum of six per mat) >> Logomat is a real performer in trapping dirt and moisture >> Durable solution-dyed nylon surface tufted into a nonwoven polyester >> Soft carpet pile retains moisture, holding up to 2.5 litres water/m2 >> 11 year warranty against fading >> Standard sizes are machine washable for easy care Pile material: Nylon/polyester Backing: Anti-slip nitrile rubber Product height: 7.5mm Total weight: 4kg/m2
Size
Ref
Price
1.15m x 1.75m
WGLG000002
£POA
0.85m x 1.5m
WGLG000001
£POA
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
Please choose up to 6 colours using the reference codes printed on this page. Artwork should be e-mailed as a pdf detailing choice of colour options required. Delivery – Approximately 2 weeks from approval of artwork. Custom Sizes available up to a maximum 2m width and 4m length.
284
WORKPLACE MATTING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CONFERENCE CHAIRS
CHAIRS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 285 DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Windsor Chair
>> Comes with a deep upholstered foam seat and back for comfort >> Convenient hand-hold for ease of handling >> Silver powder coated frame 1.8mm steel >> Seat comes with medium hazard fabric (as standard) >> Fabric and foam conforms to BS 7176 ignition source 5 >> Weight: 6.75kg, weight capacity: 115kg >> Seat height: 460mm >> Stacks up to 12 high >> 2 year guarantee >> Overall chair dimension H925 x W440 x D560mm >> Samples available on request
Description
Colour
Ref
Price
Windsor Chair
Black
WGCB30060
£39.59
Windsor Chair
Blue
WGCB30061
£39.59
Windsor Chair
Red
WGCB30062
£39.59
MONZA STACKING CHAIRS
Fabric colours - Red, Black, Blue. Samples avaliable.
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Monza Chair Ideal seating for any conference or multi-seating complex. Ergonomically designed extra wide seat will accommodate all body shapes and sizes. >> Chairs stack vertically 24 high >> Ergonomic shaped seat and back rest >> Minimal storage space required >> Seat height 450mm >> Intergral hook and catch mechanism for linking chairs >> Stackable for easy storage >> 3 year guarantee >> Overall chair dimensions 784H x 565W x 562Dmm >> Samples available on request
Description
Ref
Black Frame, Black Shell
WGCN40005
Price £35.99
Monza Trolley
WGXF40005
£119.99
Intergral hook and catch mechanism for linking chairs.
Stackable for easy storage and trolley holds upto 24 x chairs.
CHAIRS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
285
CONFERENCE TABLE & CHAIRS
286 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CONFERENCE TABLES
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Soft-Top Tables Heavy duty cushioned top, folding tables for regular use ideal for dining rooms. >> Foam cushioned tabletop is covered with a non-slip white PVC wipeable soft top >> Hard-wearing plastic table edge >> Table legs have adjustable feet >> Heavy duty folding leg table frame >> Choice of rectangular or circular Description
Dimensions
Ref
Price
Circular Table
1530 Diameter
WGPTY40012
£142.80
Circular Table
1830 Diameter
WGPTY40013
£162.00
Rectangular Table
1830 x 760
WGPTY40011
£119.99
GROSVENOR CHAIR
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
A lightweight and comfortable upholstered chair with a deep cushioned foam seat and back. The curved black steel frame has a useful hand-hold, designed for ease of handling. >> Deep, high density foam upholstered seat and back (seat cushion depth 60mm) >> Black powder coated 1.5mm strong steel frame >> Fabric and foam conforms to BS 7176 Ignition Source 5 >> Useful hand hold and side rails for added strength >> Medium hazard fabric seat >> Stacks up to 8 high >> Seat Height: 480mm >> Samples available on request Description
Overall Dims H x W x D (mm)
Ref
Price
Chair - Red Fabric
880 x 445 x 560
WGCU40082
£39.54
Chair - Blue Fabric
880 x 445 x 560
WGCU40083
£39.54
Chair - Charcoal Fabric
880 x 445 x 560
WGCU40084
£39.54
MAYFAIR CHAIR
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
A great value chair with a strong black steel frame and comfortable upholstered deep foam seat and back. Durable, lightweight and easy to carry. >> Deep, high density foam upholstered seat and back (seat cushion depth 60mm) >> Black powder coated 1.5mm strong steel frame >> Fabric and foam conforms to BS 7176 Ignition Source 5 >> Useful hand hold side rails for added strength >> Medium hazard fabric seat >> Stacks up to 8 high >> Seat Height: 480mm >> Samples avaliable on request
286
Description
Overall Dims H x W x D (mm) Ref
Price
Chair - Charcoal Fabric
890 x 440 x 540
WGCCU40079
£39.54
Chair - Red Fabric
890 x 440 x 540
WGCCU40080
£39.54
Chair - Blue Fabric
890 x 440 x 540
WGCCU40081
£39.54
CONFERENCE TABLE & CHAIRS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
2000 SERIES CHAIR
CHAIRS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 287 DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
A stylish lightweight polypropylene folding chair. The ultimate design in low cost seating. >> Contoured back enhances appearance and provides additional comfort and support >> Double riveted rear cross-brace provides added strength and stops the rear legs sinking in the ground in outdoor conditions >> Weight: 3kg
Seat Height 450mm Overall 877H x 451W x 518D
Colour
Ref
Price
Blue
WGPCF40011
£139.10
Burgundy
WGPCF40010
£139.10
Charcoal
WGPCF40012
£139.10
Black
WGPCF40022 £139.10
2600 SERIES CHAIR
Chairs sold in cartons Price Per carton of 8
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
The fan shape design of the chair – one of the most comfortable on the market today. >> The deep contoured back-rest provides good support and exceptional comfort. >> Wider seat for better comfort >> Weight: 4.5kg
Seat Height 455mm
Colour
Ref
Price
Overall 865H x 465W x 872D
Blue
WGCF40025
£94.80
Burgundy
WGCF40026
£94.80
Charcoal
WGCF40027
£94.80
2600 SERIES UPHOLSTERED CHAIR
Chairs sold in cartons Price Per carton of 4
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
All the 2600 series benefits, with an upholstered seat to provide extra comfort and style. >> 2600 series chairs feature double leg links for added strength and stability >> Weight: 5kg All Chairs Feature >> Breathable fan shaped back-rest NOTE: We recommend the use of two clips to link chairs, one at the top and the other at the foot end.
>> Convenient hand-hold at the top of the chair for ease of handling >> Grey frames as standard >> Snap-together links to make rows >> Tested to BS4875-1 level 4 (2000 series) >> Tested to BS4875-1 level 5 (2600 series)
Seat Height 475mm
>> Samples available on request
Overall 865H x 465W x 872D Chairs sold in cartons Price Per carton of 4
Chair connectors
Colour
Ref
Price
Blue
WGCF40095
£138.96
Burgundy
WGCF40096
£138.96
for 2000 series
for 2600 series
£138.96
WGCF40076 £0.60
WGCA40013 £1.20
Charcoal
WGCF40097
Click-on clips
Polyprop joiners
CHAIRS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
287
CAFÉ & RESTAURANT FURNITURE
288 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
RIO CAFÉ FURNITURE
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Superior quality aluminium café and bistro furniture Lightweight and resilient, suitable for heavy use all year round. >> Stackable armchairs and side chairs >> Square table can be spirally stacked >> Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and adjustable feet for uneven surfaces >> Samples available on request
Side Chair
Arm Chair
The Rio range encompasses all the elements required for relaxed dining both inside and out, casual meetings or alfresco coffee. “Innox” chequered stainless steel table tops provide a contemporary air which is conducive to the ambience of any stylish eatery.
PAULO CAFÉ FURNITURE
Rio Cafe Chairs
Ref
Side Chair
WGCN40146
Price £33.54
Arm Chair
WGCN40145
£33.54
Description
Ref
Price
700mm Circular Pedestel
WGPTM40041
£68.34
700mm Square Pedestel
WGPTM40044
£68.34
700mm Square Stacking
WGPTM40045
£71.94
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Made from a revolutionary new material which requires no maintenance. >> No maintenance required >> Easy to clean >> Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and adjustable feet for uneven surfaces >> Stackable to ten high >> Samples available on request
As it is synthetic “No-Wood” it will never need oiling, polishing, painting or protecting; neither will it splinter or split. This delightful range therefore offers all the beauty of real teak but with none of the drudgery of maintenance, combined with attractive flat tube frames.
CASA CAFÉ FURNITURE
Description
Ref
Price
Armchair
WGCN40148
£39.54
700mm Square Pedestal Table
WGPTM40050
£76.74
700mm Circular Table
WGPTM40051
£80.34
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Enhances the ambience of all smart cafés, restaurants and bistros. Chairs are easy to clean, hard wearing and UV resistant. >> Hygienic and easy to clean >> Casa Café chairs stack up to 10 high >> Tables available as square or circular, 740mm overall height >> Samples available on request
The chair seats are hand woven from 4mm plastic coated steel wire and available in a choice of two striking colours - honey & blue.
288
Description
Ref
Price
Armchair - Honey
WGCN40147
£34.74
Armchair - Blue
WGCN40150
£34.74
700mm Square Pedestal Table
WGPTM40051
£107.94
700mm Circular Pedestal Table
WGPTM40057
£87.54
CAFÉ & RESTAURANT FURNITURE
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FOLDING TABLES & CHAIRS
TABLES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 289 DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Polyfold Lightweight Folding Tables The Polyfold table is perfect for canteens, offices and light industrial use. >> Available in a wide range of sizes, square rectangular and circular >> Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded all weather polyethylene top for indoor/outdoor use >> Lightweight, stronger and more durable than wooden tables >> Folds flat for easy storage >> Samples available on request Square and Rectangular Tables Description
Dimensions H x W x L (mm)
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
1220mm Table
740 x 613 x 1220
12
WGPTF41376
£45.54
1530mm Table
740 x 710 x 1530
15
WGTE40017
£53.94
1830mm Table
740 x 760 x 1830
17
WGPTF41378
£58.74
914mm Table
740 x 914 x 914
11
WGPTF41375
£47.94
Description
Dimensions H x W x D (mm)
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
1220mm Table
740 x 1220
16
WGPTF41370
£67.14
1530mm Table
740 x 1530
21
WGPTF41371
£93.54
Circular Tables
FOLDING TABLE
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
>> Compact folding >> Carry handle >> Ideal for taking in car >> Weight 18kg >> Dims (open) 1830L x 760W x 740Hmm >> Dims (closed) 940L x 760W x 100Hmm
POLYFOLD ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT FOLDING TABLES
Ref
Price
WGPTF41380
£61.14
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
Lightweight and simple to use. >> Height adjustable >> Small model WGPTF41385: 640, 690, 740mm >> Large model WGPTF41386: 610, 650, 690, 730, 770, 810mm >> Folds flat for easy storage >> Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded top >> All weather construction for indoor/outdoor use
Description
Dimensions W x D (mm)
Weight (kg)
Ref
Price
Small
600 x 1220 Max
12
WGPTF41385
£59.94
Large
760 x 1830 Max
17
WGPTF41386
£71.94
Height Adjustable Tables
TABLES
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
289
CHAIR SHIFTER
290 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CHAIR SHIFTERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
WGST82
WGST81
Office model Pneumatic tyres
Office model Solid tyres
MAX LOAD 150 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
WGST85
Underchair support models to suit minimum gap under chairs of (H x W) 400 x 405mm
WGSM31
Stairclimber model Solid tyres WGST81
Solid tyres WGST85 Pneumatic tyres WGST85P DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS
Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs. Wheels: 200mm diameter solid rubber or 260mm diameter pneumatic.
Base Pan W x D mm
585 x 155
Overall Frame Height mm
1295
Wheels
Wt. kg
Overall H x W x D
Ref
Price
Office models - Sandstone epoxy finish Solid tyres
12
1300 x 590 x 380
WGST81
£124.25
Pneumatic
13
1300 x 590 x 420
WGST82
£136.45
WGST84
Industrial model Solid tyres WGST83 Pneumatic tyres WGST84
Industrial models - Blue epoxy finish Solid tyres
12
1300 x 590 x 380
WGST83
£115.85
Pneumatic
13
1300 x 590 x 440
WGST84
£125.70
WGSM31
£135.90
Stairclimber model - Blue epoxy finish Solid tyres
18
1300 x 590 x 500
Underchair support - Blue epoxy finish
290
Solid tyres
8
1300 x 600 x 790
WGST85
£145.20
Pneumatic
9
1300 x 650 x 820
WGST85P
£202.05
CHAIR SHIFTER
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
CHAIRSHIFTER
MAX LOAD 150 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs Wheels: 200mm diameter solid rubber tryes with steel centre Finish: Black epoxy Base Pan W x D mm
585 x 155
Overall Frame Height mm
1295
Weight kg
12
Ref
WGPRIN-16
Price
£118.35
STACKING CHAIR DOLLY
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
CHAIR TROLLEYS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 291
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed to stack chairs with skid base design of overall size (W x D x H) 500 x 500 x 790mm with seat height of 460mm. Sturdy folded sheet steel design. Mounted on 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed castors fitted with 100mm polyurethane tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy
Chair Skid Base W x D x H mm
500 x 500 x 790
Overall W x D x H mm
550 x 650 x 420
Chair Seat Height mm
460
Weight kg
16
Maximum Chair Stack
24
Ref
WGPRIN-20
Price
£100.75
TRANSPORT TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed to stack folded chairs of overall size (W x D x H) 450 x 550 x 820mm in the horizontal position. Manufactured from mild steel angle and tube. Supplied with handle removed and with easy to assemble instructions. Wheels: Mounted on all swivel castors fitted with 75mm grey non-marking wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy.
Chair Overall Size W x D x H mm
450 x 550 x 820
Overall W x D x H mm
470 x 1130 x 1255
Height When Fully Loaded mm
1500
Weight kg
11
Maximum Chair Stack
40
Ref
WGPRIN-4
Price
£87.65
CHAIR TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
291
CHAIR TROLLEYS
292 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
UPRIGHT CHAIR TRUCK
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed to carry folded chairs of overall size (W x D x H) 470 x 540 x 870mm in the vertical position. Sturdy folded sheet steel and tubular design. Supplied with handles removed and with easy to assemble instructions, complete with retaining strap. Wheels: Mounted on 2 swivel (1 braked) and 2 fixed castors fitted with 100mm polyurethane tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy.
Chair Overall Size W x D x H mm
470 x 540 x 870 (Vertical)
Overall W x D x H mm
520 x 1530 x 1100
Height When Fully Loaded mm
1250
Weight kg
29
Ref
WGPRIN-14
Price
£186.70
UNIVERSAL TABLE TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Designed to carry either folding round tables using centre open tubular support, or folded rectangular tables using the MDF board platform at both ends of trolley. Heavy duty design manufactured from steel box section, tube and bar. Tubular support rails are covered with protective plastic sheaths. Supplied with handles removed and with easy to assemble instructions, complete with retaining bars. Wheels: Mounted on 2 swivel braked and 2 swivel castors fitted with 100 mm polyurethane tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy.
292
Overall W x D x H mm
850 x 1830 x 1260 (unloaded)
Weight kg
42
Ref
WGPRIN-14
Price
£348.50
CHAIR TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HANGING CHAIR STORAGE TROLLEYS
DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
WGPRIN-H3
WGPRIN-H2
High hanging storage trolley - 2 rows
HANGING CHAIR STORAGE TROLLEYS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 293
High hanging storage trolley - 3 rows
WGPRIN-L2
WGPRIN-L3
Low hanging storage trolley - 2 rows
Low hanging storage trolley - 3 rows
Designed for the storage and manoeuvrability of folded chairs in large quantities. Heavy duty design manufactured from box section and tube. Tubular hanging rails are covered with protective plastic sheaths and end caps. Wheels: Mounted on 4 swivel (2 x braked) castors fitted with 100mm polyurethane tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy.
Tubular Hanging Rails Length
550mm
Tubular Hanging Rails Centres
330mm
Type
No of Rows
Overall dimensions W x L x H mm (unloaded)
Weight
Ref
Price
Low hanging storage trolley
2
1135 x 1250 x 1145
40kgs
WGPRIN-L2
£256.05
Low hanging storage trolley
3
1135 x 1750 x 1145
44kgs
WGPRIN-L3
£284.95
High hanging storage trolley
2
1135 x 1250 x 2025
62kgs
WGPRIN-H2
£360.30
High hanging storage trolley
3
1135 x 1750 x 2025
66kgs
WGPRIN-H3
£416.10
HANGING CHAIR STORAGE TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
293
BASKET TROLLEYS
294 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SUPER SERVICE TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
MAX LOAD 150 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Many uses including Stores, Offices, Warehouses, Schools and Mail Centres. Formed and welded rectangular steel tube frame. Wheels: 4 swivel castors fitted with 125mm diameter wheels, and grey non marking rubber tyres. Trolley fitted with 4 protective revolving corner buffers. Finish: Red epoxy framework, white epoxy baskets.
Overall H x W x L mm
1035 x 525 x 1035
Writing Tray W x D mm
390 x 200
Large Basket (x2) H x W x L mm
290 x 385 x 585
Small Basket (x1) H x W x L mm
100 x 250 x 385
Weight kg
28
Order Ref
WGBT100
Price
£397.15
DISTRIBUTION TROLLEY
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
MAX LOAD 200 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Construction: Formed and welded steel tube frame. Diamond balanced wheel configuration for total manoeuvrability. Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors fitted with 160mm diameter bright zinc plated wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy framework, white epoxy baskets.
Overall H x W x L mm
1070 x 535 x 1170
Top Basket H x W x L mm
190 x 520 x 1055
Bottom Basket H x W x L mm
320 x 520 x 1055
Weight kg
43
Order Ref
WGBT106
Price
£366.75
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: HOOK-ON END BASKET
H x W x L: 320 x 115 x 320mm Ref: WGB71 £54.30
294
BASKET TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BASKET AND TRAY TROLLEYS - 3 TIER
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 100 KG
Ideal trolley for small item handling 3 tier trolley, with bottom parcel grid supplied with choice of: 2 removable baskets or 2 steel trays. Formed and welded steel tube Wheels: 4 swivel castors fitted with 100mm diameter wheels, thread guards and grey non-marking rubber tyres.
View product on YouTube
Finish: Red epoxy framework, white epoxy baskets and trays.
WGBT109
Overall L x W x H mm
855 x 430 x 1055
Shelf Heights (without containers) mm
170 : 455 : 810
BASKET AND TRAY TROLLEYS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 295
Model WGBT109 2 x Removable Baskets H x W x L mm
240 x 305 x 450 (10mm Top Rim)
Weight kg
18
Order Ref
WGBT109
Price
£295.50
Model WGBT110 2 x Removable Steel Trays H x W x L mm
70 x 310 x 465
Weight kg
22
Order Ref
WGBT110
Price
£238.85
WGBT110
BASKET AND TRAY TROLLEYS - 2 TIER
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 100 KG
2 tier version without bottom parcel grid. Overall L x W x H mm
700 x 435 x 920
Shelf Heights (without containers) mm
180 : 605
Model WGBT107 2 x Removable Baskets H x W x L mm
240 x 305 x 450 (10mm Top Rim)
Weight kg
15
Ref
WGBT107
Price
£251.75
Model WGBT108 WGBT107
2 x Removable Steel Trays H x W x L mm
70 x 310 x 465
Weight kg
19
Ref
WGBT108
Price
£193.65
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: EXTRA BASKETS H x W x L: 240 x 305 x 450mm Ref: WGB107 (each) £58.25 EXTRA TRAYS H x W x L: 70 x 310 x 465mm Ref: WGT108 (each) £35.15
WGBT108
TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref: WGB086 £10.70
BASKET AND TRAY TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
295
MAILROOM TROLLEYS
296 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MAILROOM STAIRCLIMBER
DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
Tubular steel framework with 2 wire mesh removable baskets. Wheels: 3 x 160mm diameter wheels set in star configuration for stair climbing. Finish: Frame red epoxy, baskets in white epoxy.
Overall H x W x L mm
1085 x 470 x 610
Basket Internal W x D x H mm
400 x 245 x 215
Top of basket heights from floor mm
320 : 805
Weight kg
15
Ref
WGSM25
Weight kg
£279.75
MAILROOM TROLLEYS
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD 75 KG
MADE IN BRITAIN
Ideal for mailroom or office. Model
Overall L x W x H mm
Weight
Ref
Price
1
680 x 500 x 1070
17kg
WGBT619
£268.90
2 x 75mm diameter swivel front castors with grey non marking tyres.
2
500 x 590 x 1050
14kg
WGBT620
£246.95
Finish: Red epoxy frame, white epoxy baskets
3
680 x 510 x 1085
19kg
WGBT621
£271.55
4
800 x 565 x 1040
21kg
WGBT622
£356.00
WGBT619
Two baskets and sheet steel base Baskets L x W x H: 305 x 450 x 290mm Clearance between baskets: 275mm
296
Smart, durable Postal red frame and white baskets. Capacity: 75kg Wheels: 2 x 200mm diameter rear wheels,
WGBT620
Two baskets each L x W x H: 305 x 450 x 290mm Clearance between baskets: 210 mm
WGBT621
Two baskets and base tray Top basket L x W x H: 305 x 450 x 295mm Lower basket L x W x H: 305x 450x 240mm Clearance between baskets: 130mm
WGBT622
Three baskets Top basket L x W x H: 510 x 435 x 295mm Lower basket L x W x H: 510x 435 x 250mm Clearance between baskets: 175mm Rear basket L x W x H: 155 x 280 x 415mm Front revolving corner buffers.
MAILROOM TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MINI BOX TRUCK TURNTABLE TRAILER MW SERIES
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
MINI TURNTABLE TRAILERS / BASKET TRUCKS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 297 MADE IN BRITAIN
MAX LOAD 150 KG
Available in 2 box heights Greased turntable plate with T bar tow handle. Fixed rear axle. Welded steel angle frame chassis. Finish: Blue epoxy steelwork Wheels: 160mm diameter rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. Fixed timber box body mounted into protective steel angle frame.
Overall
Deck
Sides
Weight
L x W mm
Height mm
H mm
kg
950 x 500
215
145
950 x 500
215
250
BASKET TRUCKS
Ref
Price
24
WGMW20
£180.10
26
WGMW21
£186.35
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS
1. Single Basket Truck Blue epoxy frame and handle fitted with 2 swivel 2 fixed castors 125mm
1
diameter rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. Removable basket L x W x H: 805 x 535 x 555mm 2. Double Basket Truck Blue epoxy frame and handle fitted with 2 swivel 2 fixed castors 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. 2 removable baskets L x W x H: 680 x 480 x 450mm Specification for all baskets: Angle frame with solid rod top rim.
2
Mesh size 25 x 25mm 12 swg Finish: Durable white epoxy
Truck Baskets Overall Supplied L x W x H mm
Basket L x W x H mm
Capacity Kg
Castor Weight dia. mm Kg
1
1
895 x 550 x 900
805 x 535 x 555
150
125
30
2
2
1090 x 705 x 985 680 x 480 x 450
250
160
50
Trucks with baskets
Price
Additional Price baskets (each)
Total stop brake (pair)
WGBT81
£226.10
WGB81
£121.80 WGB032
£10.95
WGBT82
£332.90 WGB83
£112.75 WGB024
£12.15
MINI TURNTABLE TRAILERS / BASKET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Price
297
FLOORING
298 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
COBAGRIP STAIR NOSING
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Designed to help prevent slips on stairs >> Suitable for use on existing or new-build steps >> Manufactured with chamfered back edge for additional safety >> Bright colour for visibility meeting DDA requirements
Size mm
55mm x 55mm
COBAGRIP STAIR TREAD
Length Ref
Price
1.0m
WGGRP070004N
£19.21
1.5m
WGGRP070003N
£15.19
2.0m
WGGRP070002N
£22.71
3.0m
WGGRP070001N
£30.23
Product height: 3mm GRP base overall 5mm
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
>> Silicone Carbide surface helps to prevent slip accidents on stairs >> Designed to fully cover the stair area >> 55mm x 55mm contrasting coloured nosing meeting DDA requirements >> Can be used in conjunction with COBAGRiP Sheet
Size mm
Length Ref
345mm x 55mm
Price
1.0m
WGGRP010704S £29.72
1.5m
WGGRP010703S £44.55
2.0m
WGGRP010702S £59.38
3.0m
WGGRP010701S £89.10
Product height: 3mm GRP base overall 5mm
Black/Yellow
Black/White
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
COBAGRIP
Cobagrip Sheet >> Ideal solution to combat slip hazards such as spilt liquids or ice >> Available in a range of colours to meet all DDA requirements >> Suitable for use with forklift traffic >> Simply bond or screw to the existing floor surface >> Colour options: black, grey and yellow >> Product height: 5mm Size m
Ref
Price
1.2m x 1.2m
WGGRP010002
£97.59
1.2m x 2.4m
WGGRP010001
£195.19
Colour options
Cobagrip Light >> Manufactured from a 1mm flexible GRP sheet >> Ideal for use on undulating surfaces >> Can also be used in food production areas >> Colour options: black and grey >> Product height: 2.4mm
298
Size m
Ref
Price
1.2m x 1.2m
WGGRP060002
£97.59
1.2m x 2.4m
WGGRP060001
£195.19
FLOORING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FLOORING
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 299 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
GRIPFOOT
Grit Tape, Cleats and Tiles for Slip-Resistance >> Abrasive grit ‘anti-slip’ products with self-adhesive backing available in tapes, cleats and tiles >> Provides additional grip underfoot on smooth surfaces >> Hardwearing and easy to install >> Gripfoot Tape – versatile for floor surfaces, machinery, vehicles and marine use >> Gripfoot Cleats (rectangular) are designed for use on steps and stairs >> Gripfoot Tiles (square) are ideal for increasing safety on smooth, tiled floors >> Hazard version (tape only) in yellow/black provides high visibility in darkness or low light conditions >> Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN 13552 Category R13
Roll Sizes: (Gripfoot / Gripfoot Conformable)
Colour
Ref
Price
25mm x 18.3m
Black
WGGF010001
£29.72
50mm x 18.3m
Black
WGGF010002
£44.55
50mm x 18.3m
Coloured
WGGF0*0002
£41.05
50mm x 18.3m
Hazard
WGGF*2
£43.88
50mm x 18.3m
Clear
WGGF120002
£43.88
102mm x 18.3m
Black only
WGGF010003
£59.38
152mm x 18.3m
Black only
WGGF010004
£89.10
Cleats: (Gripfoot)
Ref
Price
152mm x 610mm (pack of 10)
WGGF*0005
£57.94
Tiles: (Gripfoot)
Ref
Price
140mm x 140mm (pack of 10)
WGGF*0006
£14.06
Colour options
Hazard version available in yellow/black, red/white
Rolls
Cleats
Tiles
FLOORING
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
299
CYCLE SHELTERS
300 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CAMBOURNE CYCLE SHELTER
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
The VELOPA Cambourne Cycle Shelter The Cambourne shelter is a free-standing, single sided cycle shelter designed for on site assembly, constructed from galvanised steel and PET sheet. The frame is made entirely from galvanised mild steel; the uprights are 76mm round tube and the roof frame is 50mm square tube. The roof is 4mm clear sheet. A variation of the classic VELOPA Cambridge style shelter, the Cambourne shelter provides a core element of a compliant cycle parking solution. Shown is the 4m Cambourne galvanised cycle shelter with five Sheffield cycle stands (Not included).
Product details 2,200mm front, 1,400mm back (Height) 2,680mm (Depth). 3,240mm-10,100mm (Length). 76mm round and 50mm square galvanised steel tube. 4mm clear PET sheet. Other options are available; please ask. Installation & use Each shelter leg requires bolting down to a suitable concrete surface (not less than 2,000mm x 500mm x 700mm) by means of 8 16mm anchor bolts. The area surrounding the installation must be flat and level with no nearby surface irregularities or gradient changes. On-site assembly requires construction skill. This product is guaranteed for 12 months (if installed and used correctly).
Description
Weight
Ref
Price
3m
259.0kg
WG138204251
£1169.00
4m
306.0kg
WG138204254
£1299.00
6m (3m + 3m)
456.0kg
WG138204256
£2318.00
7m (4m + 3m)
503.0kg
WG138204257
£2448.00
8m (4m + 4m)
550.0kg
WG138204258
£2578.00
9m (3m + 3m + 3m)
653.0kg
WG138204259
£3447.00
10m (3m + 4m + 3m)
700.0kg
WG138204260
£3577.00
Accessories & installation parts
Ref
Price
Pack of 16 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 3-4m)
WG138101010
£43.20
Pack of 24 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 6-8m)
WG138101012
£64.80
Pack of 32 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 9-10m)
WG138101016
£86.40
HARBLEDOWN CYCLE SHELTER
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
The VELOPA Harbledown Cycle Shelter The Harbledown shelter is a free-standing cycle shelter designed for on site assembly, constructed from galvanised steel and PET sheet. The frame is made entirely from galvanised mild steel; the uprights are 76mm round tube and the roof frame is 50mm square tube. The roof is 4mm clear sheet. A variation of the classic VELOPA Canterbury style shelter, the Harbledown shelter provides a core element of a compliant cycle parking solution. Shown is the 3m Harbledown galvanised shelter with three black coated sheffield cycle stands (Not included).
Product details 2,380mm (Height). 2,810mm (Depth). 3,240mm-10,100mm (Length). 76mm round and 50mm square galvanised steel tube. 4mm clear PET sheet. Other options are available; please ask. Installation & use Each shelter leg requires bolting down to a suitable concrete surface (not less than 2,000mm x 500mm x 700mm) by means of 8 16mm anchor bolts. The area surrounding the installation must be flat and level with no nearby surface irregularities or gradient changes. On-site assembly requires construction skill. This product is guaranteed for 12 months (if installed and used correctly).
300
Description
Weight
Ref
Price
3m
269.0kg
WG138204351
£1,269.00
4m
316.0kg
WG138204354
£1,399.00
6m (3m + 3m)
473.0kg
WG138204356
£2,478.00
7m (4m + 3m)
520.0kg
WG138204357
£2,608.00
8m (4m + 4m)
566.0kg
WG138204358
£2,738.00
9m (3m + 3m + 3m)
676.0kg
WG138204359
£3,687.00
10m (3m + 4m + 3m)
723.0kg
WG138204360
£3,877.00
Accessories & installation parts
Ref
Price
Pack of 16 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 3-4m)
WG138101010
£43.20
Pack of 24 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 6-8m)
WG138101012
£64.80
Pack of 32 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 9-10m)
WG138101016
£86.40
CYCLE SHELTERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BLACK & YELLOW BOLLARDS
BOLLARDS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 301 DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
The AUTOPA range of Black & Yellow products are ideal for providing High Visibility protection in both internal and external warehousing environments. All products in the range are galvanised mild steel, ensuring their longevity and are designed to take the knocks and bumps that occur in all warehouses. The bollards are available in both Ragged (for casting into concrete) and Flanged (for bolting down) versions. The bollards are available in a range of diameters (90mm, 114mm, 139mm, 168mm & 193mm). The 90mm & 114mm are in 3mm wall mild steel, whilst the 139mm, 168mm & 193mm are 5mm wall mild steel. The bollards are coated black with reflective yellow bands. Black and Yellow 1000
Product details 1,000mm tall. Ragged version 400mm below ground. Galvanised steel finish, coated black with yellow reflective bands.
Black and Yellow 1200
Product details 1,200mm tall. Ragged version 400mm below ground. Galvanised steel finish, coated black with yellow reflective bands.
The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Bollard 1000
Description
Weight
Ref
Price
90mm (Ragged)
9.2kg
WG138121287
£66.00
90mm (Flanged)
9.8kg
WG138121267
£86.00
114mm (Ragged)
11.9kg
WG138121427
£86.00
114mm (Flanged)
9.8kg
WG138121437
£96.00
139mm (Ragged)
23.6kg
WG138121631
£123.00
139mm (Flanged)
21.5kg
WG138121641
£143.00
168mm (Ragged)
28.5kg
WG138121721
£144.00
168mm (Flanged)
25.2kg
WG138121731
£164.00
193mm (Ragged)
33.8kg
WG138121781
£162.00
193mm (Flanged)
28.4kg
WG138121791
£182.00
Accessories & installation parts
Ref
Price
M12 Expanding Bolt (Flanged only; 4 required per bollard)
WG138100994
£1.50
M12 Foundation Bolt (Flanged only; 4 required per bollard)
WG138100993
£3.00
M12 Rawl Bolt (Flanged only; 4 required per bollard)
WG138100995
£3.80
The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Bollard 1200
Description
Weight
Ref
Price
139mm (Ragged)
26.9kg
WG138121630
£132.00
139mm (Flanged)
24.8kg
WG138121640
£152.00
168mm (Ragged)
32.5kg
WG138121720
£164.00
168mm (Flanged)
29.2kg
WG138121730
£184.00
193mm (Ragged)
38.5kg
WG138121790
£184.00
193mm (Flanged)
33.1kg
WG138121780
£204.00
The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Bollard 1500
Black and Yellow 1500
Description
Weight
Ref
Price
139mm (Ragged)
31.9kg
WG138121629
£165.00
139mm (Flanged)
29.8kg
WG138121639
£185.00
168mm (Ragged)
38.6kg
WG138121719
£205.00
168mm (Flanged)
35.3kg
WG138121729
£225.00
193mm (Ragged)
45.4kg
WG138121799
£279.00
193mm (Flanged)
40.0kg
WG138121809
£259.00
Product details 1,500mm tall. Ragged version 500mm below ground. Galvanised steel finish, coated black with yellow reflective bands.
Installation & use Flanged fixed posts require bolting down to a suitable concrete surface (no less then 300mm cube) by means of four M12 bolts. Ragged fixed posts are supplied with welded fixing spikes to ensure firm ground anchorage. Ragged post require a hole of at least 500mm deep for casting into concrete. This product is guaranteed for 12months (if installed and used correctly).
BOLLARDS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
301
PROTECTION BARRIERS
302 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
RETRACTAPOST 745 (GALVANISED)
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
The AUTOPA RetractaPost 745 The RetractaPost is a simple, cost effective, yet highly effective way to prevent unwanted vehicle access. The RetractaPost is raised and lowered vertically. When lowered the post is fully below ground and covered using the integral lid. The post is padlockable (padlock not supplied) in the raised position by first rotating the post 45° and then attaching the padlock between the post to the lid. The RetractaPost is ideal for protecting vehicle forecourts, commercial premises, car parks and domestic driveways. Shown is the 90mm (Round) version of the RetractaPost. Product details 745mm Tall (When raised). 1010mm Below Ground. Galvanised or galvanised and coated finish.
Description
Lift-up Weight
Product Ref Weight
Price
£139.00
60mm (Round)
4.6kg
17.6kg
WG138130362
Installation & use It is recommended that posts are placed no further than 1,200mm apart to ensure no vehicle may pass between the raised posts. An excavated hole of approximately 1,200mm deep and 300mm diameter is required for installation. Provision for suitable drainage must be made (chippings or similar) at the bottom of the hole. The uppermost 3-400mm must be concrete.
60mm x 60mm (Square)
5.4kg
18.4kg
WG138130361
£139.00
70mm x 70mm (Square)
6.2kg
26.0kg
WG138130401
£184.00
76mm (Round)
5.5kg
18.5kg
WG138130360
£139.00
90mm (Round)
6.6kg
27.0kg
WG138130400
£184.00
90mm (Round) - Coated Yellow
6.6kg
27.0kg
WG138130405
£204.00
Accessories & installation parts
Ref
Price
The lid of the post should be no more than 10mm above finished ground level. This product is guaranteed for 12 months (if installed and used correctly).
40mm Brass Padlock with 2 keys
WG138100907
£8.00
Corbin Security Padlock with 2 keys
WG138150325
£28.00
RETRACTAPOST-GL 745 (GALVANISED/ STAINLESS)
DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS
The AUTOPA RetractaPost-GL 745 The RetractaPost-GL features a high-security push button 7-pin security lock which offers a highly effective and robust way to protect premises and vehicles. The RetractaPost-GL is raised and lowered vertically. The RetractaPost-GL is ideal for protecting vehicle forecourts, commercial premises, car parks and domestic driveways. Galvanised Description
Product details 745mm Tall (When raised). 1070mm Below Ground. Galvanised or galvanised and coated finish. Installation & use Please refer to RetractaPost 745 installation information above. The post is lockable in the raised position by rotating the post 45° and then pressing the high-security push button 7-pin security lock. The post is unlocked using the supplied key, rotated and then lowered. Keys can be supplied random or identical.
302
Lift-up Weight
Product Weight
Ref
Price
60mm (Round)
4.6kg
17.6kg
WG138130382
£179.00
60mm x 60mm (Square)
5.4kg
18.4kg
WG138130381
£179.00
70mm x 70mm (Square)
6.2kg
19.2kg
WG138130427
£219.00
76mm (Round)
5.5kg
18.5kg
WG138130380
£179.00
90mm (Round)
6.6kg
30.2kg
WG138130420
£219.00
90mm x 90mm (Square)
10.8kg
41.5kg
WG138130421
£259.00
101mm (Round)
9.3kg
40.0kg
WG138130430
£289.00
Accessories & installation parts
Ref
Price
Spare key (please specify key number/product)
WG138130220
£10.00
Stainless Steel Description
Lift-up Weight
Product Weight
Ref
Price
60mm (Round)
3.4kg
16.4kg
WG138130388
£259.00 £259.00
76mm (Round)
4.0kg
17.0kg
WG138130389
90mm (Round)
5.0kg
28.5kg
WG138130429
£289.00
101mm (Round)
5.8kg
41.0kg
WG138130439
£309.00
Accessories & installation parts
Ref
Price
Spare key (please specify key number/product)
WG138130220
£10.00
PROTECTION BARRIERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BUDGET / STACKING GRIT BINS
GRIT BINS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 303 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Budget grit bins manufactured from very tough medium density polyethylene. Ideal for roadside storage, car parks or company premises. UV stabilised: Will not discolour through long term exposure to the elements. Supplied complete with hinged lid designed to protect grit / salt from the elements. Both models supplied complete with fork pockets for ease of movement. Standard colour is yellow. Red (fire) and green (environmental) are also available - price and availability on application. Delivery is 10-15 days for other colours.
Capacity
Salt Inc.
Overall W x H x D mm
Kgs (empty)
Ref
Price
Both models stack for
200 Litres No
1020 x 720 x 520
10.5
WGRW0005
£92.90
easy storage during the
350 Litres No
1200 x 750 x 720
20.5
WGRW0006
£121.45
warmer months.
Please note: 3-5 days delivery applies to yellow bins only.
HEAVY DUTY GRIT BINS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Heavy duty grit bins manufactured from very tough medium density polyethylene. Ideal for roadside storage, car parks or company premises. UV stabilised: Will not discolour through long term exposure to the elements. Supplied complete with hinged lid designed to protect grit / salt from the elements. Standard colour is yellow. Red (fire) and Green (environmental) are also available - price and availability on application. Delivery is 10-15 days for other colours. Lockable and supplied complete with padlock provision - electro plated hasp and staple (padlock not supplied). 200litre bin has 1 hasp & staple, 400litre bin has 2
Capacity Litres
Base
Salt Inc.
Overall W x H x D mm
Kgs (empty)
Ref
Price
200
Flat
No
720 x 710 x 750
14
WGRW0001
£114.30
400
Fork pockets
No
1260 x 710 x 750
22
WGRW0002
£164.30
hasp & staples.
MINI GRIT BIN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Mini grit bin manufactured from very tough, medium density recycled polythene. Ideal for commercial and in particular, domestic use - grit your driveway, porch and patio with ease. Supplied complete with 25kgs of rock salt and small injection moulded scoop (both supplied loose in the bin - weight loaded is 30kgs). Water tight hinged lid protects grit / salt from the elements. Standard colour is black. Dark mottle grey and forest green are also available price and availability on application. Delivery is 10-15 days for other colours.
Ref: WGRW0007K-RC-NL Price: £52.90 (no-lock) Ref: WGRW0007K-RC Price: £57.15
Overall dimensions: 475mm wide x 383mm deep x 305mm high Capacity: 30 litres, Weight: 5kgs (empty) Please note: 3-5 days delivery applies to black bins only.
GRIT BINS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
303
SNOW PLOUGHS
304 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PEDESTRIAN SNOW PLOUGHS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
This bi-directional snow plough makes it simple and easy to clear your driveway and sidewalks in half the time with half the effort needed for conventional shovelling. Simple design allows you to remove snow while keeping your body in an upright, walking position. Instead of relying on the strength of your lower back; use your body weight, legs and arms. Minimises work by pushing instead of lifting and throwing. Angled plough to allow snow to easily slide off the side of the blade. Simply flip the handle over to choose which side the snow is ploughed to. Manufactured from mild steel with high quality epoxy coated finish, making this a superior and hard wearing product. Product is supplied fully assembled. WGHSP-1
Wheels: 160mm solid rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Blade Depth mm
195
Handle Height mm
1110
Handle Width mm
410
Model
Blade Width mm
Weight Kg
Ref
Price
Wide
955
8
WGHSP-1
£87.15
Narrow
500
7
WGHSP-2
£80.00
View product on YouTube WGHSP-2
‘V’ BLADE PUSH ALONG SNOW PLOUGH
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN BRITAIN
The simple design allows you to remove snow while keeping your body in an upright walking position, instead of relying on the strength of your lower back you can use your body weight, legs and arms. Minimises work by pushing instead of lifting and throwing with the angled plough allowing snow to easily slide off either side of the blade. Manufactured from mild steel with high quality epoxy coated finish, making this a superior and hard wearing product. Product is supplied fully assembled. Wheels: 160mm solid rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.
WGHSP-3
304
Blade Height mm
165
Handle Height mm
1110
Handle Width mm
410
Overall Blade Width mm
900
Weight kg
8
Ref
WGHSP-3
Price
£113.70
SNOW PLOUGHS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY PUSH ALONG SNOW PLOUGH
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Adjustable blade: from 0 degrees to 30 degrees of left hand sweep, allowing snow to easily slide off the blade. Easily adjustable on a 50mm pitch with 6 adjustments using fly nut and bolt. Simple trolley style design allows you to remove snow while keeping your body in an
SNOW PLOUGHS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 305
upright, walking position. Angled plough allows snow to easily slide off either side of the blade. Manufactured from mild steel with high quality epoxy coated finish, making this a superior and hard wearing product. Product is supplied fully assembled. Wheels: 4 x 260mm pneumatic tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Overall Width mm
1000
Overall Depth mm
1140
Overall Height mm
1000
Blade Height mm
330
Blade Width mm
1000
Weight kg
28
Ref
WGHSP-4
Price
£277.80
HEAVY DUTY SNOW PLOUGH
MADE IN BRITAIN
DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS
Heavy duty snow plough and yard scraper attachment to fit most fork lift trucks. Fixed left hand sweep angle of 15 degrees. Heavy duty concave blade with bolt on 12mm thick reversible rubber wear strip. When not used for snow clearing can be utilised as general purpose yard scraper.
>> Wear strip thickness: 12mm >> Blade height: 510mm >> Choice of 1200, 1500 or 2000mm blade widths >> Overall depth: 1350mm >> Plough fits over forks and is secured with zinc plated ‘T’ bar screws >> Fork pockets (H x W): 160 x 50mm. Fork centres: 800mm >> Finish: Yellow epoxy coated
Replacement Rubber Wearstrip Blade Width mm
Ref
Price
1200
WGFSP-1RB
£39.85
1500
WGFSP-2RB
£44.20
2000
WGFSP-3RB
£48.45
Blade Width mm
Weight
Ref
Price
1200
79
WGFSP-1
£587.00
1500
98
WGFSP-2
£678.95
2000
123
WGFSP-3
£817.70
Snow Plough
View product on YouTube
SNOW PLOUGHS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
305
GRIT SPREADERS
306 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
GRIT SPREADERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Ks 35-E Drop Spreader >> For private and commercial use >> For various types of spreading material such as salt, grit, sand, oil binding agents, seed or fertilizer >> Accurate spread width of 60 cm >> Quantity to be spread can be precisely and continuously adjusted via the eccentric disk >> Fast, easy assembly
Large operating lever, collapsible support foot
>> Hopper made of corrosion-resistant polyethylene >> Frame and axles made of stainless steel Adjustable length push rod
>> Collapsible support foot >> Adjustable-length push rod >> Air-filled rubber tyres with winter or rough terrain treads >> Axle divided in the middle, moves around corners easily
Rugged agitator shaft, axle divide in the middle
Eccentric disk
KS 35-E drop spreader Designation
Capacity
Spread width in cm
Weight Approx. kg
Ref
Price
KS 35-E drop spreader
35
60
16.5
WG8487
£408.00
Accessories for KS 35-E drop spreader KS35-E with stainless steel frame
MOUNTED GRIT SPREADER
Designation
Ref
Price
Cover for KS 35-E
WG8495
£46.00
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Mounted Spreader Sa 130 With Pe Hopper >> For large spreading areas >> Yellow plastic hopper >> Rigid flap lid >> Painted tubular steel frame with three point attachment (a = 410 / 526 mm, b = ø 22 mm) >> Driven using a power take-off shaft (supplied) Mounted Spreader Sa 130 Capacity
Version
Spreading steps
Ref
Price
130 L
Type SA 130 for large spreading areas
10
WG8173
£1168.00
Accessories For Mounted Spreader Sa 130 Designation
Ref
Price
Spreading width limiter for SA 130
WG7291
£76.00
Remote control for mounted spreader SA 130, length from bowden cable: 1.6 m, weight: 2.5 kg
WG8290
184.00
Type SA 130
306
GRIT SPREADERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
GRIT SPREADERS
GRIT SPREADERS
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 307 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Spreader with composite frame. The use of new composite plastics enables the integration of many functions into a single component. >> For use in private and commercial areas >> Durable design >> Composite frame and PE container >> Stainless steel axles >> Rugged transmission >> Collapsible support foot >> Spreading quantity adjustable with fixed stop >> Supplied in prefabricated assemblies Spreader SW 20-C and SW 35-C >> For use in tough winter conditions >> For spreading different materials >> With robust agitator finger >> Stainless steel push rod, three length settings >> With adjustable spread width limiter >> With strainer insert >> Air-filled rubber tyres with winter tread
Type SW 35-C
Spreading quantity adjustable with
Push rod, three length settings
Adjustable spread width limiter
fixed stop
Spreader with composite frame and PE container Capacity
Version
Spreading Width mm
Spreading steps
Weight Approx. kg
Ref
Price
20 L
Type SW 20-C for medium spreading areas
1 bis 4
6
10
WG10642
£270.00
35 L
Type SW 35-C for medium spreading areas
1 bis 4
6
11
WG10643
£300.00
Accessories for spreader with composite frame and PE container Version
Ref
Price
Cover for SW 20-C
WG7884
£20.00
Cover for SW 35-C
WG7885
£30.00
GRIT SPREADERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
307
TOWABLE GRIT SPREADERS
308 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TOWABLE GRIT SPREADERS
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Spreader SW 200 and SW 300 with PE hopper >> For commercial and private use >> Suitable for different gritting materials and spreading widths >> Robust construction >> Gearbox with aluminium housing, can be disabled
Type SW 200
>> Sturdy, greasable wheel bearings >> Painted steel tube frame >> All parts that come into contact with the media are stainless steel or plastic >> Spreading amount, spreading direction and spreading width can all be set as required >> 16 x 6.5 Wheels with pneumatic rubber tyres, winter profile >> Parallel height-adjustable drawbar >> Lighting with 7-pin plug >> Supplied as pre-assembled modules
Spreaders SW 200 and SW 300 Capacity Version
Type SW 300
Spreading Spreading Weight Ref width in m steps Approx. kg
Price
200 L
Type SW 200 for up to 5 large spreading areas
10
80
WG10205
300 L
Type SW 300 for up to 5 large spreading areas
10
85
WG10206 £2375.00
TOWABLE GRIT SPREADERS
£2360.00
DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS
Grit Spreaders with PE Hopper >> For commercial and private use >> Suitable for different gritting materials and spreading widths >> Quick and easy assembly
Type SW 130
>> Robust construction >> Max speed with gear engaged for spreading 12 mph (20 km/h)
Spreaders with PE Hopper Capacity Version
200 L
Type SA 130 for large spreading areas incl. gearing more robust with aluminium casing, yellow plastic hopper with robust flap lid, painted tubular steel frame, pneumatic rubber tyres,spreading regulator. Supplied as preassembled modules. Drawbar parallel adjustable for height included. Gearing disengageable. Max. speed up to 20 km/h.
Spreading Spreading Weight Approx. kg width in m steps
Ref
up to 5
WG10063 £1248.00
10
39
Price
Accessories for Spreaders with PE Hopper WG7291 WG8621
Designation
Ref
Price
Spreading width limiter for SW 130
WG7291
£76.00
Drawbar with ball coupling for SW 130
WG8621 £136.00
Designation
Length from Weight operating approx. lever m kg
Ref
2.0
WG8289 £181.00
WG8289
Remote control for spreaders and SW 130
308
3.0
Price
TOWABLE GRIT SPREADERS
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
NEED SOMETHING OUT OF THE ORDINARY? WHY NOT USE OUR SPECIALS SERVICE. This catalogue contains many hundreds of products and variations, but no matter how many we offer, there will always be a requirement for something different or special. Our specials service is here to provide solutions to those specific requirements. All you need to do is tell us what you need it to do, or sketch it out. Our design team will work with you to produce the ideal product for your special requirements.
We can help in two ways, either adapt a product, starting with one of our standard products and amend it to your requirements. Or, design from scratch, starting from a blank piece of paper we will come up with a solution to solve your needs. All our special products can be made as a ‘one off’ or on batch production, just tell us how many you need.
To contact The Workplace Catalogue please call 01446 772614 or email info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SPECIALS SERVICE
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
888
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017
The Workplace Catalogue is a business to business supplier of storage systems, materials handling equipment and associated products.
The Workplace Catalogue Storage Design Limited Primrose Hill, Cowbridge, South Wales, CF71 7DU Telephone: 01446 772614 Fax: 01446 774770 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk We reserve the right to alter designs and specifications without prior notice. All technical data, dimensions, weights etc. stated in this catalogue serve only as a guide. The seller cannot accept any liability which may be attributed in any way to the use of this information. All goods are sold strictly in accordance with our terms and conditions of sale, details are available on request.
Tel: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk